\input texinfo.tex  @c -*-texinfo-*-
@c %**start of header
@setfilename ../info/emacs
@settitle GNU Emacs Manual
@setchapternewpage odd
@smallbook
@c %**end of header

@finalout

@c
@tex
%%%% This is special for the Emacs Manual %%%%
%%%% Robert J. Chassell 10 June 1992

%%%% Use less indentation for Table of Contents
\global\tocindent = 1.5pc
\global\def\labelspace{\hskip.5em \relax}
@end tex
@c

@ifinfo
This file documents the GNU Emacs editor.

Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1992 Richard M. Stallman.

Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.

@ignore
Permission is granted to process this file through Tex and print the
results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).

@end ignore
Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
sections entitled ``The GNU Manifesto'', ``Distribution'' and ``GNU
General Public License'' are included exactly as in the original, and
provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the
terms of a permission notice identical to this one.

Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that the sections entitled ``The GNU Manifesto'',
``Distribution'' and ``GNU General Public License'' may be included in a
translation approved by the author instead of in the original English.
@end ifinfo
@c
@c
@titlepage
@sp 6
@center @titlefont{GNU Emacs Manual}
@sp 4
@center Seventh Edition, Emacs Version 18.58
@sp 1
@center for Unix Users
@sp 1
@center February 1988, revised September 1992
@center (General Public License upgraded, January 1991)
@sp 5
@center Richard M. Stallman
@page
@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
Copyright @copyright{} 1985, 1986, 1988, 1992 Richard M. Stallman.

Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
are preserved on all copies.

Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the
sections entitled ``The GNU Manifesto'', ``Distribution'' and ``GNU
General Public License'' are included exactly as in the original, and
provided that the entire resulting derived work is distributed under the
terms of a permission notice identical to this one.

Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
except that the sections entitled ``The GNU Manifesto'',
``Distribution'' and ``GNU General Public License'' may be included in a
translation approved by the author instead of in the original English.
@sp 2
Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
@end titlepage
@page
@ifinfo
@node Top, Distrib,, (DIR)
@top The Emacs Editor

Emacs is the extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time
display editor.  This Info file describes how to edit with Emacs
and some of how to customize it, but not how to extend it.

@end ifinfo
@menu
* Distrib::     How to get the latest Emacs distribution.
* License::     The GNU General Public License gives you permission
		to redistribute GNU Emacs on certain terms; and also
		explains that there is no warranty.
* Intro::       An introduction to Emacs concepts.
* Glossary::    The glossary.
* Version 19::  Changes coming in Emacs version 19, to be released.
* Manifesto::   What's GNU?  Gnu's Not Unix!

Indexes, nodes containing large menus
* Key Index::      An item for each standard Emacs key sequence.
* Command Index::  An item for each command name.
* Variable Index:: An item for each documented variable.
* Concept Index::  An item for each concept.

Important General Concepts
* Screen::      How to interpret what you see on the screen.
* Characters::  Emacs's character sets for file contents and for keyboard.
* Keys::        Key sequences: what you type to request one editing action.
* Commands::    Commands: named functions run by key sequences to do editing.
* Entering Emacs::    Starting Emacs from the shell.
* Command Switches::  Hairy startup options.
* Exiting::     Stopping or killing Emacs.
* Basic::       The most basic editing commands.
* Undo::        Undoing recently made changes in the text.
* Minibuffer::  Entering arguments that are prompted for.
* M-x::         Invoking commands by their names.
* Help::        Commands for asking Emacs about its commands.

Important Text-Changing Commands
* Mark::        The mark: how to delimit a ``region'' of text.
* Killing::     Killing text.
* Yanking::     Recovering killed text.  Moving text.
* Accumulating Text::
                Other ways of copying text.
* Rectangles::  Operating on the text inside a rectangle on the screen.
* Registers::   Saving a text string or a location in the buffer.
* Display::     Controlling what text is displayed.
* Search::      Finding or replacing occurrences of a string.
* Fixit::       Commands especially useful for fixing typos.

Larger Units of Text
* Files::       All about handling files.
* Buffers::     Multiple buffers; editing several files at once.
* Windows::     Viewing two pieces of text at once.

Advanced Features
* Major Modes:: Text mode vs. Lisp mode vs. C mode ...
* Indentation:: Editing the white space at the beginnings of lines.
* Text::        Commands and modes for editing English.
* Programs::    Commands and modes for editing programs.
* Compiling/Testing::
		Compiling, running and debugging programs.
* Abbrevs::     How to define text abbreviations to reduce
                 the number of characters you must type.
* Picture::     Editing pictures made up of characters
                 using the quarter-plane screen model.
* Sending Mail::Sending mail in Emacs.
* Rmail::       Reading mail in Emacs.
* Recursive Edit::
                A command can allow you to do editing
                 "within the command".  This is called a
                 `recursive editing level'.
* Narrowing::   Restricting display and editing to a portion
                 of the buffer.
* Sorting::	Sorting lines, paragraphs or pages within Emacs.
* Shell::       Executing shell commands from Emacs.
* Hardcopy::	Printing buffers or regions.
* Dissociated Press::  Dissociating text for fun.
* Amusements::         Various games and hacks.
* Emulation::	       Emulating some other editors with Emacs.
* Customization::      Modifying the behavior of Emacs.

Recovery from Problems.
* Quitting::    Quitting and aborting.
* Lossage::     What to do if Emacs is hung or malfunctioning.
* Bugs::        How and when to report a bug.

Here are some other nodes which are really inferiors of the ones
already listed, mentioned here so you can get to them in one step:

Subnodes of Screen
* Point::	The place in the text where editing commands operate.
* Echo Area::   Short messages appear at the bottom of the screen.
* Mode Line::	Interpreting the mode line.

Subnodes of Basic
* Blank Lines:: Commands to make or delete blank lines.
* Continuation Lines:: Lines too wide for the screen.
* Position Info::      What page, line, row, or column is point on?
* Arguments::          Giving numeric arguments to commands.

Subnodes of Minibuffer
* Minibuffer File::    Entering file names with the minibuffer.
* Minibuffer Edit::    How to edit in the minibuffer.
* Completion::  An abbreviation facility for minibuffer input.
* Repetition::  Re-executing previous commands that used the minibuffer.

Subnodes of Mark
* Setting Mark::       Commands to set the mark.
* Using Region::       Summary of ways to operate on contents of the region.
* Marking Objects::    Commands to put region around textual units.
* Mark Ring::          Previous mark positions saved so you can go back there.

Subnodes of Yanking
* Kill Ring::          Where killed text is stored.  Basic yanking.
* Appending Kills::    Several kills in a row all yank together.
* Earlier Kills::      Yanking something killed some time ago.

Subnodes of Registers
* RegPos::             Saving positions in registers.
* RegText::            Saving text in registers.
* RegRect::            Saving rectangles in registers.

Subnodes of Display
* Scrolling::	           Moving text up and down in a window.
* Horizontal Scrolling::   Moving text left and right in a window.
* Selective Display::      Hiding lines with lots of indentation.
* Display Vars::           Information on variables for customizing display.

Subnodes of Search
* Incremental Search::     Search happens as you type the string.
* Nonincremental Search::  Specify entire string and then search.
* Word Search:: 	   Search for sequence of words.
* Regexp Search::	   Search for match for a regexp.
* Regexps::     	   Syntax of regular expressions.
* Search Case::		   To ignore case while searching, or not.
* Replace::     	   Search, and replace some or all matches.
* Unconditional Replace::  Everything about replacement except for querying.
* Query Replace::          How to use querying.
* Other Repeating Search:: Operating on all matches for some regexp.

Subnodes of Fixit
* Kill Errors:: Commands to kill a batch of recently entered text.
* Transpose::   Exchanging two characters, words, lines, lists...
* Fixing Case:: Correcting case of last word entered.
* Spelling::    Apply spelling checker to a word, or a whole file.

Subnodes of Files
* File Names::  How to type and edit file name arguments.
* Visiting::    Visiting a file prepares Emacs to edit the file.
* Saving::      Saving makes your changes permanent.
* Backup::      How Emacs saves the old version of your file.
* Interlocking::How Emacs protects against simultaneous editing
                 of one file by two users.
* Reverting::   Reverting cancels all the changes not saved.
* Auto Save::   Auto Save periodically protects against loss of data.
* ListDir::     Listing the contents of a file directory.
* Dired::       ``Editing'' a directory to delete, rename, etc.
                 the files in it.
* Misc File Ops:: Other things you can do on files.

Subnodes of Buffers
* Select Buffer::   Creating a new buffer or reselecting an old one.
* List Buffers::    Getting a list of buffers that exist.
* Misc Buffer::     Renaming; changing read-only status.
* Kill Buffer::     Killing buffers you no longer need.
* Several Buffers:: How to go through the list of all buffers
                     and operate variously on several of them.

Subnodes of Windows
* Basic Window::    Introduction to Emacs windows.
* Split Window::    New windows are made by splitting existing windows.
* Other Window::    Moving to another window or doing something to it.
* Pop Up Window::   Finding a file or buffer in another window.
* Change Window::   Deleting windows and changing their sizes.

Subnodes of Indentation
* Indentation Commands:: Various commands and techniques for indentation.
* Tab Stops::   You can set arbitrary "tab stops" and then
                 indent to the next tab stop when you want to.
* Just Spaces:: You can request indentation using just spaces.

Subnodes of Text
* Text Mode::   The major mode for editing text files.
* Nroff Mode::  The major mode for editing input to the formatter nroff.
* TeX Mode::    The major mode for editing input to the formatter TeX.
* Texinfo Mode::The major mode for editing input to the formatter Texinfo.
* Outline Mode::The major mode for editing outlines.
* Words::       Moving over and killing words.
* Sentences::   Moving over and killing sentences.
* Paragraphs::	Moving over paragraphs.
* Pages::	Moving over pages.
* Filling::     Filling or justifying text
* Case::        Changing the case of text

Subnodes of Programs
* Program Modes::       Major modes for editing programs.
* Lists::       Expressions with balanced parentheses.
                 There are editing commands to operate on them.
* Defuns::      Each program is made up of separate functions.
                 There are editing commands to operate on them.
* Grinding::    Adjusting indentation to show the nesting.
* Matching::    Insertion of a close-delimiter flashes matching open.
* Comments::    Inserting, killing and aligning comments.
* Balanced Editing::    Inserting two matching parentheses at once, etc.
* Lisp Completion::     Completion on symbol names in Lisp code.
* Documentation::       Getting documentation of functions you plan to call.
* Change Log::  Maintaining a change history for your program.
* Tags::        Go direct to any function in your program in one
                 command.  Tags remembers which file it is in.
* Fortran::	Fortran mode and its special features.

Subnodes of Compiling/Testing
* Compilation::       Compiling programs in languages other than Lisp
                       (C, Pascal, etc.)
* Lisp Modes::        Various modes for editing Lisp programs, with
                       different facilities for running the Lisp programs.
* Lisp Libraries::    Creating Lisp programs to run in Emacs.
* Lisp Interaction::  Executing Lisp in an Emacs buffer.
* Lisp Eval::         Executing a single Lisp expression in Emacs.
* Lisp Debug::        Debugging Lisp programs running in Emacs.
* External Lisp::     Communicating through Emacs with a separate Lisp.

Subnodes of Abbrevs
* Defining Abbrevs::  Defining an abbrev, so it will expand when typed.
* Expanding Abbrevs:: Controlling expansion: prefixes, canceling expansion.
* Editing Abbrevs::   Viewing or editing the entire list of defined abbrevs.
* Saving Abbrevs::    Saving the entire list of abbrevs for another session.
* Dynamic Abbrevs::   Abbreviations for words already in the buffer.

Subnodes of Picture
* Basic Picture::     Basic concepts and simple commands of Picture mode.
* Insert in Picture:: Controlling direction of cursor motion
                       after "self-inserting" characters.
* Tabs in Picture::   Various features for tab stops and indentation.
* Rectangles in Picture:: Clearing and superimposing rectangles.

Subnodes of Sending Mail
* Mail Format::       Format of the mail being composed.
* Mail Headers::      Details of allowed mail header fields.
* Mail Mode::         Special commands for editing mail being composed.

Subnodes of Rmail
* Rmail Scrolling::   Scrolling through a message.
* Rmail Motion::      Moving to another message.
* Rmail Deletion::    Deleting and expunging messages.
* Rmail Inbox::       How mail gets into the Rmail file.
* Rmail Files::       Using multiple Rmail files.
* Rmail Output::      Copying message out to files.
* Rmail Labels::      Classifying messages by labeling them.
* Rmail Summary::     Summaries show brief info on many messages.
* Rmail Reply::       Sending replies to messages you are viewing.
* Rmail Editing::     Editing message text and headers in Rmail.
* Rmail Digest::      Extracting the messages from a digest message.

Subnodes of Shell
* Single Shell::      Commands to run one shell command and return.
* Interactive Shell:: Permanent shell taking input via Emacs.
* Shell Mode::        Special Emacs commands used with permanent shell.

Subnodes of Customization
* Minor Modes::       Each minor mode is one feature you can turn on
                       independently of any others.
* Variables::         Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
                       to decide what to do; by setting variables,
                       you can control their functioning.
* Examining::         Examining or setting one variable's value.
* Edit Options::      Examining or editing list of all variables' values.
* Locals::            Per-buffer values of variables.
* File Variables::    How files can specify variable values.
* Keyboard Macros::   A keyboard macro records a sequence of keystrokes
                       to be replayed with a single command.
* Key Bindings::      The keymaps say what command each key runs.
                       By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
* Keymaps::           Definition of the keymap data structure.
* Rebinding::         How to redefine one key's meaning conveniently.
* Disabling::         Disabling a command means confirmation is required
                       before it can be executed.  This is done to protect
                       beginners from surprises.
* Syntax::            The syntax table controls how words and expressions
                       are parsed.
* Init File::         How to write common customizations in the `.emacs' file.

Subnodes of Lossage (and recovery)
* Stuck Recursive::   `[...]' in mode line around the parentheses.
* Screen Garbled::    Garbage on the screen.
* Text Garbled::      Garbage in the text.
* Unasked-for Search::Spontaneous entry to incremental search.
* Emergency Escape::  Emergency escape---
                       What to do if Emacs stops responding.
* Total Frustration:: When you are at your wits' end.
@end menu

@iftex
@unnumbered Preface

  This manual documents the use and simple customization of the
Emacs editor.  The reader is not expected to be a programmer.  Even simple
customizations do not require programming skill, but the user who is not
interested in customizing can ignore the scattered customization hints.

  This is primarily a reference manual, but can also be used as a
primer.  However, I recommend that the newcomer first use the on-line,
learn-by-doing tutorial, which you get by running Emacs and typing
@kbd{C-h t}.  With it, you learn Emacs by using Emacs on a specially
designed file which describes commands, tells you when to try them,
and then explains the results you see.  This gives a more vivid
introduction than a printed manual.

  On first reading, just skim chapters one and two, which describe the
notational conventions of the manual and the general appearance of the
Emacs display screen.  Note which questions are answered in these chapters,
so you can refer back later.  After reading chapter four you should
practice the commands there.  The next few chapters describe fundamental
techniques and concepts that are used constantly.  You need to understand
them thoroughly, experimenting with them if necessary.

  To find the documentation on a particular command, look in the index.
Keys (character commands) and command names have separate indexes.  There
is also a glossary, with a cross reference for each term.

@ignore
  If you know vaguely what the command
does, look in the command summary.  The command summary contains a line or
two about each command, and a cross reference to the section of the
manual that describes the command in more detail; related commands
are grouped together.
@end ignore

  This manual comes in two forms: the published form and the Info form.
The Info form is for on-line perusal with the @code{info} program; it is
distributed along with GNU Emacs.  Both forms contain substantially the
same text and are generated from a common source file, which is also
distributed along with GNU Emacs.

  GNU Emacs is a member of the Emacs editor family.  There are many Emacs
editors, all sharing common principles of organization.  For information on
the underlying philosophy of Emacs and the lessons learned from its
development, write for a copy of AI memo 519a, ``Emacs, the Extensible,
Customizable Self-Documenting Display Editor'', to Publications Department,
Artificial Intelligence Lab, 545 Tech Square, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  At
last report they charge $2.25 per copy.  Another useful publication is LCS
TM-165, ``A Cookbook for an Emacs'', by Craig Finseth, available from
Publications Department, Laboratory for Computer Science, 545 Tech Square,
Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.  The price today is $3.

This edition of the manual is intended for use with GNU Emacs installed on
Unix systems.  GNU Emacs can also be used on VMS systems, which have
different file name syntax and do not support all GNU Emacs features.  A
VMS edition of this manual may appear in the future.
@end iftex

@node Distrib, License, Top, Top
@unnumbered Distribution

GNU Emacs is @dfn{free}; this means that everyone is free to use it and
free to redistribute it on a free basis.  GNU Emacs is not in the public
domain; it is copyrighted and there are restrictions on its
distribution, but these restrictions are designed to permit everything
that a good cooperating citizen would want to do.  What is not allowed
is to try to prevent others from further sharing any version of GNU
Emacs that they might get from you.  The precise conditions are found in
the GNU General Public License that comes with Emacs and also appears
following this section.

The easiest way to get a copy of GNU Emacs is from someone else who has it.
You need not ask for permission to do so, or tell any one else; just copy
it.

If you have access to the Internet, you can get the latest distribution
version of GNU Emacs from host @file{prep.ai.mit.edu} using anonymous
login.  See the file @file{/u2/emacs/GETTING.GNU.SOFTWARE} on that host
to find out about your options for copying and which files to use.

You may also receive GNU Emacs when you buy a computer.  Computer
manufacturers are free to distribute copies on the same terms that apply to
everyone else.  These terms require them to give you the full sources,
including whatever changes they may have made, and to permit you to
redistribute the GNU Emacs received from them under the usual terms of the
General Public License.  In other words, the program must be free for you
when you get it, not just free for the manufacturer.

If you cannot get a copy in any of those ways, you can order one from the
Free Software Foundation.  Though Emacs itself is free, our distribution
service is not.  An order form is included at the end of manuals printed by
the Foundation.  It is also included in the file @file{etc/DISTRIB} in the
Emacs distribution.  For further information, write to

@display
Free Software Foundation
675 Mass Ave
Cambridge, MA 02139
USA
@end display

The income from distribution fees goes to support the foundation's
purpose: the development of more free software to distribute just like
GNU Emacs.

If you find GNU Emacs useful, please @b{send a donation} to the Free
Software Foundation.  This will help support development of the rest of the
GNU system, and other useful software beyond that.  Your donation is tax
deductible.

@node License, Intro, Distrib, Top
@unnumbered GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
@center Version 1, February 1989
@cindex license to copy Emacs
@cindex General Public License

@display
Copyright @copyright{} 1989 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA

Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@end display

@unnumberedsec Preamble

  The license agreements of most software companies try to keep users
at the mercy of those companies.  By contrast, our General Public
License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free
software---to make sure the software is free for all its users.  The
General Public License applies to the Free Software Foundation's
software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it.
You can use it for your programs, too.

  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price.  Specifically, the General Public License is designed to make
sure that you have the freedom to give away or sell copies of free
software, that you receive source code or can get it if you want it,
that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free
programs; and that you know you can do these things.

  To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights.
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you
distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.

  For example, if you distribute copies of a such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that
you have.  You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the
source code.  And you must tell them their rights.

  We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and
(2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy,
distribute and/or modify the software.

  Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain
that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free
software.  If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we
want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original
authors' reputations.

  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.

@tex
\global\baselineskip 11.5pt
@end tex

@iftex
@unnumberedsec TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end ifinfo

@enumerate
@item
This License Agreement applies to any program or other work which
contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be
distributed under the terms of this General Public License.  The
``Program'', below, refers to any such program or work, and a ``work based
on the Program'' means either the Program or any work containing the
Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications.  Each
licensee is addressed as ``you''.

@item
@cindex Distribution
You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source
code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and
disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this
General Public License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any
other recipients of the Program a copy of this General Public License
along with the Program.  You may charge a fee for the physical act of
transferring a copy.

@item
You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of
it, and copy and distribute such modifications under the terms of Paragraph
1 above, provided that you also do the following:

@itemize @bullet
@item
cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that
you changed the files and the date of any change; and

@item
cause the whole of any work that you distribute or publish, that
in whole or in part contains the Program or any part thereof, either
with or without modifications, to be licensed at no charge to all
third parties under the terms of this General Public License (except
that you may choose to grant warranty protection to some or all
third parties, at your option).

@item
If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use
in the simplest and most usual way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice
that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a
warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these
conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this General
Public License.

@item
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a
copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in
exchange for a fee.
@end itemize

Mere aggregation of another independent work with the Program (or its
derivative) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring
the other work under the scope of these terms.

@item
You may copy and distribute the Program (or a portion or derivative of
it, under Paragraph 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of
Paragraphs 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following:

@itemize @bullet
@item
accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of
Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,

@item
accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three
years, to give any third party free (except for a nominal charge
for the cost of distribution) a complete machine-readable copy of the
corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of
Paragraphs 1 and 2 above; or,

@item
accompany it with the information you received as to where the
corresponding source code may be obtained.  (This alternative is
allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form alone.)
@end itemize

Source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
modifications to it.  For an executable file, complete source code means
all the source code for all modules it contains; but, as a special
exception, it need not include source code for modules which are standard
libraries that accompany the operating system on which the executable
file runs, or for standard header files or definitions files that
accompany that operating system.

@item
You may not copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer the
Program except as expressly provided under this General Public License.
Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, distribute or transfer
the Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights to use
the Program under this License.  However, parties who have received
copies, or rights to use copies, from you under this General Public
License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties
remain in full compliance.

@item
By copying, distributing or modifying the Program (or any work based
on the Program) you indicate your acceptance of this license to do so,
and all its terms and conditions.

@item
Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the
Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original
licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program subject to these
terms and conditions.  You may not impose any further restrictions on the
recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein.

@item
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions
of the General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.

Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the Program
specifies a version number of the license which applies to it and ``any
later version'', you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of
the license, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.

@item
If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free
programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author
to ask for permission.  For software which is copyrighted by the Free
Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes
make exceptions for this.  Our decision will be guided by the two goals
of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and
of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.

@iftex
@heading NO WARRANTY
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center NO WARRANTY
@end ifinfo

@item
BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY
FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN
OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES
PROVIDE THE PROGRAM ``AS IS'' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS
TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE
PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING,
REPAIR OR CORRECTION.

@item
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL
ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR
REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES,
INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES
SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE
WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
@end enumerate

@iftex
@heading END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@center END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
@end ifinfo

@tex
\global\baselineskip 12pt
@end tex

@page
@unnumberedsec How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs

  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to humanity, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these
terms.

  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest to
attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey
the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the
``copyright'' line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.

@smallexample
@var{one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.}
Copyright (C) 19@var{yy}  @var{name of author}

This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 1, or (at your option)
any later version.

This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
GNU General Public License for more details.

You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA.
@end smallexample

Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.

If the program is interactive, make it output a short notice like this
when it starts in an interactive mode:

@smallexample
Gnomovision version 69, Copyright (C) 19@var{yy} @var{name of author}
Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details 
type `show w'.  This is free software, and you are welcome 
to redistribute it under certain conditions; type `show c'
for details.
@end smallexample

The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the
appropriate parts of the General Public License.  Of course, the
commands you use may be called something other than `show w' and `show
c'; they could even be mouse-clicks or menu items---whatever suits your
program.

You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your
school, if any, to sign a ``copyright disclaimer'' for the program, if
necessary.  Here is a sample; alter the names:

@example
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright 
interest in the program `Gnomovision'
(a program to direct compilers to make passes
at assemblers) written by James Hacker.

@group
@var{signature of Ty Coon}, 1 April 1989
Ty Coon, President of Vice
@end group
@end example

That's all there is to it!

@node Intro, Glossary, License, Top
@unnumbered Introduction

  You are reading about GNU Emacs, the GNU incarnation of the advanced,
self-documenting, customizable, extensible real-time display editor Emacs.
(The `G' in `GNU' is not silent.)

  We say that Emacs is a @dfn{display} editor because normally the text
being edited is visible on the screen and is updated automatically as you
type your commands.  @xref{Screen,Display}.

  We call it a @dfn{real-time} editor because the display is updated very
frequently, usually after each character or pair of characters you
type.  This minimizes the amount of information you must keep in your
head as you edit.  @xref{Basic,Real-time,Basic Editing}.

  We call Emacs advanced because it provides facilities that go beyond
simple insertion and deletion: filling of text; automatic indentation of
programs; viewing two or more files at once; and dealing in terms of
characters, words, lines, sentences, paragraphs, and pages, as well as
expressions and comments in several different programming languages.  It is
much easier to type one command meaning ``go to the end of the paragraph''
than to find that spot with simple cursor keys.

  @dfn{Self-documenting} means that at any time you can type a special
character, @kbd{Control-h}, to find out what your options are.  You can
also use it to find out what any command does, or to find all the commands
that pertain to a topic.  @xref{Help}.

  @dfn{Customizable} means that you can change the definitions of Emacs
commands in little ways.  For example, if you use a programming language in
which comments start with @samp{<**} and end with @samp{**>}, you can tell
the Emacs comment manipulation commands to use those strings
(@pxref{Comments}).  Another sort of customization is rearrangement of the
command set.  For example, if you prefer the four basic cursor motion
commands (up, down, left and right) on keys in a diamond pattern on the
keyboard, you can have it.  @xref{Customization}.

  @dfn{Extensible} means that you can go beyond simple customization and
write entirely new commands, programs in the Lisp language to be run by
Emacs's own Lisp interpreter.  Emacs is an ``on-line extensible'' system,
which means that it is divided into many functions that call each other,
any of which can be redefined in the middle of an editing session.  Any
part of Emacs can be replaced without making a separate copy of all of
Emacs.  Most of the editing commands of Emacs are written in Lisp already;
the few exceptions could have been written in Lisp but are written in C for
efficiency.  Although only a programmer can write an extension, anybody can
use it afterward.

@node Screen, Characters, Concept Index, Top
@chapter The Organization of the Screen
@cindex screen

  Emacs divides the screen into several areas, each of which contains
its own sorts of information.  The biggest area, of course, is the one
in which you usually see the text you are editing.

  When you are using Emacs, the screen is divided into a number of
@dfn{windows}.  Initially there is one text window occupying all but the
last line, plus the special @dfn{echo area} or @dfn{minibuffer window} in
the last line.  The text window can be subdivided horizontally or
vertically into multiple text windows, each of which can be used for a
different file (@pxref{Windows}).  The window that the cursor is in is the
@dfn{selected window}, in which editing takes place.  The other windows are
just for reference unless you select one of them.

  Each text window's last line is a @dfn{mode line} which describes what is
going on in that window.  It is in inverse video if the terminal supports
that, and contains text that starts like @samp{-----Emacs:@: @var{something}}.  Its
purpose is to indicate what buffer is being displayed above it in the
window; what major and minor modes are in use; and whether the buffer's
text has been changed.

@menu
* Point::	The place in the text where editing commands operate.
* Echo Area::   Short messages appear at the bottom of the screen.
* Mode Line::	Interpreting the mode line.
@end menu

@node Point, Echo Area, Screen, Screen
@section Point
@cindex point
@cindex cursor

  When Emacs is running, the terminal's cursor shows the location at
which editing commands will take effect.  This location is called
@dfn{point}.  Other commands move point through the text, so that you
can edit at different places in it.

  While the cursor appears to point @var{at} a character, point should be
thought of as @var{between} two characters; it points @var{before} the character
that the cursor appears on top of.  Sometimes people speak of ``the
cursor'' when they mean ``point'', or speak of commands that move point as
``cursor motion'' commands.

  Terminals have only one cursor, and when output is in progress it must
appear where the typing is being done.  This does not mean that point is
moving.  It is only that Emacs has no way to show you the location of point
except when the terminal is idle.

  If you are editing several files in Emacs, each file has its own point
location.  A file that is not being displayed remembers where point is so
that it can be seen when you look at that file again.

  When there are multiple text windows, each window has its own point
location.  The cursor shows the location of point in the selected window.
This also is how you can tell which window is selected.  If the same buffer
appears in more than one window, point can be moved in each window
independently.

  The term `point' comes from the character @samp{.}, which was the
command in @sc{teco} (the language in which the original Emacs was written)
for accessing the value now called `point'.

@node Echo Area, Mode Line, Point, Screen
@section The Echo Area
@cindex echo area

  The line at the bottom of the screen (below the mode line) is the
@dfn{echo area}.  It is used to display small amounts of text for several
purposes.

  @dfn{Echoing} means printing out the characters that you type.  Emacs
never echoes single-character commands, and multi-character commands are
echoed only if you pause while typing them.  As soon as you pause for more
than a second in the middle of a command, all the characters of the command
so far are echoed.  This is intended to @dfn{prompt} you for the rest of
the command.  Once echoing has started, the rest of the command is echoed
immediately when you type it.  This behavior is designed to give confident
users fast response, while giving hesitant users maximum feedback.  You
can change this behavior by setting a variable (@pxref{Display Vars}).

  If a command cannot be executed, it may print an @dfn{error message} in
the echo area.  Error messages are accompanied by a beep or by flashing the
screen.  Also, any input you have typed ahead is thrown away when an error
happens.

  Some commands print informative messages in the echo area.  These
messages look much like error messages, but they are not announced with a
beep and do not throw away input.  Sometimes the message tells you what the
command has done, when this is not obvious from looking at the text being
edited.  Sometimes the sole purpose of a command is to print a message
giving you specific information.  For example, the command @kbd{C-x =} is
used to print a message describing the character position of point in the
text and its current column in the window.  Commands that take a long time
often display messages ending in @samp{...} while they are working, and
add @samp{done} at the end when they are finished.

  The echo area is also used to display the @dfn{minibuffer}, a window that
is used for reading arguments to commands, such as the name of a file to be
edited.  When the minibuffer is in use, the echo area begins with a prompt
string that usually ends with a colon; also, the cursor appears in that line
because it is the selected window.  You can always get out of the
minibuffer by typing @kbd{C-g}.  @xref{Minibuffer}.

@node Mode Line,, Echo Area, Screen
@section The Mode Line
@cindex mode line
@cindex top level

  Each text window's last line is a @dfn{mode line} which describes what is
going on in that window.  When there is only one text window, the mode line
appears right above the echo area.  The mode line is in inverse video if
the terminal supports that, starts and ends with dashes, and contains text
like @samp{Emacs:@: @var{something}}.

  If a mode line has something else in place of @samp{Emacs:@: @var{something}},
then the window above it is in a special subsystem such as Dired.  The mode
line then indicates the status of the subsystem.

  Normally, the mode line has the following appearance:

@example
--@var{ch}-Emacs: @var{buf}      (@var{major} @var{minor})----@var{pos}------
@end example

@noindent
This gives information about the buffer being displayed in the window: the
buffer's name, what major and minor modes are in use, whether the buffer's
text has been changed, and how far down the buffer you are currently
looking.

  @var{ch} contains two stars @samp{**} if the text in the buffer has been
edited (the buffer is ``modified''), or @samp{--} if the buffer has not been
edited.  Exception: for a read-only buffer, it is @samp{%%}.

  @var{buf} is the name of the window's chosen @dfn{buffer}.  The chosen buffer
in the selected window (the window that the cursor is in) is also Emacs's
selected buffer, the one that editing takes place in.  When we speak of
what some command does to ``the buffer'', we are talking about the
currently selected buffer.  @xref{Buffers}.

  @var{pos} tells you whether there is additional text above the top of the
screen, or below the bottom.  If your file is small and it is all on the
screen, @var{pos} is @samp{All}.  Otherwise, it is @samp{Top} if you are
looking at the beginning of the file, @samp{Bot} if you are looking at the
end of the file, or @samp{@var{nn}%}, where @var{nn} is the percentage of
the file above the top of the screen.@refill

  @var{major} is the name of the @dfn{major mode} in effect in the buffer.  At
any time, each buffer is in one and only one of the possible major modes.
The major modes available include Fundamental mode (the least specialized),
Text mode, Lisp mode, and C mode.  @xref{Major Modes}, for details
of how the modes differ and how to select one.@refill

  @var{minor} is a list of some of the @dfn{minor modes} that are turned on
at the moment in the window's chosen buffer.  @samp{Fill} means that Auto
Fill mode is on.  @samp{Abbrev} means that Word Abbrev mode is on.
@samp{Ovwrt} means that Overwrite mode is on.  @xref{Minor Modes}, for more
information.  @samp{Narrow} means that the buffer being displayed has
editing restricted to only a portion of its text.  This is not really a
minor mode, but is like one.  @xref{Narrowing}.  @samp{Def} means that a
keyboard macro is being defined.  @xref{Keyboard Macros}.

  Some buffers display additional information after the minor modes.  For
example, Rmail buffers display the current message number and the total
number of messages.  Compilation buffers and Shell mode display the status
of the subprocess.

  In addition, if Emacs is currently inside a recursive editing level,
square brackets (@samp{[@dots{}]}) appear around the parentheses that
surround the modes.  If Emacs is in one recursive editing level within
another, double square brackets appear, and so on.  Since this information
pertains to Emacs in general and not to any one buffer, the square brackets
appear in every mode line on the screen or not in any of them.
@xref{Recursive Edit}.@refill

@cindex display time
@cindex time displayed in mode line
@findex display-time
  Emacs can optionally display the time and system load in all mode lines.
To enable this feature, type @kbd{M-x display-time}.  The information added
to the mode line usually appears after the file name, before the mode names
and their parentheses.  It looks like this:

@example
@var{hh}:@var{mm}pm @var{l.ll} [@var{d}]
@end example

@noindent
(Some fields may be missing if your operating system cannot support them.)
@var{hh} and @var{mm} are the hour and minute, followed always by @samp{am}
or @samp{pm}.  @var{l.ll} is the average number of running processes in the
whole system recently.  @var{d} is an approximate index of the ratio of
disk activity to cpu activity for all users.

@cindex mail arrival
The word @samp{Mail} appears after the load level if there is mail for
you that you have not read yet.

@vindex mode-line-inverse-video
  Customization note: the user variable @code{mode-line-inverse-video} controls
whether the mode line is displayed in inverse video (assuming the
terminal supports it); @code{nil} means no inverse video.  The default
is @code{t}.

@iftex
@chapter Characters, Keys and Commands

  This chapter explains the character set used by Emacs for input commands
and for the contents of files, and also explains the concepts of
@dfn{keys} and @dfn{commands} which are necessary for understanding how
your keyboard input is understood by Emacs.
@end iftex

@node Characters, Keys, Screen, Top
@section The Emacs Character Set
@cindex character set
@cindex ASCII

  GNU Emacs uses the @sc{ascii} character set, which defines 128 different
character codes.  Some of these codes are assigned graphic symbols such
as @samp{a} and @samp{=}; the rest are control characters, such as
@kbd{Control-a} (also called @kbd{C-a} for short).  @kbd{C-a} gets its name
from the fact that you type it by holding down the @key{CTRL} key and
then pressing @kbd{a}.  There is no distinction between @kbd{C-a} and
@kbd{C-A}; they are the same character.@refill

  Some control characters have special names, and special keys you can
type them with: @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{LFD}, @key{DEL} and @key{ESC}.
The space character is usually referred to below as @key{SPC}, even though
strictly speaking it is a graphic character whose graphic happens to be
blank.@refill

  Emacs extends the 7-bit @sc{ascii} code to an 8-bit code by adding an extra
bit to each character.  This makes 256 possible command characters.  The
additional bit is called Meta.  Any @sc{ascii} character can be made Meta;
examples of Meta characters include @kbd{Meta-a} (@kbd{M-a}, for short),
@kbd{M-A} (not the same character as @kbd{M-a}, but those two characters
normally have the same meaning in Emacs), @kbd{M-@key{RET}}, and
@kbd{M-C-a}.  For traditional reasons, @kbd{M-C-a} is usually called
@kbd{C-M-a}; logically speaking, the order in which the modifier keys
@key{CTRL} and @key{META} are mentioned does not matter.@refill

@cindex Control
@cindex Meta
@cindex C-
@cindex M-
@cindex ESC replacing META key
  Some terminals have a @key{META} key, and allow you to type Meta
characters by holding this key down.  Thus, @kbd{Meta-a} is typed by
holding down @key{META} and pressing @kbd{a}.  The @key{META} key works
much like the @key{SHIFT} key.  Such a key is not always labeled
@key{META}, however, as this function is often a special option for a key
with some other primary purpose.@refill

  If there is no @key{META} key, you
can still type Meta characters using two-character sequences starting with
@key{ESC}.  Thus, to enter @kbd{M-a}, you could type @kbd{@key{ESC} a}.  To
enter @kbd{C-M-a}, you would type @kbd{@key{ESC} C-a}.  @key{ESC} is
allowed on terminals with Meta keys, too, in case you have formed a habit
of using it.@refill

@vindex meta-flag
  Emacs believes the terminal has a @key{META} key if the variable
@code{meta-flag} is non-@code{nil}.  Normally this is set automatically
according to the termcap entry for your terminal type.  However, sometimes
the termcap entry is wrong, and then it is useful to set this variable
yourself.  @xref{Variables}, for how to do this.

  Emacs buffers also use an 8-bit character set, because bytes have 8 bits,
but only the @sc{ascii} characters are considered meaningful.
@sc{ascii} graphic characters in Emacs buffers are displayed with
their graphics.  @key{LFD} is the same as a newline character; it is
displayed by starting a new line.  @key{TAB} is displayed by moving to
the next tab stop column (usually every 8 columns).  Other control
characters are displayed as a caret (@samp{^}) followed by the
non-control version of the character; thus, @kbd{C-a} is displayed as
@samp{^A}.  Non-@sc{ascii} characters 128 and up are displayed with octal
escape sequences; thus, character code 243 (octal), also called
@kbd{M-#} when used as an input character, is displayed as
@samp{\243}.
@c !! need glossary definition of octal escape sequence

@node Keys, Commands, Characters, Top
@section Keys

@cindex key
@cindex prefix key
  A @dfn{complete key}---where `key' is short for @dfn{key sequence}---is a
sequence of keystrokes that are understood by Emacs as a unit, as a single
command (possibly undefined).  Most single characters constitute complete
keys in the standard Emacs command set; there are also some multi-character
keys.  Examples of complete keys are @kbd{C-a}, @kbd{X}, @key{RET},
@kbd{C-x C-f} and @kbd{C-x 4 C-f}.@refill

@kindex C-c
@kindex C-x
@kindex C-h
@kindex ESC
  A @dfn{prefix key} is a sequence of keystrokes that are the beginning of
a complete key, but not a whole one.  Prefix keys and complete keys are
collectively called @dfn{keys}.

  A prefix key is the beginning of a series of longer sequences that are
valid keys; adding any single character to the end of the prefix gives a
valid key, which could be defined as an Emacs command, or could be a prefix
itself.  For example, @kbd{C-x} is standardly defined as a prefix, so
@kbd{C-x} and the next input character combine to make a two-character key.
There are 256 different two-character keys starting with @kbd{C-x}, one for
each possible second character.  Many of these two-character keys starting
with @kbd{C-x} are standardly defined as Emacs commands.  Notable examples
include @kbd{C-x C-f} and @kbd{C-x s} (@pxref{Files}).

  Adding one character to a prefix key does not have to form a complete
key.  It could make another, longer prefix.  For example, @kbd{C-x 4} is
itself a prefix that leads to 256 different three-character keys, including
@kbd{C-x 4 f}, @w{@kbd{C-x 4 b}} and so on.  It would be possible to define one
of those three-character sequences as a prefix, creating a series of
four-character keys, but we did not define any of them this way.

  By contrast, the two-character sequence @kbd{C-f C-k} is not a key,
because the @kbd{C-f} is a complete key in itself.  It's impossible to give
@kbd{C-f C-k} an independent meaning as a command as long as @kbd{C-f}
retains its meaning.  @kbd{C-f C-k} is two commands.@refill

  All told, the prefix keys in Emacs are @kbd{C-c}, @kbd{C-x}, @kbd{C-h},
@kbd{C-x 4}, and @key{ESC}.  But this is not built in; it is just a matter
of Emacs's standard key bindings.  In customizing Emacs, you could make
new prefix keys, or eliminate these.  @xref{Key Bindings}.@refill

  Whether a sequence is a key can be changed by customization.  For
example, if you redefine @kbd{C-f} as a prefix, @kbd{C-f C-k} automatically
becomes a key (complete, unless you define it too as a prefix).
Conversely, if you remove the prefix definition of @kbd{C-x 4}, then
@kbd{C-x 4 f} (or @kbd{C-x 4 @var{anything}}) is no longer a key.

@node Commands, Entering Emacs, Keys, Top
@section Keys and Commands

@cindex binding
@cindex customization
@cindex keymap
@cindex function
@cindex command
  This manual is full of passages that tell you what particular keys do.
But Emacs does not assign meanings to keys directly.  Instead, Emacs
assigns meanings to @dfn{functions}, and then gives keys their meanings by
@dfn{binding} them to functions.

  A function is a Lisp object that can be executed as a program.  Usually
it is a Lisp symbol which has been given a function definition; every
symbol has a name, usually made of a few English words separated by
dashes, such as @code{next-line} or @code{forward-word}.  It also has a
@dfn{definition} which is a Lisp program; this is what makes the
function do what it does.  Only some functions can be the bindings of
keys; these are functions whose definitions use @code{interactive} to
specify how to call them interactively.  Such functions are called
@dfn{commands}, and their names are @dfn{command names}.  
@xref{Defining Commands, , Defining Commands, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
Manual}, for more information.

  The bindings between keys and functions are recorded in various tables
called @dfn{keymaps}.  @xref{Keymaps}.

  When we say that ``@kbd{C-n} moves down vertically one line'' we are
glossing over a distinction that is irrelevant in ordinary use but is vital
in understanding how to customize Emacs.  It is the function
@code{next-line} that is programmed to move down vertically.  @kbd{C-n} has
this effect @i{because} it is bound to that function.  If you rebind
@kbd{C-n} to the function @code{forward-word} then @kbd{C-n} will move
forward by words instead.  Rebinding keys is a common method of
customization.@refill

  In the rest of this manual, we usually ignore this subtlety to keep
things simple.  To give the customizer the information he needs, we
state the name of the command which really does the work in parentheses
after mentioning the key that runs it.  For example, we will say that
``The command @kbd{C-n} (@code{next-line}) moves point vertically down,''
meaning that @code{next-line} is a command that moves vertically down
and @kbd{C-n} is a key that is standardly bound to it.

  While we are on the subject of information for customization only, it's a
good time to tell you about @dfn{variables}.  Often the description of a
command will say, ``To change this, set the variable @code{mumble-foo}.''
A variable is a name used to remember a value.  Most of the variables
documented in this manual exist just to facilitate customization: some
command or other part of Emacs examines the variable and behaves
differently accordingly.  Until you are interested in customizing, you can
ignore the information about variables.  When you are ready to be
interested, read the basic information on variables, and then the
information on individual variables will make sense.  @xref{Variables}.

@node Entering Emacs, Exiting, Commands, Top
@chapter Entering and Exiting Emacs
@cindex entering Emacs

  The usual way to invoke Emacs is just to type @kbd{emacs @key{RET}} at
the shell.  Emacs clears the screen and then displays an initial advisor
message and copyright notice.  You can begin typing Emacs commands
immediately afterward.

  Some operating systems insist on discarding all type-ahead when Emacs
starts up; they give Emacs no way to prevent this.  Therefore, it is
wise to wait until Emacs clears the screen before typing your first
editing command.

@vindex initial-major-mode
  Before Emacs reads the first command, you have not had a chance to give a
command to specify a file to edit.  But Emacs must always have a current
buffer for editing.  In an attempt to do something useful, Emacs presents a
buffer named @samp{*scratch*} which is in Lisp Interaction mode; you can
use it to type Lisp expressions and evaluate them, or you can ignore that
capability and simply doodle.  (You can specify a different major mode for
this buffer by setting the variable @code{initial-major-mode} in your init
file.  @xref{Init File}.)

  It is also possible to specify files to be visited, Lisp files to be
loaded, and functions to be called, by giving Emacs arguments in the
shell command line.  @xref{Command Switches}.

@node Exiting, Command Switches, Entering Emacs, Top
@section Exiting Emacs
@cindex exiting
@cindex killing Emacs
@cindex suspending

  There are two commands for exiting Emacs because there are two kinds of
exiting: @dfn{suspending} Emacs and @dfn{killing} Emacs.  @dfn{Suspending} means
stopping Emacs temporarily and returning control to its superior (usually
the shell), allowing you to resume editing later in the same Emacs job,
with the same files, same kill ring, same undo history, and so on.  This is
the usual way to exit.  @dfn{Killing} Emacs means destroying the Emacs job.
You can run Emacs again later, but you will get a fresh Emacs; there is no
way to resume the same editing session after it has been killed.

@table @kbd
@item C-z
Suspend Emacs (@code{suspend-emacs}).
@item C-x C-c
Kill Emacs (@code{save-buffers-kill-emacs}).
@end table

@kindex C-z
@findex suspend-emacs
  To suspend Emacs, type @kbd{C-z} (@code{suspend-emacs}).  This takes
you back to the shell from which you invoked Emacs.  You can resume
Emacs with the command @code{%emacs} if you are using the C shell or the
Bourne-Again shell.

  On systems that do not permit programs to be suspended, @kbd{C-z} runs an
inferior shell that communicates directly with the terminal, and Emacs
waits until you exit the subshell.  The only way on these systems to get
back to the shell from which Emacs was run (to log out, for example) is to
kill Emacs.  @kbd{C-d} or @code{exit} are typical commands to exit a
subshell.

@kindex C-x C-c
@findex save-buffers-kill-emacs
  To kill Emacs, type @kbd{C-x C-c} (@code{save-buffers-kill-emacs}).  A
two-character key is used for this to make it harder to type.  Unless a
numeric argument is used, this command first offers to save any modified
buffers.  If you do not save them all, it asks for reconfirmation with
@kbd{yes} before killing Emacs, since any changes not saved before that will be
lost forever.  Also, if any subprocesses are still running, @kbd{C-x C-c}
asks for confirmation about them, since killing Emacs will kill the
subprocesses immediately.

  In most programs running on Unix, certain characters may instantly
suspend or kill the program.  (In Berkeley Unix these characters are
normally @kbd{C-z} and @kbd{C-c}.)  @b{This Unix feature is turned off
while you are in Emacs.}  The meanings of @kbd{C-z} and @kbd{C-x C-c} as
keys in Emacs were inspired by the standard Berkeley Unix meanings of
@kbd{C-z} and @kbd{C-c}, but that is their only relationship with
Unix.  You could customize these keys to do anything (@pxref{Keymaps}).

@node Command Switches, Basic, Exiting, Top
@section Command Line Switches and Arguments
@cindex command line arguments
@cindex arguments (from shell)


  GNU Emacs supports command line arguments to request various actions
when invoking Emacs.  These are for compatibility with other editors and
for sophisticated activities.  They are not needed for ordinary editing
with Emacs, so new users can skip this section.

  You may be used to using command line arguments with other editors
to specify which file to edit.  That's because many other editors are
designed to be started afresh each time you want to edit.  You
edit one file and then exit the editor.  The next time you want to edit
either another file or the same one, you must run the editor again.
With these editors, it makes sense to use a command line argument
to say which file to edit.

  The recommended way to use GNU Emacs is to start it only once, just after
you log in, and do all your editing in the same Emacs process.  Each time
you want to edit a different file, you visit it with the existing Emacs,
which eventually comes to have many files in it ready for editing.  Usually
you do not kill the Emacs until you are about to log out.

  In the usual style of Emacs use, files are nearly always read by
typing commands to an editor that is already running.  So command line
arguments for specifying a file when the editor is started are seldom
used.

  Emacs accepts command-line arguments that specify files to visit,
functions to call, and other activities and operating modes.

  The command arguments are processed in the order they appear in the
command argument list; however, certain arguments (the ones in the second
table) must be at the front of the list if they are used.

  Here are the arguments allowed:

@table @samp
@item @var{file}
Visit @var{file} using @code{find-file}.  @xref{Visiting}.

@item +@var{linenum} @var{file}
Visit @var{file} using @code{find-file}, then go to line number
@var{linenum} in it.

@item -l @var{file}
@itemx -load @var{file}
Load a file @var{file} of Lisp code with the function @code{load}.
@xref{Lisp Libraries}.

@item -f @var{function}
@itemx -funcall @var{function}
Call Lisp function @var{function} with no arguments.

@item -i @var{file}
@itemx -insert @var{file}
Insert the contents of @var{file} into the current buffer.
This is like what @kbd{M-x insert-buffer} does; see @ref{Misc File Ops}.

@item -kill
Exit from Emacs without asking for confirmation.
@end table

  The following switches are recognized only at the beginning of the
command line.  If more than one of them appears, they must appear in the
order that they appear in this table.

@table @samp
@item -t @var{device}
Use @var{device} as the device for terminal input and output.

@item -d @var{display}
When running with the X window system, use the display named
@var{display} to make Emacs's X window.

@item -nw
Don't use a window system; display text only, using an ordinary terminal
device.  Thus, if you run an X-capable Emacs in an Xterm with
@samp{emacs -nw}, it displays in the Xterm's own window instead of
making its own.

@cindex batch mode
@item -batch
Run Emacs in @dfn{batch mode}, which means that the text being edited is
not displayed and the standard Unix interrupt characters such as @kbd{C-z}
and @kbd{C-c} continue to have their normal effect.  Emacs in batch mode
outputs to @code{stdout} only what would normally be printed in the echo
area under program control.

Batch mode is used for running programs written in Emacs Lisp from
shell scripts, makefiles, and so on.  Normally the @samp{-l} switch
or @samp{-f} switch will be used as well, to invoke a Lisp program
to do the batch processing.

@samp{-batch} implies @samp{-q} (do not load an init file).  It also
causes Emacs to exit after all command switches have been processed.  In
addition, auto-saving is not done except in buffers for which it has
been explicitly requested.

@item -q
@itemx -no-init-file
Do not load your Emacs init file @file{~/.emacs}.

@item -u @var{user}
@itemx -user @var{user}
Load @var{user}'s Emacs init file @file{~@var{user}/.emacs} instead of
your own.
@end table

  With X Windows, you can use these additional options to specify how to
display the window.  Each option has a corresponding resource name (used
with @samp{emacs} unless you specify another name with @samp{-rn
@var{name}}), listed with the option, which lets you specify the same
parameter using the usual X Windows defaulting mechanism.  The
corresponding generic resource name (used with @samp{Emacs}) is usually
made by capitalizing the first letter of the individual resource name,
but in some cases it is a completely different string (which is listed
below).

@table @code
@item -rn @var{name}
Use @var{name} instead of @samp{emacs} when looking for X resources.

@item -font @var{fontname}
@itemx -fn @var{fontname}
Use font @var{fontname}.@*
(Resource @samp{font}.)

@item -wn @var{name}
Name the window @var{name}.@*
(Resource @samp{title}.)

@item -i
Use a bitmap icon (showing the kitchen sink)
rather than a textual icon.@*
(Resource @samp{bitmapIcon}.)

@item -in @var{name}
Name the icon @var{name}.  (Resource @samp{iconName}; @samp{Title}).

@item -geometry @var{coords}
@itemx -w @var{coords}
Specify the shape and optionally the position 
of the Emacs window in the usual X way.@*
(Resource @samp{geometry}.)

@item -b @var{width}
Specify that the window border is @var{width} pixels thick.@*
(Resource @samp{borderWidth}.)

@item -ib @var{width}
Leave @var{width} blank pixels between the border
and the window contents.@*
(Resource @samp{internalBorder}; @samp{BorderWidth}.)

@item -r
Use reverse video.@*
(Resource @samp{reverseVideo}.)

@item -fg @var{color}
Use color @var{color} for text in the window.@*
(Resource @samp{foreground}.)

@item -bg @var{color}
Use the color @var{color} for the background of the window.@*
(Resource @samp{background}.)

@item -bd @var{color}
Use color @var{color} for the window border.@*
(Resource @samp{borderColor}.)

@item -cr @var{color}
Specify the color, @var{color}, to use for the cursor.@*
(Resource @samp{cursorColor}; @samp{Foreground}.)

@item -ms @var{color}
Use color @var{color} for the mouse cursor.@*
(Resource @samp{pointerColor}; @samp{Foreground}.)
@end table

@vindex command-line-args
  The init file can get access to the command line argument values as
the elements of a list in the variable @code{command-line-args}.  (The
arguments in the second table above will already have been processed and
will not be in the list.)  The init file can override the normal
processing of the other arguments by setting this variable.

  One way to use command arguments is to visit many files automatically:

@example
emacs *.c
@end example

@noindent
passes each @code{.c} file as a separate argument to Emacs, so that Emacs
visits each file (@pxref{Visiting}).

  Here is an advanced example that assumes you have a Lisp program
file called @file{hack-c-program.el} which, when loaded, performs some
useful operation on current buffer, expected to be a C program.

@smallexample
emacs -batch foo.c -l hack-c-program -f save-buffer -kill > log
@end smallexample

@noindent
This says to visit @file{foo.c}, load @file{hack-c-program.el} (which
makes changes in the visited file), save @file{foo.c} (note that
@code{save-buffer} is the function that @kbd{C-x C-s} is bound to), and
then exit to the shell that this command was done with.  @samp{-batch}
guarantees there will be no problem redirecting output to @file{log},
because Emacs will not assume that it has a display terminal to work
with.

@node Basic, Undo, Command Switches, Top
@chapter Basic Editing Commands

@kindex C-h t
@findex help-with-tutorial
  We now give the basics of how to enter text, make corrections, and
save the text in a file.  If this material is new to you, you might
learn it more easily by running the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.  To
do this, type @w{@kbd{Control-h t}} (@code{help-with-tutorial}).

@section Inserting Text

@cindex insertion
@cindex point
@cindex cursor
@cindex graphic characters
  To insert printing characters into the text you are editing, just type
them.  This inserts the character into the buffer at the cursor (that is,
at @dfn{point}; @pxref{Point}).  The cursor moves forward.  Any characters
after the cursor move forward too.  If the text in the buffer is
@samp{FOOBAR}, with the cursor before the @samp{B}, then if you type
@kbd{XX}, you get @samp{FOOXXBAR}, with the cursor still before the
@samp{B}.

@kindex DEL
@cindex deletion
   To @dfn{delete} text you have just inserted, use @key{DEL}.  @key{DEL}
deletes the character @var{before} the cursor (not the one that the cursor
is on top of or under; that is the character @var{after} the cursor).  The
cursor and all characters after it move backwards.  Therefore, if you type
a printing character and then type @key{DEL}, they cancel out.

@kindex RET
@cindex newline
   To end a line and start typing a new one, type @key{RET}.  This inserts
a newline character in the buffer.  If point is in the middle of a line,
@key{RET} splits the line.  Typing @key{DEL} when the cursor is at the
beginning of a line rubs out the newline before the line, thus joining the
line with the preceding line.

  Emacs will split lines automatically when they become too long, if you
turn on a special mode called @dfn{Auto Fill} mode.  @xref{Filling}, for
how to use Auto Fill mode.

@findex delete-backward-char
@findex newline
@findex self-insert
  Customization information: @key{DEL} in most modes runs the command named
@code{delete-backward-char}; @key{RET} runs the command @code{newline}, and
self-inserting printing characters run the command @code{self-insert},
which inserts whatever character was typed to invoke it.  Some major modes
rebind @key{DEL} to other commands.

@cindex quoting
@kindex C-q
@findex quoted-insert
  Direct insertion works for printing characters and @key{SPC}, but other
characters act as editing commands and do not insert themselves.  If you
need to insert a control character or a character whose code is above 200
octal, you must @dfn{quote} it by typing the character @kbd{control-q}
(@code{quoted-insert}) first.  There are two ways to use @kbd{C-q}:@refill

@itemize @bullet
@item
@kbd{Control-q} followed by any non-graphic character (even @kbd{C-g})
inserts that character.
@item
@kbd{Control-q} followed by three octal digits inserts the character
with the specified character code.
@end itemize

@noindent
A numeric argument to @kbd{C-q} specifies how many copies of the
quoted character should be inserted (@pxref{Arguments}).

  If you prefer to have text characters replace (overwrite) existing
text rather than shove it to the right, you can enable Overwrite mode,
a minor mode.  @xref{Minor Modes}.

@section Changing the Location of Point

  To do more than insert characters, you have to know how to move
point (@pxref{Point}).  Here are a few of the commands for doing that.

@kindex C-a
@kindex C-e
@kindex C-f
@kindex C-b
@kindex C-n
@kindex C-p
@kindex C-l
@kindex C-t
@kindex M->
@kindex M-<
@kindex M-r
@findex beginning-of-line
@findex end-of-line
@findex forward-char
@findex backward-char
@findex next-line
@findex previous-line
@findex recenter
@findex transpose-chars
@findex beginning-of-buffer
@findex end-of-buffer
@findex goto-char
@findex goto-line
@findex move-to-window-line
@table @kbd
@item C-a
Move to the beginning of the line (@code{beginning-of-line}).
@item C-e
Move to the end of the line (@code{end-of-line}).
@item C-f
Move forward one character (@code{forward-char}).
@item C-b
Move backward one character (@code{backward-char}).
@item M-f
Move forward one word (@code{forward-word}).
@item M-b
Move backward one word (@code{backward-word}).
@item C-n
Move down one line, vertically (@code{next-line}).  This command
attempts to keep the horizontal position unchanged, so if you start in
the middle of one line, you end in the middle of the next.  When on
the last line of text, @kbd{C-n} creates a new line and moves onto it.
@item C-p
Move up one line, vertically (@code{previous-line}).
@item C-l
Clear the screen and reprint everything (@code{recenter}).  Text moves
on the screen to bring point to the center of the window.
@item M-r
Move point to left margin on the line halfway down the screen or
window (@code{move-to-window-line}).  Text does not move on the
screen.  A numeric argument says how many screen lines down from the
top of the window (zero for the top).  A negative argument counts from
the bottom (@minus{}1 for the bottom).
@item C-t
Transpose two characters, the ones before and after the cursor
(@code{transpose-chars}).
@item M-<
Move to the top of the buffer (@code{beginning-of-buffer}).  With
numeric argument @var{n}, move to @var{n}/10 of the way from the top.
@xref{Arguments}, for more information on numeric arguments.@refill
@item M->
Move to the end of the buffer (@code{end-of-buffer}).
@item M-x goto-char
Read a number @var{n} and move cursor to character number @var{n}.
Position 1 is the beginning of the buffer.
@item M-x goto-line
Read a number @var{n} and move cursor to line number @var{n}.  Line 1
is the beginning of the buffer.
@item C-x C-n
@findex set-goal-column
@cindex goal column
Use the current column of point as the @dfn{semipermanent goal column} for
@kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} (@code{set-goal-column}).  Henceforth, those
commands always move to this column in each line moved into, or as
close as possible given the contents of the line.  This goal column remains
in effect until canceled.
@item C-u C-x C-n
Cancel the goal column.  Henceforth, @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} once
again try to avoid changing the horizontal position, as usual.
@end table

@vindex track-eol
  If you set the variable @code{track-eol} to a non-@code{nil} value, then
@kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} when at the end of the starting line move to the
end of the line.  Normally, @code{track-eol} is @code{nil}.

@section Erasing Text

@table @kbd
@item @key{DEL}
Delete the character before the cursor (@code{delete-backward-char}).
@item C-d
Delete the character after the cursor (@code{delete-char}).
@item C-k
Kill to the end of the line (@code{kill-line}).
@item M-d
Kill forward to the end of the next word (@code{kill-word}).
@item M-@key{DEL}
Kill back to the beginning of the previous word
(@code{backward-kill-word}).
@end table

  You already know about the @key{DEL} key which deletes the character
before the cursor.  Another key, @kbd{Control-d}, deletes the character
after the cursor, causing the rest of the text on the line to shift left.
If @kbd{Control-d} is typed at the end of a line, that line and the next
line are joined together.

  To erase a larger amount of text, use the @kbd{Control-k} key, which
kills a line at a time.  If @kbd{C-k} is done at the beginning or middle of
a line, it kills all the text up to the end of the line.  If @kbd{C-k} is
done at the end of a line, it joins that line and the next line.

  @xref{Killing}, for more flexible ways of killing text.

@section Files

@cindex files
  The commands above are sufficient for creating and altering text in an
Emacs buffer; the more advanced Emacs commands just make things easier.
But to keep any text permanently you must put it in a @dfn{file}.  Files
are named units of text which are stored by the operating system for you to
retrieve later by name.  To look at or use the contents of a file in any
way, including editing the file with Emacs, you must specify the file name.

  Consider a file named @file{/usr/rms/foo.c}.  In Emacs, to begin editing
this file, type

@example
C-x C-f /usr/rms/foo.c @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
Here the file name is given as an @dfn{argument} to the command @kbd{C-x
C-f} (@code{find-file}).  That command uses the @dfn{minibuffer} to
read the argument, and you type @key{RET} to terminate the argument
(@pxref{Minibuffer}).@refill

  Emacs obeys the command by @dfn{visiting} the file: creating a buffer,
copying the contents of the file into the buffer, and then displaying the
buffer for you to edit.  You can make changes in it, and then @dfn{save}
the file by typing @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{save-buffer}).  This makes the
changes permanent by copying the altered contents of the buffer back into
the file @file{/usr/rms/foo.c}.  Until then, the changes are only inside
your Emacs, and the file @file{foo.c} is not changed.@refill

  To create a file, just visit the file with @kbd{C-x C-f} as if it already
existed.  Emacs will make an empty buffer in which you can insert the text
you want to put in the file.  When you save your text with @kbd{C-x C-s},
the file will be created.

  Of course, there is a lot more to learn about using files.  @xref{Files}.

@section Help

  If you forget what a key does, you can find out with the Help character,
which is @kbd{C-h}.  Type @kbd{C-h k} followed by the key you want to know
about; for example, @kbd{C-h k C-n} tells you all about what @kbd{C-n}
does.  @kbd{C-h} is a prefix key; @kbd{C-h k} is just one of its
subcommands (the command @code{describe-key}).  The other subcommands of
@kbd{C-h} provide different kinds of help.  Type @kbd{C-h} three times
to get a description of all the help facilities.  @xref{Help}.@refill

@menu
* Blank Lines::        Commands to make or delete blank lines.
* Continuation Lines:: Lines too wide for the screen.
* Position Info::      What page, line, row, or column is point on?
* Arguments::	       Numeric arguments for repeating a command.
@end menu

@page
@node Blank Lines, Continuation Lines, Basic, Basic
@section Blank Lines

  Here are special commands and techniques for putting in and taking out
blank lines.

@c widecommands
@table @kbd
@item C-o
Insert one or more blank lines after the cursor (@code{open-line}).
@item C-x C-o
Delete all but one of many consecutive blank lines
(@code{delete-blank-lines}).
@end table

@kindex C-o
@kindex C-x C-o
@cindex blank lines
@findex open-line
@findex delete-blank-lines
  When you want to insert a new line of text before an existing line, you
can do it by typing the new line of text, followed by @key{RET}.  However,
it may be easier to see what you are doing if you first make a blank line
and then insert the desired text into it.  This is easy to do using the key
@kbd{C-o} (@code{open-line}), which inserts a newline after point but leaves
point in front of the newline.  After @kbd{C-o}, type the text for the new
line.  @kbd{C-o F O O} has the same effect as @w{@kbd{F O O @key{RET}},} except for
the final location of point.

  You can make several blank lines by typing @kbd{C-o} several times, or by
giving it an argument to tell it how many blank lines to make.
@xref{Arguments}, for how.

  If you have many blank lines in a row and want to get rid of them, use
@kbd{C-x C-o} (@code{delete-blank-lines}).  When point is on a blank line which
is adjacent to at least one other blank line, @kbd{C-x C-o} deletes all but
one of the consecutive blank lines, leaving exactly one.  With point on a
blank line with no other blank line adjacent to it, the sole blank line is
deleted, leaving none.  When point is on a nonblank line, @kbd{C-x C-o}
deletes any blank lines following that nonblank line.

@node Continuation Lines, Position Info, Blank Lines, Basic
@section Continuation Lines

@cindex continuation line
  If you add too many characters to one line, without breaking it with a
@key{RET}, the line will grow to occupy two (or more) lines on the screen,
with a @samp{\} at the extreme right margin of all but the last of them.
The @samp{\} says that the following screen line is not really a distinct
line in the text, but just the @dfn{continuation} of a line too long to fit
the screen.  Sometimes it is nice to have Emacs insert newlines
automatically when a line gets too long; for this, use Auto Fill mode
(@pxref{Filling}).

@vindex truncate-lines
@cindex truncation
  Instead of continuation, long lines can be displayed by @dfn{truncation}.
This means that all the characters that do not fit in the width of the
screen or window do not appear at all.  They remain in the buffer,
temporarily invisible.  @samp{$} is used in the last column instead of
@samp{\} to inform you that truncation is in effect.

  Continuation can be turned off for a particular buffer by setting the
variable @code{truncate-lines} to non-@code{nil} in that buffer.
Truncation instead of continuation also happens whenever horizontal
scrolling is in use, and optionally whenever side-by-side windows are in
use (@pxref{Windows}).  Altering the value of @code{truncate-lines} makes
it local to the current buffer; until that time, the default value is in
effect.  The default is initially @code{nil}.  @xref{Locals}.@refill

@node Position Info, Arguments, Continuation Lines, Basic
@section Cursor Position Information

  If you are accustomed to other display editors, you may be surprised that
Emacs does not always display the page number or line number of point in
the mode line.  This is because the text is stored in a way that makes it
difficult to compute this information.  Displaying them all the time would
be intolerably slow.  They are not needed very often in Emacs anyway,
but there are commands to compute them and print them.

@table @kbd
@item M-x what-page
Print page number of point, and line number within page.
@item M-x what-line
Print line number of point in the buffer.
@item M-=
Print number of lines in the current region (@code{count-lines-region}).
@item C-x =
Print character code of character after point, character position of
point, and column of point (@code{what-cursor-position}).
@end table

@findex what-page
@findex what-line
@cindex line number
  There are two commands for printing line numbers.  @kbd{M-x what-line}
counts lines from the beginning of the file and prints the line number
point is on.  The first line of the file is line number 1.  These numbers
can be used as arguments to @kbd{M-x goto-line}.  By contrast, @kbd{M-x
what-page} counts pages from the beginning of the file, and counts lines
within the page, printing both of them.  @xref{Pages}.

@kindex M-=
@findex count-lines-region
  While on this subject, we might as well mention @kbd{M-=} (@code{count-lines-region}),
which prints the number of lines in the region (@pxref{Mark}).
@xref{Pages}, for the command @kbd{C-x l} which counts the lines in the
current page.

@kindex C-x =
@findex what-cursor-position
  The command @kbd{C-x =} (@code{what-cursor-position}) can be used to find out
the column that the cursor is in, and other miscellaneous information about
point.  It prints a line in the echo area that looks like this:

@example
Char: x (0170)  point=65986 of 563027(12%)  x=44
@end example

@noindent
(In fact, this is the output produced when point is before the @samp{x=44}
in the example.)

  The two values after @samp{Char:} describe the character following point,
first by showing it and second by giving its octal character code.

  @samp{point=} is followed by the position of point expressed as a character
count.  The front of the buffer counts as position 1, one character later
as 2, and so on.  The next, larger number is the total number of characters
in the buffer.  Afterward in parentheses comes the position expressed as a
percentage of the total size.

  @samp{x=} is followed by the horizontal position of point, in columns from the
left edge of the window.

  If the buffer has been narrowed, making some of the text at the beginning and
the end temporarily invisible, @kbd{C-x =} prints additional text describing the
current visible range.  For example, it might say

@smallexample
Char: x (0170)  point=65986 of 563025(12%) <65102 - 68533>  x=44
@end smallexample

@noindent
where the two extra numbers give the smallest and largest character position
that point is allowed to assume.  The characters between those two positions
are the visible ones.  @xref{Narrowing}.

  If point is at the end of the buffer (or the end of the visible part),
@kbd{C-x =} omits any description of the character after point.
The output looks like

@smallexample
point=563026 of 563025(100%)  x=0
@end smallexample

@node Arguments,, Position Info, Basic
@section Numeric Arguments
@cindex numeric arguments
@cindex prefix arguments
@cindex arguments, prefix and numeric

  Any Emacs command can be given a @dfn{numeric argument}.  Some commands
interpret the argument as a repetition count.  For example, giving an
argument of ten to the key @kbd{C-f} (the command @code{forward-char}, move
forward one character) moves forward ten characters.  With these commands,
no argument is equivalent to an argument of one.  Negative arguments are
allowed.  Often they tell a command to move or act backwards.

@kindex M-1
@kindex M-@t{-}
@findex digit-argument
@findex negative-argument
  If your terminal keyboard has a @key{META} key, the easiest way to
specify a numeric argument is to type digits and/or a minus sign while
holding down the @key{META} key.  For example,
@example
M-5 C-n
@end example
@noindent
would move down five lines.  The characters @kbd{Meta-1}, @kbd{Meta-2}, and
so on, as well as @kbd{Meta--}, do this because they are keys bound to
commands (@code{digit-argument} and @code{negative-argument}) that are
defined to contribute to an argument for the next command.

@kindex C-u
@findex universal-argument
@cindex universal argument
  Another way of specifying an argument is to use the @kbd{C-u}
(@code{universal-argument}) command followed by the digits of the argument.
With @kbd{C-u}, you can type the argument digits without holding
down shift keys.  To type a negative argument, start with a minus sign.
Just a minus sign normally means @minus{}1.  @kbd{C-u} works on all terminals.

  @kbd{C-u} followed by a character which is neither a digit nor a minus
sign has the special meaning of ``multiply by four''.  It multiplies the
argument for the next command by four.  @kbd{C-u} twice multiplies it by
sixteen.  Thus, @kbd{C-u C-u C-f} moves forward sixteen characters.  This
is a good way to move forward ``fast'', since it moves about 1/5 of a line
in the usual size screen.  Other useful combinations are @kbd{C-u C-n},
@kbd{C-u C-u C-n} (move down a good fraction of a screen), @kbd{C-u C-u
C-o} (make ``a lot'' of blank lines), and @kbd{C-u C-k} (kill four
lines).@refill

  Some commands care only about whether there is an argument, and not about
its value.  For example, the command @kbd{M-q} (@code{fill-paragraph}) with
no argument fills text; with an argument, it justifies the text as well.
(@xref{Filling}, for more information on @kbd{M-q}.)  Just @kbd{C-u} is a
handy way of providing an argument for such commands.

  Some commands use the value of the argument as a repeat count, but do
something peculiar when there is no argument.  For example, the command
@kbd{C-k} (@code{kill-line}) with argument @var{n} kills @var{n} lines,
including their terminating newlines.  But @kbd{C-k} with no argument is
special: it kills the text up to the next newline, or, if point is right at
the end of the line, it kills the newline itself.  Thus, two @kbd{C-k}
commands with no arguments can kill a nonblank line, just like @kbd{C-k}
with an argument of one.  (@xref{Killing}, for more information on
@kbd{C-k}.)@refill

  A few commands treat a plain @kbd{C-u} differently from an ordinary
argument.  A few others may treat an argument of just a minus sign
differently from an argument of @minus{}1.  These unusual cases will be
described when they come up; they are always for reasons of convenience
of use of the individual command.

  To insert multiple copies of a digit, you can type @kbd{C-u
@var{count} C-u @var{digit}}.  The second @kbd{C-u} ends the numeric
argument, so that the following character always acts a key sequence
to be executed.

@c section Autoarg Mode
@ignore
@cindex Autoarg mode
  Users of @sc{ascii} keyboards may prefer to use Autoarg mode.  Autoarg mode
means that you don't need to type C-U to specify a numeric argument.
Instead, you type just the digits.  Digits followed by an ordinary
inserting character are themselves inserted, but digits followed by an
Escape or Control character serve as an argument to it and are not
inserted.  A minus sign can also be part of an argument, but only at the
beginning.  If you type a minus sign following some digits, both the digits
and the minus sign are inserted.

  To use Autoarg mode, set the variable @code{autoarg-mode} nonzero.
@xref{Variables}.

  Autoargument digits echo at the bottom of the screen; the first nondigit
causes them to be inserted or uses them as an argument.  To insert some
digits and nothing else, you must follow them with a Space and then rub it
out.  C-G cancels the digits, while Delete inserts them all and then rubs
out the last.
@end ignore

@node Undo, Minibuffer, Basic, Top
@chapter Undoing Changes
@cindex undo
@cindex mistakes, correcting

  Emacs allows all changes made in the text of a buffer to be undone,
up to a certain amount of change (8000 characters).  Each buffer records
changes individually, and the undo command always applies to the
current buffer.  Usually each editing command makes a separate entry
in the undo records, but some commands such as @code{query-replace}
make many entries, and very simple commands such as self-inserting
characters are often grouped to make undoing less tedious.

@table @kbd
@item C-x u
Undo one batch of changes (usually, one command worth) (@code{undo}).
@item C-_
The same.
@end table

@kindex C-x u
@kindex C-_
@findex undo
  The command @kbd{C-x u} or @kbd{C-_} is how you undo.  The first time you give
this command, it undoes the last change.  Point moves to the text
affected by the undo, so you can see what was undone.

  Consecutive repetitions of the @kbd{C-_} or @kbd{C-x u} commands undo earlier
and earlier changes, back to the limit of what has been recorded.  If all
recorded changes have already been undone, the undo command prints an error
message and does nothing.

  Any command other than an undo command breaks the sequence of undo
commands.  Starting at this moment, the previous undo commands are
considered ordinary changes that can themselves be undone.  Thus, to
redo changes you have undone, type @kbd{C-f} or any other command that
will have no important effect, and then give more undo commands.

  If you notice that a buffer has been modified accidentally, the easiest
way to recover is to type @kbd{C-_} repeatedly until the stars disappear
from the front of the mode line.  At this time, all the modifications you
made have been cancelled.  If you do not remember whether you changed the
buffer deliberately, type @kbd{C-_} once, and when you see the last change
you made undone, you will remember why you made it.  If it was an accident,
leave it undone.  If it was deliberate, redo the change as described in the
preceding paragraph.

  Whenever an undo command makes the stars disappear from the mode line,
it means that the buffer contents are the same as they were when the
file was last read in or saved.

@findex buffer-enable-undo
  Not all buffers record undo information.  Buffers whose names start with
spaces don't; these buffers are used internally by Emacs and its extensions
to hold text that users don't normally look at or edit.  Also, minibuffers,
help buffers and documentation buffers don't record undo information.
Use the command @code{buffer-enable-undo} to enable recording undo information
in the current buffer.

  As editing continues, undo lists get longer and longer.  To prevent
them from using up all available memory space, garbage collection trims
back their sizes to thresholds you can set.  (For this purpose, the
``size'' of an undo list measures the cons cells that make up the list,
plus the strings of deleted text.)

@vindex undo-limit
@vindex undo-strong-limit
  Two variables control the range of acceptable sizes: @code{undo-limit}
and @code{undo-strong-limit}.  Normally, the most recent changes are
kept until their size exceeds @code{undo-limit}; all older changes are
discarded.  But if a change pushes the size above
@code{undo-strong-limit}, it is discarded as well as all older changes.
One exception: the most recent set of changes is sacred; garbage
collection never discards that.  (In Emacs versions 18.57 and 18.58,
these variables are called @code{undo-threshold} and
@code{undo-high-threshold}.)

  The reason the @code{undo} command has two keys, @kbd{C-x u} and
@kbd{C-_}, set up to run it is that it is worthy of a single-character
key, but the way to type @kbd{C-_} on some keyboards is not obvious.
@kbd{C-x u} is an alternative you can type in the same fashion on any
terminal.

@node Minibuffer, M-x, Undo, Top
@chapter The Minibuffer
@cindex minibuffer

  The @dfn{minibuffer} is the facility used by Emacs commands to read
arguments more complicated than a single number.  Minibuffer arguments can
be file names, buffer names, Lisp function names, Emacs command names, Lisp
expressions, and many other things, depending on the command reading the
argument.  The usual Emacs editing commands can be used in the minibuffer
to edit the argument.

@cindex prompt
  When the minibuffer is in use, it appears in the echo area, and the
terminal's cursor moves there.  The beginning of the minibuffer line
displays a @dfn{prompt} which says what kind of input you should supply and
how it will be used.  Often this prompt is derived from the name of the
command that the argument is for.  The prompt normally ends with a colon.

@cindex default argument
  Sometimes a @dfn{default argument} appears in parentheses after the
colon; it too is part of the prompt.  The default will be used as the
argument value if you enter an empty argument (e.g., just type @key{RET}).
For example, commands that read buffer names always show a default, which
is the name of the buffer that will be used if you type just @key{RET}.

@kindex C-g
  The simplest way to give a minibuffer argument is to type the text you
want, terminated by @key{RET} which exits the minibuffer.  You can get out
of the minibuffer, canceling the command that it was for, by typing
@kbd{C-g}.

  Since the minibuffer uses the screen space of the echo area, it can
conflict with other ways Emacs customarily uses the echo area.  Here is how
Emacs handles such conflicts:

@itemize @bullet
@item
If a command gets an error while you are in the minibuffer, this does
not cancel the minibuffer.  However, the echo area is needed for the
error message and therefore the minibuffer itself is hidden for a
while.  It comes back after a few seconds, or as soon as you type
anything.

@item
If in the minibuffer you use a command whose purpose is to print a
message in the echo area, such as @kbd{C-x =}, the message is printed
normally, and the minibuffer is hidden for a while.  It comes back
after a few seconds, or as soon as you type anything.

@item
Echoing of keystrokes does not take place while the minibuffer is in
use.
@end itemize

@menu
* File: Minibuffer File.  Entering file names with the minibuffer.
* Edit: Minibuffer Edit.  How to edit in the minibuffer.
* Completion::		  An abbreviation facility for minibuffer input.
* Repetition::		  Re-executing commands that used the minibuffer.
@end menu

@node Minibuffer File, Minibuffer Edit, Minibuffer, Minibuffer
@section Minibuffers for File Names

  Sometimes the minibuffer starts out with text in it.  For example, when
you are supposed to give a file name, the minibuffer starts out containing
the @dfn{default directory}, which ends with a slash.  This is to inform
you which directory the file will be found in if you do not specify a
directory.  For example, the minibuffer might start out with

@example
Find File: /u2/emacs/src/
@end example

@noindent
where @samp{Find File:@: } is the prompt.  Typing @kbd{buffer.c} specifies
the file @file{/u2/emacs/src/buffer.c}.  To find files in nearby
directories, use @kbd{..}; thus, if you type @kbd{../lisp/simple.el}, the
file that you visit will be the one named @file{/u2/emacs/lisp/simple.el}.
Alternatively, you can kill with @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} the directory names you
don't want (@pxref{Words}).@refill

  You can also type an absolute file name, one starting with a slash or a
tilde, ignoring the default directory.  For example, to find the file
@file{/etc/termcap}, just type the name, giving

@example
Find File: /u2/emacs/src//etc/termcap
@end example

@noindent
Two slashes in a row are not normally meaningful in Unix file names, but
they are allowed in GNU Emacs.  They mean, ``ignore everything before the
second slash in the pair.''  Thus, @samp{/u2/emacs/src/} is ignored, and
you get the file @file{/etc/termcap}.

@vindex insert-default-directory
  If you set @code{insert-default-directory} to @code{nil}, the default directory
is not inserted in the minibuffer.  This way, the minibuffer starts out
empty.  But the name you type, if relative, is still interpreted with
respect to the same default directory.

@node Minibuffer Edit, Completion, Minibuffer File, Minibuffer
@section Editing in the Minibuffer

  The minibuffer is an Emacs buffer (albeit a peculiar one), and the usual
Emacs commands are available for editing the text of an argument you are
entering.

  Since @key{RET} in the minibuffer is defined to exit the minibuffer,
inserting a newline into the minibuffer must be done with @kbd{C-o} or with
@kbd{C-q @key{LFD}}.  (Recall that a newline is really the @key{LFD}
character.)

  The minibuffer has its own window which always has space on the screen
but acts as if it were not there when the minibuffer is not in use.  When
the minibuffer is in use, its window is just like the others; you can
switch to another window with @kbd{C-x o}, edit text in other windows and
perhaps even visit more files, before returning to the minibuffer to submit
the argument.  You can kill text in another window, return to the
minibuffer window, and then yank the text to use it in the argument.
@xref{Windows}.

  There are some restrictions on the use of the minibuffer window, however.
You cannot switch buffers in it---the minibuffer and its window are
permanently attached.  Also, you cannot split or kill the minibuffer
window.  But you can make it taller in the normal fashion with
@kbd{C-x ^} (@pxref{Change Window}).

@kindex C-M-v
  If while in the minibuffer you issue a command that displays help text
of any sort in another window, then that window is identified as the
one to scroll if you type @kbd{C-M-v} while in the minibuffer.  This
lasts until you exit the minibuffer.  This feature comes into play
if a completing minibuffer gives you a list of possible completions.

@cindex recursive minibuffer
  Recursive use of the minibuffer is supported by Emacs.  However, it is
easy to do this by accident (because of autorepeating keyboards, for
example) and get confused.  Therefore, most Emacs commands that use the
minibuffer refuse to operate if the minibuffer window is selected.  If the
minibuffer is active but you have switched to a different window, recursive
use of the minibuffer is allowed---if you know enough to try to do this,
you probably will not get confused.

@vindex enable-recursive-minibuffers
  If you set the variable @code{enable-recursive-minibuffers} to be
non-@code{nil}, recursive use of the minibuffer is always allowed.

@node Completion, Repetition, Minibuffer Edit, Minibuffer
@section Completion
@cindex completion

  When appropriate, the minibuffer provides a @dfn{completion} facility.
This means that you type enough of the argument to determine the rest,
based on Emacs's knowledge of which arguments make sense, and Emacs visibly
fills in the rest, or as much as can be determined from the part you have
typed.

  When completion is available, certain keys---@key{TAB}, @key{RET}, and @key{SPC}---are
redefined to complete an abbreviation present in the minibuffer into a
longer string that it stands for, by matching it against a set of
@dfn{completion alternatives} provided by the command reading the argument.
@kbd{?} is defined to display a list of possible completions of what you
have inserted.

  For example, when the minibuffer is being used by @kbd{Meta-x} to read
the name of a command, it is given a list of all available Emacs command
names to complete against.  The completion keys match the text in the
minibuffer against all the command names, find any additional characters of
the name that are implied by the ones already present in the minibuffer,
and add those characters to the ones you have given.

  Case is normally significant in completion, because it is significant in
most of the names that you can complete (buffer names, file names and
command names).  Thus, @samp{fo} will not complete to @samp{Foo}.  When you
are completing a name in which case does not matter, case may be ignored
for completion's sake if the program said to do so.

@subsection Completion Example

@kindex TAB
@findex minibuffer-complete
  A concrete example may help here.  If you type @kbd{Meta-x au @key{TAB}},
the @key{TAB} looks for alternatives (in this case, command names) that
start with @samp{au}.  There are only two: @code{auto-fill-mode} and
@code{auto-save-mode}.  These are the same as far as @code{auto-}, so the
@samp{au} in the minibuffer changes to @samp{auto-}.@refill

  If you type @key{TAB} again immediately, there are multiple possibilities
for the very next character---it could be @samp{s} or @samp{f}---so no more
characters are added; but a list of all possible completions is displayed
in another window.

  If you go on to type @kbd{f @key{TAB}}, this @key{TAB} sees
@samp{auto-f}.  The only command name starting this way is
@code{auto-fill-mode}, so completion inserts the rest of that.  You
now have @samp{auto-fill-mode} in the minibuffer after typing just @kbd{au
@key{TAB} f @key{TAB}}.  Note that @key{TAB} has this effect because in the
minibuffer it is bound to the function @code{minibuffer-complete} when
completion is supposed to be done.@refill

@subsection Completion Commands

  Here is a list of all the completion commands, defined in the minibuffer
when completion is available.

@table @kbd
@item @key{TAB}
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Complete the text in the minibuffer as much as possible@*
(@code{minibuffer-complete}).
@item @key{SPC}
Complete the text in the minibuffer but don't add or fill out more
than one word (@code{minibuffer-complete-word}).
@item @key{RET}
Submit the text in the minibuffer as the argument, possibly completing
first as described below (@code{minibuffer-complete-and-exit}).
@item ?
Print a list of all possible completions of the text in the minibuffer
(@code{minibuffer-list-completions}).
@end table

@kindex SPC
@findex minibuffer-complete-word
  @key{SPC} completes much like @key{TAB}, but never goes beyond the
next hyphen or space.  If you have @samp{auto-f} in the minibuffer and type
@key{SPC}, it finds that the completion is @samp{auto-fill-mode}, but it
stops completing after @samp{fill-}.  This gives @samp{auto-fill-}.
Another @key{SPC} at this point completes all the way to
@samp{auto-fill-mode}.  @key{SPC} in the minibuffer runs the function
@code{minibuffer-complete-word} when completion is available.@refill

  There are three different ways that @key{RET} can work in completing
minibuffers, depending on how the argument will be used.

@itemize @bullet
@item
@dfn{Strict} completion is used when it is meaningless to give any
argument except one of the known alternatives.  For example, when
@kbd{C-x k} reads the name of a buffer to kill, it is meaningless to
give anything but the name of an existing buffer.  In strict
completion, @key{RET} refuses to exit if the text in the minibuffer
does not complete to an exact match.

@item
@dfn{Cautious} completion is similar to strict completion, except that
@key{RET} exits only if the text was an exact match already, not
needing completion.  If the text is not an exact match, @key{RET} does
not exit, but it does complete the text.  If it completes to an exact
match, a second @key{RET} will exit.

Cautious completion is used for reading file names for files that must
already exist.

@item
@dfn{Permissive} completion is used when any string whatever is
meaningful, and the list of completion alternatives is just a guide.
For example, when @kbd{C-x C-f} reads the name of a file to visit, any
file name is allowed, in case you want to create a file.  In
permissive completion, @key{RET} takes the text in the minibuffer
exactly as given, without completing it.
@end itemize

  The completion commands display a list of all possible completions in a
window whenever there is more than one possibility for the very next
character.  Also, typing @kbd{?} explicitly requests such a list.  The
list of completions counts as help text, so @kbd{C-M-v} typed in the
minibuffer scrolls the list.

@vindex completion-ignored-extensions
  When completion is done on file names, certain file names are usually
ignored.  The variable @code{completion-ignored-extensions} contains a list
of strings; a file whose name ends in any of those strings is ignored as a
possible completion.  The standard value of this variable has several
elements including @code{".o"}, @code{".elc"}, @code{".dvi"} and @code{"~"}.
The effect is that, for example, @samp{foo} can complete to @samp{foo.c}
even though @samp{foo.o} exists as well.  If the only possible completions
are files that end in ``ignored'' strings, then they are not ignored.@refill

@vindex completion-auto-help
  Normally, a completion command that finds the next character is undetermined
automatically displays a list of all possible completions.  If the variable
@code{completion-auto-help} is set to @code{nil}, this does not happen,
and you must type @kbd{?} to display the possible completions.

@node Repetition,, Completion, Minibuffer
@section Repeating Minibuffer Commands
@cindex command history
@cindex history of commands

  Every command that uses the minibuffer at least once is recorded on a
special history list, together with the values of the minibuffer arguments,
so that you can repeat the command easily.  In particular, every
use of @kbd{Meta-x} is recorded, since @kbd{M-x} uses the minibuffer to
read the command name.

@findex list-command-history
@c widecommands
@table @kbd
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item C-x @key{ESC}
Re-execute a recent minibuffer command @code{repeat-complex-command}).
@item M-p
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Within @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}, move to the previous recorded command@*
(@code{previous-complex-command}).
@item M-n
Within @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}, move to the next (more recent) recorded
command (@code{next-complex-command}).
@item M-x list-command-history
Display the entire command history, showing all the commands
@kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} can repeat, most recent first.
@end table

@kindex C-x ESC
@findex repeat-complex-command
  @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} is used to re-execute a recent minibuffer-using
command.  With no argument, it repeats the last such command.  A numeric
argument specifies which command to repeat; 1 means the last one, and
larger numbers specify earlier ones.

  @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} works by turning the previous command into a Lisp
expression and then entering a minibuffer initialized with the text for
that expression.  If you type just @key{RET}, the command is repeated as
before.  You can also change the command by editing the Lisp expression.
Whatever expression you finally submit is what will be executed.  The
repeated command is added to the front of the command history unless it is
identical to the most recently executed command already there.

  Even if you don't understand Lisp syntax, it will probably be obvious
which command is displayed for repetition.  If you do not change the text,
you can be sure it will repeat exactly as before.

@kindex M-n
@kindex M-p
@findex next-complex-command
@findex previous-complex-command
  Once inside the minibuffer for @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}, if the command shown
to you is not the one you want to repeat, you can move around the list of
previous commands using @kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p}.  @kbd{M-p} replaces the
contents of the minibuffer with the next earlier recorded command, and
@kbd{M-n} replaces them with the next later command.  After finding the
desired previous command, you can edit its expression as usual and then
resubmit it by typing @key{RET} as usual.  Any editing you have done on the
command to be repeated is lost if you use @kbd{M-n} or @kbd{M-p}.

  @kbd{M-p} is more useful than @kbd{M-n}, since more often you will
initially request to repeat the most recent command and then decide to
repeat an older one instead.  These keys are specially defined within
@kbd{C-x @key{ESC}} to run the commands @code{previous-complex-command} and
@code{next-complex-command}.

@vindex command-history
  The list of previous minibuffer-using commands is stored as a Lisp list
in the variable @code{command-history}.  Each element is a Lisp expression
which describes one command and its arguments.  Lisp programs can reexecute
a command by feeding the corresponding @code{command-history} element to
@code{eval}.

@node M-x, Help, Minibuffer, Top
@chapter Running Commands by Name

  The Emacs commands that are used often or that must be quick to type are
bound to keys---short sequences of characters---for convenient use.  Other
Emacs commands that do not need to be brief are not bound to keys; to run
them, you must refer to them by name.

  A command name is, by convention, made up of one or more words, separated
by hyphens; for example, @code{auto-fill-mode} or @code{manual-entry}.  The
use of English words makes the command name easier to remember than a key
made up of obscure characters, even though it is more characters to type.
Any command can be run by name, even if it is also runnable by keys.

@kindex M-x
@cindex minibuffer
  The way to run a command by name is to start with @kbd{M-x}, type the
command name, and finish it with @key{RET}.  @kbd{M-x} uses the minibuffer
to read the command name.  @key{RET} exits the minibuffer and runs the
command.

  Emacs uses the minibuffer for reading input for many different purposes;
on this occasion, the string @samp{M-x} is displayed at the beginning of
the minibuffer as a @dfn{prompt} to remind you that your input should be
the name of a command to be run.  @xref{Minibuffer}, for full information
on the features of the minibuffer.

  You can use completion to enter the command name.  For example, the
command @code{forward-char} can be invoked by name by typing

@example
M-x forward-char @key{RET}

@exdent or

M-x fo @key{TAB} c @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
Note that @code{forward-char} is the same command that you invoke with
the key @kbd{C-f}.  Any command (interactively callable function) defined
in Emacs can be called by its name using @kbd{M-x} whether or not any
keys are bound to it.

  If you type @kbd{C-g} while the command name is being read, you cancel
the @kbd{M-x} command and get out of the minibuffer, ending up at top level.

  To pass a numeric argument to the command you are invoking with
@kbd{M-x}, specify the numeric argument before the @kbd{M-x}.  @kbd{M-x}
passes the argument along to the function which it calls.  The argument
value appears in the prompt while the command name is being read.

  Normally, when describing a command that is run by name, we omit the
@key{RET} that is needed to terminate the name.  Thus we might speak of
@kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode} rather than @kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode @key{RET}}.
We mention the @key{RET} only when there is a need to emphasize its
presence, such as when describing a sequence of input that contains a
command name and arguments that follow it.

@findex execute-extended-command
  @kbd{M-x} is defined to run the command @code{execute-extended-command},
which is responsible for reading the name of another command and invoking
it.

@node Help, Mark, M-x, Top
@chapter Help
@kindex Help
@cindex help
@cindex self-documentation

  Emacs provides extensive help features which revolve around a single
character, @kbd{C-h}.  @kbd{C-h} is a prefix key that is used only for
documentation-printing commands.  The characters that you can type after
@kbd{C-h} are called @dfn{help options}.  One help option is @kbd{C-h};
that is how you ask for help about using @kbd{C-h}.

  @kbd{C-h C-h} prints a list of the possible help options, and then asks
you to go ahead and type the option.  It prompts with a string

@smallexample
A B C F I K L M N S T V W C-c C-d C-n C-w.  Type C-h again for more help:
@end smallexample

@noindent
and you should type one of those characters.

  Typing a third @kbd{C-h} displays a description of what the options mean;
it still waits for you to type an option.  To cancel, type @kbd{C-g}.

  Here is a summary of the defined help commands.

@table @kbd
@item C-h a @var{string} @key{RET}
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Display a list of commands whose names contain @var{string}@*
(@code{command-apropos}).
@item C-h b
Display a table of all key bindings in effect now; local bindings of
the current major mode first, followed by all global bindings
(@code{describe-bindings}).
@item C-h c @var{key}
Print the name of the command that @var{key} runs (@code{describe-key-briefly}).
@kbd{c} is for `character'.  For more extensive information on @var{key},
use @kbd{C-h k}.
@item C-h f @var{function} @key{RET}
Display documentation on the Lisp function named @var{function}
(@code{describe-function}).  Note that commands are Lisp functions, so
a command name may be used.
@item C-h i
Run Info, the program for browsing documentation files (@code{info}).
The complete Emacs manual is available on-line in Info.
@item C-h k @var{key}
Display name and documentation of the command @var{key} runs (@code{describe-key}).
@item C-h l
Display a description of the last 100 characters you typed
(@code{view-lossage}).
@item C-h m
Display documentation of the current major mode (@code{describe-mode}).
@item C-h n
Display documentation of Emacs changes, most recent first
(@code{view-emacs-news}).
@item C-h s
Display current contents of the syntax table, plus an explanation of
what they mean (@code{describe-syntax}).
@item C-h t
Display the Emacs tutorial (@code{help-with-tutorial}).
@item C-h v @var{var} @key{RET}
Display the documentation of the Lisp variable @var{var}
(@code{describe-variable}).
@item C-h w @var{command} @key{RET}
Print which keys run the command named @var{command} (@code{where-is}).
@end table

@section Documentation for a Key

@kindex C-h c
@findex describe-key-briefly
  The most basic @kbd{C-h} options are @kbd{C-h c}
(@code{describe-key-briefly}) and @w{@kbd{C-h k}} (@code{describe-key}).
@kbd{C-h c @var{key}} prints in the echo area the name of the command that
@var{key} is bound to.  For example, @kbd{C-h c C-f} prints
@samp{forward-char}.  Since command names are chosen to describe what the
command does, this is a good way to get a very brief description of what
@var{key} does.@refill

@kindex C-h k
@findex describe-key
  @kbd{C-h k @var{key}} is similar but gives more information.  It displays
the documentation string of the command @var{key} is bound to as well as
its name.  This is too big for the echo area, so a window is used for the
display.

@section Help by Command or Variable Name

@kindex C-h f
@findex describe-function
  @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) reads the name of a Lisp function
using the minibuffer, then displays that function's documentation string
in a window.  Since commands are Lisp functions, you can use this to get
the documentation of a command that is known by name.  For example,

@example
C-h f auto-fill-mode @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
displays the documentation of @code{auto-fill-mode}.  This is the only
way to see the documentation of a command that is not bound to any key
(one which you would normally call using @kbd{M-x}).

  @kbd{C-h f} is also useful for Lisp functions that you are planning to
use in a Lisp program.  For example, if you have just written the code
@code{(make-vector len)} and want to be sure that you are using
@code{make-vector} properly, type
@w{@kbd{C-h f make-vector @key{RET}}}.  Because @kbd{C-h f} allows 
all function names, not just command names, you may find that some of
your favorite abbreviations that work in @kbd{M-x} don't work in
@kbd{C-h f}.  An abbreviation may be unique among command names yet
fail to be unique when other function names are allowed.

  The function name for @kbd{C-h f} to describe has a default which is
used if you type @key{RET} leaving the minibuffer empty.  The default is
the function called by the innermost Lisp expression in the buffer around
point, @i{provided} that is a valid, defined Lisp function name.  For
example, if point is located following the text @samp{(make-vector (car
x)}, the innermost list containing point is the one that starts with
@samp{(make-vector}, so the default is to describe the function
@code{make-vector}.

  @kbd{C-h f} is often useful just to verify that you have the right
spelling for the function name.  If @kbd{C-h f} mentions a default in the
prompt, you have typed the name of a defined Lisp function.  If that tells
you what you want to know, just type @kbd{C-g} to cancel the @kbd{C-h f}
command and go on editing.

@kindex C-h w
@findex where-is
  @kbd{C-h w @var{command} @key{RET}} tells you what keys are bound to
@var{command}.  It prints a list of the keys in the echo area.
Alternatively, it says that the command is not on any keys, which implies
that you must use @kbd{M-x} to call it.@refill

@kindex C-h v
@findex describe-variable
  @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}) is like @kbd{C-h f} but describes
Lisp variables instead of Lisp functions.  Its default is the Lisp symbol
around or before point, but only if that is the name of a known Lisp
variable.  @xref{Variables}.@refill

@section Apropos

@kindex C-h a
@findex command-apropos
@cindex apropos
  A more sophisticated sort of question to ask is, ``What are the commands
for working with files?''  For this, type @kbd{C-h a file @key{RET}}, which
displays a list of all command names that contain @samp{file}, such as
@code{copy-file}, @code{find-file}, and so on.  With each command name
appears a brief description of how to use the command, and what keys you
can currently invoke it with.  For example, it would say that you can
invoke @code{find-file} by typing @kbd{C-x C-f}.  The @kbd{a} in @kbd{C-h
a} stands for `Apropos'; @kbd{C-h a} runs the Lisp function
@code{command-apropos}.@refill

  Because @kbd{C-h a} looks only for functions whose names contain the
string which you specify, you must use ingenuity in choosing the string.
If you are looking for commands for killing backwards and @kbd{C-h a
kill-backwards @key{RET}} doesn't reveal any, don't give up.  Try just
@kbd{kill}, or just @kbd{backwards}, or just @kbd{back}.  Be persistent.
Pretend you are playing Adventure.  Also note that you can use a
regular expression as the argument (@pxref{Regexps}).

  Here is a set of arguments to give to @kbd{C-h a} that covers many
classes of Emacs commands, since there are strong conventions for naming
the standard Emacs commands.  By giving you a feel for the naming
conventions, this set should also serve to aid you in developing a
technique for picking @code{apropos} strings.

@quotation
char, line, word, sentence, paragraph, region, page, sexp, list, defun,
buffer, screen, window, file, dir, register, mode,
beginning, end, forward, backward, next, previous, up, down, search, goto,
kill, delete, mark, insert, yank, fill, indent, case,
change, set, what, list, find, view, describe.
@end quotation

@findex apropos
  To list all Lisp symbols that contain a match for a regexp, not just
the ones that are defined as commands, use the command @kbd{M-x apropos}
instead of @kbd{C-h a}.

@section Other Help Commands

@kindex C-h i
@findex info
  @kbd{C-h i} (@code{info}) runs the Info program, which is used for
browsing through structured documentation files.  The entire Emacs manual
is available within Info.  Eventually all the documentation of the GNU
system will be available.  Type @kbd{h} after entering Info to run
a tutorial on using Info.

@kindex C-h l
@findex view-lossage
  If something surprising happens, and you are not sure what commands you
typed, use @kbd{C-h l} (@code{view-lossage}).  @kbd{C-h l} prints the last
100 command characters you typed in.  If you see commands that you don't
know, you can use @kbd{C-h c} to find out what they do.

@kindex C-h m
@findex describe-mode
  Emacs has several major modes, each of which redefines a few keys and
makes a few other changes in how editing works.  @kbd{C-h m} (@code{describe-mode})
prints documentation on the current major mode, which normally describes
all the commands that are changed in this mode.

@kindex C-h b
@findex describe-bindings
  @kbd{C-h b} (@code{describe-bindings}) and @kbd{C-h s}
(@code{describe-syntax}) present other information about the current
Emacs mode.  @kbd{C-h b} displays a list of all the key bindings now
in effect; the local bindings of the current major mode first,
followed by the global bindings (@pxref{Key Bindings}).  @kbd{C-h s}
displays the contents of the syntax table, with explanations of each
character's syntax (@pxref{Syntax}).@refill

@kindex C-h n
@findex view-emacs-news
@kindex C-h t
@findex help-with-tutorial
@kindex C-h C-c
@findex describe-copying
@kindex C-h C-d
@findex describe-distribution
@kindex C-h C-w
@findex describe-no-warranty
  The other @kbd{C-h} options display various files of useful
information.  @w{@kbd{C-h C-w}} displays the full details on the complete
absence of warranty for GNU Emacs.  @kbd{C-h n} (@code{view-emacs-news})
displays the file @file{emacs/etc/NEWS}, which contains documentation on
Emacs changes arranged chronologically.  @kbd{C-h t}
(@code{help-with-tutorial}) displays the learn-by-doing Emacs tutorial.
@kbd{C-h C-c} (@code{describe-copying}) displays the file
@file{emacs/etc/COPYING}, which tells you the conditions you must obey
in distributing copies of Emacs.  @kbd{C-h C-d}
(@code{describe-distribution}) displays another file named
@file{emacs/etc/DISTRIB}, which tells you how you can order a copy of
the latest version of Emacs.

@node Mark, Killing, Help, Top
@chapter The Mark and the Region
@cindex mark
@cindex region

  There are many Emacs commands which operate on an arbitrary contiguous
part of the current buffer.  To specify the text for such a command to
operate on, you set the @dfn{mark} at one end of it, and move point to the
other end.  The text between point and the mark is called the @dfn{region}.
You can move point or the mark to adjust the boundaries of the region.  It
doesn't matter which one is set first chronologically, or which one comes
earlier in the text.

  Once the mark has been set, it remains until it is set again at another
place.  The mark remains fixed with respect to the preceding character if
text is inserted or deleted in the buffer.  Each Emacs buffer has its own
mark, so that when you return to a buffer that had been selected
previously, it has the same mark it had before.

  Many commands that insert text, such as @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) and
@kbd{M-x insert-buffer}, position the mark at one end of the inserted
text---the opposite end from where point is positioned, so that the region
contains the text just inserted.

  Aside from delimiting the region, the mark is also useful for remembering
a spot that you may want to go back to.  To make this feature more useful,
Emacs remembers 16 previous locations of the mark, in the @code{mark ring}.

@menu
* Setting Mark::	Commands to set the mark.
* Using Region::	Summary of ways to operate on contents of the region.
* Marking Objects::	Commands to put region around textual units.
* Mark Ring::   Previous mark positions saved so you can go back there.
@end menu

@node Setting Mark, Using Region, Mark, Mark
@section Setting the Mark

  Here are some commands for setting the mark:

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-@key{SPC}
Set the mark where point is (@code{set-mark-command}).
@item C-@@
The same.
@item C-x C-x
Interchange mark and point (@code{exchange-point-and-mark}).
@end table

  For example, if you wish to convert part of the buffer to all upper-case,
you can use the @kbd{C-x C-u} (@code{upcase-region}) command, which operates
on the text in the region.  You can first go to the beginning of the text
to be capitalized, type @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} to put the mark there, move to
the end, and then type @kbd{C-x C-u}.  Or, you can set the mark at the end
of the text, move to the beginning, and then type @kbd{C-x C-u}.  Most
commands that operate on the text in the region have the word @code{region}
in their names.

@kindex C-SPC
@findex set-mark-command
  The most common way to set the mark is with the @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} command
(@code{set-mark-command}).  This sets the mark where point is.  Then you
can move point away, leaving the mark behind.  It is actually incorrect to
speak of the character @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}; there is no such character.  When
you type @key{SPC} while holding down @key{CTRL}, what you get on most
terminals is the character @kbd{C-@@}.  This is the key actually bound to
@code{set-mark-command}.  But unless you are unlucky enough to have a
terminal where typing @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} does not produce @kbd{C-@@}, you
might as well think of this character as @kbd{C-@key{SPC}}.

@kindex C-x C-x
@findex exchange-point-and-mark
  Since terminals have only one cursor, there is no way for Emacs to show
you where the mark is located.  You have to remember.  The usual solution
to this problem is to set the mark and then use it soon, before you forget
where it is.  But you can see where the mark is with the command @w{@kbd{C-x
C-x}} (@code{exchange-point-and-mark}) which puts the mark where point was and
point where the mark was.  The extent of the region is unchanged, but the
cursor and point are now at the previous location of the mark.

  @kbd{C-x C-x} is also useful when you are satisfied with the location of
point but want to move the mark; do @kbd{C-x C-x} to put point there and
then you can move it.  A second use of @kbd{C-x C-x}, if necessary, puts
the mark at the new location with point back at its original location.

@node Using Region, Marking Objects, Setting Mark, Mark
@section Operating on the Region

  Once you have created an active region, you can do many things to
the text in it:
@itemize @bullet
@item
Kill it with @kbd{C-w} (@pxref{Killing}).
@item
Save it in a register with @kbd{C-x x} (@pxref{Registers}).
@item
Save it in a buffer or a file (@pxref{Accumulating Text}).
@item
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Convert case with @kbd{C-x C-l} or @kbd{C-x C-u}@*
(@pxref{Case}).
@item
Evaluate it as Lisp code with @kbd{M-x eval-region} (@pxref{Lisp Eval}).
@item
Fill it as text with @kbd{M-g} (@pxref{Filling}).
@item
Print hardcopy with @kbd{M-x print-region} (@pxref{Hardcopy}).
@item
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Indent it with @kbd{C-x @key{TAB}} or @kbd{C-M-\}@*
(@pxref{Indentation}).
@end itemize

@node Marking Objects, Mark Ring, Using Region, Mark
@section Commands to Mark Textual Objects

  There are commands for placing point and the mark around a textual
object such as a word, list, paragraph or page.

@table @kbd
@item M-@@
Set mark after end of next word (@code{mark-word}).  This command and
the following one do not move point.
@item C-M-@@
Set mark after end of next Lisp expression (@code{mark-sexp}).
@item M-h
Put region around current paragraph (@code{mark-paragraph}).
@item C-M-h
Put region around current Lisp defun (@code{mark-defun}).
@item C-x h
Put region around entire buffer (@code{mark-whole-buffer}).
@item C-x C-p
Put region around current page (@code{mark-page}).
@end table

@kindex M-@@
@kindex C-M-@@
@findex mark-word
@findex mark-sexp
@kbd{M-@@} (@code{mark-word}) puts the mark at the end of the next word,
while @kbd{C-M-@@} (@code{mark-sexp}) puts it at the end of the next Lisp
expression.  These characters allow you to save a little typing or
redisplay, sometimes.

@kindex M-h
@kindex C-M-h
@kindex C-x C-p
@kindex C-x h
@findex mark-paragraph
@findex mark-defun
@findex mark-page
@findex mark-whole-buffer
   Other commands set both point and mark, to delimit an object in the
buffer.  @kbd{M-h} (@code{mark-paragraph}) moves point to the beginning of
the paragraph that surrounds or follows point, and puts the mark at the end
of that paragraph (@pxref{Paragraphs}).  @kbd{M-h} does all that's
necessary if you wish to indent, case-convert, or kill a whole paragraph.
@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}) similarly puts point before and the mark
after the current or following defun (@pxref{Defuns}).  @kbd{C-x C-p}
(@code{mark-page}) puts point before the current page (or the next or
previous, according to the argument), and mark at the end (@pxref{Pages}).
The mark goes after the terminating page delimiter (to include it), while
point goes after the preceding page delimiter (to exclude it).  Finally,
@w{@kbd{C-x h}} (@code{mark-whole-buffer}) sets up the entire buffer as the
region, by putting point at the beginning and the mark at the end.

@node Mark Ring,, Marking Objects, Mark
@section The Mark Ring

@kindex C-u C-SPC
@cindex mark ring
@kindex C-u C-@@
  Aside from delimiting the region, the mark is also useful for remembering
a spot that you may want to go back to.  To make this feature more useful,
Emacs remembers 16 previous locations of the mark, in the @dfn{mark ring}.
Most commands that set the mark push the old mark onto this ring.  To
return to a marked location, use @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} (or @kbd{C-u C-@@}); this is
the command @code{set-mark-command} given a numeric argument.  It moves
point to where the mark was, and restores the mark from the ring of former
marks.  So repeated use of this command moves point to all of the old marks
on the ring, one by one.  The marks you see go to the end of the ring,
so no marks are lost.

  Each buffer has its own mark ring.  All editing commands use the current
buffer's mark ring.  In particular, @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} always stays in
the same buffer.

  Many commands that can move long distances, such as @kbd{M-<}
(@code{beginning-of-buffer}), start by setting the mark and saving the old
mark on the mark ring.  This is to make it easier for you to move back
later.  Searches do this except when they do not actually move point.  You
can tell when a command sets the mark because @samp{Mark Set} is printed in
the echo area.

  Another way of remembering positions so you can go back to them is with
registers (@pxref{RegPos}).

@vindex mark-ring-max
  The variable @code{mark-ring-max} is the maximum number of entries to
keep in the mark ring.  If that many entries exist and another one is
pushed, the last one in the list is discarded.  Repeating @kbd{C-u
C-@key{SPC}} circulates through the limited number of entries that are
currently in the ring.

@vindex mark-ring
  The variable @code{mark-ring} holds the mark ring itself, as a list of
marker objects in the order most recent first.  This variable is local
in every buffer.

@iftex
@chapter Killing and Moving Text

  @dfn{Killing} means erasing text and copying it into the @dfn{kill ring},
from which it can be retrieved by @dfn{yanking} it.  Some other systems
that have recently become popular use the terms ``cutting'' and ``pasting''
for these operations.

  The commonest way of moving or copying text with Emacs is to kill it and
later yank it in one or more places.  This is very safe because all the
text killed recently is remembered, and it is versatile, because the many
commands for killing syntactic units can also be used for moving those
units.  There are also other ways of copying text for special purposes.

  Emacs has only one kill ring, so you can kill text in one buffer and yank
it in another buffer.

@end iftex

@node Killing, Yanking, Mark, Top
@section Deletion and Killing
@findex delete-char
@c ??? Should be backward-delete-char
@findex delete-backward-char

@cindex killing
@cindex cutting
@cindex clipping text
@cindex deletion
@kindex C-d
@kindex DEL
  Most commands which erase text from the buffer save it so that you can
get it back if you change your mind, or move or copy it to other parts of
the buffer.  These commands are known as @dfn{kill} commands.  The rest of
the commands that erase text do not save it; they are known as @dfn{delete}
commands.  (This distinction is made only for erasure of text in the
buffer.)

@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
  The delete commands include @kbd{C-d} (@code{delete-char}) and
@key{DEL} (@code{delete-backward-char}), which delete only one character at
a time, and those commands that delete only spaces or newlines.  Commands
that can destroy significant amounts of nontrivial data generally kill.
The commands' names and individual descriptions use the words @samp{kill}
and @samp{delete} to say which they do.  If you do a kill or delete command
by mistake, you can use the @w{@kbd{C-x u}} (@code{undo}) command to undo it
(@pxref{Undo}).

@subsection Deletion

@table @kbd
@item C-d
Delete next character (@code{delete-char}).
@item @key{DEL}
Delete previous character (@code{delete-backward-char}).
@item M-\
Delete spaces and tabs around point (@code{delete-horizontal-space}).
@item M-@key{SPC}
Delete spaces and tabs around point, leaving one space
(@code{just-one-space}).
@item C-x C-o
Delete blank lines around the current line (@code{delete-blank-lines}).
@item M-^
Join two lines by deleting the intervening newline, and any indentation
following it (@code{delete-indentation}).
@end table

  The most basic delete commands are @kbd{C-d} (@code{delete-char}) and
@key{DEL} (@code{delete-backward-char}).  @kbd{C-d} deletes the character
after point, the one the cursor is ``on top of''.  Point doesn't move.
@key{DEL} deletes the character before the cursor, and moves point back.
Newlines can be deleted like any other characters in the buffer; deleting a
newline joins two lines.  Actually, @kbd{C-d} and @key{DEL} aren't always
delete commands; if given an argument, they kill instead, since they can
erase more than one character this way.

@kindex M-\
@findex delete-horizontal-space
@kindex M-SPC
@findex just-one-space
@kindex C-x C-o
@findex delete-blank-lines
@kindex M-^
@findex delete-indentation
  The other delete commands are those which delete only formatting
characters: spaces, tabs and newlines.  @kbd{M-\} (@code{delete-horizontal-space})
deletes all the spaces and tab characters before and after point.
@kbd{M-@key{SPC}} (@code{just-one-space}) does likewise but leaves a single
space after point, regardless of the number of spaces that existed
previously (even zero).

  @kbd{C-x C-o} (@code{delete-blank-lines}) deletes all blank lines after
the current line, and if the current line is blank deletes all blank lines
preceding the current line as well (leaving one blank line, the current
line).  @kbd{M-^} (@code{delete-indentation}) joins the current line and
the previous line, or the current line and the next line if given an
argument, by deleting a newline and all surrounding spaces, possibly
leaving a single space.  @xref{Indentation,M-^}.

@subsection Killing by Lines

@table @kbd
@item C-k
Kill rest of line or one or more lines (@code{kill-line}).
@end table

@kindex C-k
@findex kill-line
  The simplest kill command is @kbd{C-k}.  If given at the beginning of a
line, it kills all the text on the line, leaving it blank.  If given on a
blank line, the blank line disappears.  As a consequence, if you go to the
front of a non-blank line and type @kbd{C-k} twice, the line disappears
completely.

  More generally, @kbd{C-k} kills from point up to the end of the line,
unless it is at the end of a line.  In that case it kills the newline
following the line, thus merging the next line into the current one.
Invisible spaces and tabs at the end of the line are ignored when deciding
which case applies, so if point appears to be at the end of the line, you
can be sure the newline will be killed.

  If @kbd{C-k} is given a positive argument, it kills that many lines and
the newlines that follow them (however, text on the current line before
point is spared).  With a negative argument, it kills back to a number of
line beginnings.  An argument of @minus{}2 means kill back to the second line
beginning.  If point is at the beginning of a line, that line beginning
doesn't count, so @w{@kbd{C-u - 2 C-k}} with point at the front of a line kills
the two previous lines.

  @kbd{C-k} with an argument of zero kills all the text before point on the
current line.

@subsection Other Kill Commands
@findex kill-line
@findex kill-region
@findex kill-word
@findex backward-kill-word
@findex kill-sexp
@findex kill-sentence
@findex backward-kill-sentence
@kindex M-d
@kindex M-DEL
@kindex C-M-k
@kindex C-x DEL
@kindex M-k
@kindex C-k
@kindex C-w

@c DoubleWideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-w
Kill region (from point to the mark) (@code{kill-region}).
@xref{Words}.
@item M-d
Kill word (@code{kill-word}).
@item M-@key{DEL}
Kill word backwards (@code{backward-kill-word}).
@item C-x @key{DEL}
Kill back to beginning of sentence (@code{backward-kill-sentence}).
@xref{Sentences}.
@item M-k
Kill to end of sentence (@code{kill-sentence}).
@item C-M-k
Kill sexp (@code{kill-sexp}).  @xref{Lists}.
@item M-z @var{char}
Kill up to next occurrence of @var{char} (@code{zap-to-char}).
@end table

  A kill command which is very general is @kbd{C-w} (@code{kill-region}),
which kills everything between point and the mark.  With this command, you
can kill any contiguous sequence of characters, if you first set the mark
at one end of them and go to the other end.

@kindex M-z
@findex zap-to-char
  A convenient way of killing is combined with searching: @kbd{M-z}
(@code{zap-to-char}) reads a character and kills from point up to (but not
including) the next occurrence of that character in the buffer.  If there
is no next occurrence, killing goes to the end of the buffer.  A numeric
argument acts as a repeat count.  A negative argument means to search
backward and kill text before point.

  Other syntactic units can be killed: words, with @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} and
@kbd{M-d} (@pxref{Words}); sexps, with @kbd{C-M-k} (@pxref{Lists}); and
sentences, with @kbd{C-x @key{DEL}} and @kbd{M-k}
(@pxref{Sentences}).@refill

@node Yanking, Accumulating Text, Killing, Top
@section Yanking
@cindex moving text
@cindex copying text
@cindex kill ring
@cindex yanking
@cindex pasting

  @dfn{Yanking} is getting back text which was killed.  This is what some
systems call ``pasting''.  The usual way to move or copy text is to kill it
and then yank it one or more times.

@table @kbd
@item C-y
Yank last killed text (@code{yank}).
@item M-y
Replace re-inserted killed text with the previously killed text
(@code{yank-pop}).
@item M-w
Save region as last killed text without actually killing it
(@code{copy-region-as-kill}).
@item C-M-w
Append next kill to last batch of killed text (@code{append-next-kill}).
@end table

@menu
* Kill Ring::       Where killed text is stored.  Basic yanking.
* Appending Kills:: Several kills in a row all yank together.
* Earlier Kills::   Yanking something killed some time ago.
@end menu

@node Kill Ring, Appending Kills, Yanking, Yanking
@subsection The Kill Ring

@kindex C-y
@findex Yank
  All killed text is recorded in the @dfn{kill ring}, a list of blocks of
text that have been killed.  There is only one kill ring, used in all
buffers, so you can kill text in one buffer and yank it in another buffer.
This is the usual way to move text from one file to another.
(@xref{Accumulating Text}, for some other ways.)

  The command @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) reinserts the text of the most recent
kill.  It leaves the cursor at the end of the text.  It sets the mark at
the beginning of the text.  @xref{Mark}.

  @kbd{C-u C-y} leaves the cursor in front of the text, and sets the mark
after it.  This is only if the argument is specified with just a @kbd{C-u},
precisely.  Any other sort of argument, including @kbd{C-u} and digits, has
an effect described below (under ``Yanking Earlier Kills'').

@kindex M-w
@findex copy-region-as-kill
  If you wish to copy a block of text, you might want to use @kbd{M-w}
(@code{copy-region-as-kill}), which copies the region into the kill ring
without removing it from the buffer.  This is approximately equivalent to
@kbd{C-w} followed by @kbd{C-y}, except that @kbd{M-w} does not mark the
buffer as ``modified'' and does not temporarily change the screen.

@node Appending Kills, Earlier Kills, Kill Ring, Yanking
@subsection Appending Kills

@cindex television
  Normally, each kill command pushes a new block onto the kill ring.
However, two or more kill commands in a row combine their text into a
single entry, so that a single @kbd{C-y} gets it all back as it was before
it was killed.  This means that you don't have to kill all the text in one
command; you can keep killing line after line, or word after word, until
you have killed it all, and you can still get it all back at once.  (Thus
we join television in leading people to kill thoughtlessly.)

  Commands that kill forward from point add onto the end of the previous
killed text.  Commands that kill backward from point add onto the
beginning.  This way, any sequence of mixed forward and backward kill
commands puts all the killed text into one entry without rearrangement.
Numeric arguments do not break the sequence of appending kills.  For
example, suppose the buffer contains

@example
This is the first
line of sample text
and here is the third.
@end example

@noindent
with point at the beginning of the second line.  If you type @kbd{C-k C-u 2
M-@key{DEL} C-k}, the first @kbd{C-k} kills the text @samp{line of sample
text}, @kbd{C-u 2 M-@key{DEL}} kills @samp{the first} with the newline that
followed it, and the second @kbd{C-k} kills the newline after the second
line.  The result is that the buffer contains @samp{This is and here is the
third.} and a single kill entry contains @samp{the first@key{RET}line of
sample text@key{RET}}---all the killed text, in its original order.

@kindex C-M-w
@findex append-next-kill
  If a kill command is separated from the last kill command by other
commands (not just numeric arguments), it starts a new entry on the kill
ring.  But you can force it to append by first typing the command
@kbd{C-M-w} (@code{append-next-kill}) in front of it.  The @kbd{C-M-w}
tells the following command, if it is a kill command, to append the text it
kills to the last killed text, instead of starting a new entry.  With
@kbd{C-M-w}, you can kill several separated pieces of text and accumulate
them to be yanked back in one place.@refill

@node Earlier Kills,, Appending Kills, Yanking
@subsection Yanking Earlier Kills

@kindex M-y
@findex yank-pop
  To recover killed text that is no longer the most recent kill, you need
the @kbd{Meta-y} (@code{yank-pop}) command.  @kbd{M-y} can be used only
after a @kbd{C-y} or another @kbd{M-y}.  It takes the text previously
yanked and replaces it with the text from an earlier kill.  So, to recover
the text of the next-to-the-last kill, you first use @kbd{C-y} to recover
the last kill, and then use @kbd{M-y} to replace it with the previous
kill.@refill

  You can think in terms of a ``last yank'' pointer which points at an item
in the kill ring.  Each time you kill, the ``last yank'' pointer moves to
the newly made item at the front of the ring.  @kbd{C-y} yanks the item
which the ``last yank'' pointer points to.  @kbd{M-y} moves the ``last
yank'' pointer to a different item, and the text in the buffer changes to
match.  Enough @kbd{M-y} commands can move the pointer to any item in the
ring, so you can get any item into the buffer.  Eventually the pointer
reaches the end of the ring; the next @kbd{M-y} moves it to the first item
again.

  Yanking moves the ``last yank'' pointer around the ring, but it does not
change the order of the entries in the ring, which always runs from the
most recent kill at the front to the oldest one still remembered.

  @kbd{M-y} can take a numeric argument, which tells it how many items to
advance the ``last yank'' pointer by.  A negative argument moves the
pointer toward the front of the ring; from the front of the ring, it moves
to the last entry and starts moving forward from there.

  Once the text you are looking for is brought into the buffer, you can
stop doing @kbd{M-y} commands and it will stay there.  It's just a copy of
the kill ring item, so editing it in the buffer does not change what's in
the ring.  As long as no new killing is done, the ``last yank'' pointer
remains at the same place in the kill ring, so repeating @kbd{C-y} will
yank another copy of the same old kill.

  If you know how many @kbd{M-y} commands it would take to find the
text you want, you can yank that text in one step using @kbd{C-y} with
a numeric argument.  @kbd{C-y} with an argument greater than one
restores the text the specified number of entries back in the kill
ring.  Thus, @kbd{C-u 2 C-y} gets the next to the last block of killed
text.  It is equivalent to @kbd{C-y M-y}.  @kbd{C-y} with a numeric
argument starts counting from the ``last yank'' pointer, and sets the
``last yank'' pointer to the entry that it yanks.

@vindex kill-ring-max
  The length of the kill ring is controlled by the variable
@code{kill-ring-max}; no more than that many blocks of killed text are
saved.

@node Accumulating Text, Rectangles, Yanking, Top
@section Accumulating Text
@kindex C-x a
@findex append-to-buffer
@findex prepend-to-buffer
@findex copy-to-buffer
@findex append-to-file

  Usually we copy or move text by killing it and yanking it, but there are
other ways that are useful for copying one block of text in many places, or
for copying many scattered blocks of text into one place.

  You can accumulate blocks of text from scattered locations either into a
buffer or into a file if you like.  These commands are described here.  You
can also use Emacs registers for storing and accumulating text.
@xref{Registers}.

@table @kbd
@item C-x a
Append region to contents of specified buffer (@code{append-to-buffer}).
@item M-x prepend-to-buffer
Prepend region to contents of specified buffer.
@item M-x copy-to-buffer
Copy region into specified buffer, deleting that buffer's old contents.
@item M-x insert-buffer
Insert contents of specified buffer into current buffer at point.
@item M-x append-to-file
Append region to contents of specified file, at the end.
@end table

  To accumulate text into a buffer, use the command @kbd{C-x a @var{buffername}}
(@code{append-to-buffer}), which inserts a copy of the region into the
buffer @var{buffername}, at the location of point in that buffer.  If there
is no buffer with that name, one is created.  If you append text into a
buffer which has been used for editing, the copied text goes into the
middle of the text of the buffer, wherever point happens to be in it.

  Point in that buffer is left at the end of the copied text, so successive
uses of @kbd{C-x a} accumulate the text in the specified buffer in the same
order as they were copied.  Strictly speaking, @kbd{C-x a} does not always
append to the text already in the buffer; but if @kbd{C-x a} is the only
command used to alter a buffer, it does always append to the existing text
because point is always at the end.

  @kbd{M-x prepend-to-buffer} is just like @kbd{C-x a} except that point in
the other buffer is left before the copied text, so successive prependings
add text in reverse order.  @kbd{M-x copy-to-buffer} is similar except that
any existing text in the other buffer is deleted, so the buffer is left
containing just the text newly copied into it.

  You can retrieve the accumulated text from that buffer with @kbd{M-x
insert-buffer}; this too takes @var{buffername} as an argument.  It inserts
a copy of the text in buffer @var{buffername} into the selected buffer.
You could alternatively select the other buffer for editing, perhaps moving
text from it by killing or with @kbd{C-x a}.  @xref{Buffers}, for
background information on buffers.

  Instead of accumulating text within Emacs, in a buffer, you can append
text directly into a file with @kbd{M-x append-to-file}, which takes
@var{file-name} as an argument.  It adds the text of the region to the end
of the specified file.  The file is changed immediately on disk. This
command is normally used with files that are @i{not} being visited in
Emacs.  Using it on a file that Emacs is visiting can produce confusing
results, because the text inside Emacs for that file will not change
while the file itself changes.

@node Rectangles, Registers, Accumulating Text, Top
@section Rectangles
@cindex rectangles

  The rectangle commands affect rectangular areas of the text: all the
characters between a certain pair of columns, in a certain range of lines.
Commands are provided to kill rectangles, yank killed rectangles, clear
them out, or delete them.  Rectangle commands are useful with text in
multicolumnar formats, such as perhaps code with comments at the right,
or for changing text into or out of such formats.

  When you must specify a rectangle for a command to work on, you do
it by putting the mark at one corner and point at the opposite corner.
The rectangle thus specified is called the @dfn{region-rectangle}
because it is controlled about the same way the region is controlled.
But remember that a given combination of point and mark values can be
interpreted either as specifying a region or as specifying a
rectangle; it is up to the command that uses them to choose the
interpretation.

@table @kbd
@item M-x delete-rectangle
Delete the text of the region-rectangle, moving any following text on
each line leftward to the left edge of the region-rectangle.
@item M-x kill-rectangle
Similar, but also save the contents of the region-rectangle as the
``last killed rectangle''.
@item M-x yank-rectangle
Yank the last killed rectangle with its upper left corner at point.
@item M-x open-rectangle
Insert blank space to fill the space of the region-rectangle.
The previous contents of the region-rectangle are pushed rightward.
@item M-x clear-rectangle
Clear the region-rectangle by replacing its contents with spaces.
@end table

  The rectangle operations fall into two classes: commands deleting and
moving rectangles, and commands for blank rectangles.

@findex delete-rectangle
@findex kill-rectangle
  There are two ways to get rid of the text in a rectangle: you can discard
the text (delete it) or save it as the ``last killed'' rectangle.  The
commands for these two ways are @kbd{M-x delete-rectangle} and @kbd{M-x
kill-rectangle}.  In either case, the portion of each line that falls inside
the rectangle's boundaries is deleted, causing following text (if any) on
the line to move left.

  Note that ``killing'' a rectangle is not killing in the usual sense; the
rectangle is not stored in the kill ring, but in a special place that
can only record the most recent rectangle killed.  This is because yanking
a rectangle is so different from yanking linear text that different yank
commands have to be used and yank-popping is hard to make sense of.

  Inserting a rectangle is the opposite of deleting one.  All you need to
specify is where to put the upper left corner; that is done by putting
point there.  The rectangle's first line is inserted there, the rectangle's
second line is inserted at a point one line vertically down, and so on.
The number of lines affected is determined by the height of the saved
rectangle.

@findex yank-rectangle
  To insert the last killed rectangle, type @kbd{M-x yank-rectangle}.
This can be used to convert single-column lists into double-column
lists; kill the second half of the list as a rectangle and then
yank it beside the first line of the list.

@findex open-rectangle
@findex clear-rectangle
  There are two commands for working with blank rectangles: @kbd{M-x
clear-rectangle} to blank out existing text, and @kbd{M-x open-rectangle}
to insert a blank rectangle.  Clearing a rectangle is equivalent to
deleting it and then inserting as blank rectangle of the same size.

  Rectangles can also be copied into and out of registers.
@xref{RegRect,,Rectangle Registers}.

@node Registers, Display, Rectangles, Top
@chapter Registers
@cindex registers

  Emacs @dfn{registers} are places you can save text or positions for
later use.  Text saved in a register can be copied into the buffer
once or many times; a position saved in a register is used by moving
point to that position.  Rectangles can also be copied into and out of
registers (@pxref{Rectangles}).

  Each register has a name, which is a single character.  A register can
store either a piece of text or a position or a rectangle, but only one
thing at any given time.  Whatever you store in a register remains
there until you store something else in that register.

@menu
* RegPos::    Saving positions in registers.
* RegText::   Saving text in registers.
* RegRect::   Saving rectangles in registers.
@end menu

@table @kbd
@item M-x view-register @key{RET} @var{r}
Display a description of what register @var{r} contains.
@end table

@findex view-register
  @kbd{M-x view-register} reads a register name as an argument and then
displays the contents of the specified register.

@node RegPos, RegText, Registers, Registers
@section Saving Positions in Registers

  Saving a position records a spot in a buffer so that you can move
back there later.  Moving to a saved position reselects the buffer
and moves point to the spot.

@table @kbd
@item C-x / @var{r}
Save location of point in register @var{r} (@code{point-to-register}).
@item C-x j @var{r}
Jump to the location saved in register @var{r} (@code{register-to-point}).
@end table

@kindex C-x /
@findex point-to-register
  To save the current location of point in a register, choose a name
@var{r} and type @kbd{C-x / @var{r}}.  The register @var{r} retains
the location thus saved until you store something else in that
register.@refill

@kindex C-x j
@findex register-to-point
  The command @kbd{C-x j @var{r}} moves point to the location recorded
in register @var{r}.  The register is not affected; it continues to
record the same location.  You can jump to the same position using the
same register any number of times.

@node RegText, RegRect, RegPos, Registers
@section Saving Text in Registers

  When you want to insert a copy of the same piece of text frequently, it
may be impractical to use the kill ring, since each subsequent kill moves
the piece of text further down on the ring.  It becomes hard to keep track
of what argument is needed to retrieve the same text with @kbd{C-y}.  An
alternative is to store the text in a register with @kbd{C-x x}
(@code{copy-to-register}) and then retrieve it with @kbd{C-x g}
(@code{insert-register}).

@table @kbd
@item C-x x @var{r}
Copy region into register @var{r} (@code{copy-to-register}).
@item C-x g @var{r}
Insert text contents of register @var{r} (@code{insert-register}).
@end table

@kindex C-x x
@kindex C-x g
@findex copy-to-register
@findex insert-register
  @kbd{C-x x @var{r}} stores a copy of the text of the region into the
register named @var{r}.  Given a numeric argument, @kbd{C-x x} deletes the
text from the buffer as well.

  @kbd{C-x g @var{r}} inserts in the buffer the text from register @var{r}.
Normally it leaves point before the text and places the mark after, but
with a numeric argument it puts point after the text and the mark before.

@node RegRect,, RegText, Registers
@section Saving Rectangles in Registers

  A register can contain a rectangle instead of linear text.  The rectangle
is represented as a list of strings.  @xref{Rectangles}, for basic
information on rectangles and how rectangles in the buffer are specified.

@table @kbd
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item C-x r @var{r}
Copy the region-rectangle into register @var{r} (@code{copy-region-to-rectangle}).
With numeric argument, delete it as well.
@item C-x g @var{r}
Insert the rectangle stored in register @var{r} (if it contains a
rectangle) (@code{insert-register}).
@end table

  The @kbd{C-x g} command inserts linear text if the register contains
that, or inserts a rectangle if the register contains one.

@node Display, Search, Registers, Top
@chapter Controlling the Display

  Since only part of a large buffer fits in the window, Emacs tries to show
the part that is likely to be interesting.  The display control commands
allow you to specify which part of the text you want to see.

@table @kbd
@item C-l
Clear screen and redisplay, scrolling the selected window to center
point vertically within it (@code{recenter}).
@item C-v
Scroll forward (a windowful or a specified number of lines) (@code{scroll-up}).
@item M-v
Scroll backward (@code{scroll-down}).
@item @var{arg} C-l
Scroll so point is on line @var{arg} (@code{recenter}).
@item C-x <
Scroll text in current window to the left (@code{scroll-left}).
@item C-x >
Scroll to the right (@code{scroll-right}).
@item C-x $
Make deeply indented lines invisible (@code{set-selective-display}).
@end table

@menu
* Scrolling::	           Moving text up and down in a window.
* Horizontal Scrolling::   Moving text left and right in a window.
* Selective Display::      Hiding lines with lots of indentation.
* Display Vars::           Information on variables for customizing display.
@end menu

@node Scrolling, Horizontal Scrolling, Display, Display
@section Scrolling

  If a buffer contains text that is too large to fit entirely within a
window that is displaying the buffer, Emacs shows a contiguous section of
the text.  The section shown always contains point.

@cindex scrolling
  @dfn{Scrolling} means moving text up or down in the window so that
different parts of the text are visible.  Scrolling forward means that text
moves up, and new text appears at the bottom.  Scrolling backward moves
text down and new text appears at the top.

  Scrolling happens automatically if you move point past the bottom or top
of the window.  You can also explicitly request scrolling with the commands
in this section.

@ifinfo
@table @kbd
@item C-l
Clear screen and redisplay, scrolling the selected window to center
point vertically within it (@code{recenter}).
@item C-v
Scroll forward (a windowful or a specified number of lines) (@code{scroll-up}).
@item M-v
Scroll backward (@code{scroll-down}).
@item @var{arg} C-l
Scroll so point is on line @var{arg} (@code{recenter}).
@end table
@end ifinfo

@kindex C-l
@findex recenter
  The most basic scrolling command is @kbd{C-l} (@code{recenter}) with no
argument.  It clears the entire screen and redisplays all windows.  In
addition, the selected window is scrolled so that point is halfway down
from the top of the window.

@kindex C-v
@kindex M-v
@findex scroll-up
@findex scroll-down
  The scrolling commands @kbd{C-v} and @kbd{M-v} let you move all the text
in the window up or down a few lines.  @kbd{C-v} (@code{scroll-up}) with an
argument shows you that many more lines at the bottom of the window, moving
the text and point up together as @kbd{C-l} might.  @kbd{C-v} with a
negative argument shows you more lines at the top of the window.
@kbd{Meta-v} (@code{scroll-down}) is like @kbd{C-v}, but moves in the
opposite direction.@refill

@vindex next-screen-context-lines
  To read the buffer a windowful at a time, use @kbd{C-v} with no argument.
It takes the last two lines at the bottom of the window and puts them at
the top, followed by nearly a whole windowful of lines not previously
visible.  If point was in the text scrolled off the top, it moves to the
new top of the window.  @kbd{M-v} with no argument moves backward with
overlap similarly.  The number of lines of overlap across a @kbd{C-v} or
@kbd{M-v} is controlled by the variable @code{next-screen-context-lines}; by
default, it is two.

  Another way to do scrolling is with @kbd{C-l} with a numeric argument.
@kbd{C-l} does not clear the screen when given an argument; it only scrolls
the selected window.  With a positive argument @var{n}, it repositions text
to put point @var{n} lines down from the top.  An argument of zero puts
point on the very top line.  Point does not move with respect to the text;
rather, the text and point move rigidly on the screen.  @kbd{C-l} with a
negative argument puts point that many lines from the bottom of the window.
For example, @kbd{C-u - 1 C-l} puts point on the bottom line, and @kbd{C-u
- 5 C-l} puts it five lines from the bottom.  Just @kbd{C-u} as argument,
as in @kbd{C-u C-l}, scrolls point to the center of the screen.

@vindex scroll-step
  Scrolling happens automatically if point has moved out of the visible
portion of the text when it is time to display.  Usually the scrolling is
done so as to put point vertically centered within the window.  However, if
the variable @code{scroll-step} has a nonzero value, an attempt is made to
scroll the buffer by that many lines; if that is enough to bring point back
into visibility, that is what is done.

@node Horizontal Scrolling,, Scrolling, Display
@section Horizontal Scrolling

@ifinfo
@table @kbd
@item C-x <
Scroll text in current window to the left (@code{scroll-left}).
@item C-x >
Scroll to the right (@code{scroll-right}).
@end table
@end ifinfo

@kindex C-x <
@kindex C-x >
@findex scroll-left
@findex scroll-right
@cindex horizontal scrolling
  The text in a window can also be scrolled horizontally.  This means that
each line of text is shifted sideways in the window, and one or more
characters at the beginning of each line are not displayed at all.  When a
window has been scrolled horizontally in this way, text lines are truncated
rather than continued (@pxref{Continuation Lines}), with a @samp{$} appearing
in the first column when there is text truncated to the left, and in the
last column when there is text truncated to the right.

  The command @kbd{C-x <} (@code{scroll-left}) scrolls the selected window
to the left by @var{n} columns with argument @var{n}.  With no argument, it scrolls
by almost the full width of the window (two columns less, to be precise).
@kbd{C-x >} (@code{scroll-right}) scrolls similarly to the right.
The window cannot be scrolled any farther to the right once it is
displaying normally (with each line starting at the window's left margin);
attempting to do so has no effect.

@node Selective Display, Display Vars, Display, Display
@section Selective Display
@findex set-selective-display
@kindex C-x $

  Emacs has the ability to hide lines indented more than a certain number
of columns (you specify how many columns).  You can use this to get an
overview of a part of a program.

  To hide lines, type @kbd{C-x $} (@code{set-selective-display}) with a
numeric argument @var{n}.  (@xref{Arguments}, for how to give the
argument.)  Then lines with at least @var{n} columns of indentation
disappear from the screen.  The only indication of their presence is that
three dots (@samp{@dots{}}) appear at the end of each visible line that is
followed by one or more invisible ones.@refill

  The invisible lines are still present in the buffer, and most editing
commands see them as usual, so it is very easy to put point in the middle
of invisible text.  When this happens, the cursor appears at the end of the
previous line, after the three dots.  If point is at the end of the visible
line, before the newline that ends it, the cursor appears before the three
dots.

  The commands @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} move across the invisible lines as if they
were not there.

  To make everything visible again, type @kbd{C-x $} with no argument.

@node Display Vars,, Selective Display, Display
@section Variables Controlling Display

  This section contains information for customization only.  Beginning
users should skip it.

@vindex mode-line-inverse-video
  The variable @code{mode-line-inverse-video} controls whether the mode
line is displayed in inverse video (assuming the terminal supports it);
@code{nil} means don't do so.  @xref{Mode Line}.

@vindex inverse-video
  If the variable @code{inverse-video} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs attempts
to invert all the lines of the display from what they normally are.

@vindex visible-bell
  If the variable @code{visible-bell} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs attempts
to make the whole screen blink when it would normally make an audible bell
sound.  This variable has no effect if your terminal does not have a way
to make the screen blink.@refill

@vindex no-redraw-on-reenter
  When you reenter Emacs after suspending, Emacs normally clears the screen
and redraws the entire display.  On some terminals with more than one page
of memory, it is possible to arrange the termcap entry so that the
@samp{ti} and @samp{te} strings (output to the terminal when Emacs is
entered and exited, respectively) switch between pages of memory so as to
use one page for Emacs and another page for other output.  Then you might
want to set the variable @code{no-redraw-on-reenter} non-@code{nil} so that
Emacs will assume, when resumed, that the screen page it is using still
contains what Emacs last wrote there.

@vindex echo-keystrokes
  The variable @code{echo-keystrokes} controls the echoing of multi-character
keys; its value is the number of seconds of pause required to cause echoing
to start, or zero meaning don't echo at all.  @xref{Echo Area}.

@vindex ctl-arrow
  If the variable @code{ctl-arrow} is @code{nil}, control characters in the
buffer are displayed with octal escape sequences, all except newline and
tab.  Altering the value of @code{ctl-arrow} makes it local to the current
buffer; until that time, the default value is in effect.  The default is
initially @code{t}.  @xref{Locals}.

@vindex tab-width
  Normally, a tab character in the buffer is displayed as whitespace which
extends to the next display tab stop position, and display tab stops come
at intervals equal to eight spaces.  The number of spaces per tab is
controlled by the variable @code{tab-width}, which is made local by
changing it, just like @code{ctl-arrow}.  Note that how the tab character
in the buffer is displayed has nothing to do with the definition of
@key{TAB} as a command.

@vindex selective-display-ellipses
  If you set the variable @code{selective-display-ellipses} to @code{nil},
the three dots do not appear at the end of a line that precedes invisible
lines.  Then there is no visible indication of the invisible lines.
This variable too becomes local automatically when set.

@node Search, Fixit, Display, Top
@chapter Searching and Replacement
@cindex searching

  Like other editors, Emacs has commands for searching for occurrences of
a string.  The principal search command is unusual in that it is
@dfn{incremental}; it begins to search before you have finished typing the
search string.  There are also nonincremental search commands more like
those of other editors.

  Besides the usual @code{replace-string} command that finds all
occurrences of one string and replaces them with another, Emacs has a fancy
replacement command called @code{query-replace} which asks interactively
which occurrences to replace.

@menu
* Incremental Search::     Search happens as you type the string.
* Nonincremental Search::  Specify entire string and then search.
* Word Search::            Search for sequence of words.
* Regexp Search::          Search for match for a regexp.
* Regexps::                Syntax of regular expressions.
* Search Case::            To ignore case while searching, or not.
* Replace::                Search, and replace some or all matches.
* Other Repeating Search:: Operating on all matches for some regexp.
@end menu

@node Incremental Search, Nonincremental Search, Search, Search
@section Incremental Search

  An incremental search begins searching as soon as you type the first
character of the search string.  As you type in the search string, Emacs
shows you where the string (as you have typed it so far) would be found.
When you have typed enough characters to identify the place you want, you
can stop.  Depending on what you will do next, you may or may not need to
terminate the search explicitly with an @key{ESC} first.

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-s
Incremental search forward (@code{isearch-forward}).
@item C-r
Incremental search backward (@code{isearch-backward}).
@end table

@kindex C-s
@kindex C-r
@findex isearch-forward
@findex isearch-backward
  @kbd{C-s} starts an incremental search.  @kbd{C-s} reads characters from
the keyboard and positions the cursor at the first occurrence of the
characters that you have typed.  If you type @kbd{C-s} and then @kbd{F},
the cursor moves right after the first @samp{F}.  Type an @kbd{O}, and see
the cursor move to after the first @samp{FO}.  After another @kbd{O}, the
cursor is after the first @samp{FOO} after the place where you started the
search.  Meanwhile, the search string @samp{FOO} has been echoed in the
echo area.@refill

  The echo area display ends with three dots when actual searching is going
on.  When search is waiting for more input, the three dots are removed.
(On slow terminals, the three dots are not displayed.)

  If you make a mistake in typing the search string, you can erase
characters with @key{DEL}.  Each @key{DEL} cancels the last character of
search string.  This does not happen until Emacs is ready to read another
input character; first it must either find, or fail to find, the character
you want to erase.  If you do not want to wait for this to happen, use
@kbd{C-g} as described below.@refill

  When you are satisfied with the place you have reached, you can type
@key{ESC}, which stops searching, leaving the cursor where the search
brought it.  Also, any command not specially meaningful in searches stops
the searching and is then executed.  Thus, typing @kbd{C-a} would exit the
search and then move to the beginning of the line.  @key{ESC} is necessary
only if the next command you want to type is a printing character,
@key{DEL}, @key{ESC}, or another control character that is special within
searches (@kbd{C-q}, @kbd{C-w}, @kbd{C-r}, @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-y}).

  Sometimes you search for @samp{FOO} and find it, but not the one you
expected to find.  There was a second @samp{FOO} that you forgot about,
before the one you were looking for.  In this event, type another @kbd{C-s}
to move to the next occurrence of the search string.  This can be done any
number of times.  If you overshoot, you can cancel some @kbd{C-s}
characters with @key{DEL}.

  After you exit a search, you can search for the same string again by
typing just @kbd{C-s C-s}: the first @kbd{C-s} is the key that invokes
incremental search, and the second @kbd{C-s} means ``search again''.

  If your string is not found at all, the echo area says @samp{Failing
I-Search}.  The cursor is after the place where Emacs found as much of your
string as it could.  Thus, if you search for @samp{FOOT}, and there is no
@samp{FOOT}, you might see the cursor after the @samp{FOO} in @samp{FOOL}.
At this point there are several things you can do.  If your string was
mistyped, you can rub some of it out and correct it.  If you like the place
you have found, you can type @key{ESC} or some other Emacs command to
``accept what the search offered''.  Or you can type @kbd{C-g}, which
removes from the search string the characters that could not be found (the
@samp{T} in @samp{FOOT}), leaving those that were found (the @samp{FOO} in
@samp{FOOT}).  A second @kbd{C-g} at that point cancels the search
entirely, returning point to where it was when the search started.

  If a search is failing and you ask to repeat it by typing another
@kbd{C-s}, it starts again from the beginning of the buffer.  Repeating
a failing reverse search with @kbd{C-r} starts again from the end.  This
is called @dfn{wrapping around}.  @samp{Wrapped} appears in the search
prompt once this has happened.

@cindex quitting (in search)
  The @kbd{C-g} ``quit'' character does special things during searches;
just what it does depends on the status of the search.  If the search has
found what you specified and is waiting for input, @kbd{C-g} cancels the
entire search.  The cursor moves back to where you started the search.  If
@kbd{C-g} is typed when there are characters in the search string that have
not been found---because Emacs is still searching for them, or because it
has failed to find them---then the search string characters which have not
been found are discarded from the search string.  With them gone, the
search is now successful and waiting for more input, so a second @kbd{C-g}
will cancel the entire search.

  To search for a control character such as @kbd{C-s} or @key{DEL} or
@key{ESC}, you must quote it by typing @kbd{C-q} first.  This function
of @kbd{C-q} is analogous to its meaning as an Emacs command: it causes
the following character to be treated the way a graphic character would
normally be treated in the same context.  You can also specify a quoted
character in octal while searching, just as you can for insertion.  
@xref{Basic}.

  You can change to searching backwards with @kbd{C-r}.  If a search fails
because the place you started was too late in the file, you should do this.
Repeated @w{@kbd{C-r}} keeps looking for more occurrences backwards.  A
@kbd{C-s} starts going forwards again.  @kbd{C-r} in a search can be cancelled
with @key{DEL}.

  If you know initially that you want to search backwards, you can
use @kbd{C-r} instead of @kbd{C-s} to start the search, because @kbd{C-r}
is also a key running a command (@code{isearch-backward}) to search
backward.

  The characters @kbd{C-y} and @kbd{C-w} can be used in incremental search
to grab text from the buffer into the search string.  This makes it
convenient to search for another occurrence of text at point.  @kbd{C-w}
copies the word after point as part of the search string, advancing
point over that word.  Another @kbd{C-s} to repeat the search will then
search for a string including that word.  @kbd{C-y} is similar to @kbd{C-w}
but copies all the rest of the current line into the search string.

  All the characters special in incremental search can be changed by setting
the following variables:

@vindex search-delete-char
@vindex search-exit-char
@vindex search-quote-char
@vindex search-repeat-char
@vindex search-reverse-char
@vindex search-yank-line-char
@vindex search-yank-word-char
@table @code
@item search-delete-char
Character to delete from incremental search string (normally @key{DEL}).
@item search-exit-char
Character to exit incremental search (normally @key{ESC}).
@item search-quote-char
Character to quote special characters for incremental search (normally
@kbd{C-q}).
@item search-repeat-char
Character to repeat incremental search forwards (normally @w{@kbd{C-s}}).
@item search-reverse-char
Character to repeat incremental search backwards (normally @w{@kbd{C-r}}).
@item search-yank-line-char
Character to pull rest of line from buffer into search string
(normally @kbd{C-y}).
@item search-yank-word-char
Character to pull next word from buffer into search string (normally
@kbd{C-w}).
@end table

@subsection Slow Terminal Incremental Search

  Incremental search on a slow terminal uses a modified style of display
that is designed to take less time.  Instead of redisplaying the buffer at
each place the search gets to, it creates a new single-line window and uses
that to display the line that the search has found.  The single-line window
comes into play as soon as point gets outside of the text that is already
on the screen.

  When the search is terminated, the single-line window is removed.  Only
at this time is the window in which the search was done redisplayed to show
its new value of point.

  The three dots at the end of the search string, normally used to indicate
that searching is going on, are not displayed in slow style display.

@vindex search-slow-speed
  The slow terminal style of display is used when the terminal baud rate is
less than or equal to the value of the variable @code{search-slow-speed},
initially 1200.

@vindex search-slow-window-lines
  The number of lines to use in slow terminal search display is controlled
by the variable @code{search-slow-window-lines}.  1 is its normal value.

@node Nonincremental Search, Word Search, Incremental Search, Search
@section Nonincremental Search
@cindex nonincremental search

  Emacs also has conventional nonincremental search commands, which require
you to type the entire search string before searching begins.

@table @kbd
@item C-s @key{ESC} @var{string} @key{RET}
Search for @var{string}.
@item C-r @key{ESC} @var{string} @key{RET}
Search backward for @var{string}.
@end table

  To do a nonincremental search, first type @kbd{C-s @key{ESC}}.  This
enters the minibuffer to read the search string; terminate the string with
@key{RET}, and then the search is done.  If the string is not found the
search command gets an error.

  The way @kbd{C-s @key{ESC}} works is that the @kbd{C-s} invokes
incremental search, which is specially programmed to invoke nonincremental
search if the argument you give it is empty.  (Such an empty argument would
otherwise be useless.)  @kbd{C-r @key{ESC}} also works this way.

@findex search-forward
@findex search-backward
  Forward and backward nonincremental searches are implemented by the
commands @code{search-forward} and @code{search-backward}.  These commands
may be bound to keys in the usual manner.  The reason that incremental
search is programmed to invoke them as well is that @kbd{C-s @key{ESC}}
is the traditional sequence of characters used in Emacs to invoke
nonincremental search.

  However, nonincremental searches performed using @kbd{C-s @key{ESC}} do
not call @code{search-forward} right away.  The first thing done is to see
if the next character is @kbd{C-w}, which requests a word search.
@ifinfo
@xref{Word Search}.
@end ifinfo

@node Word Search, Regexp Search, Nonincremental Search, Search
@section Word Search
@cindex word search

  Word search searches for a sequence of words without regard to how the
words are separated.  More precisely, you type a string of many words,
using single spaces to separate them, and the string can be found even if
there are multiple spaces, newlines or other punctuation between the words.

  Word search is useful in editing documents formatted by text formatters.
If you edit while looking at the printed, formatted version, you can't tell
where the line breaks are in the source file.  With word search, you can
search without having to know them.

@table @kbd
@item C-s @key{ESC} C-w @var{words} @key{RET}
Search for @var{words}, ignoring differences in punctuation.
@item C-r @key{ESC} C-w @var{words} @key{RET}
Search backward for @var{words}, ignoring differences in punctuation.
@end table

  Word search is a special case of nonincremental search and is invoked
with @kbd{C-s @key{ESC} C-w}.  This is followed by the search string, which
must always be terminated with @key{RET}.  Being nonincremental, this
search does not start until the argument is terminated.  It works by
constructing a regular expression and searching for that.  @xref{Regexp
Search}.

  A backward word search can be done by @kbd{C-r @key{ESC} C-w}.

@findex word-search-forward
@findex word-search-backward
  Forward and backward word searches are implemented by the commands
@code{word-search-forward} and @code{word-search-backward}.  These commands
may be bound to keys in the usual manner.  The reason that incremental
search is programmed to invoke them as well is that @kbd{C-s @key{ESC} C-w}
is the traditional Emacs sequence of keys for word search.

@node Regexp Search, Regexps, Word Search, Search
@section Regular Expression Search
@cindex regular expression
@cindex expressions, regular
@cindex regexp

  A @dfn{regular expression} (@dfn{regexp}, for short) is a pattern that
denotes a set of strings, possibly an infinite set.  Searching for matches
for a regexp is a very powerful operation that editors on Unix systems have
traditionally offered.  In GNU Emacs, you can search for the next match for
a regexp either incrementally or not.

@kindex C-M-s
@findex isearch-forward-regexp
@findex isearch-backward-regexp
  Incremental search for a regexp is done by typing @kbd{C-M-s}
(@code{isearch-forward-regexp}).  This command reads a search string
incrementally just like @kbd{C-s}, but it treats the search string as a
regexp rather than looking for an exact match against the text in the
buffer.  Each time you add text to the search string, you make the regexp
longer, and the new regexp is searched for.  A reverse regexp search command,
@code{isearch-backward-regexp}, also exists but no key runs it.

  All of the control characters that do special things within an ordinary
incremental search have the same function in incremental regexp search.
Typing @kbd{C-s} or @kbd{C-r} immediately after starting the search
retrieves the last incremental search regexp used; that is to say,
incremental regexp and non-regexp searches have independent defaults.

  Note that adding characters to the regexp in an incremental regexp search
does not make the cursor move back and start again.  Perhaps it ought to; I
am not sure.  As it stands, if you have searched for @samp{foo} and you
add @samp{\|bar}, the search will not check for a @samp{bar} in the
buffer before the @samp{foo}.

@findex re-search-forward
@findex re-search-backward
  Nonincremental search for a regexp is done by the functions
@code{re-search-forward} and @code{re-search-backward}.  You can invoke
these with @kbd{M-x}, or bind them to keys.  Also, you can call
@code{re-search-forward} by way of incremental regexp search with
@kbd{C-M-s @key{ESC}}.

@node Regexps, Search Case, Regexp Search, Search
@section Syntax of Regular Expressions

Regular expressions have a syntax in which a few characters are special
constructs and the rest are @dfn{ordinary}.  An ordinary character is a
simple regular expression which matches that character and nothing else.
The special characters are @samp{$}, @samp{^}, @samp{.}, @samp{*},
@samp{+}, @samp{?}, @samp{[}, @samp{]} and @samp{\}; no new special
characters will be defined.  Any other character appearing in a regular
expression is ordinary, unless a @samp{\} precedes it.@refill

For example, @samp{f} is not a special character, so it is ordinary, and
therefore @samp{f} is a regular expression that matches the string @samp{f}
and no other string.  (It does @i{not} match the string @samp{ff}.)  Likewise,
@samp{o} is a regular expression that matches only @samp{o}.@refill

Any two regular expressions @var{a} and @var{b} can be concatenated.  The
result is a regular expression which matches a string if @var{a} matches
some amount of the beginning of that string and @var{b} matches the rest of
the string.@refill

As a simple example, we can concatenate the regular expressions @samp{f}
and @samp{o} to get the regular expression @samp{fo}, which matches only
the string @samp{fo}.  Still trivial.  To do something nontrivial, you
need to use one of the special characters.  Here is a list of them.

@table @kbd
@item .@: @r{(Period)}
is a special character that matches any single character except a newline.
Using concatenation, we can make regular expressions like @samp{a.b} which
matches any three-character string which begins with @samp{a} and ends with
@samp{b}.@refill

@item *
is not a construct by itself; it is a suffix, which means the
preceding regular expression is to be repeated as many times as
possible.  In @samp{fo*}, the @samp{*} applies to the @samp{o}, so
@samp{fo*} matches one @samp{f} followed by any number of @samp{o}s.
The case of zero @samp{o}s is allowed: @samp{fo*} does match
@samp{f}.@refill

@samp{*} always applies to the @i{smallest} possible preceding
expression.  Thus, @samp{fo*} has a repeating @samp{o}, not a
repeating @samp{fo}.@refill

The matcher processes a @samp{*} construct by matching, immediately,
as many repetitions as can be found.  Then it continues with the rest
of the pattern.  If that fails, backtracking occurs, discarding some
of the matches of the @samp{*}-modified construct in case that makes
it possible to match the rest of the pattern.  For example, matching
@samp{ca*ar} against the string @samp{caaar}, the @samp{a*} first
tries to match all three @samp{a}s; but the rest of the pattern is
@samp{ar} and there is only @samp{r} left to match, so this try fails.
The next alternative is for @samp{a*} to match only two @samp{a}s.
With this choice, the rest of the regexp matches successfully.@refill

@item +
Is a suffix character similar to @samp{*} except that it requires that
the preceding expression be matched at least once.  So, for example,
@samp{ca+r} will match the strings @samp{car} and @samp{caaaar}
but not the string @samp{cr}, whereas @samp{ca*r} would match all
three strings.@refill

@item ?
Is a suffix character similar to @samp{*} except that it can match the
preceding expression either once or not at all.  For example,
@samp{ca?r} will match @samp{car} or @samp{cr}; nothing else.

@item [ @dots{} ]
@samp{[} begins a @dfn{character set}, which is terminated by a
@samp{]}.  In the simplest case, the characters between the two form
the set.  Thus, @samp{[ad]} matches either one @samp{a} or one
@samp{d}, and @samp{[ad]*} matches any string composed of just
@samp{a}s and @samp{d}s (including the empty string), from which it
follows that @samp{c[ad]*r} matches @samp{cr}, @samp{car}, @samp{cdr},
@samp{caddaar}, etc.@refill

Character ranges can also be included in a character set, by writing
two characters with a @samp{-} between them.  Thus, @samp{[a-z]}
matches any lower-case letter.  Ranges may be intermixed freely with
individual characters, as in @samp{[a-z$%.]}, which matches any lower
case letter or @samp{$}, @samp{%} or period.@refill

Note that the usual special characters are not special any more inside
a character set.  A completely different set of special characters
exists inside character sets: @samp{]}, @samp{-} and @samp{^}.@refill

To include a @samp{]} in a character set, you must make it the first
character.  For example, @samp{[]a]} matches @samp{]} or @samp{a}.  To
include a @samp{-}, write @samp{---}, which is a range containing only
@samp{-}.  To include @samp{^}, make it other than the first character
in the set.@refill

@item [^ @dots{} ]
@samp{[^} begins a @dfn{complement character set}, which matches any
character except the ones specified.  Thus, @samp{[^a-z0-9A-Z]}
matches all characters @i{except} letters and digits.@refill

@samp{^} is not special in a character set unless it is the first
character.  The character following the @samp{^} is treated as if it
were first (@samp{-} and @samp{]} are not special there).

Note that a complement character set can match a newline, unless
newline is mentioned as one of the characters not to match.

@item ^
is a special character that matches the empty string, but only if at
the beginning of a line in the text being matched.  Otherwise it fails
to match anything.  Thus, @samp{^foo} matches a @samp{foo} which occurs
at the beginning of a line.

@item $
is similar to @samp{^} but matches only at the end of a line.  Thus,
@samp{xx*$} matches a string of one @samp{x} or more at the end of a line.

@item \
has two functions: it quotes the special characters (including
@samp{\}), and it introduces additional special constructs.

Because @samp{\} quotes special characters, @samp{\$} is a regular
expression which matches only @samp{$}, and @samp{\[} is a regular
expression which matches only @samp{[}, and so on.@refill
@end table

Note: for historical compatibility, special characters are treated as
ordinary ones if they are in contexts where their special meanings make no
sense.  For example, @samp{*foo} treats @samp{*} as ordinary since there is
no preceding expression on which the @samp{*} can act.  It is poor practice
to depend on this behavior; better to quote the special character anyway,
regardless of where is appears.@refill

For the most part, @samp{\} followed by any character matches only
that character.  However, there are several exceptions: characters
which, when preceded by @samp{\}, are special constructs.  Such
characters are always ordinary when encountered on their own.  Here
is a table of @samp{\} constructs.

@table @kbd
@item \|
specifies an alternative.
Two regular expressions @var{a} and @var{b} with @samp{\|} in
between form an expression that matches anything that either @var{a} or
@var{b} will match.@refill

Thus, @samp{foo\|bar} matches either @samp{foo} or @samp{bar}
but no other string.@refill

@samp{\|} applies to the largest possible surrounding expressions.  Only a
surrounding @samp{\( @dots{} \)} grouping can limit the grouping power of
@samp{\|}.@refill

Full backtracking capability exists to handle multiple uses of @samp{\|}.

@item \( @dots{} \)
is a grouping construct that serves three purposes:

@enumerate
@item
To enclose a set of @samp{\|} alternatives for other operations.
Thus, @samp{\(foo\|bar\)x} matches either @samp{foox} or @samp{barx}.

@item
To enclose a complicated expression for the postfix @samp{*} to operate on.
Thus, @samp{ba\(na\)*} matches @samp{bananana}, etc., with any (zero or
more) number of @samp{na} strings.@refill

@item
To mark a matched substring for future reference.

@end enumerate

This last application is not a consequence of the idea of a
parenthetical grouping; it is a separate feature which happens to be
assigned as a second meaning to the same @samp{\( @dots{} \)} construct
because there is no conflict in practice between the two meanings.
Here is an explanation of this feature:

@item \@var{digit}
after the end of a @samp{\( @dots{} \)} construct, the matcher remembers the
beginning and end of the text matched by that construct.  Then, later on
in the regular expression, you can use @samp{\} followed by @var{digit}
to mean ``match the same text matched the @var{digit}'th time by the
@samp{\( @dots{} \)} construct.''@refill

The strings matching the first nine @samp{\( @dots{} \)} constructs appearing
in a regular expression are assigned numbers 1 through 9 in order that the
open-parentheses appear in the regular expression.  @samp{\1} through
@samp{\9} may be used to refer to the text matched by the corresponding
@samp{\( @dots{} \)} construct.

For example, @samp{\(.*\)\1} matches any newline-free string that is
composed of two identical halves.  The @samp{\(.*\)} matches the first
half, which may be anything, but the @samp{\1} that follows must match
the same exact text.

@item \`
matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning
of the buffer.

@item \'
matches the empty string, provided it is at the end of
the buffer.

@item \b
matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning or
end of a word.  Thus, @samp{\bfoo\b} matches any occurrence of
@samp{foo} as a separate word.  @samp{\bballs?\b} matches
@samp{ball} or @samp{balls} as a separate word.@refill

@item \B
matches the empty string, provided it is @i{not} at the beginning or
end of a word.

@item \<
matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning of a word.

@item \>
matches the empty string, provided it is at the end of a word.

@item \w
matches any word-constituent character.  The editor syntax table
determines which characters these are.

@item \W
matches any character that is not a word-constituent.

@item \s@var{code}
matches any character whose syntax is @var{code}.  @var{code} is a
character which represents a syntax code: thus, @samp{w} for word
constituent, @samp{-} for whitespace, @samp{(} for open-parenthesis,
etc.  @xref{Syntax}.@refill

@item \S@var{code}
matches any character whose syntax is not @var{code}.
@end table

  Here is a complicated regexp, used by Emacs to recognize the end of a
sentence together with any whitespace that follows.  It is given in Lisp
syntax to enable you to distinguish the spaces from the tab characters.  In
Lisp syntax, the string constant begins and ends with a double-quote.
@samp{\"} stands for a double-quote as part of the regexp, @samp{\\} for a
backslash as part of the regexp, @samp{\t} for a tab and @samp{\n} for a
newline.

@example
"[.?!][]\"')]*\\($\\|\t\\|  \\)[ \t\n]*"
@end example

@noindent
This contains four parts in succession: a character set matching period,
@samp{?} or @samp{!}; a character set matching close-brackets,
quotes or parentheses, repeated any number of times; an alternative in
backslash-parentheses that matches end-of-line, a tab or two spaces; and a
character set matching whitespace characters, repeated any number of times.

  Note that the above example shows how to write this regexp when
entering it as part of an Emacs Lisp program. To enter the same regexp
in an interactive command such as @code{re-search-forward} you must
spell it differently:

@example
[.?!][]"')]*\($\|^Q^I\| \)[ ^Q^I^Q^J]*
@end example

@node Search Case, Replace, Regexps, Search
@section Searching and Case

@vindex case-fold-search
  All sorts of searches in Emacs normally ignore the case of the text they
are searching through; if you specify searching for @samp{FOO}, then
@samp{Foo} and @samp{foo} are also considered a match.  Regexps, and in
particular character sets, are included: @samp{[aB]} would match @samp{a}
or @samp{A} or @samp{b} or @samp{B}.@refill

  If you do not want this feature, set the variable @code{case-fold-search}
to @code{nil}.  Then all letters must match exactly, including case.  This
is a per-buffer variable; altering the variable affects only the current
buffer, but there is a default value which you can change as well.
@xref{Locals}.

@node Replace, Other Repeating Search, Search Case, Search
@section Replacement Commands
@cindex replacement
@cindex string substitution
@cindex global substitution

  Global search-and-replace operations are not needed as often in Emacs as
they are in other editors, but they are available.  In addition to the
simple @code{replace-string} command which is like that found in most
editors, there is a @code{query-replace} command which asks you, for each
occurrence of the pattern, whether to replace it.

  The replace commands all replace one string (or regexp) with one
replacement string.  It is possible to perform several replacements in
parallel using the command @code{expand-region-abbrevs}.  @xref{Expanding
Abbrevs}.

@menu
* Unconditional Replace::  Replacing all matches for a string.
* Regexp Replace::         Replacing all matches for a regexp.
* Replacement and Case::   How replacements preserve case of letters.
* Query Replace::          How to use querying.
@end menu

@node Unconditional Replace, Regexp Replace, Replace, Replace
@subsection Unconditional Replacement
@findex replace-string
@findex replace-regexp

@table @kbd
@item M-x replace-string @key{RET} @var{string} @key{RET} @var{newstring} @key{RET}
Replace every occurrence of @var{string} with @var{newstring}.
@item M-x replace-regexp @key{RET} @var{regexp} @key{RET} @var{newstring} @key{RET}
Replace every match for @var{regexp} with @var{newstring}.
@end table

  To replace every instance of @samp{foo} after point with @samp{bar}, use
the command @kbd{M-x replace-string} with the two arguments @samp{foo} and
@samp{bar}.  Replacement occurs only after point, so if you want to cover
the whole buffer you must go to the beginning first.  All occurrences up to
the end of the buffer are replaced; to limit replacement to part of the
buffer, narrow to that part of the buffer before doing the replacement
(@pxref{Narrowing}).

  When @code{replace-string} exits, point is left at the last occurrence
replaced.  The value of point when the @code{replace-string} command was
issued is remembered on the mark ring; @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} moves back
there.

  A numeric argument restricts replacement to matches that are surrounded
by word boundaries.

@node Regexp Replace, Replacement and Case, Unconditional Replace, Replace
@subsection Regexp Replacement

  @code{replace-string} replaces exact matches for a single string.  The
similar command @code{replace-regexp} replaces any match for a specified
pattern.

  In @code{replace-regexp}, the @var{newstring} need not be constant.  It
can refer to all or part of what is matched by the @var{regexp}.  @samp{\&}
in @var{newstring} stands for the entire text being replaced.
@samp{\@var{d}} in @var{newstring}, where @var{d} is a digit, stands for
whatever matched the @var{d}'th parenthesized grouping in @var{regexp}.
For example,@refill

@example
M-x replace-regexp @key{RET} c[ad]+r @key{RET} \&-safe @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
would replace (for example) @samp{cadr} with @samp{cadr-safe} and @samp{cddr}
with @samp{cddr-safe}.

@example
M-x replace-regexp @key{RET} \(c[ad]+r\)-safe @key{RET} \1 @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
would perform exactly the opposite replacements.  To include a @samp{\}
in the text to replace with, you must give @samp{\\}.

@node Replacement and Case, Query Replace, Regexp Replace, Replace
@subsection Replace Commands and Case

@vindex case-replace
@vindex case-fold-search
  If the arguments to a replace command are in lower case, it preserves
case when it makes a replacement.  Thus, the command

@example
M-x replace-string @key{RET} foo @key{RET} bar @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
replaces a lower case @samp{foo} with a lower case @samp{bar}, @samp{FOO}
with @samp{BAR}, and @samp{Foo} with @samp{Bar}.  If upper case letters are
used in the second argument, they remain upper case every time that
argument is inserted.  If upper case letters are used in the first
argument, the second argument is always substituted exactly as given, with
no case conversion.  Likewise, if the variable @code{case-replace} is set
to @code{nil}, replacement is done without case conversion.  If
@code{case-fold-search} is set to @code{nil}, case is significant in
matching occurrences of @samp{foo} to replace; also, case conversion of the
replacement string is not done.

@node Query Replace,, Replacement and Case, Replace
@subsection Query Replace
@cindex query replace

@table @kbd
@item M-% @var{string} @key{RET} @var{newstring} @key{RET}
@itemx M-x query-replace @key{RET} @var{string} @key{RET} @var{newstring} @key{RET}
Replace some occurrences of @var{string} with @var{newstring}.
@item M-x query-replace-regexp @key{RET} @var{regexp} @key{RET} @var{newstring} @key{RET}
Replace some matches for @var{regexp} with @var{newstring}.
@end table

@kindex M-%
@findex query-replace
  If you want to change only some of the occurrences of @samp{foo} to
@samp{bar}, not all of them, then you cannot use an ordinary
@code{replace-string}.  Instead, use @kbd{M-%} (@code{query-replace}).
This command finds occurrences of @samp{foo} one by one, displays each
occurrence and asks you whether to replace it.  A numeric argument to
@code{query-replace} tells it to consider only occurrences that are bounded
by word-delimiter characters.@refill

@findex query-replace-regexp
  Aside from querying, @code{query-replace} works just like
@code{replace-string}, and @code{query-replace-regexp} works
just like @code{replace-regexp}.@refill

  The things you can type when you are shown an occurrence of @var{string}
or a match for @var{regexp} are:

@kindex SPC (query-replace)
@kindex DEL (query-replace)
@kindex , (query-replace)
@kindex ESC (query-replace)
@kindex . (query-replace)
@kindex ! (query-replace)
@kindex ^ (query-replace)
@kindex C-r (query-replace)
@kindex C-w (query-replace)
@kindex C-l (query-replace)

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item @key{SPC}
to replace the occurrence with @var{newstring}.  This preserves case, just
like @code{replace-string}, provided @code{case-replace} is non-@code{nil},
as it normally is.@refill

@item @key{DEL}
to skip to the next occurrence without replacing this one.

@item , @r{(Comma)}
to replace this occurrence and display the result.  You are then asked
for another input character, except that since the replacement has
already been made, @key{DEL} and @key{SPC} are equivalent.  You could
type @kbd{C-r} at this point (see below) to alter the replaced text.  You
could also type @kbd{C-x u} to undo the replacement; this exits the
@code{query-replace}, so if you want to do further replacement you must use
@kbd{C-x ESC} to restart (@pxref{Repetition}).

@item @key{ESC}
to exit without doing any more replacements.

@item .@: @r{(Period)}
to replace this occurrence and then exit.

@item !
to replace all remaining occurrences without asking again.

@item ^
to go back to the location of the previous occurrence (or what used to
be an occurrence), in case you changed it by mistake.  This works by
popping the mark ring.  Only one @kbd{^} in a row is allowed, because
only one previous replacement location is kept during @code{query-replace}.

@item C-r
to enter a recursive editing level, in case the occurrence needs to be
edited rather than just replaced with @var{newstring}.  When you are
done, exit the recursive editing level with @kbd{C-M-c} and the next
occurrence will be displayed.  @xref{Recursive Edit}.

@item C-w
to delete the occurrence, and then enter a recursive editing level as
in @kbd{C-r}.  Use the recursive edit to insert text to replace the
deleted occurrence of @var{string}.  When done, exit the recursive
editing level with @kbd{C-M-c} and the next occurrence will be
displayed.

@item C-l
to redisplay the screen and then give another answer.

@item C-h
to display a message summarizing these options, then give another
answer.
@end table

  If you type any other character, the @code{query-replace} is exited, and
the character executed as a command.  To restart the @code{query-replace},
use @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}, which repeats the @code{query-replace} because it
used the minibuffer to read its arguments.  @xref{Repetition, C-x ESC}.

  To replace every occurrence, you can start @code{query-replace} at the
beginning of the buffer and type @kbd{!}, or you can use the
@code{replace-string} command at the beginning of the buffer.  To
replace every occurrence in a part of the buffer, narrow to that part
and then run @code{replace-string} or @code{query-replace} at the
beginning of it.  @xref{Narrowing}.

@node Other Repeating Search,, Replace, Search
@section Other Search-and-Loop Commands

  Here are some other commands that find matches for a regular expression.
They all operate from point to the end of the buffer.

@findex list-matching-lines
@findex occur
@findex count-matches
@findex delete-non-matching-lines
@findex delete-matching-lines
@c grosscommands
@table @kbd
@item M-x occur
Print each line that follows point and contains a match for the
specified regexp.  A numeric argument specifies the number of context
lines to print before and after each matching line; the default is
none.

@kindex C-c C-c (Occur mode)
The buffer @samp{*Occur*} containing the output serves as a menu for
finding the occurrences in their original context.  Find an occurrence
as listed in @samp{*Occur*}, position point there and type @kbd{C-c
C-c}; this switches to the buffer that was searched and moves point to
the original of the same occurrence.

@item M-x list-matching-lines
Synonym for @kbd{M-x occur}.

@item M-x count-matches
Print the number of matches following point for the specified regexp.

@item M-x delete-non-matching-lines
Delete each line that follows point and does not contain a match for
the specified regexp.

@item M-x delete-matching-lines
Delete each line that follows point and contains a match for the
specified regexp.
@end table

@node Fixit, Files, Search, Top
@chapter Commands for Fixing Typos
@cindex typos
@cindex mistakes, correcting

  In this chapter we describe the commands that are especially useful for
the times when you catch a mistake in your text just after you have made
it, or change your mind while composing text on line.

@menu
* Kill Errors:: Commands to kill a batch of recently entered text.
* Transpose::   Exchanging two characters, words, lines, lists...
* Fixing Case:: Correcting case of last word entered.
* Spelling::    Apply spelling checker to a word, or a whole file.
@end menu

@node Kill Errors, Transpose, Fixit, Fixit
@section Killing Your Mistakes

@table @kbd
@item @key{DEL}
Delete last character (@code{delete-backward-char}).
@item M-@key{DEL}
Kill last word (@code{backward-kill-word}).
@item C-x @key{DEL}
Kill to beginning of sentence (@code{backward-kill-sentence}).
@end table

@kindex DEL
@findex delete-backward-char
  The @key{DEL} character (@code{delete-backward-char}) is the most
important correction command.  When used among graphic (self-inserting)
characters, it can be thought of as canceling the last character typed.

@kindex M-DEL
@kindex C-x DEL
@findex backward-kill-word
@findex backward-kill-sentence
  When your mistake is longer than a couple of characters, it might be more
convenient to use @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} or @kbd{C-x @key{DEL}}.
@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} kills back to the start of the last word, and @kbd{C-x
@key{DEL}} kills back to the start of the last sentence.  @kbd{C-x
@key{DEL}} is particularly useful when you are thinking of what to write as
you type it, in case you change your mind about phrasing.
@kbd{M-@key{DEL}} and @kbd{C-x @key{DEL}} save the killed text for
@kbd{C-y} and @kbd{M-y} to retrieve.  @xref{Yanking}.@refill

  @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} is often useful even when you have typed only a few
characters wrong, if you know you are confused in your typing and aren't
sure exactly what you typed.  At such a time, you cannot correct with
@key{DEL} except by looking at the screen to see what you did.  It requires
less thought to kill the whole word and start over again.

@node Transpose, Fixing Case, Kill Errors, Fixit
@section Transposing Text

@table @kbd
@item C-t
Transpose two characters (@code{transpose-chars}).
@item M-t
Transpose two words (@code{transpose-words}).
@item C-M-t
Transpose two balanced expressions (@code{transpose-sexps}).
@item C-x C-t
Transpose two lines (@code{transpose-lines}).
@end table

@cindex transposition
@kindex C-t
@findex transpose-chars
  The common error of transposing two characters can be fixed, when they
are adjacent, with the @kbd{C-t} command (@code{transpose-chars}).  Normally,
@kbd{C-t} transposes the two characters on either side of point.  When
given at the end of a line, rather than transposing the last character of
the line with the newline, which would be useless, @kbd{C-t} transposes the
last two characters on the line.  So, if you catch your transposition error
right away, you can fix it with just a @kbd{C-t}.  If you don't catch it so
fast, you must move the cursor back to between the two transposed
characters.  If you transposed a space with the last character of the word
before it, the word motion commands are a good way of getting there.
Otherwise, a reverse search (@kbd{C-r}) is often the best way.
@xref{Search}.


@kindex C-x C-t
@findex transpose-lines
@kindex M-t
@findex transpose-words
@kindex C-M-t
@findex transpose-sexps
  @kbd{Meta-t} (@code{transpose-words}) transposes the word before point
with the word after point.  It moves point forward over a word, dragging
the word preceding or containing point forward as well.  The punctuation
characters between the words do not move.  For example, @w{@samp{FOO, BAR}}
transposes into @w{@samp{BAR, FOO}} rather than @samp{@w{BAR FOO,}}.

  @kbd{C-M-t} (@code{transpose-sexps}) is a similar command for transposing
two expressions (@pxref{Lists}), and @kbd{C-x C-t} (@code{transpose-lines})
exchanges lines.  They work like @kbd{M-t} except in determining the
division of the text into syntactic units.

  A numeric argument to a transpose command serves as a repeat count: it
tells the transpose command to move the character (word, sexp, line) before
or containing point across several other characters (words, sexps, lines).
For example, @kbd{C-u 3 C-t} moves the character before point forward
across three other characters.  This is equivalent to repeating @kbd{C-t}
three times.  @kbd{C-u - 4 M-t} moves the word before point backward across
four words.  @kbd{C-u - C-M-t} would cancel the effect of plain
@kbd{C-M-t}.@refill

  A numeric argument of zero is assigned a special meaning (because
otherwise a command with a repeat count of zero would do nothing): to
transpose the character (word, sexp, line) ending after point with the
one ending after the mark.

@node Fixing Case, Spelling, Transpose, Fixit
@section Case Conversion

@table @kbd
@item M-- M-l
Convert last word to lower case.  Note @kbd{Meta--} is Meta-minus.
@item M-- M-u
Convert last word to all upper case.
@item M-- M-c
Convert last word to lower case with capital initial.
@end table

@findex downcase-word
@findex upcase-word
@findex capitalize-word
@kindex M-@t{-} M-l
@kindex M-@t{-} M-u
@kindex M-@t{-} M-c
@cindex case conversion
@cindex words
  A very common error is to type words in the wrong case.  Because of this,
the word case-conversion commands @kbd{M-l}, @kbd{M-u} and @kbd{M-c} have a
special feature when used with a negative argument: they do not move the
cursor.  As soon as you see you have mistyped the last word, you can simply
case-convert it and go on typing.  @xref{Case}.@refill

@node Spelling,, Fixing Case, Fixit
@section Checking and Correcting Spelling
@cindex spelling

@c doublewidecommands
@table @kbd
@item M-$
Check and correct spelling of word (@code{spell-word}).
@item M-x spell-buffer
Check and correct spelling of each word in the buffer.
@item M-x spell-region
Check and correct spelling of each word in the region.
@item M-x spell-string
Check spelling of specified word.
@end table

@kindex M-$
@findex spell-word
  To check the spelling of the word before point, and optionally correct it
as well, use the command @kbd{M-$} (@code{spell-word}).  This command runs
an inferior process containing the @code{spell} program to see whether the
word is correct English.  If it is not, it asks you to edit the word (in
the minibuffer) into a corrected spelling, and then does a @code{query-replace}
to substitute the corrected spelling for the old one throughout the buffer.

  If you exit the minibuffer without altering the original spelling, it
means you do not want to do anything to that word.  Then the @code{query-replace}
is not done.

@findex spell-buffer
  @kbd{M-x spell-buffer} checks each word in the buffer the same way that
@code{spell-word} does, doing a @code{query-replace} if appropriate for
every incorrect word.@refill

@findex spell-region
  @kbd{M-x spell-region} is similar but operates only on the region, not
the entire buffer.

@findex spell-string
  @kbd{M-x spell-string} reads a string as an argument and checks whether
that is a correctly spelled English word.  It prints in the echo area a
message giving the answer.

@node Files, Buffers, Fixit, Top
@chapter File Handling
@cindex files

  The basic unit of stored data in Unix is the @dfn{file}.  To edit a file,
you must tell Emacs to examine the file and prepare a buffer containing a
copy of the file's text.  This is called @dfn{visiting} the file.  Editing
commands apply directly to text in the buffer; that is, to the copy inside
Emacs.  Your changes appear in the file itself only when you @dfn{save} the
buffer back into the file.

  In addition to visiting and saving files, Emacs can delete, copy, rename,
and append to files, and operate on file directories.

@menu
* File Names::   How to type and edit file name arguments.
* Visiting::     Visiting a file prepares Emacs to edit the file.
* Saving::       Saving makes your changes permanent.
* Reverting::    Reverting cancels all the changes not saved.
* Auto Save::    Auto Save periodically protects against loss of data.
* ListDir::      Listing the contents of a file directory.
* Dired::        ``Editing'' a directory to delete, rename, etc.
                  the files in it.
* Misc File Ops:: Other things you can do on files.
@end menu

@node File Names, Visiting, Files, Files
@section File Names
@cindex file names

  Most Emacs commands that operate on a file require you to specify the
file name.  (Saving and reverting are exceptions; the buffer knows which
file name to use for them.)  File names are specified using the minibuffer
(@pxref{Minibuffer}).  @dfn{Completion} is available, to make it easier to
specify long file names.  @xref{Completion}.

  There is always a @dfn{default file name} which will be used if you type
just @key{RET}, entering an empty argument.  Normally the default file name
is the name of the file visited in the current buffer; this makes it easy
to operate on that file with any of the Emacs file commands.

@vindex default-directory
  Each buffer has a default directory, normally the same as the directory
of the file visited in that buffer.  When Emacs reads a file name, if you
do not specify a directory, the default directory is used.  If you specify
a directory in a relative fashion, with a name that does not start with a
slash, it is interpreted with respect to the default directory.  The
default directory is kept in the variable @code{default-directory}, which
has a separate value in every buffer.

  For example, if the default file name is @file{/u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks} then
the default directory is @file{/u/rms/gnu/}.  If you type just @samp{foo},
which does not specify a directory, it is short for @file{/u/rms/gnu/foo}.
@samp{../.login} would stand for @file{/u/rms/.login}.  @samp{new/foo}
would stand for the filename @file{/u/rms/gnu/new/foo}.

  The command @kbd{M-x pwd} prints the current buffer's default directory,
and the command @kbd{M-x cd} sets it (to a value read using the
minibuffer).  A buffer's default directory changes only when the @code{cd}
command is used.  A file-visiting buffer's default directory is initialized
to the directory of the file that is visited there.  If a buffer is made
randomly with @kbd{C-x b}, its default directory is copied from that of the
buffer that was current at the time.

@vindex insert-default-directory
  The default directory actually appears in the minibuffer when the
minibuffer becomes active to read a file name.  This serves two purposes:
it shows you what the default is, so that you can type a relative file name
and know with certainty what it will mean, and it allows you to edit the
default to specify a different directory.  This insertion of the default
directory is inhibited if the variable @code{insert-default-directory} is
set to @code{nil}.

  Note that it is legitimate to type an absolute file name after you enter
the minibuffer, ignoring the presence of the default directory name as part
of the text.  The final minibuffer contents may look invalid, but that is
not so.  @xref{Minibuffer File}.

  @samp{$} in a file name is used to substitute environment variables.  For
example, if you have used the C shell command @samp{setenv FOO
rms/hacks} to set up an environment variable named @samp{FOO}, then
you can use @file{/u/$FOO/test.c} or @file{/u/$@{FOO@}/test.c} as an
abbreviation for @file{/u/rms/hacks/test.c}.  (In the Bourne-Again
shell, write @code{export FOO=rms/hacks} to define @code{FOO}.)  The
environment variable name consists of all the alphanumeric characters
after the @samp{$}; alternatively, it may be enclosed in braces after
the @samp{$}.  Note that the @samp{setenv} command affects Emacs only
if done before Emacs is started.
@ignore
In @code{sh}

@example
FOO=rms/hacks
export FOO
@end example
@end ignore

  To access a file with @samp{$} in its name, type @samp{$$}.  This pair
is converted to a single @samp{$} at the same time as variable substitution
is performed for single @samp{$}.  The Lisp function that performs the
substitution is called @code{substitute-in-file-name}.  The substitution
is performed only on filenames read as such using the minibuffer.

@node Visiting, Saving, File Names, Files
@section Visiting Files
@cindex visiting files

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-x C-f
Visit a file (@code{find-file}).
@item C-x C-v
Visit a different file instead of the one visited last
(@code{find-alternate-file}).
@item C-x 4 C-f
Visit a file, in another window (@code{find-file-other-window}).  Don't
change this window.
@end table

@cindex files
@cindex visiting
@cindex saving
  @dfn{Visiting} a file means copying its contents into Emacs where you can
edit them.  Emacs makes a new buffer for each file that you visit.  We say
that the buffer is visiting the file that it was created to hold.  Emacs
constructs the buffer name from the file name by throwing away the
directory, keeping just the name proper.  For example, a file named
@file{/usr/rms/emacs.tex} would get a buffer named @samp{emacs.tex}.  If
there is already a buffer with that name, a unique name is constructed by
appending @samp{<2>}, @samp{<3>}, or so on, using the lowest number that
makes a name that is not already in use.

  Each window's mode line shows the name of the buffer that is being displayed
in that window, so you can always tell what buffer you are editing.

  The changes you make with Emacs are made in the Emacs buffer.  They do
not take effect in the file that you visited, or any place permanent, until
you @dfn{save} the buffer.  Saving the buffer means that Emacs writes the
current contents of the buffer into its visited file.  @xref{Saving}.

@cindex modified (buffer)
  If a buffer contains changes that have not been saved, the buffer is said
to be @dfn{modified}.  This is important because it implies that some
changes will be lost if the buffer is not saved.  The mode line displays
two stars near the left margin if the buffer is modified.

@kindex C-x C-f
@findex find-file
  To visit a file, use the command @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file}).  Follow
the command with the name of the file you wish to visit, terminated by a
@key{RET}.

  The file name is read using the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}), with
defaulting and completion in the standard manner (@pxref{File Names}).
While in the minibuffer, you can abort @w{@kbd{C-x C-f}} by typing @kbd{C-g}.

  Your confirmation that @kbd{C-x C-f} has completed successfully is the
appearance of new text on the screen and a new buffer name in the mode
line.  If the specified file does not exist and could not be created, or
cannot be read, then an error results.  The error message is printed in the
echo area, and includes the file name which Emacs was trying to visit.

  If you visit a file that is already in Emacs, @kbd{C-x C-f} does not make
another copy.  It selects the existing buffer containing that file.
However, before doing so, it checks that the file itself has not changed
since you visited or saved it last.  If the file has changed, a warning
message is printed.  @xref{Interlocking,,Simultaneous Editing}.

@cindex creating files
  What if you want to create a file?  Just visit it.  Emacs prints
@samp{(New File)} in the echo area, but in other respects behaves as if you
had visited an existing empty file.  If you make any changes and save them,
the file is created.

@kindex C-x C-v
@findex find-alternate-file
  If you visit a nonexistent file unintentionally (because you typed the
wrong file name), use the @kbd{C-x C-v} (@code{find-alternate-file})
command to visit the file you wanted.  @kbd{C-x C-v} is similar to @kbd{C-x
C-f}, but it kills the current buffer (after first offering to save it if
it is modified).  @kbd{C-x C-v} is allowed even if the current buffer
is not visiting a file.

@vindex find-file-run-dired
  If the file you specify is actually a directory, Dired is called on that
directory (@pxref{Dired}).  This can be inhibited by setting the variable
@code{find-file-run-dired} to @code{nil}; then it is an error to try to
visit a directory.

@kindex C-x 4 f
@findex find-file-other-window
  @kbd{C-x 4 f} (@code{find-file-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x C-f}
except that the buffer containing the specified file is selected in another
window.  The window that was selected before @kbd{C-x 4 f} continues to
show the same buffer it was already showing.  If this command is used when
only one window is being displayed, that window is split in two, with one
window showing the same before as before, and the other one showing the
newly requested file.  @xref{Windows}.

@cindex hooks for files
@vindex find-file-hooks
@vindex find-file-not-found-hooks
  There are two hook variables that allow extensions to modify the
operation of visiting files.  Visiting a file that does not exist runs the
functions in the list @code{find-file-not-found-hooks}; the value of this
variable is expected to be a list of functions, and the functions are
called one by one until one of them returns non-@code{nil}.  Any visiting
of a file, whether extant or not, expects @code{find-file-hooks} to
contain a list of functions and calls them all, one by one.  In both cases
the functions receive no arguments.  Visiting a nonexistent file
runs the @code{find-file-not-found-hooks} first.

  You can put a local variable specification at the end of a file which
specifies values for Emacs local variables whenever you visit the file.
@xref{File Variables}.

@node Saving, Reverting, Visiting, Files
@section Saving Files

  @dfn{Saving} a buffer in Emacs means writing its contents back into the file
that was visited in the buffer.

@table @kbd
@item C-x C-s
Save the current buffer in its visited file (@code{save-buffer}).
@item C-x s
Save any or all buffers in their visited files (@code{save-some-buffers}).
@item M-~
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Forget that the current buffer has been changed@*(@code{not-modified}).
@item C-x C-w
Save the current buffer in a specified file, and record that file as
the one visited in the buffer (@code{write-file}).
@item M-x set-visited-file-name
Change file the name under which the current buffer will be saved.
@end table

@kindex C-x C-s
@findex save-buffer
  When you wish to save the file and make your changes permanent, type
@kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{save-buffer}).  After saving is finished, @kbd{C-x C-s}
prints a message such as

@example
Wrote /u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks
@end example

@noindent
If the selected buffer is not modified (no changes have been made in it
since the buffer was created or last saved), saving is not really done,
because it would have no effect.  Instead, @kbd{C-x C-s} prints a message
in the echo area saying

@example
(No changes need to be written)
@end example

@kindex C-x s
@findex save-some-buffers
  The command @kbd{C-x s} (@code{save-some-buffers}) can save any or all modified
buffers.  First it asks, for each modified buffer, whether to save it.
These questions should be answered with @kbd{y} or @kbd{n}.  @kbd{C-x C-c},
the key that kills Emacs, invokes @code{save-some-buffers} and therefore
asks the same questions.

@kindex M-~
@findex not-modified
  If you have changed a buffer and do not want the changes to be saved, you
should take some action to prevent it.  Otherwise, each time you use
@code{save-some-buffers} you are liable to save it by mistake.  One thing
you can do is type @kbd{M-~} (@code{not-modified}), which clears out the
indication that the buffer is modified.  If you do this, none of the save
commands will believe that the buffer needs to be saved.  (@samp{~} is often
used as a mathematical symbol for `not'; thus @kbd{Meta-~} is `not', metafied.)
You could also use @code{set-visited-file-name} (see below) to mark the
buffer as visiting a different file name, one which is not in use for
anything important.  Alternatively, you can undo all the changes made since
the file was visited or saved, by reading the text from the file again.
This is called @dfn{reverting}.  @xref{Reverting}.  You could also undo all
the changes by repeating the undo command @kbd{C-x u} until you have undone
all the changes; but this only works if you have not made more changes than
the undo mechanism can remember.

@findex set-visited-file-name
  @kbd{M-x set-visited-file-name} alters the name of the file that the
current buffer is visiting.  It reads the new file name using the
minibuffer.  It can be used on a buffer that is not visiting a file, too.
The buffer's name is changed to correspond to the file it is now visiting
in the usual fashion (unless the new name is in use already for some other
buffer; in that case, the buffer name is not changed).
@code{set-visited-file-name} does not save the buffer in the newly visited
file; it just alters the records inside Emacs so that, if you save the
buffer, it will be saved in that file.  It also marks the buffer as
``modified'' so that @kbd{C-x C-s} @i{will} save.

@kindex C-x C-w
@findex write-file
  If you wish to mark the buffer as visiting a different file and save it
right away, use @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{write-file}).  It is precisely
equivalent to @code{set-visited-file-name} followed by @kbd{C-x C-s}.
@kbd{C-x C-s} used on a buffer that is not visiting with a file has the
same effect as @kbd{C-x C-w}; that is, it reads a file name, marks the
buffer as visiting that file, and saves it there.  The default file name in
a buffer that is not visiting a file is made by combining the buffer name
with the buffer's default directory.

  If Emacs is about to save a file and sees that the date of the latest
version on disk does not match what Emacs last read or wrote, Emacs
notifies you of this fact, because it probably indicates a problem caused
by simultaneous editing and requires your immediate attention.
@xref{Interlocking,, Simultaneous Editing}.

@vindex require-final-newline
  If the variable @code{require-final-newline} is non-@code{nil}, Emacs
puts a newline at the end of any file that doesn't already end in one,
every time a file is saved or written.

@vindex write-file-hooks
  You can implement other ways to write files, and other things to be done
before writing them, using the hook variable @code{write-file-hooks}.  The
value of this variable should be a list of Lisp functions.  When a file is
to be written, the functions in the list are called, one by one, with no
arguments.  If one of them returns a non-@code{nil} value, Emacs takes this
to mean that the file has been written in some suitable fashion; the rest
of the functions are not called, and normal writing is not done.

@menu
* Backup::       How Emacs saves the old version of your file.
* Interlocking:: How Emacs protects against simultaneous editing
                  of one file by two users.
@end menu

@node Backup, Interlocking, Saving, Saving
@subsection Backup Files
@cindex backup file
@vindex make-backup-files

  Because Unix does not provide version numbers in file names, rewriting a
file in Unix automatically destroys all record of what the file used to
contain.  Thus, saving a file from Emacs throws away the old contents of
the file---or it would, except that Emacs carefully copies the old contents
to another file, called the @dfn{backup} file, before actually saving
(provided the variable @code{make-backup-files} is non-@code{nil};
backup files are not written if this variable is @code{nil}).

  At your option, Emacs can keep either a single backup file or a series of
numbered backup files for each file that you edit.

  Emacs makes a backup for a file only the first time the file is saved
from one buffer.  No matter how many times you save a file, its backup file
continues to contain the contents from before the file was visited.
Normally this means that the backup file contains the contents from before
the current editing session; however, if you kill the buffer and then visit
the file again, a new backup file will be made by the next save.

@menu
* Names: Backup Names.		How backup files are named;
				Choosing single or numbered backup files.
* Deletion: Backup Deletion.	Emacs deletes excess numbered backups.
* Copying: Backup Copying.	Backups can be made by copying or renaming.
@end menu

@node Backup Names, Backup Deletion, Backup, Backup
@subsubsection Single or Numbered Backups

  If you choose to have a single backup file (this is the default),
the backup file's name is constructed by appending @samp{~} to the
file name being edited; thus, the backup file for @file{eval.c} would
be @file{eval.c~}.

  If you choose to have a series of numbered backup files, backup file
names are made by appending @samp{.~}, the number, and another @samp{~} to
the original file name.  Thus, the backup files of @file{eval.c} would be
called @file{eval.c.~1~}, @file{eval.c.~2~}, and so on, through names
like @file{eval.c.~259~} and beyond.

  If protection stops you from writing backup files under the usual names,
the backup file is written as @file{%backup%~} in your home directory.
Only one such file can exist, so only the most recently made such backup is
available.

@vindex version-control
  The choice of single backup or numbered backups is controlled by the
variable @code{version-control}.  Its possible values are

@table @code
@item t
Make numbered backups.
@item nil
Make numbered backups for files that have numbered backups already.
Otherwise, make single backups.
@item never
Do not in any case make numbered backups; always make single backups.
@end table

@noindent
@code{version-control} may be set locally in an individual buffer to
control the making of backups for that buffer's file.  For example,
Rmail mode locally sets @code{version-control} to @code{never} to make sure
that there is only one backup for an Rmail file.  @xref{Locals}.

@node Backup Deletion, Backup Copying, Backup Names, Backup
@subsubsection Automatic Deletion of Backups

@cindex backups, automatic deleting of
@cindex versions, keeping old
@vindex kept-old-versions
@vindex kept-new-versions
  To prevent unlimited consumption of disk space, Emacs can delete numbered
backup versions automatically.  Generally Emacs keeps the first few backups
and the latest few backups, deleting any in between.  This happens every
time a new backup is made.  The two variables that control the deletion are
@code{kept-old-versions} and @code{kept-new-versions}.  Their values are, respectively
the number of oldest (lowest-numbered) backups to keep and the number of
newest (highest-numbered) ones to keep, each time a new backup is made.
Recall that these values are used just after a new backup version is made;
that newly made backup is included in the count in @code{kept-new-versions}.
By default, both variables are 2.

@vindex trim-versions-without-asking
  If @code{trim-versions-without-asking} is non-@code{nil}, the excess
middle versions are deleted without a murmur.  If it is @code{nil}, the
default, then you are asked whether the excess middle versions should
really be deleted.

  Dired's @kbd{.} (Period) command can also be used to delete old versions.
@xref{Dired}.

@node Backup Copying,, Backup Deletion, Backup
@subsubsection Copying vs. Renaming
@c !!!! zzzz change back after fixref
@c subsubsection Copying vs.@: Renaming

  Backup files can be made by copying the old file or by renaming it.  This
makes a difference when the old file has multiple names.  If the old file
is renamed into the backup file, then the alternate names become names for
the backup file.  If the old file is copied instead, then the alternate
names remain names for the file that you are editing, and the contents
accessed by those names will be the new contents.

  The method of making a backup file may also affect the file's owner
and group.  If copying is used, these do not change.  If renaming is used,
you become the file's owner, and the file's group becomes the default
(different operating systems have different defaults for the group).

  Having the owner change is usually a good idea, because then the owner
always shows who last edited the file.  Also, the owners of the backups
show who produced those versions.  Occasionally there is a file whose
owner should not change; it is a good idea for such files to contain
local variable lists to set @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} for
them alone (@pxref{File Variables}).

@vindex backup-by-copying
@vindex backup-by-copying-when-linked
@vindex backup-by-copying-when-mismatch
  The choice of renaming or copying is controlled by three variables.
Normally, renaming is done.  If the variable @code{backup-by-copying} is
non-@code{nil}, copying is used.  Otherwise, if the variable
@code{backup-by-copying-when-linked} is non-@code{nil}, then copying is
done for files that have multiple names, but renaming may still done when
the file being edited has only one name.  If the variable
@code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is non-@code{nil}, then copying is
done if renaming would cause the file's owner or group to change.  @refill

@node Interlocking,,Backup,Saving
@subsection Protection against Simultaneous Editing

@cindex buffer locking
@cindex locking buffers
@cindex interlocking buffers
@cindex file dates
@cindex simultaneous editing
  Simultaneous editing occurs when two users visit the same file, both make
changes, and then both save them.  If nobody were informed that this was
happening, whichever user saved first would later find that his changes
were lost.  On some systems, Emacs notices immediately when the second user
starts to change the file, and issues an immediate warning.  When this is
not possible, or if the second user has gone on to change the file despite
the warning, Emacs checks later when the file is saved, and issues a second
warning when a user is about to overwrite a file containing another user's
changes.  If the editing user takes the proper corrective action at this
point, he can prevent actual loss of work.

@findex ask-user-about-lock
  When you make the first modification in an Emacs buffer that is visiting
a file, Emacs records that you have locked the file.  (It does this by
writing another file in a directory reserved for this purpose.)  The lock
is removed when you save the changes.  The idea is that the file is locked
whenever the buffer is modified.  If you begin to modify the buffer while
the visited file is locked by someone else, this constitutes a collision,
and Emacs asks you what to do.  It does this by calling the Lisp function
@code{ask-user-about-lock}, which you can redefine for the sake of
customization.  The standard definition of this function asks you a
question and accepts three possible answers:

@table @kbd
@item s
Steal the lock.  Whoever was already changing the file loses the lock,
and you gain the lock.
@item p
Proceed.  Go ahead and edit the file despite its being locked by someone else.
@item q
Quit.  This causes an error (@code{file-locked}) and the modification you
were trying to make in the buffer does not actually take place.
@end table

  Note that locking works on the basis of a file name; if a file has
multiple names, Emacs does not realize that the two names are the same file
and cannot prevent two user from editing it simultaneously under different
names.  However, basing locking on names means that Emacs can interlock the
editing of new files that will not really exist until they are saved.

  Some systems are not configured to allow Emacs to make locks.  On
these systems, Emacs cannot detect trouble in advance, but it still can
detect it in time to prevent you from overwriting someone else's changes.

  Every time Emacs saves a buffer, it first checks the last-modification
date of the existing file on disk to see that it has not changed since the
file was last visited or saved.  If the date does not match, it implies
that changes were made in the file in some other way, and these changes are
about to be lost if Emacs actually does save.  To prevent this, Emacs
prints a warning message and asks for confirmation before saving.
Occasionally you will know why the file was changed and know that it does
not matter; then you can answer @kbd{yes} and proceed.  Otherwise, you should
cancel the save with @kbd{C-g} and investigate the situation.

  The first thing you should do when notified that simultaneous editing has
already taken place is to list the directory with @kbd{C-u C-x C-d}
(@pxref{ListDir,,Directory Listing}).  This will show the file's
current author.  You should attempt to contact that person to warn him
or her not to continue editing.  Often the next step is to save the
contents of your Emacs buffer under a different name, and use
@code{diff} to compare the two files.@refill

  Simultaneous editing checks are also made when you visit with @kbd{C-x
C-f} a file that is already visited and when you start to modify a file.
This is not strictly necessary, but it can cause you to find out about the
problem earlier, when perhaps correction takes less work.

@node Reverting, Auto Save, Saving, Files
@section Reverting a Buffer
@findex revert-buffer
@cindex drastic changes

  If you have made extensive changes to a file and then change your mind
about them, you can get rid of them by reading in the previous version of
the file.  To do this, use @kbd{M-x revert-buffer}, which operates on the
current buffer.  Since this is a very dangerous thing to do, you must
confirm it with @kbd{yes}.

  If the current buffer has been auto-saved more recently than it has been
saved for real, @code{revert-buffer} offers to read the auto save file
instead of the visited file (@pxref{Auto Save}).  This question comes
before the usual request for confirmation, and demands @kbd{y} or @kbd{n}
as an answer.  If you have started to type @kbd{yes} for confirmation
without realizing that the other question was going to be asked, the
@kbd{y} will answer that question, but the @kbd{es} will not be valid
confirmation.  So you will have a chance to cancel the operation with
@kbd{C-g} and try it again with the answers that you really intend.

  @code{revert-buffer} keeps point at the same distance (measured in
characters) from the beginning of the file.  If the file was edited only
slightly, you will be at approximately the same piece of text after
reverting as before.  If you have made drastic changes, the same value of
point in the old file may address a totally different piece of text.

  A buffer reverted from its visited file is marked ``not modified'' until
another change is made.

  Some kinds of buffers whose contents reflect data bases other than files,
such as Dired buffers, can also be reverted.  For them, reverting means
recalculating their contents from the appropriate data base.  Buffers
created randomly with @kbd{C-x b} cannot be reverted; @code{revert-buffer}
reports an error when asked to do so.

@node Auto Save, ListDir, Reverting, Files
@section Auto-Saving: Protection Against Disasters
@cindex Auto-Save mode
@cindex crashes

  Emacs saves all the visited files from time to time (based on counting
your keystrokes) without being asked.  This is called @dfn{auto-saving}.
It prevents you from losing more than a limited amount of work if the
system crashes.

  When Emacs determines that it is time for auto-saving, each buffer is
considered, and is auto-saved if auto-saving is turned on for it and it has
been changed since the last time it was auto-saved.  If any auto-saving is
done, the message @samp{Auto-saving...} is displayed in the echo area until
auto-saving is finished.  Errors occurring during auto-saving are caught
so that they do not interfere with the execution of commands you have been
typing.

@menu
* Files: Auto Save Files.
* Control: Auto Save Control.
* Recover::		Recovering text from auto-save files.
@end menu

@node Auto Save Files, Auto Save Control, Auto Save, Auto Save
@subsection Auto-Save Files

  Auto-saving does not normally save in the files that you visited, because
it can be very undesirable to save a program that is in an inconsistent
state when you have made half of a planned change.  Instead, auto-saving
is done in a different file called the @dfn{auto-save file}, and the
visited file is changed only when you request saving explicitly (such as
with @kbd{C-x C-s}).

  Normally, the auto-save file name is made by appending @samp{#} to the
front and rear of the visited file name.  Thus, a buffer visiting file
@file{foo.c} would be auto-saved in a file @file{#foo.c#}.  Most buffers
that are not visiting files are auto-saved only if you request it
explicitly; when they are auto-saved, the auto-save file name is made by
appending @samp{#%} to the front and @samp{#} to the rear of buffer name.
For example, the @samp{*mail*} buffer in which you compose messages to be
sent is auto-saved in a file named @file{#%*mail*#}.  Auto-save file names
are made this way unless you reprogram parts of Emacs to do something
different (the functions @code{make-auto-save-file-name} and
@code{auto-save-file-name-p}).  The file name to be used for auto-saving
in a buffer is calculated when auto-saving is turned on in that buffer.

@vindex auto-save-visited-file-name
  If you want auto-saving to be done in the visited file, set the variable
@code{auto-save-visited-file-name} to be non-@code{nil}.  In this mode,
there is really no difference between auto-saving and explicit saving.

@vindex delete-auto-save-files
  A buffer's auto-save file is deleted when you save the buffer in its
visited file.  To inhibit this, set the variable @code{delete-auto-save-files}
to @code{nil}.  Changing the visited file name with @kbd{C-x C-w} or
@code{set-visited-file-name} renames any auto-save file to go with
the new visited name.

@node Auto Save Control, Recover, Auto Save Files, Auto Save
@subsection Controlling Auto-Saving

@vindex auto-save-default
@findex auto-save-mode
  Each time you visit a file, auto-saving is turned on for that file's
buffer if the variable @code{auto-save-default} is non-@code{nil} (but not
in batch mode; @pxref{Entering Emacs}).  The default for this variable is
@code{t}, so auto-saving is the usual practice for file-visiting buffers.
Auto-saving can be turned on or off for any existing buffer with the
command @kbd{M-x auto-save-mode}.  Like other minor mode commands, @kbd{M-x
auto-save-mode} turns auto-saving on with a positive argument, off with a
zero or negative argument; with no argument, it toggles.

@vindex auto-save-interval
@findex do-auto-save
  Emacs does auto-saving periodically based on counting how many characters
you have typed since the last time auto-saving was done.  The variable
@code{auto-save-interval} specifies how many characters there are between
auto-saves.  By default, it is 300.  Emacs also auto-saves whenever you
call the function @code{do-auto-save}.

  Emacs also does auto-saving whenever it gets a fatal error.  This
includes killing the Emacs job with a shell command such as @code{kill
%emacs}, or disconnecting a phone line or network connection.

@node Recover,, Auto Save Control, Auto Save
@subsection Recovering Data from Auto-Saves

@findex recover-file
  The way to use the contents of an auto-save file to recover from a loss
of data is with the command @kbd{M-x recover-file @key{RET} @var{file}
@key{RET}}.  This visits @var{file} and then (after your confirmation)
restores the contents from its auto-save file @file{#@var{file}#}.  You
can then save with @kbd{C-x C-s} to put the recovered text into @var{file}
itself.  For example, to recover file @file{foo.c} from its auto-save file
@file{#foo.c#}, do:@refill

@example
M-x recover-file @key{RET} foo.c @key{RET}
C-x C-s
@end example

  Before asking for confirmation, @kbd{M-x recover-file} displays a
directory listing describing the specified file and the auto-save file,
so you can compare their sizes and dates.  If the auto-save file
is older, @kbd{M-x recover-file} does not offer to read it.

  Auto-saving is disabled by @kbd{M-x recover-file} because using
this command implies that the auto-save file contains valuable data
from a past session.  If you save the data in the visited file and
then go on to make new changes, you should turn auto-saving back on
with @kbd{M-x auto-save-mode}.

@node ListDir, Dired, Auto Save, Files
@section Listing a File Directory

@cindex file directory
@cindex directory listing
@cindex listing a directory
  Files are classified by Unix into @dfn{directories}.  A @dfn{directory
listing} is a list of all the files in a directory.  Emacs provides
directory listings in brief format (file names only) and verbose format
(sizes, dates, and authors included).

@table @kbd
@item C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern}
Print a brief directory listing (@code{list-directory}).
@item C-u C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern}
Print a verbose directory listing.
@end table

@findex list-directory
@kindex C-x C-d
  The command to print a directory listing is @kbd{C-x C-d} (@code{list-directory}).
It reads using the minibuffer a file name which is either a directory to be
listed or a wildcard-containing pattern for the files to be listed.  For
example,

@example
C-x C-d /u2/emacs/etc @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
lists all the files in directory @file{/u2/emacs/etc}.  An example of
specifying a file name pattern is

@example
C-x C-d /u2/emacs/src/*.c @key{RET}
@end example

  Normally, @kbd{C-x C-d} prints a brief directory listing containing just
file names.  A numeric argument (regardless of value) tells it to print a
verbose listing (like @code{ls -l}).

@vindex list-directory-brief-switches
@vindex list-directory-verbose-switches
  The text of a directory listing is obtained by running @code{ls} in an
inferior process.  Two Emacs variables control the switches passed to
@code{ls}: @code{list-directory-brief-switches} is a string giving the
switches to use in brief listings (@code{"-CF"} by default), and
@code{list-directory-verbose-switches} is a string giving the switches to
use in a verbose listing (@code{"-l"} by default).

@node Dired, Misc File Ops, ListDir, Files
@section Dired, the Directory Editor
@cindex Dired
@cindex deletion (of files)

  Dired makes it easy to delete or visit many of the files in a single
directory at once.  It makes an Emacs buffer containing a listing of the
directory.  You can use the normal Emacs commands to move around in this
buffer, and special Dired commands to operate on the files.

@menu
* Enter: Dired Enter.         How to invoke Dired.
* Edit: Dired Edit.           Editing the Dired buffer.
* Deletion: Dired Deletion.   Deleting files with Dired.
* Immed: Dired Immed.         Other file operations through Dired.
@end menu

@node Dired Enter, Dired Edit, Dired, Dired
@subsection Entering Dired

@findex dired
@kindex C-x d
@cindex Dired mode
@vindex dired-listing-switches
  To invoke dired, do @kbd{C-x d} or @kbd{M-x dired}.  The command reads a
directory name or wildcard file name pattern as a minibuffer argument just
like the @code{list-directory} command, @kbd{C-x C-d}.  Where @code{dired}
differs from @code{list-directory} is in naming the buffer after the
directory name or the wildcard pattern used for the listing, and putting
the buffer into Dired mode so that the special commands of Dired are
available in it.  The variable @code{dired-listing-switches} is a string
used as an argument to @code{ls} in making the directory; this string
@i{must} contain @samp{-l}.

@findex dired-other-window
@kindex C-x 4 d
  To display the Dired buffer in another window rather than in the selected
window, use @kbd{C-x 4 d} (@code{dired-other-window)} instead of @kbd{C-x d}.

@node Dired Edit, Dired Deletion, Dired Enter, Dired
@subsection Editing in Dired

  Once the Dired buffer exists, you can switch freely between it and other
Emacs buffers.  Whenever the Dired buffer is selected, certain special
commands are provided that operate on files that are listed.  The Dired
buffer is ``read-only'', and inserting text in it is not useful, so
ordinary printing characters such as @kbd{d} and @kbd{x} are used for Dired
commands.  Most Dired commands operate on the file described by the line
that point is on.  Some commands perform operations immediately; others
``flag'' the file to be operated on later.

  Most Dired commands that operate on the current line's file also treat a
numeric argument as a repeat count, meaning to act on the files of the
next few lines.  A negative argument means to operate on the files of the
preceding lines, and leave point on the first of those lines.

  All the usual Emacs cursor motion commands are available in Dired
buffers.  Some special purpose commands are also provided.  The keys
@kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} are redefined so that they try to position
the cursor at the beginning of the filename on the line, rather than
at the beginning of the line.

  For extra convenience, @key{SPC} and @kbd{n} in Dired are equivalent to
@kbd{C-n}.  @kbd{p} is equivalent to @kbd{C-p}.  Moving by lines is done so
often in Dired that it deserves to be easy to type.  @key{DEL} (move up and
unflag) is often useful simply for moving up.@refill

  The @kbd{g} command in Dired runs @code{revert-buffer} to reinitialize
the buffer from the actual disk directory and show any changes made in the
directory by programs other than Dired.  All deletion flags in the Dired
buffer are lost when this is done.

@node Dired Deletion, Dired Immed, Dired Edit, Dired
@subsection Deleting Files with Dired

  The primary use of Dired is to flag files for deletion and then delete
them.

@table @kbd
@item d
Flag this file for deletion.
@item u
Remove deletion-flag on this line.
@item @key{DEL}
Remove deletion-flag on previous line, moving point to that line.
@item x
Delete the files that are flagged for deletion.
@item #
Flag all auto-save files (files whose names start and end with @samp{#})
for deletion (@pxref{Auto Save}).
@item ~
Flag all backup files (files whose names end with @samp{~}) for deletion
(@pxref{Backup}).
@item .@: @r{(Period)}
Flag excess numeric backup files for deletion.  The oldest and newest
few backup files of any one file are exempt; the middle ones are flagged.
@end table

  You can flag a file for deletion by moving to the line describing the
file and typing @kbd{d} or @kbd{C-d}.  The deletion flag is visible as a
@samp{D} at the beginning of the line.  Point is moved to the beginning of
the next line, so that repeated @kbd{d} commands flag successive files.

  The files are flagged for deletion rather than deleted immediately to
avoid the danger of deleting a file accidentally.  Until you direct Dired
to delete the flagged files, you can remove deletion flags using the
commands @kbd{u} and @key{DEL}.  @kbd{u} works just like @kbd{d}, but
removes flags rather than making flags.  @key{DEL} moves upward, removing
flags; it is like @kbd{u} with numeric argument automatically negated.

  To delete the flagged files, type @kbd{x}.  This command first displays a
list of all the file names flagged for deletion, and requests confirmation
with @kbd{yes}.  Once you confirm, all the flagged files are deleted, and their
lines are deleted from the text of the Dired buffer.  The shortened Dired
buffer remains selected.  If you answer @kbd{no} or quit with @kbd{C-g}, you
return immediately to Dired, with the deletion flags still present and no
files actually deleted.

  The @kbd{#}, @kbd{~} and @kbd{.} commands flag many files for
deletion, based on their names.  These commands are useful precisely
because they do not actually delete any files; you can remove the
deletion flags from any flagged files that you really wish to keep.@refill

  @kbd{#} flags for deletion all files that appear to have been made by
auto-saving (that is, files whose names begin and end with @samp{#}).
@kbd{~} flags for deletion all files that appear to have been made as
backups for files that were edited (that is, files whose names end with
@samp{~}).

@vindex dired-kept-versions
  @kbd{.} (Period) flags just some of the backup files for deletion: only
numeric backups that are not among the oldest few nor the newest few
backups of any one file.  Normally @code{dired-kept-versions} (not
@code{kept-new-versions}; that applies only when saving) specifies the
number of newest versions of each file to keep, and
@code{kept-old-versions} specifies the number of oldest versions to keep.
Period with a positive numeric argument, as in @kbd{C-u 3 .}, specifies the
number of newest versions to keep, overriding @code{dired-kept-versions}.
A negative numeric argument overrides @code{kept-old-versions}, using minus
the value of the argument to specify the number of oldest versions of each
file to keep.@refill

@node Dired Immed,, Dired Deletion, Dired
@subsection Immediate File Operations in Dired

  Some file operations in Dired take place immediately when they are
requested.

@table @kbd
@item c
Copies the file described on the current line.  You must supply a file name
to copy to, using the minibuffer.
@item f
Visits the file described on the current line.  It is just like typing
@kbd{C-x C-f} and supplying that file name.  If the file on this line is a
subdirectory, @kbd{f} actually causes Dired to be invoked on that
subdirectory.  @xref{Visiting}.
@item o
Like @kbd{f}, but uses another window to display the file's buffer.  The
Dired buffer remains visible in the first window.  This is like using
@kbd{C-x 4 C-f} to visit the file.  @xref{Windows}.
@item r
Renames the file described on the current line.  You must supply a file
name to rename to, using the minibuffer.
@item v
Views the file described on this line using @kbd{M-x view-file}.  Viewing a
file is like visiting it, but is slanted toward moving around in the file
conveniently and does not allow changing the file.  @xref{Misc File
Ops,View File}.  Viewing a file that is a directory runs Dired on that
directory.@refill
@end table

@node Misc File Ops,, Dired, Files
@section Miscellaneous File Operations

  Emacs has commands for performing many other operations on files.
All operate on one file; they do not accept wild card file names.

@findex view-file
@cindex viewing
  @kbd{M-x view-file} allows you to scan or read a file by sequential
screenfuls.  It reads a file name argument using the minibuffer.  After
reading the file into an Emacs buffer, @code{view-file} reads and displays
one windowful.  You can then type @key{SPC} to scroll forward one windowful,
or @key{DEL} to scroll backward.  Various other commands are provided for
moving around in the file, but none for changing it; type @kbd{C-h} while
viewing for a list of them.  They are mostly the same as normal Emacs
cursor motion commands.  To exit from viewing, type @kbd{C-c}.

@findex insert-file
  @kbd{M-x insert-file} inserts a copy of the contents of the specified
file into the current buffer at point, leaving point unchanged before the
contents and the mark after them.  @xref{Mark}.

@findex write-region
@findex append-to-file
  @kbd{M-x write-region} is the inverse of @kbd{M-x insert-file}; it copies
the contents of the region into the specified file.  @kbd{M-x append-to-file}
adds the text of the region to the end of the specified file.

@findex delete-file
@cindex deletion (of files)
  @kbd{M-x delete-file} deletes the specified file, like the @code{rm}
command in the shell.  If you are deleting many files in one directory, it
may be more convenient to use Dired (@pxref{Dired}).

@findex rename-file
  @kbd{M-x rename-file} reads two file names @var{old} and @var{new} using
the minibuffer, then renames file @var{old} as @var{new}.  If a file named
@var{new} already exists, you must confirm with @kbd{yes} or renaming is not
done; this is because renaming causes the old meaning of the name @var{new}
to be lost.  If @var{old} and @var{new} are on different file systems, the
file @var{old} is copied and deleted.

@findex add-name-to-file
  The similar command @kbd{M-x add-name-to-file} is used to add an
additional name to an existing file without removing its old name.
The new name must belong on the same file system that the file is on.

@findex copy-file
@cindex copying files
  @kbd{M-x copy-file} reads the file @var{old} and writes a new file named
@var{new} with the same contents.  Confirmation is required if a file named
@var{new} already exists, because copying has the consequence of overwriting
the old contents of the file @var{new}.

@findex make-symbolic-link
  @kbd{M-x make-symbolic-link} reads two file names @var{old} and @var{linkname},
and then creates a symbolic link named @var{linkname} and pointing at @var{old}.
The effect is that future attempts to open file @var{linkname} will refer
to whatever file is named @var{old} at the time the opening is done, or
will get an error if the name @var{old} is not in use at that time.
Confirmation is required when creating the link if @var{linkname} is in
use.  Note that not all systems support symbolic links.

@node Buffers, Windows, Files, Top
@chapter Using Multiple Buffers

@cindex buffers
  The text you are editing in Emacs resides in an object called a
@dfn{buffer}.  Each time you visit a file, a buffer is created to hold the
file's text.  Each time you invoke Dired, a buffer is created to hold the
directory listing.  If you send a message with @kbd{C-x m}, a buffer named
@samp{*mail*} is used to hold the text of the message.  When you ask for a
command's documentation, that appears in a buffer called @file{*Help*}.

@cindex selected buffer
@cindex current buffer
  At any time, one and only one buffer is @dfn{selected}.  It is also
called the @dfn{current buffer}.  Often we say that a command operates on
``the buffer'' as if there were only one; but really this means that the
command operates on the selected buffer (most commands do).

  When Emacs makes multiple windows, each window has a chosen buffer which
is displayed there, but at any time only one of the windows is selected and
its chosen buffer is the selected buffer.  Each window's mode line displays
the name of the buffer that the window is displaying (@pxref{Windows}).

  Each buffer has a name, which can be of any length, and you can select
any buffer by giving its name.  Most buffers are made by visiting files,
and their names are derived from the files' names.  But you can also create
an empty buffer with any name you want.  A newly started Emacs has a buffer
named @samp{*scratch*} which can be used for evaluating Lisp expressions in
Emacs.  The distinction between upper and lower case matters in buffer
names.

  Each buffer records individually what file it is visiting, whether it is
modified, and what major mode and minor modes are in effect in it
(@pxref{Major Modes}).  Any Emacs variable can be made @dfn{local to} a
particular buffer, meaning its value in that buffer can be different from
the value in other buffers.  @xref{Locals}.

@menu
* Select Buffer::   Creating a new buffer or reselecting an old one.
* List Buffers::    Getting a list of buffers that exist.
* Misc Buffer::     Renaming; changing read-onliness; copying text.
* Kill Buffer::     Killing buffers you no longer need.
* Several Buffers:: How to go through the list of all buffers
                     and operate variously on several of them.
@end menu

@node Select Buffer, List Buffers, Buffers, Buffers
@section Creating and Selecting Buffers
@cindex change buffers
@cindex switch buffers

@table @kbd
@item C-x b @var{buffer} @key{RET}
Select or create a buffer named @var{buffer} (@code{switch-to-buffer}).
@item C-x 4 b @var{buffer} @key{RET}
Similar, but select a buffer named @var{buffer} in another window
(@code{switch-to-buffer-other-window}).
@end table

@kindex C-x 4 b
@c @findex switch-to-buffer-other-window
@kindex C-x b
@findex switch-to-buffer
  To select the buffer named @var{bufname}, type @kbd{C-x b @var{bufname}
@key{RET}}.  This is the command @code{switch-to-buffer} with argument
@var{bufname}.  You can use completion on an abbreviation for the buffer
name you want (@pxref{Completion}).  An empty argument to @kbd{C-x b}
specifies the most recently selected buffer that is not displayed in any
window.@refill

  Most buffers are created by visiting files, or by Emacs commands that
want to display some text, but you can also create a buffer explicitly by
typing @kbd{C-x b @var{bufname} @key{RET}}.  This makes a new, empty buffer which
is not visiting any file, and selects it for editing.  Such buffers are
used for making notes to yourself.  If you try to save one, you are asked
for the file name to use.  The new buffer's major mode is determined by the
value of @code{default-major-mode} (@pxref{Major Modes}).

  Note that @kbd{C-x C-f}, and any other command for visiting a file, can
also be used to switch buffers.  @xref{Visiting}.

@node List Buffers, Misc Buffer, Select Buffer, Buffers
@section Listing Existing Buffers

@table @kbd
@item C-x C-b
List the existing buffers (@code{list-buffers}).
@end table

@kindex C-x C-b
@findex list-buffers
  To print a list of all the buffers that exist, type @kbd{C-x C-b}.
Each line in the list shows one buffer's name, major mode and visited file.
@samp{*} at the beginning of a line indicates the buffer is ``modified''.
If several buffers are modified, it may be time to save some with @kbd{C-x
s} (@pxref{Saving}).  @samp{%} indicates a read-only buffer.  @samp{.}
marks the selected buffer.  Here is an example of a buffer list:@refill

@smallexample
 MR Buffer         Size  Mode           File
 -- ------         ----  ----           ----
.*  emacs.tex      383402 Texinfo       /u2/emacs/man/emacs.tex
    *Help*         1287  Fundamental	
    files.el       23076 Emacs-Lisp     /u2/emacs/lisp/files.el
  % RMAIL          64042 RMAIL          /u/rms/RMAIL
 *% man            747   Dired		
    net.emacs      343885 Fundamental   /u/rms/net.emacs
    fileio.c       27691 C              /u2/emacs/src/fileio.c
    NEWS           67340 Text           /u2/emacs/etc/NEWS
    *scratch*	   0	 Lisp Interaction
@end smallexample

@noindent
Note that the buffer @file{*Help*} was made by a help request; it is not
visiting any file.  The buffer @file{man} was made by Dired on the
directory @file{/u2/emacs/man/}.

@node Misc Buffer, Kill Buffer, List Buffers, Buffers
@section Miscellaneous Buffer Operations

@table @kbd
@item C-x C-q
Toggle read-only status of buffer (@code{toggle-read-only}).
@item M-x rename-buffer
Change the name of the current buffer.
@item M-x view-buffer
Scroll through a buffer.
@end table

@cindex read-only buffer
@kindex C-x C-q
@findex toggle-read-only
@vindex buffer-read-only
  A buffer can be @dfn{read-only}, which means that commands to change its
text are not allowed.  Normally, read-only buffers are made by subsystems
such as Dired and Rmail that have special commands to operate on the text;
a read-only buffer is also made if you visit a file that is protected so
you cannot write it.  If you wish to make changes in a read-only buffer,
use the command @kbd{C-x C-q} (@code{toggle-read-only}).  It makes a
read-only buffer writable, and makes a writable buffer read-only.  This
works by setting the variable @code{buffer-read-only}, which has a local
value in each buffer and makes the buffer read-only if its value is
non-@code{nil}.

@findex rename-buffer
  @kbd{M-x rename-buffer} changes the name of the current buffer.  Specify
the new name as a minibuffer argument.  There is no default.  If you
specify a name that is in use for some other buffer, an error happens and
no renaming is done.

@findex view-buffer
@cindex View mode
  @kbd{M-x view-buffer} is much like @kbd{M-x view-file} (@pxref{Misc File Ops})
except that it examines an already existing Emacs buffer.  View mode
provides commands for scrolling through the buffer conveniently but not
for changing it. When you exit View mode, the value of point that resulted
from your perusal remains in effect.

  The commands @kbd{C-x a} (@code{append-to-buffer}) and @kbd{M-x
insert-buffer} can be used to copy text from one buffer to another.
@xref{Accumulating Text}.@refill

@node Kill Buffer, Several Buffers, Misc Buffer, Buffers
@section Killing Buffers

  After you use Emacs for a while, you may accumulate a large number of
buffers.  You may then find it convenient to eliminate the ones you no
longer need.  There are several commands provided for doing this.

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-x k
Kill a buffer, specified by name (@code{kill-buffer}).
@item M-x kill-some-buffers
Offer to kill each buffer, one by one.
@end table

@findex kill-buffer
@findex kill-some-buffers
@kindex C-x k

  @kbd{C-x k} (@code{kill-buffer}) kills one buffer, whose name you specify
in the minibuffer.  The default, used if you type just @key{RET} in the
minibuffer, is to kill the current buffer.  If the current buffer is
killed, another buffer is selected; a buffer that has been selected
recently but does not appear in any window now is chosen to be selected.
If the buffer being killed is modified (has unsaved editing) then you are
asked to confirm with @kbd{yes} before the buffer is killed.

  The command @kbd{M-x kill-some-buffers} asks about each buffer, one by
one.  An answer of @kbd{y} means to kill the buffer.  Killing the current
buffer or a buffer containing unsaved changes selects a new buffer or asks
for confirmation just like @code{kill-buffer}.

@node Several Buffers,, Kill Buffer, Buffers
@section Operating on Several Buffers
@cindex buffer menu

  The @dfn{buffer-menu} facility is like a ``Dired for buffers''; it allows
you to request operations on various Emacs buffers by editing an Emacs
buffer containing a list of them.  You can save buffers, kill them
(here called @dfn{deleting} them, for consistency with Dired), or display
them.

@table @kbd
@item M-x buffer-menu
Begin editing a buffer listing all Emacs buffers.
@end table

@findex buffer-menu
@cindex Buffer Menu mode
  The command @code{buffer-menu} writes a list of all Emacs buffers into
the buffer @samp{*Buffer List*}, and selects that buffer in Buffer Menu
mode.  The buffer is read-only, and can only be changed through the special
commands described in this section.  Most of these commands are graphic
characters.  The usual Emacs cursor motion commands can be used in the
@samp{*Buffer List*} buffer.  The following special commands apply to the
buffer described on the current line.

@table @kbd
@item d
Request to delete (kill) the buffer, then move down.  The request
shows as a @samp{D} on the line, before the buffer name.  Requested
deletions take place when the @kbd{x} command is used.
@item k
Synonym for @kbd{d}.
@item C-d
Like @kbd{d} but move up afterwards instead of down.
@item s
Request to save the buffer.  The request shows as an @samp{S} on the
line.  Requested saves take place when the @kbd{x} command is used.
You may request both saving and deletion for the same buffer.
@item ~
Mark buffer ``unmodified''.  The command @kbd{~} does this
immediately when typed.
@item x
Perform previously requested deletions and saves.
@item u
Remove any request made for the current line, and move down.
@item @key{DEL}
Move to previous line and remove any request made for that line.
@end table

  All the commands that put in or remove flags to request later operations
also move down a line, and accept a numeric argument as a repeat count,
unless otherwise specified.

  There are also special commands to use the buffer list to select another
buffer, and to specify one or more other buffers for display in additional
windows.

@table @kbd
@item 1
Select the buffer in a full-screen window.  This command takes effect
immediately.
@item 2
Immediately set up two windows, with this buffer in one, and the
previously selected buffer (aside from the buffer @samp{*Buffer List*})
in the other.
@item f
Immediately select the buffer in place of the @samp{*Buffer List*} buffer.
@item o
Immediately select the buffer in another window as if by @w{@kbd{C-x 4 b}},
leaving @samp{*Buffer List*} visible.
@item q
Immediately select this buffer, and also display in other windows any
buffers previously flagged with the @kbd{m} command.  If there are no
such buffers, this command is equivalent to @kbd{1}.
@item m
Flag this buffer to be displayed in another window if the @kbd{q}
command is used.  The request shows as a @samp{>} at the beginning of
the line.  The same buffer may not have both a delete request and a
display request.
@end table

  All that @code{buffer-menu} does directly is create and select a suitable
buffer, and turn on Buffer Menu mode.  Everything else described above is
implemented by the special commands provided in Buffer Menu mode.  One
consequence of this is that you can switch from the @samp{*Buffer List*}
buffer to another Emacs buffer, and edit there.  You can reselect the
@code{buffer-menu} buffer later, to perform the operations already
requested, or you can kill it, or pay no further attention to it.

  The only difference between @code{buffer-menu} and @code{list-buffers} is
that @code{buffer-menu} selects the @samp{*Buffer List*} buffer and
@code{list-buffers} does not.  If you run @code{list-buffers} (that is,
type @kbd{C-x C-b}) and select the buffer list manually, you can use all of
the commands described here.

@node Windows, Major Modes, Buffers, Top
@chapter Multiple Windows
@cindex windows

  Emacs can split the screen into two or many windows, which can display
parts of different buffers, or different parts of one buffer.

@menu
* Basic Window::     Introduction to Emacs windows.
* Split Window::     New windows are made by splitting existing windows.
* Other Window::     Moving to another window or doing something to it.
* Pop Up Window::    Finding a file or buffer in another window.
* Change Window::    Deleting windows and changing their sizes.
@end menu

@node Basic Window, Split Window, Windows, Windows
@section Concepts of Emacs Windows

  When multiple windows are being displayed, each window has an Emacs
buffer designated for display in it.  The same buffer may appear in more
than one window; if it does, any changes in its text are displayed in all
the windows where it appears.  But the windows showing the same buffer can
show different parts of it, because each window has its own value of point.

@cindex selected window
  At any time, one of the windows is the @dfn{selected window}; the buffer
this window is displaying is the current buffer.  The terminal's cursor
shows the location of point in this window.  Each other window has a
location of point as well, but since the terminal has only one cursor there
is no way to show where those locations are.

  Commands to move point affect the value of point for the selected Emacs
window only.  They do not change the value of point in any other Emacs
window, even one showing the same buffer.  The same is true for commands
such as @kbd{C-x b} to change the selected buffer in the selected window;
they do not affect other windows at all.  However, there are other commands
such as @kbd{C-x 4 b} that select a different window and switch buffers in
it.  Also, all commands that display information in a window, including
(for example) @w{@kbd{C-h f}} (@code{describe-function}) and @kbd{C-x C-b}
(@code{list-buffers}), work by switching buffers in a nonselected window
without affecting the selected window.

  Each window has its own mode line, which displays the buffer name,
modification status and major and minor modes of the buffer that is
displayed in the window.  @xref{Mode Line}, for full details on the mode
line.

@node Split Window, Other Window, Basic Window, Windows
@section Splitting Windows

@table @kbd
@item C-x 2
Split the selected window into two windows, one above the other
(@code{split-window-vertically}).
@item C-x 5
Split the selected window into two windows positioned side by side
(@code{split-window-horizontally}).
@end table

@kindex C-x 2
@findex split-window-vertically
  The command @kbd{C-x 2} (@code{split-window-vertically}) breaks the
selected window into two windows, one above the other.  Both windows start
out displaying the same buffer, with the same value of point.  By default
the two windows each get half the height of the window that was split; a
numeric argument specifies how many lines to give to the top window.

@kindex C-x 5
@findex split-window-horizontally
  @kbd{C-x 5} (@code{split-window-horizontally}) breaks the selected
window into two side-by-side windows.  A numeric argument specifies
how many columns to give the one on the left.  A line of vertical bars
separates the two windows.  Windows that are not the full width of the
screen have mode lines, but they are truncated; also, they do not
always appear in inverse video, because, the Emacs display routines
have not been taught how to display a region of inverse video that is
only part of a line on the screen.

@vindex truncate-partial-width-windows
  When a window is less than the full width, text lines too long to fit are
frequent.  Continuing all those lines might be confusing.  The variable
@code{truncate-partial-width-windows} can be set non-@code{nil} to force
truncation in all windows less than the full width of the screen,
independent of the buffer being displayed and its value for
@code{truncate-lines}.  @xref{Continuation Lines}.@refill

  Horizontal scrolling is often used in side-by-side windows.
@xref{Display}.

@node Other Window, Pop Up Window, Split Window, Windows
@section Using Other Windows

@table @kbd
@item C-x o
Select another window (@code{other-window}).  That is @kbd{o}, not zero.
@item C-M-v
Scroll the next window (@code{scroll-other-window}).
@item M-x compare-windows
Find next place where the text in the selected window does not match
the text in the next window.
@end table

@kindex C-x o
@findex other-window
  To select a different window, use @kbd{C-x o} (@code{other-window}).
That is an @kbd{o}, for `other', not a zero.  When there are more than two
windows, this command moves through all the windows in a cyclic order,
generally top to bottom and left to right.  From the rightmost and
bottommost window, it goes back to the one at the upper left corner.  A
numeric argument means to move several steps in the cyclic order of
windows.  A negative argument moves around the cycle in the opposite order.
When the minibuffer is active, the minibuffer is the last window in the
cycle; you can switch from the minibuffer window to one of the other
windows, and later switch back and finish supplying the minibuffer argument
that is requested.  @xref{Minibuffer Edit}.

@kindex C-M-v
@findex scroll-other-window
  The usual scrolling commands (@pxref{Display}) apply to the selected
window only, but there is one command to scroll the next window.
@kbd{C-M-v} (@code{scroll-other-window}) scrolls the window that @w{@kbd{C-x o}}
would select.  It takes arguments, positive and negative, like @kbd{C-v}.

@findex compare-windows
  The command @kbd{M-x compare-windows} compares the text in the current
window with that in the next window.  Comparison starts at point in each
window.  Point moves forward in each window, a character at a time in each
window, until the next characters in the two windows are different.  Then
the command is finished.

@node Pop Up Window, Change Window, Other Window, Windows
@section Displaying in Another Window

@kindex C-x 4
  @kbd{C-x 4} is a prefix key for commands that select another window
(splitting the window if there is only one) and select a buffer in that
window.  Different @kbd{C-x 4} commands have different ways of finding the
buffer to select.

@findex switch-to-buffer-other-window
@findex find-file-other-window
@findex find-tag-other-window
@findex dired-other-window
@findex mail-other-window
@table @kbd
@item C-x 4 b @var{bufname} @key{RET}
Select buffer @var{bufname} in another window.  This runs 
@code{switch-to-buffer-other-window}.
@item C-x 4 f @var{filename} @key{RET}
Visit file @var{filename} and select its buffer in another window.  This
runs @code{find-file-other-window}.  @xref{Visiting}.
@item C-x 4 d @var{directory} @key{RET}
Select a Dired buffer for directory @var{directory} in another window.
This runs @code{dired-other-window}.  @xref{Dired}.
@item C-x 4 m
Start composing a mail message in another window.  This runs
@code{mail-other-window}, and its same-window version is @kbd{C-x m}
(@pxref{Sending Mail}).
@item C-x 4 .
Find a tag in the current tag table in another window.  This runs
@code{find-tag-other-window}, the multiple-window variant of @kbd{M-.}
(@pxref{Tags}).
@end table

@node Change Window,, Pop Up Window, Windows
@section Deleting and Rearranging Windows

@table @kbd
@item C-x 0
Get rid of the selected window (@code{kill-window}).  That is a zero.
@item C-x 1
Get rid of all windows except the selected one (@code{delete-other-windows}).
@item C-x ^
Make the selected window taller, at the expense of the other(s)
(@code{enlarge-window}).
@item C-x @}
Widen the selected window (@code{enlarge-window-horizontally}).
@end table

@kindex C-x 0
@findex delete-window
  To delete a window, type @kbd{C-x 0} (@code{delete-window}).  (That is a
zero.)  The space occupied by the deleted window is distributed among the
other active windows (but not the minibuffer window, even if that is active
at the time).  Once a window is deleted, its attributes are forgotten;
there is no automatic way to make another window of the same shape or
showing the same buffer.  But the buffer continues to exist, and you can
select it in any window with @kbd{C-x b}.

@kindex C-x 1
@findex delete-other-windows
  @kbd{C-x 1} (@code{delete-other-windows}) is more powerful than @kbd{C-x 0};
it deletes all the windows except the selected one (and the minibuffer);
the selected window expands to use the whole screen except for the echo
area.

@kindex C-x ^
@findex enlarge-window
@kindex C-x @}
@findex enlarge-window-horizontally
@vindex window-min-height
@vindex window-min-width
  To readjust the division of space among existing windows, use @kbd{C-x ^}
(@code{enlarge-window}).  It makes the currently selected window get one
line bigger, or as many lines as is specified with a numeric argument.
With a negative argument, it makes the selected window smaller.  @kbd{C-x
@}} (@code{enlarge-window-horizontally}) makes the selected window wider
by the specified number of columns.  The extra screen space given to a
window comes from one of its neighbors, if that is possible; otherwise, all
the competing windows are shrunk in the same proportion.  If this makes any
windows too small, those windows are deleted and their space is divided up.
The minimum size is specified by the variables @code{window-min-height} and
@code{window-min-width}.

@node Major Modes, Indentation, Windows, Top
@chapter Major Modes
@cindex major modes
@kindex TAB
@kindex DEL
@kindex LFD

  Emacs has many different @dfn{major modes}, each of which customizes
Emacs for editing text of a particular sort.  The major modes are mutually
exclusive, and each buffer has one major mode at any time.  The mode line
normally contains the name of the current major mode, in parentheses.
@xref{Mode Line}.

  The least specialized major mode is called @dfn{Fundamental mode}.  This
mode has no mode-specific redefinitions or variable settings, so that each
Emacs command behaves in its most general manner, and each option is in its
default state.  For editing any specific type of text, such as Lisp code or
English text, you should switch to the appropriate major mode, such as Lisp
mode or Text mode.

  Selecting a major mode changes the meanings of a few keys to become more
specifically adapted to the language being edited.  The ones which are
changed frequently are @key{TAB}, @key{DEL}, and @key{LFD}.  In addition,
the commands which handle comments use the mode to determine how comments
are to be delimited.  Many major modes redefine the syntactical properties
of characters appearing in the buffer.  @xref{Syntax}.

  The major modes fall into three major groups.  Lisp mode (which has
several variants), C mode and Muddle mode are for specific programming
languages.  Text mode, Nroff mode, @TeX{} mode and Outline mode are for
editing English text.  The remaining major modes are not intended for use
on users' files; they are used in buffers created for specific purposes by
Emacs, such as Dired mode for buffers made by Dired (@pxref{Dired}), and
Mail mode for buffers made by @kbd{C-x m} (@pxref{Sending Mail}), and Shell
mode for buffers used for communicating with an inferior shell process
(@pxref{Interactive Shell}).

  Most programming language major modes specify that only blank lines
separate paragraphs.  This is so that the paragraph commands remain useful.
@xref{Paragraphs}.  They also cause Auto Fill mode to use the definition of
@key{TAB} to indent the new lines it creates.  This is because most lines
in a program are usually indented.  @xref{Indentation}.

@menu
* Choosing Modes::     How major modes are specified or chosen.
@end menu

@node Choosing Modes,,Major Modes,Major Modes
@section How Major Modes are Chosen
@cindex mode selection
@cindex selection of mode
@cindex choosing a mode

  You can select a major mode explicitly for the current buffer, but
most of the time Emacs determines which mode to use based on the file
name or some text in the file.

  Explicit selection of a new major mode is done with a @kbd{M-x} command.
From the name of a major mode, add @code{-mode} to get the name of a
command to select that mode.  Thus, you can enter Lisp mode by executing
@kbd{M-x lisp-mode}.

@vindex auto-mode-alist
  When you visit a file, Emacs usually chooses the right major mode based
on the file's name.  For example, files whose names end in @code{.c} are
edited in C mode.  The correspondence between file names and major mode is
controlled by the variable @code{auto-mode-alist}.  Its value is a list in
which each element has the form

@example
(@var{regexp} . @var{mode-function})
@end example

@noindent
For example, one element normally found in the list has the form
@code{(@t{"\\.c$"} . c-mode)}, and it is responsible for selecting C mode
for files whose names end in @file{.c}.  (Note that @samp{\\} is needed in
Lisp syntax to include a @samp{\} in the string, which is needed to
suppress the special meaning of @samp{.} in regexps.)  The only practical
way to change this variable is with Lisp code.

  You can specify which major mode should be used for editing a certain
file by a special sort of text in the first nonblank line of the file.  The
mode name should appear in this line both preceded and followed by
@samp{-*-}.  Other text may appear on the line as well.  For example,

@example
;-*-Lisp-*-
@end example

@noindent
tells Emacs to use Lisp mode.  Note how the semicolon is used to make Lisp
treat this line as a comment.  Such an explicit specification overrides any
defaulting based on the file name.

  Another format of mode specification is

@example
-*-Mode: @var{modename};-*-
@end example

@noindent
which allows other things besides the major mode name to be specified.
However, Emacs does not look for anything except the mode name.

The major mode can also be specified in a local variables list.
@xref{File Variables}.

@vindex default-major-mode
  When a file is visited that does not specify a major mode to use, or when
a new buffer is created with @kbd{C-x b}, the major mode used is that
specified by the variable @code{default-major-mode}.  Normally this value
is the symbol @code{fundamental-mode}, which specifies Fundamental mode.
If @code{default-major-mode} is @code{nil}, the major mode is taken from
the previously selected buffer.

@findex normal-mode
  The command @kbd{M-x normal-mode} recalculates the major mode from the
visited file name and the contents of the buffer.

@node Indentation, Text, Major Modes, Top
@chapter Indentation
@cindex indentation

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item @key{TAB}
Indent current line ``appropriately'' in a mode-dependent fashion.
@item @key{LFD}
Perform @key{RET} followed by @key{TAB} (@code{newline-and-indent}).
@item M-^
Merge two lines (@code{delete-indentation}).  This would cancel out
the effect of @key{LFD}.
@item C-M-o
Split line at point; text on the line after point becomes a new line
indented to the same column that it now starts in (@code{split-line}).
@item M-m
Move (forward or back) to the first nonblank character on the current
line (@code{back-to-indentation}).
@item C-M-\
Indent several lines to same column (@code{indent-region}).
@item C-x @key{TAB}
Shift block of lines rigidly right or left (@code{indent-rigidly}).
@item M-i
Indent from point to the next prespecified tab stop column
(@code{tab-to-tab-stop}).
@item M-x indent-relative
Indent from point to under an indentation point in the previous line.
@end table

@kindex TAB
@cindex indentation
  Most programming languages have some indentation convention.  For Lisp
code, lines are indented according to their nesting in parentheses.  The
same general idea is used for C code, though many details are different.

  Whatever the language, to indent a line, use the @key{TAB} command.  Each
major mode defines this command to perform the sort of indentation
appropriate for the particular language.  In Lisp mode, @key{TAB} aligns
the line according to its depth in parentheses.  No matter where in the
line you are when you type @key{TAB}, it aligns the line as a whole.  In C
mode, @key{TAB} implements a subtle and sophisticated indentation style that
knows about many aspects of C syntax.

@kindex TAB
  In Text mode, @key{TAB} runs the command @code{tab-to-tab-stop}, which
indents to the next tab stop column.  You can set the tab stops with
@kbd{M-x edit-tab-stops}.

@menu
* Indentation Commands:: Various commands and techniques for indentation.
* Tab Stops::            You can set arbitrary "tab stops" and then
                         indent to the next tab stop when you want to.
* Just Spaces::          You can request indentation using just spaces.
@end menu

@node Indentation Commands, Tab Stops, Indentation, Indentation
@section Indentation Commands and Techniques
@c ??? Explain what Emacs has instead of space-indent-flag.

  If you just want to insert a tab character in the buffer, you can type
@kbd{C-q @key{TAB}}.

@kindex M-m
@findex back-to-indentation
@c !!! rewrote to prevent overfull hbox
  To move over the indentation on a line, type @kbd{Meta-m}.  
This command, given anywhere on a line,
positions point at the first nonblank character on the line
(@code{back-to-indentation}).

  To insert an indented line before the current line, do @kbd{C-a C-o
@key{TAB}}.  To make an indented line after the current line, use @kbd{C-e
@key{LFD}}.

@kindex C-M-o
@findex split-line
  @kbd{C-M-o} (@code{split-line}) moves the text from point to the end of
the line vertically down, so that the current line becomes two lines.
@kbd{C-M-o} first moves point forward over any spaces and tabs.  Then it
inserts after point a newline and enough indentation to reach the same
column point is on.  Point remains before the inserted newline; in this
regard, @kbd{C-M-o} resembles @kbd{C-o}.

@kindex M-\
@kindex M-^
@findex delete-horizontal-space
@findex delete-indentation
  To join two lines cleanly, use the @kbd{Meta-^}
(@code{delete-indentation}) command to delete the indentation at the
front of the current line, and the line boundary as well.  They are
replaced by a single space, or by no space if point after joining is at
the beginning of a line or before a @samp{)} or after a @samp{(}.  To
delete just the indentation of a line, go to the beginning of the line
and use @kbd{Meta-\} (@code{delete-horizontal-space}), which deletes all
spaces and tabs around the cursor.

@kindex C-M-\
@kindex C-x TAB
@findex indent-region
@findex indent-rigidly
  There are also commands for changing the indentation of several lines at
once.  @kbd{Control-Meta-\} (@code{indent-region}) gives each line which
begins in the region the ``usual'' indentation by invoking @key{TAB} at the
beginning of the line.  A numeric argument specifies the column to indent
to, and each line is shifted left or right so that its first nonblank
character appears in that column.  @kbd{C-x @key{TAB}}
(@code{indent-rigidly}) moves all of the lines in the region right by its
argument (left, for negative arguments).  The whole group of lines moves
rigidly sideways, which is how the command gets its name.@refill

@findex indent-relative
  @kbd{M-x indent-relative} indents at point based on the previous line
(actually, the last nonempty line.)  It inserts whitespace at point, moving
point, until it is underneath an indentation point in the previous line.
An indentation point is the end of a sequence of whitespace or the end of
the line.  If point is farther right than any indentation point in the
previous line, the whitespace before point is deleted and the first
indentation point then applicable is used.  If no indentation point is
applicable even then, @code{tab-to-tab-stop} is run (see next section).

  @code{indent-relative} is the definition of @key{TAB} in Indented Text
mode.  @xref{Text}.

@node Tab Stops, Just Spaces, Indentation Commands, Indentation
@section Tab Stops

@kindex M-i
@findex tab-to-tab-stop
  For typing in tables, you can use Text mode's definition of @key{TAB},
@code{tab-to-tab-stop}.  This command inserts indentation before point,
enough to reach the next tab stop column.  If you are not in Text mode,
this function can be found on @kbd{M-i} anyway.

@findex edit-tab-stops
@findex edit-tab-stops-note-changes
@kindex C-c C-c (Edit Tab Stops)
@vindex tab-stop-list
  The tab stops used by @kbd{M-i} can be set arbitrarily by the user.
They are stored in a variable called @code{tab-stop-list}, as a list of
column-numbers in increasing order.

  The convenient way to set the tab stops is using @kbd{M-x edit-tab-stops},
which creates and selects a buffer containing a description of the tab stop
settings.  You can edit this buffer to specify different tab stops, and
then type @kbd{C-c C-c} to make those new tab stops take effect.  In the
tab stop buffer, @w{@kbd{C-c C-c}} runs the function
@code{edit-tab-stops-note-changes} rather than its usual definition
@code{save-buffer}.  @code{edit-tab-stops} records which buffer was current
when you invoked it, and stores the tab stops back in that buffer; normally
all buffers share the same tab stops and changing them in one buffer
affects all, but if you happen to make @code{tab-stop-list} local in one
buffer then @code{edit-tab-stops} in that buffer will edit the local
settings.

  Here is what the text representing the tab stops looks like for ordinary
tab stops every eight columns.

@example
        :       :       :       :       :       :
0         1         2         3         4
0123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678
To install changes, type C-c C-c
@end example

  The first line contains a colon at each tab stop.  The remaining lines
are present just to help you see where the colons are and know what to do.

  Note that the tab stops that control @code{tab-to-tab-stop} have nothing
to do with displaying tab characters in the buffer.  @xref{Display Vars},
for more information on that.

@node Just Spaces,, Tab Stops, Indentation
@section Tabs vs. Spaces

@vindex indent-tabs-mode
  Emacs normally uses both tabs and spaces to indent lines.  If you prefer,
all indentation can be made from spaces only.  To request this, set
@code{indent-tabs-mode} to @code{nil}.  This is a per-buffer variable;
altering the variable affects only the current buffer, but there is a
default value which you can change as well.  @xref{Locals}.

@findex tabify
@findex untabify
  There are also commands to convert tabs to spaces or vice versa, always
preserving the columns of all nonblank text.  @kbd{M-x tabify} scans the
region for sequences of spaces, and converts sequences of at least three
spaces to tabs if that can be done without changing indentation.  @kbd{M-x
untabify} changes all tabs in the region to appropriate numbers of spaces.

@node Text, Programs, Indentation, Top
@chapter Commands for Human Languages
@cindex text

  The term @dfn{text} has two widespread meanings in our area of the
computer field.  One is data that is a sequence of characters.  Any file
that you edit with Emacs is text, in this sense of the word.  The other
meaning is more restrictive: a sequence of characters in a human language
for humans to read (possibly after processing by a text formatter), as
opposed to a program or commands for a program.

  Human languages have syntactic/stylistic conventions that can be
supported or used to advantage by editor commands: conventions involving
words, sentences, paragraphs, and capital letters.  This chapter describes
Emacs commands for all of these things.  There are also commands for
@dfn{filling}, or rearranging paragraphs into lines of approximately equal
length.  The commands for moving over and killing words, sentences
and paragraphs, while intended primarily for editing text, are also often
useful for editing programs.

  Emacs has several major modes for editing human language text.
If the file contains text pure and simple, use Text mode, which customizes
Emacs in small ways for the syntactic conventions of text.  For text which
contains embedded commands for text formatters, Emacs has other major modes,
each for a particular text formatter.  Thus, for input to @TeX{}, you would
use @TeX{} mode; for input to nroff, Nroff mode.

@menu
* Text Mode::   The major modes for editing text files.
* Nroff Mode::  The major mode for editing input to the formatter nroff.
* TeX Mode::    The major modes for editing input to the formatter TeX.
* Outline Mode::The major mode for editing outlines.
* Words::       Moving over and killing words.
* Sentences::   Moving over and killing sentences.
* Paragraphs::	Moving over paragraphs.
* Pages::	Moving over pages.
* Filling::     Filling or justifying text
* Case::        Changing the case of text
@end menu

@node Text Mode, Words, Text, Text
@section Text Mode

@findex tab-to-tab-stop
@findex edit-tab-stops
@cindex Text mode
@kindex TAB
@findex text-mode
  Editing files of text in a human language ought to be done using Text
mode rather than Lisp or Fundamental mode.  Invoke @kbd{M-x text-mode} to
enter Text mode.  In Text mode, @key{TAB} runs the function
@code{tab-to-tab-stop}, which allows you to use arbitrary tab stops set
with @kbd{M-x edit-tab-stops} (@pxref{Tab Stops}).  Features concerned with
comments in programs are turned off except when explicitly invoked.  The
syntax table is changed so that periods are not considered part of a word,
while apostrophes, backspaces and underlines are.

@findex indented-text-mode
@cindex Indented Text mode
  A similar variant mode is Indented Text mode, intended for editing text
in which most lines are indented.  This mode defines @key{TAB} to run
@code{indent-relative} (@pxref{Indentation}), and makes Auto Fill indent
the lines it creates.  The result is that normally a line made by Auto
Filling, or by @key{LFD}, is indented just like the previous line.  Use
@kbd{M-x indented-text-mode} to select this mode.

@vindex text-mode-hook
  Entering Text mode or Indented Text mode calls with no arguments the
value of the variable @code{text-mode-hook}, if that value exists and is
not @code{nil}.  This value is also called when modes related to Text mode
are entered; this includes Nroff mode, @TeX{} mode, Outline mode and Mail
mode.  Your hook can look at the value of @code{major-mode} to see which of
these modes is actually being entered.

@menu
  Three modes similar to Text mode are of use for editing text that is to
be passed through a text formatter before achieving the form in which
humans are to read it.

* Nroff Mode::  The nroff formatter typesets text.
* TeX Mode::    The TeX formatter typesets text and mathematics.
* Texinfo Mode::Texinfo provides both on-line information and printed output
                 from the same source file.

  Another similar mode is used for editing outlines.  It allows you
to view the text at various levels of detail.  You can view either
the outline headings alone or both headings and text; you can also
hide some of the headings at lower levels from view to make the high
level structure more visible.

* Outline Mode::The major mode for editing outlines.
@end menu

@node Nroff Mode, TeX Mode, Text Mode, Text Mode
@subsection Nroff Mode

@cindex nroff
@cindex Nroff mode
@findex nroff-mode
  Nroff mode is a mode like Text mode but modified to handle nroff commands
present in the text.  Invoke @kbd{M-x nroff-mode} to enter this mode.  It
differs from Text mode in only a few ways.  All nroff command lines are
considered paragraph separators, so that filling will never garble the
nroff commands.  Pages are separated by @samp{.bp} commands.  Comments
start with backslash-doublequote.  Also, three special commands are
provided that are not in Text mode:

@findex forward-text-line
@findex backward-text-line
@findex count-text-lines
@kindex M-n
@kindex M-p
@kindex M-?
@table @kbd
@item M-n
Move to the beginning of the next line that isn't an nroff command
(@code{forward-text-line}).  An argument is a repeat count.
@item M-p
Like @kbd{M-n} but move up (@code{backward-text-line}).
@item M-?
Prints in the echo area the number of text lines (lines that are not
nroff commands) in the region (@code{count-text-lines}).
@end table

@cindex Electric Nroff mode
@findex electric-nroff-mode
  The other feature of Nroff mode is Electric Nroff newline mode.  This
is a minor mode that you can turn on or off with @kbd{M-x
electric-nroff-mode} (@pxref{Minor Modes}).  When the mode is on, each
time you use @key{RET} to end a line that contains an nroff command that
opens a kind of grouping, it also inserts the matching nroff command to
close that grouping, on the following line.  For example, if you are at
the beginning of a line and type @kbd{.@: ( b @key{RET}}, this inserts
the matching command @samp{.)b} on a new line following point.

@vindex nroff-mode-hook
  Entering Nroff mode calls with no arguments the value of the variable
@code{text-mode-hook}, if that value exists and is not @code{nil}; then it
does the same with the variable @code{nroff-mode-hook}.

@node TeX Mode, Texinfo Mode, Nroff Mode, Text Mode
@subsection @TeX{} Mode
@cindex TeX
@cindex LaTeX
@cindex TeX mode
@findex TeX-mode
@findex tex-mode
@findex plain-tex-mode
@findex LaTeX-mode
@findex plain-TeX-mode
@findex latex-mode

  @TeX{} is a powerful text formatter written by Donald Knuth; it is also
free, like GNU Emacs.  La@TeX{} is a simplified input format for @TeX{},
implemented by @TeX{} macros.  It comes with @TeX{}.@refill

  Emacs has a special @TeX{} mode for editing @TeX{} input files.
It provides facilities for checking the balance of delimiters and for
invoking @TeX{} on all or part of the file.

  @TeX{} mode has two variants, Plain @TeX{} mode and La@TeX{} mode
(actually two distinct major modes which differ only slightly).  They are
designed for editing the two different input formats.  The command @kbd{M-x
tex-mode} looks at the contents of the buffer to determine whether the
contents appear to be La@TeX{} input or not; it then selects the
appropriate mode.  If it can't tell which is right (e.g., the buffer is
empty), the variable @code{TeX-default-mode} controls which mode is used.

  The commands @kbd{M-x plain-tex-mode} and @kbd{M-x latex-mode} explicitly
select the two variants of @TeX{} mode.  Use these commands when @kbd{M-x
tex-mode} does not guess right.@refill

@menu
* Editing: TeX Editing.   Special commands for editing in TeX mode.
* Printing: TeX Print.    Commands for printing part of a file with TeX.
@end menu

@c !!! Here is information about obtaining TeX.  Update it whenever.
@c     Last updated by RJC on 8 October 1992
@c     based on message from elisabet@@u.washington.edu
  @TeX{} for Unix systems can be obtained from the University of Washington
for a distribution fee.

  To order a full distribution, send $200.00 for a 1/2-inch 9-track 1600
bpi (@code{tar} or @code{cpio}) tape reel, or $210.00 for a 1/4-inch
4-track QIC-24 (@code{tar} or @code{cpio}) cartridge, to:@refill

@display
Northwest Computing Support Center
DR-10, Thomson Hall 35
University of Washington
Seattle, Washington 98195
@end display

@noindent
Please make checks payable to the University of Washington.@refill

  Prepaid orders are preferred but purchase orders are acceptable;
however, purchase orders carry an extra charge of $10.00, to pay for
processing.@refill

  Overseas sites: please add to the base cost $20.00 for shipment via 
air parcel post, or $30.00 for shipment via courier.@refill

  Please check with the Northwest Computing Support Center at the
University of Washington for current prices and formats:@refill

@example
@group
@r{telephone:}  (206) 543-6259
@r{email:}      elisabet@@u.washington.edu
@end group
@end example

@node TeX Editing,TeX Print,TeX Mode,TeX Mode
@subsubsection @TeX{} Editing Commands

  Here are the special commands provided in @TeX{} mode for editing the
text of the file.

@table @kbd
@item "
Insert, according to context, either @samp{@`@`} or @samp{"} or
@samp{@'@'} (@code{TeX-insert-quote}).
@item @key{LFD}
Insert a paragraph break (two newlines) and check the previous
paragraph for unbalanced braces or dollar signs
(@code{TeX-terminate-paragraph}).
@item M-x validate-TeX-buffer
Check each paragraph in the buffer for unbalanced braces or dollar signs.
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item M-@{
Insert @samp{@{@}} and position point between them (@code{TeX-insert-braces}).
@item M-@}
Move forward past the next unmatched close brace (@code{up-list}).
@item C-c C-f
Close a block for La@TeX{} (@code{TeX-close-LaTeX-block}).
@end table

@findex TeX-insert-quote
@kindex " (TeX mode)
  In @TeX{}, the character @samp{"} is not normally used; use @samp{``}
to start a quotation and @samp{''} to end one.  @TeX{} mode defines the key
@kbd{"} to insert @samp{``} after whitespace or an open brace, @samp{"}
after a backslash, or @samp{''} otherwise.  This is done by the command
@code{TeX-insert-quote}.  If you need the character @samp{"} itself in
unusual contexts, use @kbd{C-q} to insert it.  Also, @kbd{"} with a
numeric argument always inserts that number of @samp{"} characters.

  In @TeX{} mode, @samp{$} has a special syntax code which attempts to
understand the way @TeX{} math mode delimiters match.  When you insert a
@samp{$} that is meant to exit math mode, the position of the matching
@samp{$} that entered math mode is displayed for a second.  This is the
same feature that displays the open brace that matches a close brace that
is inserted.  However, there is no way to tell whether a @samp{$} enters
math mode or leaves it; so when you insert a @samp{$} that enters math
mode, the previous @samp{$} position is shown as if it were a match, even
though they are actually unrelated.

@findex TeX-insert-braces
@kindex M-@{ (TeX mode)
@findex up-list
@kindex M-@} (TeX mode)
  If you prefer to keep braces balanced at all times, you can use @kbd{M-@{}
(@code{TeX-insert-braces}) to insert a pair of braces.  It leaves point
between the two braces so you can insert the text that belongs inside.
Afterward, use the command @kbd{M-@}} (@code{up-list}) to move forward
past the close brace.

@findex validate-TeX-buffer
@findex TeX-terminate-paragraph
@kindex LFD (TeX mode)
  There are two commands for checking the matching of braces.  @key{LFD}
(@code{TeX-terminate-paragraph}) checks the paragraph before point, and
inserts two newlines to start a new paragraph.  It prints a message in the
echo area if any mismatch is found.  @kbd{M-x validate-TeX-buffer} checks
the entire buffer, paragraph by paragraph.  When it finds a paragraph that
contains a mismatch, it displays point at the beginning of the paragraph
for a few seconds and pushes a mark at that spot.  Scanning continues
until the whole buffer has been checked or until you type another key.
The positions of the last several paragraphs with mismatches can be
found in the mark ring (@pxref{Mark Ring}).

  Note that square brackets and parentheses are matched in @TeX{} mode, not
just braces.  This is wrong for the purpose of checking @TeX{} syntax.
However, parentheses and square brackets are likely to be used in text as
matching delimiters and it is useful for the various motion commands and
automatic match display to work with them.

@findex TeX-close-LaTeX-block
@kindex C-c C-f (LaTeX mode)
  In La@TeX{} input, @samp{\begin} and @samp{\end} commands must balance.
After you insert a @samp{\begin}, use @kbd{C-c C-f}
(@code{TeX-close-LaTeX-block}) to insert automatically a matching
@samp{\end} (on a new line following the @samp{\begin}).  A blank line is
inserted between the two, and point is left there.@refill

@node TeX Print,,TeX Editing,TeX Mode
@subsubsection @TeX{} Printing Commands

  You can invoke @TeX{} as an inferior of Emacs on either the entire
contents of the buffer or just a region at a time.  Running @TeX{} in
this way on just one chapter is a good way to see what your changes
look like without taking the time to format the entire file.

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-r
Invoke @TeX{} on the current region, plus the buffer's header
(@code{TeX-region}).
@item C-c C-b
Invoke @TeX{} on the entire current buffer (@code{TeX-buffer}).
@item C-c C-l
Recenter the window showing output from the inferior @TeX{} so that
the last line can be seen (@code{TeX-recenter-output-buffer}).
@item C-c C-k
Kill the inferior @TeX{} (@code{TeX-kill-job}).
@item C-c C-p
Print the output from the last @kbd{C-c C-r} or @kbd{C-c C-b} command
(@code{TeX-print}).
@item C-c C-q
Show the printer queue (@code{TeX-show-print-queue}).
@end table

@findex TeX-buffer
@kindex C-c C-b (TeX mode)
@findex TeX-print
@kindex C-c C-p (TeX mode)
@findex TeX-show-print-queue
@kindex C-c C-q (TeX mode)
  You can pass the current buffer through an inferior @TeX{} by means of
@kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{TeX-buffer}).  The formatted output appears in a file
in @file{/tmp}; to print it, type @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{TeX-print}).
Afterward use @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{TeX-show-print-queue}) to view the
progress of your output towards being printed.

@findex TeX-kill-job
@kindex C-c C-k (TeX mode)
@findex TeX-recenter-output-buffer
@kindex C-c C-l (TeX mode)
  The console output from @TeX{}, including any error messages, appears in a
buffer called @samp{*TeX-shell*}.  If @TeX{} gets an error, you can switch
to this buffer and feed it input (this works as in Shell mode;
@pxref{Interactive Shell}).  Without switching to this buffer you can scroll
it so that its last line is visible by typing @kbd{C-c C-l}.

  Type @kbd{C-c C-k} (@code{TeX-kill-job}) to kill the @TeX{} process if
you see that its output is no longer useful.  Using @kbd{C-c C-b} or
@kbd{C-c C-r} also kills any @TeX{} process still running.@refill

@findex TeX-region
@kindex C-c C-r (TeX mode)
  You can also pass an arbitrary region through an inferior @TeX{} by typing
@kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{TeX-region}).  This is tricky, however, because most files
of @TeX{} input contain commands at the beginning to set parameters and
define macros, without which no later part of the file will format
correctly.  To solve this problem, @kbd{C-c C-r} allows you to designate a
part of the file as containing essential commands; it is included before
the specified region as part of the input to @TeX{}.  The designated part
of the file is called the @dfn{header}.

@cindex header (TeX mode)
  To indicate the bounds of the header in Plain @TeX{} mode, you insert two
special strings in the file.  Insert @samp{%**start of header} before the
header, and @samp{%**end of header} after it.  Each string must appear
entirely on one line, but there may be other text on the line before or
after.  The lines containing the two strings are included in the header.
If @samp{%**start of header} does not appear within the first 100 lines of
the buffer, @kbd{C-c C-r} assumes that there is no header.

  In La@TeX{} mode, the header begins with @samp{\documentstyle} and ends
with @samp{\begin@{document@}}.  These are commands that La@TeX{} requires
you to use in any case, so nothing special needs to be done to identify the
header.

@vindex TeX-mode-hook
@vindex LaTeX-mode-hook
@vindex plain-TeX-mode-hook
  Entering either kind of @TeX{} mode calls with no arguments the value of
the variable @code{text-mode-hook}, if that value exists and is not
@code{nil}; then it does the same with the variable @code{TeX-mode-hook}.
Finally it does the same with either @code{plain-TeX-mode-hook} or
@code{LaTeX-mode-hook}.

@node Texinfo Mode, Outline Mode, TeX Mode, Text Mode
@subsection Texinfo Mode
@cindex Texinfo mode
@findex texinfo-mode

Texinfo is a documentation system that uses a single source file to
produce both on-line information and printed output.  This means that
instead of writing two different documents, one for the on-line help or
other on-line information and the other for a typeset manual or other
printed work, you need write only one document.  When the work is
revised, you need revise only one document.  (You can read the on-line
information, known as an @dfn{Info file}, with an Info
documentation-reading program.  @inforef{Top, info, info}, for more
information about Info.)  Texinfo is the format in which documentation
for GNU utilities and libraries is written.

Texinfo mode provides special features for working with Texinfo files
including utilities to construct Info menus and pointers automatically,
keybindings to insert frequently used formatting commands, and
keybindings for commands to format both for Info and for printing.

Texinfo mode is described in @ref{Texinfo Mode, , Using Texinfo Mode,
texinfo, Texinfo; The GNU Documentation Format}.

@node Outline Mode,, Texinfo Mode, Text Mode
@subsection Outline Mode
@cindex Outline mode
@cindex outlines
@cindex selective display
@cindex invisible lines

@findex outline-mode
  Outline mode is a major mode much like Text mode but intended for editing
outlines.  It allows you to make parts of the text temporarily invisible
so that you can see just the overall structure of the outline.  Type
@kbd{M-x outline-mode} to turn on Outline mode in the current buffer.

@vindex outline-mode-hook
  Entering Outline mode calls with no arguments the value of the variable
@code{text-mode-hook}, if that value exists and is not @code{nil}; then it
does the same with the variable @code{outline-mode-hook}.

  When a line is invisible in outline mode, it does not appear on the
screen.  The screen appears exactly as if the invisible line
were deleted, except that an ellipsis (three periods in a row) appears
at the end of the previous visible line (only one ellipsis no matter
how many invisible lines follow).

  All editing commands treat the text of the invisible line as part of the
previous visible line.  For example, @kbd{C-n} moves onto the next visible
line.  Killing an entire visible line, including its terminating newline,
really kills all the following invisible lines along with it; yanking it
all back yanks the invisible lines and they remain invisible.

@menu
* Format: Outline Format.	  What the text of an outline looks like.
* Motion: Outline Motion.	  Special commands for moving through outlines.
* Visibility: Outline Visibility. Commands to control what is visible.
@end menu

@node Outline Format,Outline Motion,Outline Mode, Outline Mode
@subsubsection Format of Outlines

@cindex heading lines (Outline mode)
@cindex body lines (Outline mode)
  Outline mode assumes that the lines in the buffer are of two types:
@dfn{heading lines} and @dfn{body lines}.  A heading line represents a topic in the
outline.  Heading lines start with one or more stars; the number of stars
determines the depth of the heading in the outline structure.  Thus, a
heading line with one star is a major topic; all the heading lines with
two stars between it and the next one-star heading are its subtopics; and
so on.  Any line that is not a heading line is a body line.  Body lines
belong to the preceding heading line.  Here is an example:

@example
* Food

This is the body,
which says something about the topic of food.

** Delicious Food

This is the body of the second-level header.

** Distasteful Food

This could have
a body too, with
several lines.

*** Dormitory Food

* Shelter

A second first-level topic with its header line.
@end example

  A heading line together with all following body lines is called
collectively an @dfn{entry}.  A heading line together with all following
deeper heading lines and their body lines is called a @dfn{subtree}.

@vindex outline-regexp
  You can customize the criterion for distinguishing heading lines
by setting the variable @code{outline-regexp}.  Any line whose
beginning has a match for this regexp is considered a heading line.
Matches that start within a line (not at the beginning) do not count.
The length of the matching text determines the level of the heading;
longer matches make a more deeply nested level.  Thus, for example,
if a text formatter has commands @samp{@@chapter}, @samp{@@section}
and @samp{@@subsection} to divide the document into chapters and
sections, you could make those lines count as heading lines by
setting @code{outline-regexp} to @samp{"@@chap\\|@@\\(sub\\)*section"}.
Note the trick: the two words @samp{chapter} and @samp{section} are equally
long, but by defining the regexp to match only @samp{chap} we ensure
that the length of the text matched on a chapter heading is shorter,
so that Outline mode will know that sections are contained in chapters.
This works as long as no other command starts with @samp{@@chap}.

  Outline mode makes a line invisible by changing the newline before it
into an @sc{ascii} Control-M (code 015).  Most editing commands that work on
lines treat an invisible line as part of the previous line because,
strictly speaking, it @i{is} part of that line, since there is no longer a
newline in between.  When you save the file in Outline mode, Control-M
characters are saved as newlines, so the invisible lines become ordinary
lines in the file.  But saving does not change the visibility status of a
line inside Emacs.

@node Outline Motion,Outline Visibility,Outline Format,Outline Mode
@subsubsection Outline Motion Commands

  There are some special motion commands in Outline mode that move
backward and forward to heading lines.

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-n
Move point to the next visible heading line
(@code{outline-next-visible-heading}).
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item C-c C-p
Move point to the previous visible heading line
(@code{outline-previous-visible-heading}).
@item C-c C-f
Move point to the next visible heading line at the same level
as the one point is on (@code{outline-forward-same-level}).
@item C-c C-b
Move point to the previous visible heading line at the same level
(@code{outline-backward-same-level}).
@item C-c C-u
Move point up to a lower-level (more inclusive) visible heading line
(@code{outline-up-heading}).
@end table

@findex outline-next-visible-heading
@findex outline-previous-visible-heading
@kindex C-c C-n (Outline mode)
@kindex C-c C-p (Outline mode)
  @kbd{C-c C-n} (@code{next-visible-heading}) moves down to the next
heading line.  @kbd{C-c C-p} (@code{previous-visible-heading}) moves
similarly backward.  Both accept numeric arguments as repeat counts.  The
names emphasize that invisible headings are skipped, but this is not really
a special feature.  All editing commands that look for lines ignore the
invisible lines automatically.@refill

@findex outline-up-heading
@findex outline-forward-same-level
@findex outline-backward-same-level
@kindex C-c C-f (Outline mode)
@kindex C-c C-b (Outline mode)
@kindex C-c C-u (Outline mode)
@c !!! written verbosely to prevent overfull hbox
  More advanced motion commands understand the levels of headings.
The two commands, @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{outline-forward-same-level}) and
@kbd{C-c C-b} (@code{outline-backward-same-level}), move from one
heading line to another visible heading at the same depth in
the outline.  @kbd{C-c C-u} (@code{outline-up-heading}) moves
backward to another heading that is less deeply nested.

@node Outline Visibility,,Outline Motion,Outline Mode
@subsubsection Outline Visibility Commands

  The other special commands of outline mode are used to make lines visible
or invisible.  Their names all start with @code{hide} or @code{show}.
Most of them fall into pairs of opposites.  They are not undoable; instead,
you can undo right past them.  Making lines visible or invisible is simply
not recorded by the undo mechanism.

@table @kbd
@item M-x hide-body
Make all body lines in the buffer invisible.
@item M-x show-all
Make all lines in the buffer visible.
@item C-c C-h
Make everything under this heading invisible, not including this
heading itself (@code{hide-subtree}).
@item C-c C-s
Make everything under this heading visible, including body,
subheadings, and their bodies (@code{show-subtree}).
@item M-x hide-leaves
Make the body of this heading line, and of all its subheadings,
invisible.
@item M-x show-branches
Make all subheadings of this heading line, at all levels, visible.
@item C-c C-i
Make immediate subheadings (one level down) of this heading line
visible (@code{show-children}).
@item M-x hide-entry
Make this heading line's body invisible.
@item M-x show-entry
Make this heading line's body visible.
@end table

@findex hide-entry
@findex show-entry
  Two commands that are exact opposites are @kbd{M-x hide-entry} and
@kbd{M-x show-entry}.  They are used with point on a heading line, and
apply only to the body lines of that heading.  The subtopics and their
bodies are not affected.

@findex hide-subtree
@findex show-subtree
@kindex C-c C-s (Outline mode)
@kindex C-c C-h (Outline mode)
@cindex subtree (Outline mode)
  Two more powerful opposites are @kbd{C-c C-h} (@code{hide-subtree}) and
@kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{show-subtree}).  Both expect to be used when point is
on a heading line, and both apply to all the lines of that heading's
@dfn{subtree}: its body, all its subheadings, both direct and indirect, and
all of their bodies.  In other words, the subtree contains everything
following this heading line, up to and not including the next heading of
the same or higher rank.@refill

@findex hide-leaves
@findex show-branches
  Intermediate between a visible subtree and an invisible one is having
all the subheadings visible but none of the body.  There are two commands
for doing this, depending on whether you want to hide the bodies or
make the subheadings visible.  They are @kbd{M-x hide-leaves} and
@kbd{M-x show-branches}.

@kindex C-c C-i (Outline mode)
@findex show-children
  A little weaker than @code{show-branches} is @kbd{C-c C-i}
(@code{show-children}).  It makes just the direct subheadings
visible---those one level down.  Deeper subheadings remain invisible, if
they were invisible.@refill

@findex hide-body
@findex show-all
  Two commands have a blanket effect on the whole file.  @kbd{M-x hide-body}
makes all body lines invisible, so that you see just the outline structure.
@kbd{M-x show-all} makes all lines visible.  These commands can be thought
of as a pair of opposites even though @kbd{M-x show-all} applies to more
than just body lines.

@vindex selective-display-ellipses
  The use of ellipses at the ends of visible lines can be turned off
by setting @code{selective-display-ellipses} to @code{nil}.  Then there
is no visible indication of the presence of invisible lines.

@node Words, Sentences, Text Mode, Text
@section Words
@cindex words
@cindex Meta

  Emacs has commands for moving over or operating on words.  By convention,
the keys for them are all @kbd{Meta-} characters.

@c widecommands
@table @kbd
@item M-f
Move forward over a word (@code{forward-word}).
@item M-b
Move backward over a word (@code{backward-word}).
@item M-d
Kill up to the end of a word (@code{kill-word}).
@item M-@key{DEL}
Kill back to the beginning of a word (@code{backward-kill-word}).
@item M-@@
Mark the end of the next word (@code{mark-word}).
@item M-t
Transpose two words;  drag a word forward
or backward across other words (@code{transpose-words}).
@end table

  Notice how these keys form a series that parallels the
character-based @kbd{C-f}, @kbd{C-b}, @kbd{C-d}, @kbd{C-t} and
@key{DEL}.  @kbd{M-@@} is related to @kbd{C-@@}, which is an alias for
@kbd{C-@key{SPC}}.@refill

@kindex M-f
@kindex M-b
@findex forward-word
@findex backward-word
  The commands @kbd{Meta-f} (@code{forward-word}) and @kbd{Meta-b}
(@code{backward-word}) move forward and backward over words.  They are thus
analogous to @kbd{Control-f} and @kbd{Control-b}, which move over single
characters.  Like their @kbd{Control-} analogues, @kbd{Meta-f} and
@kbd{Meta-b} move several words if given an argument.  @kbd{Meta-f} with a
negative argument moves backward, and @kbd{Meta-b} with a negative argument
moves forward.  Forward motion stops right after the last letter of the
word, while backward motion stops right before the first letter.@refill

@kindex M-d
@findex kill-word
  @kbd{Meta-d} (@code{kill-word}) kills the word after point.  To be
precise, it kills everything from point to the place @kbd{Meta-f} would
move to.  Thus, if point is in the middle of a word, @kbd{Meta-d} kills
just the part after point.  If some punctuation comes between point and the
next word, it is killed along with the word.  (If you wish to kill only the
next word but not the punctuation before it, simply do @kbd{Meta-f} to get
the end, and kill the word backwards with @kbd{Meta-@key{DEL}}.)
@kbd{Meta-d} takes arguments just like @kbd{Meta-f}.

@findex backward-kill-word
@kindex M-DEL
  @kbd{Meta-@key{DEL}} (@code{backward-kill-word}) kills the word before
point.  It kills everything from point back to where @kbd{Meta-b} would
move to.  If point is after the space in @w{@samp{FOO, BAR}}, then
@w{@samp{FOO, }} is killed.  (If you wish to kill just @samp{FOO}, do
@kbd{Meta-b Meta-d} instead of @kbd{Meta-@key{DEL}}.)

@cindex transposition
@kindex M-t
@findex transpose-words
  @kbd{Meta-t} (@code{transpose-words}) exchanges the word before or
containing point with the following word.  The delimiter characters between
the words do not move.  For example, @w{@samp{FOO, BAR}} transposes into
@w{@samp{BAR, FOO}} rather than @samp{@w{BAR FOO,}}.  @xref{Transpose}, for
more on transposition and on arguments to transposition commands.

@kindex M-@@
@findex mark-word
  To operate on the next @var{n} words with an operation which applies
between point and mark, you can either set the mark at point and then move
over the words, or you can use the command @kbd{Meta-@@} (@code{mark-word})
which does not move point, but sets the mark where @kbd{Meta-f} would move
to.  It can be given arguments just like @kbd{Meta-f}.

@cindex syntax table
  The word commands' understanding of syntax is completely controlled by
the syntax table.  Any character can, for example, be declared to be a word
delimiter.  @xref{Syntax}.

@node Sentences, Paragraphs, Words, Text
@section Sentences
@cindex sentences

  The Emacs commands for manipulating sentences and paragraphs are mostly
on @kbd{Meta-} keys, so as to be like the word-handling commands.

@table @kbd
@item M-a
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Move back to the beginning of the sentence@*
(@code{backward-sentence}).
@item M-e
Move forward to the end of the sentence (@code{forward-sentence}).
@item M-k
Kill forward to the end of the sentence (@code{kill-sentence}).
@item C-x @key{DEL}
Kill back to the beginning of the sentence (@code{backward-kill-sentence}).
@end table

@kindex M-a
@kindex M-e
@findex backward-sentence
@findex forward-sentence
  The commands @kbd{Meta-a} and @kbd{Meta-e} (@code{backward-sentence} and
@code{forward-sentence}) move to the beginning and end of the current
sentence, respectively.  They were chosen to resemble @kbd{Control-a} and
@kbd{Control-e}, which move to the beginning and end of a line.  Unlike
them, @kbd{Meta-a} and @w{@kbd{Meta-e}} if repeated or given numeric arguments
move over successive sentences.  Emacs assumes that the typist's convention
is followed, and thus considers a sentence to end wherever there is a
@samp{.}, @samp{?} or @samp{!} followed by the end of a line or two spaces,
with any number of @samp{)}, @samp{]}, @samp{'}, or @samp{"} characters
allowed in between.  A sentence also begins or ends wherever a paragraph
begins or ends.

  Neither @kbd{M-a} nor @kbd{M-e} moves past the newline or spaces beyond
the sentence edge at which it is stopping.

@kindex M-k
@kindex C-x DEL
@findex kill-sentence
@findex backward-kill-sentence
  Just as @kbd{C-a} and @kbd{C-e} have a kill command, @kbd{C-k}, to go
with them, so @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} have a corresponding kill command
@kbd{M-k} (@code{kill-sentence}) which kills from point to the end of the
sentence.  With minus one as an argument it kills back to the beginning of
the sentence.  Larger arguments serve as a repeat count.@refill

  There is a special command, @kbd{C-x @key{DEL}}
(@code{backward-kill-sentence}) for killing back to the beginning of a
sentence, because this is useful when you change your mind in the middle of
composing text.@refill

@vindex sentence-end
  The variable @code{sentence-end} controls recognition of the end of a
sentence.  It is a regexp that matches the last few characters of a
sentence, together with the whitespace following the sentence.  Its
normal value is

@example
"[.?!][]\"')]*\\($\\|\t\\|  \\)[ \t\n]*"
@end example

@noindent
This example is explained in the section on regexps.  @xref{Regexps}.

@node Paragraphs, Pages, Sentences, Text
@section Paragraphs
@cindex paragraphs
@kindex M-[
@kindex M-]
@findex backward-paragraph
@findex forward-paragraph

  The Emacs commands for manipulating paragraphs are also @kbd{Meta-}
keys.

@table @kbd
@item M-[
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Move back to previous paragraph beginning@*
(@code{backward-paragraph}).
@item M-]
Move forward to next paragraph end (@code{forward-paragraph}).
@item M-h
Put point and mark around this or next paragraph (@code{mark-paragraph}).
@end table

  @kbd{Meta-[} moves to the beginning of the current or previous paragraph,
while @kbd{Meta-]} moves to the end of the current or next paragraph.
Blank lines and text formatter command lines separate paragraphs and are
not part of any paragraph.  Also, an indented line starts a new
paragraph.

  In major modes for programs (as opposed to Text mode), paragraphs begin
and end only at blank lines.  This makes the paragraph commands continue to
be useful even though there are no paragraphs per se.

  When there is a fill prefix, then paragraphs are delimited by all lines
which don't start with the fill prefix.  @xref{Filling}.

@kindex M-h
@findex mark-paragraph
  When you wish to operate on a paragraph, you can use the command
@kbd{Meta-h} (@code{mark-paragraph}) to set the region around it.  This
command puts point at the beginning and mark at the end of the paragraph
point was in.  If point is between paragraphs (in a run of blank lines, or
at a boundary), the paragraph following point is surrounded by point and
mark.  If there are blank lines preceding the first line of the paragraph,
one of these blank lines is included in the region.  Thus, for example,
@kbd{M-h C-w} kills the paragraph around or after point.

@vindex paragraph-start
@vindex paragraph-separate
@c !!! Written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox
  The precise definition of a paragraph boundary is controlled by the
two variables @code{paragraph-separate} and @code{paragraph-start}.  The value
of @code{paragraph-start} is a regexp that should match any line that
either starts or separates paragraphs.  The value of
@code{paragraph-separate} is another regexp that should match only lines
that separate paragraphs without being part of any paragraph.  Lines that
start a new paragraph and are contained in it must match both regexps.  For
example, normally @code{paragraph-start} is @w{@code{"^[ @t{\}t@t{\}n@t{\}f]"}}
and @code{paragraph-separate} is @w{@code{"^[ @t{\}t@t{\}f]*$"}}.

  Normally it is desirable for page boundaries to separate paragraphs.
The default values of these variables recognize the usual separator for
pages.

@node Pages, Filling, Paragraphs, Text
@section Pages

@cindex pages
@cindex formfeed
  Files are often thought of as divided into @dfn{pages} by the
@dfn{formfeed} character (@sc{ascii} Control-L, octal code 014).  For example,
if a file is printed on a line printer, each page of the file, in this
sense, will start on a new page of paper.  Emacs treats a page-separator
character just like any other character.  It can be inserted with @kbd{C-q
C-l}, or deleted with @key{DEL}.  Thus, you are free to paginate your file
or not.  However, since pages are often meaningful divisions of the file,
commands are provided to move over them and operate on them.

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-x [
Move point to previous page boundary (@code{backward-page}).
@item C-x ]
Move point to next page boundary (@code{forward-page}).
@item C-x C-p
Put point and mark around this page (or another page) (@code{mark-page}).
@item C-x l
Count the lines in this page (@code{count-lines-page}).
@end table

@kindex C-x [
@kindex C-x ]
@findex forward-page
@findex backward-page
  The @kbd{C-x [} (@code{backward-page}) command moves point to immediately
after the previous page delimiter.  If point is already right after a page
delimiter, it skips that one and stops at the previous one.  A numeric
argument serves as a repeat count.  The @kbd{C-x ]} (@code{forward-page})
command moves forward past the next page delimiter.

@kindex C-x C-p
@findex mark-page
  The @kbd{C-x C-p} command (@code{mark-page}) puts point at the beginning
of the current page and the mark at the end.  The page delimiter at the end
is included (the mark follows it).  The page delimiter at the front is
excluded (point follows it).  This command can be followed by @kbd{C-w} to
kill a page which is to be moved elsewhere.  If it is inserted after a page
delimiter, at a place where @kbd{C-x ]} or @kbd{C-x [} would take you, then
the page will be properly delimited before and after once again.

  A numeric argument to @kbd{C-x C-p} is used to specify which page to go
to, relative to the current one.  Zero means the current page.  One means
the next page, and @minus{}1 means the previous one.

@kindex C-x l
@findex count-lines-page
  The @kbd{C-x l} command (@code{count-lines-page}) is good for deciding
where to break a page in two.  It prints in the echo area the total number
of lines in the current page, and then divides it up into those preceding
the current line and those following, as in

@example
Page has 96 (72+25) lines
@end example

@noindent
  Notice that the sum is off by one; this is correct if point is not at the
beginning of a line.

@vindex page-delimiter
  The variable @code{page-delimiter} should have as its value a regexp that
matches the beginning of a line that separates pages.  This is what defines
where pages begin.  The normal value of this variable is @code{"^@t{\}f"},
which matches a formfeed character at the beginning of a line.

@node Filling, Case, Pages, Text
@section Filling Text
@cindex filling
@cindex wrapping

  With Auto Fill mode, text can be @dfn{filled} (broken up into lines
that fit in a specified width) as you insert it.  If you alter existing
text it may no longer be properly filled; then explicit commands for
filling can be used.  (Filling is sometimes called ``wrapping'' in the
terminology used for other text editors, but we don't use that term,
because it could just as well refer to the continuation of long lines
which happens in Emacs if you @emph{don't} fill them.)

@menu
* Auto Fill::	  Auto Fill mode breaks long lines automatically.
* Fill Commands:: Commands to refill paragraphs and center lines.
* Fill Prefix::   Filling when every line is indented or in a comment, etc.
@end menu

@node Auto Fill, Fill Commands, Filling, Filling
@subsection Auto Fill Mode
@cindex Auto Fill mode

  @dfn{Auto Fill} mode is a minor mode in which lines are broken
automatically when they become too wide.  Breaking happens only when
you type a @key{SPC} or @key{RET}.

@table @kbd
@item M-x auto-fill-mode
Enable or disable Auto Fill mode.
@item @key{SPC}
@itemx @key{RET}
In Auto Fill mode, break lines when appropriate.
@end table

@findex auto-fill-mode
  @kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode} turns Auto Fill mode on if it was off, or off if
it was on.  With a positive numeric argument it always turns Auto Fill mode
on, and with a negative argument always turns it off.  You can see when
Auto Fill mode is in effect by the presence of the word @samp{Fill} in the
mode line, inside the parentheses.  Auto Fill mode is a minor mode, turned
on or off for each buffer individually.  @xref{Minor Modes}.

  In Auto Fill mode, lines are broken automatically at spaces when they get
longer than the desired width.  Line breaking and rearrangement takes place
only when you type @key{SPC} or @key{RET}.  If you wish to insert a space
or newline without permitting line-breaking, type @kbd{C-q @key{SPC}} or
@kbd{C-q @key{LFD}} (recall that a newline is really a linefeed).  Also,
@kbd{C-o} inserts a newline without line breaking.

  Auto Fill mode works well with Lisp mode, because when it makes a new
line in Lisp mode it indents that line with @key{TAB}.  If a line ending in
a comment gets too long, the text of the comment is split into two
comment lines.  Optionally new comment delimiters are inserted at the end of
the first line and the beginning of the second so that each line is
a separate comment; the variable @code{comment-multi-line} controls the
choice (@pxref{Comments}).

  Auto Fill mode does not refill entire paragraphs.  It can break lines but
cannot merge lines.  So editing in the middle of a paragraph can result in
a paragraph that is not correctly filled.  The easiest way to make the
paragraph properly filled again is usually with the explicit fill commands.

  Many users like Auto Fill mode and want to use it in all text files.
The section on init files says how to arrange this permanently for yourself.
@xref{Init File}.

@node Fill Commands, Fill Prefix, Auto Fill, Filling
@subsection Explicit Fill Commands

@table @kbd
@item M-q
Fill current paragraph (@code{fill-paragraph}).
@item M-g
Fill each paragraph in the region (@code{fill-region}).
@item C-x f
Set the fill column (@code{set-fill-column}).
@item M-x fill-region-as-paragraph.
Fill the region, considering it as one paragraph.
@item M-s
Center a line.
@end table

@kindex M-q
@findex fill-paragraph
  To refill a paragraph, use the command @kbd{Meta-q}
(@code{fill-paragraph}).  It causes the paragraph that point is inside, or
the one after point if point is between paragraphs, to be refilled.  All
the line-breaks are removed, and then new ones are inserted where
necessary.  @kbd{M-q} can be undone with @kbd{C-_}.  @xref{Undo}.@refill

@kindex M-g
@findex fill-region
  To refill many paragraphs, use @kbd{M-g} (@code{fill-region}), which
divides the region into paragraphs and fills each of them.

@findex fill-region-as-paragraph
  @kbd{Meta-q} and @kbd{Meta-g} use the same criteria as @kbd{Meta-h}
for finding paragraph boundaries (@pxref{Paragraphs}).  For more
control, you can use @kbd{M-x fill-region-as-paragraph}, which refills
everything between point and mark.  This command recognizes no paragraph
separators; it deletes any blank lines found within the region to be
filled.@refill

@cindex justification
  A numeric argument to @kbd{M-g} or @kbd{M-q} causes it to @dfn{justify}
the text as well as filling it.  This means that extra spaces are inserted
to make the right margin line up exactly at the fill column.  To remove the
extra spaces, use @kbd{M-q} or @kbd{M-g} with no argument.@refill

@kindex M-s
@cindex centering
@findex center-line
  The command @kbd{Meta-s} (@code{center-line}) centers the current line
within the current fill column.  With an argument, it centers several lines
individually and moves past them.

@vindex fill-column
  The maximum line width for filling is in the variable @code{fill-column}.
Altering the value of @code{fill-column} makes it local to the current
buffer; until that time, the default value is in effect.  The default is
initially 70.  @xref{Locals}.

@kindex C-x f
@findex set-fill-column
  The easiest way to set @code{fill-column} is to use the command @kbd{C-x
f} (@code{set-fill-column}).  With no argument, it sets @code{fill-column}
to the current horizontal position of point.  With a numeric argument, it
uses that as the new fill column.

@node Fill Prefix,, Fill Commands, Filling
@subsection The Fill Prefix

@cindex fill prefix
  To fill a paragraph in which each line starts with a special marker
(which might be a few spaces, giving an indented paragraph), use the
@dfn{fill prefix} feature.  The fill prefix is a string which Emacs expects
every line to start with, and which is not included in filling.

@table @kbd
@item C-x .
Set the fill prefix (@code{set-fill-prefix}).
@item M-q
Fill a paragraph using current fill prefix (@code{fill-paragraph}).
@item M-x fill-individual-paragraphs
Fill the region, considering each change of indentation as starting a
new paragraph.
@end table

@kindex C-x .
@findex set-fill-prefix
  To specify a fill prefix, move to a line that starts with the desired
prefix, put point at the end of the prefix, and give the command
@w{@kbd{C-x .}}@: (@code{set-fill-prefix}).  That's a period after the
@kbd{C-x}.  To turn off the fill prefix, specify an empty prefix: type
@w{@kbd{C-x .}}@: with point at the beginning of a line.

  When a fill prefix is in effect, the fill commands remove the fill prefix
from each line before filling and insert it on each line after filling.
The fill prefix is also inserted on new lines made automatically by Auto
Fill mode.  Lines that do not start with the fill prefix are considered to
start paragraphs, both in @kbd{M-q} and the paragraph commands; this is
just right if you are using paragraphs with hanging indentation (every line
indented except the first one).  Lines which are blank or indented once the
prefix is removed also separate or start paragraphs; this is what you want
if you are writing multi-paragraph comments with a comment delimiter on
each line.

@vindex fill-prefix
  The fill prefix is stored in the variable @code{fill-prefix}.  Its value
is a string, or @code{nil} when there is no fill prefix.  This is a
per-buffer variable; altering the variable affects only the current buffer,
but there is a default value which you can change as well.  @xref{Locals}.

@findex fill-individual-paragraphs
  Another way to use fill prefixes is through @kbd{M-x
fill-individual-paragraphs}.  This function divides the region into groups
of consecutive lines with the same amount and kind of indentation and fills
each group as a paragraph using its indentation as a fill prefix.

@node Case,, Filling, Text
@section Case Conversion Commands
@cindex case conversion

  Emacs has commands for converting either a single word or any arbitrary
range of text to upper case or to lower case.

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item M-l
Convert following word to lower case (@code{downcase-word}).
@item M-u
Convert following word to upper case (@code{upcase-word}).
@item M-c
Capitalize the following word (@code{capitalize-word}).
@item C-x C-l
Convert region to lower case (@code{downcase-region}).
@item C-x C-u
Convert region to upper case (@code{upcase-region}).
@end table

@kindex M-l
@kindex M-u
@kindex M-c
@cindex words
@findex downcase-word
@findex upcase-word
@findex capitalize-word
  The word conversion commands are the most useful.  @kbd{Meta-l}
(@code{downcase-word}) converts the word after point to lower case,
moving past it.  Thus, repeating @kbd{Meta-l} converts successive
words.  @kbd{Meta-u} (@code{upcase-word}) converts to all capitals
instead, while @kbd{Meta-c} (@code{capitalize-word}) puts the letter
following point into upper case and the rest of the letters in the
word into lower case.  All these commands convert several words at
once if given an argument.  They are especially convenient for
converting a large amount of text from all upper case to mixed case,
because you can move through the text using @kbd{M-l}, @kbd{M-u} or
@kbd{M-c} on each word as appropriate, occasionally using @kbd{M-f}
instead to skip a word.

  When given a negative argument, the word case conversion commands apply
to the appropriate number of words before point, but do not move point.
This is convenient when you have just typed a word in the wrong case: you
can give the case conversion command and continue typing.

  If a word case conversion command is given in the middle of a word, it
applies only to the part of the word which follows point.  This is just
like what @kbd{Meta-d} (@code{kill-word}) does.  With a negative argument,
case conversion applies only to the part of the word before point.

@kindex C-x C-l
@kindex C-x C-u
@cindex region
@findex downcase-region
@findex upcase-region
  The other case conversion commands are @kbd{C-x C-u}
(@code{upcase-region}) and @kbd{C-x C-l} (@code{downcase-region}), which
convert everything between point and mark to the specified case.  Point and
mark do not move.@refill

@node Programs, Compiling/Testing, Text, Top
@chapter Editing Programs

  Emacs has many commands designed to understand the syntax of programming
languages such as Lisp and C.  These commands can

@itemize @bullet
@item
Move over or kill balanced expressions or @dfn{sexps} (@pxref{Lists}).
@item
Move over or mark top-level balanced expressions (@dfn{defuns}, in Lisp;
functions, in C).
@item
Show how parentheses balance (@pxref{Matching}).
@item
Insert, kill or align comments (@pxref{Comments}).
@item
Follow the usual indentation conventions of the language
(@pxref{Grinding}).
@end itemize

  The commands for words, sentences and paragraphs are very useful in
editing code even though their canonical application is for editing human
language text.  Most symbols contain words (@pxref{Words}); sentences can
be found in strings and comments (@pxref{Sentences}).  Paragraphs per se
are not present in code, but the paragraph commands are useful anyway,
because Lisp mode and C mode define paragraphs to begin and end at blank
lines (@pxref{Paragraphs}).  Judicious use of blank lines to make the
program clearer will also provide interesting chunks of text for the
paragraph commands to work on.

  The selective display feature is useful for looking at the overall
structure of a function (@pxref{Selective Display}).  This feature causes
only the lines that are indented less than a specified amount to appear
on the screen.

@menu
* Program Modes::       Major modes for editing programs.
* Lists::               Expressions with balanced parentheses.
                         There are editing commands to operate on them.
* Defuns::              Each program is made up of separate functions.
                         There are editing commands to operate on them.
* Grinding::            Adjusting indentation to show the nesting.
* Matching::            Insertion of a close-delimiter flashes matching open.
* Comments::            Inserting, killing and aligning comments.
* Macro Expansion::	How to see the results of C macro expansion.
* Balanced Editing::    Inserting two matching parentheses at once, etc.
* Lisp Completion::     Completion on symbol names in Lisp code.
* Documentation::       Getting documentation of functions you plan to call.
* Change Log::          Maintaining a change history for your program.
* Tags::                Go direct to any function in your program in one
                         command.  Tags remembers which file it is in.
* Fortran::		Fortran mode and its special features.
@end menu

@node Program Modes, Lists, Programs, Programs
@section Major Modes for Programming Languages

@cindex Lisp mode
@cindex C mode
@cindex Scheme mode
  Emacs has major modes for the programming languages Lisp, Scheme (a
variant of Lisp), C, Fortran and Muddle.  Ideally, a major mode should be
implemented for each programming language that you might want to edit with
Emacs; but often the mode for one language can serve for other
syntactically similar languages.  The language modes that exist are those
that someone decided to take the trouble to write.

  There are several forms of Lisp mode, which differ in the way they
interface to Lisp execution.  @xref{Lisp Modes}.

  Each of the programming language modes defines the @key{TAB} key to run
an indentation function that knows the indentation conventions of that
language and updates the current line's indentation accordingly.  For
example, in C mode @key{TAB} is bound to @code{c-indent-line}.  @key{LFD}
is normally defined to do @key{RET} followed by @key{TAB}; thus, it too
indents in a mode-specific fashion.

@kindex DEL
@findex backward-delete-char-untabify
  In most programming languages, indentation is likely to vary from line to
line.  So the major modes for those languages rebind @key{DEL} to treat a
tab as if it were the equivalent number of spaces (using the command
@code{backward-delete-char-untabify}).  This makes it possible to rub out
indentation one column at a time without worrying whether it is made up of
spaces or tabs.  Use @kbd{C-b C-d} to delete a tab character before point,
in these modes.

  Programming language modes define paragraphs to be separated only by
blank lines, so that the paragraph commands remain useful.  Auto Fill mode,
if enabled in a programming language major mode, indents the new lines
which it creates.

@cindex mode hook
@vindex c-mode-hook
@vindex lisp-mode-hook
@vindex emacs-lisp-mode-hook
@vindex lisp-interaction-mode-hook
@vindex scheme-mode-hook
@vindex muddle-mode-hook
  Turning on a major mode calls a user-supplied function called the
@dfn{mode hook}, which is the value of a Lisp variable.  For example,
turning on C mode calls the value of the variable @code{c-mode-hook} if
that value exists and is non-@code{nil}.  Mode hook variables for other
programming language modes include @code{lisp-mode-hook},
@code{emacs-lisp-mode-hook}, @code{lisp-interaction-mode-hook},
@code{scheme-mode-hook} and @code{muddle-mode-hook}.  The mode hook
function receives no arguments.@refill

@node Lists, Defuns, Program Modes, Programs
@section Lists and Sexps

@cindex Control-Meta
  By convention, Emacs keys for dealing with balanced expressions are
usually @kbd{Control-Meta-} characters.  They tend to be analogous in
function to their @kbd{Control-} and @kbd{Meta-} equivalents.  These commands
are usually thought of as pertaining to expressions in programming
languages, but can be useful with any language in which some sort of
parentheses exist (including English).

@cindex list
@cindex sexp
@cindex expression
  These commands fall into two classes.  Some deal only with @dfn{lists}
(parenthetical groupings).  They see nothing except parentheses, brackets,
braces (whichever ones must balance in the language you are working with),
and escape characters that might be used to quote those.

  The other commands deal with expressions or @dfn{sexps}.  The word `sexp'
is derived from @dfn{s-expression}, the ancient term for an expression in
Lisp.  But in Emacs, the notion of `sexp' is not limited to Lisp.  It
refers to an expression in whatever language your program is written in.
Each programming language has its own major mode, which customizes the
syntax tables so that expressions in that language count as sexps.

  Sexps typically include symbols, numbers, and string constants, as well
as anything contained in parentheses, brackets or braces.

  In languages that use prefix and infix operators, such as C, it is not
possible for all expressions to be sexps.  For example, C mode does not
recognize @samp{foo + bar} as a sexp, even though it @i{is} a C expression;
it recognizes @samp{foo} as one sexp and @samp{bar} as another, with the
@samp{+} as punctuation between them.  This is a fundamental ambiguity:
both @samp{foo + bar} and @samp{foo} are legitimate choices for the sexp to
move over if point is at the @samp{f}.  Note that @samp{(foo + bar)} is a
sexp in C mode.

  Some languages have obscure forms of syntax for expressions that nobody
has bothered to make Emacs understand properly.

@c doublewidecommands
@table @kbd
@item C-M-f
Move forward over a sexp (@code{forward-sexp}).
@item C-M-b
Move backward over a sexp (@code{backward-sexp}).
@item C-M-k
Kill sexp forward (@code{kill-sexp}).
@item C-M-u
Move up and backward in list structure (@code{backward-up-list}).
@item C-M-d
Move down and forward in list structure (@code{down-list}).
@item C-M-n
Move forward over a list (@code{forward-list}).
@item C-M-p
Move backward over a list (@code{backward-list}).
@item C-M-t
Transpose expressions (@code{transpose-sexps}).
@item C-M-@@
Put mark after following expression (@code{mark-sexp}).
@end table

@kindex C-M-f
@kindex C-M-b
@findex forward-sexp
@findex backward-sexp
  To move forward over a sexp, use @kbd{C-M-f} (@code{forward-sexp}).  If
the first significant character after point is an opening delimiter
(@samp{(} in Lisp; @samp{(}, @samp{[} or @samp{@{} in C), @kbd{C-M-f}
moves past the matching closing delimiter.  If the character begins a
symbol, string, or number, @kbd{C-M-f} moves over that.  If the character
after point is a closing delimiter, @kbd{C-M-f} gets an error.

  The command @kbd{C-M-b} (@code{backward-sexp}) moves backward over a
sexp.  The detailed rules are like those above for @kbd{C-M-f}, but with
directions reversed.  If there are any prefix characters (singlequote,
backquote and comma, in Lisp) preceding the sexp, @kbd{C-M-b} moves back
over them as well.

  @kbd{C-M-f} or @kbd{C-M-b} with an argument repeats that operation the
specified number of times; with a negative argument, it moves in the
opposite direction.

  The sexp commands move across comments as if they were whitespace, in
languages such as C where the comment-terminator can be recognized.  In
Lisp, and other languages where comments run until the end of a line, it is
very difficult to ignore comments when parsing backwards; therefore, in
such languages the sexp commands treat the text of comments as if it were
code.

@kindex C-M-k
@findex kill-sexp
  Killing a sexp at a time can be done with @kbd{C-M-k} (@code{kill-sexp}).
@kbd{C-M-k} kills the characters that @kbd{C-M-f} would move over.

@kindex C-M-n
@kindex C-M-p
@findex forward-list
@findex backward-list
  The @dfn{list commands} move over lists like the sexp commands but skip
blithely over any number of other kinds of sexps (symbols, strings, etc).
They are @kbd{C-M-n} (@code{forward-list}) and @kbd{C-M-p}
(@code{backward-list}).  The main reason they are useful is that they
usually ignore comments (since the comments usually do not contain any
lists).@refill

@kindex C-M-u
@kindex C-M-d
@findex backward-up-list
@findex down-list
  @kbd{C-M-n} and @kbd{C-M-p} stay at the same level in parentheses, when
that's possible.  To move @i{up} one (or @var{n}) levels, use @kbd{C-M-u}
(@code{backward-up-list}).
@kbd{C-M-u} moves backward up past one unmatched opening delimiter.  A
positive argument serves as a repeat count; a negative argument reverses
direction of motion and also requests repetition, so it moves forward and
up one or more levels.@refill

  To move @i{down} in list structure, use @kbd{C-M-d} (@code{down-list}).  In Lisp mode,
where @samp{(} is the only opening delimiter, this is nearly the same as
searching for a @samp{(}.  An argument specifies the number of levels
of parentheses to go down.

@cindex transposition
@kindex C-M-t
@findex transpose-sexps
  A somewhat random-sounding command which is nevertheless easy to use is
@kbd{C-M-t} (@code{transpose-sexps}), which drags the previous sexp across
the next one.  An argument serves as a repeat count, and a negative
argument drags backwards (thus canceling out the effect of @kbd{C-M-t} with
a positive argument).  An argument of zero, rather than doing nothing,
transposes the sexps ending after point and the mark.

@kindex C-M-@@
@findex mark-sexp
  To make the region be the next sexp in the buffer, use @kbd{C-M-@@}
(@code{mark-sexp}) which sets mark at the same place that @kbd{C-M-f} would
move to.  @kbd{C-M-@@} takes arguments like @kbd{C-M-f}.  In particular, a
negative argument is useful for putting the mark at the beginning of the
previous sexp.

  The list and sexp commands' understanding of syntax is completely
controlled by the syntax table.  Any character can, for example, be
declared to be an opening delimiter and act like an open parenthesis.
@xref{Syntax}.

@node Defuns, Grinding, Lists, Programs
@section Defuns
@cindex defuns

  In Emacs, a parenthetical grouping at the top level in the buffer is
called a @dfn{defun}.  The name derives from the fact that most top-level
lists in a Lisp file are instances of the special form @code{defun}, but
any top-level parenthetical grouping counts as a defun in Emacs parlance
regardless of what its contents are, and regardless of the programming
language in use.  For example, in C, the body of a function definition is a
defun.

@c doublewidecommands
@table @kbd
@item C-M-a
Move to beginning of current or preceding defun
(@code{beginning-of-defun}).
@item C-M-e
Move to end of current or following defun (@code{end-of-defun}).
@item C-M-h
Put region around whole current or following defun (@code{mark-defun}).
@end table

@kindex C-M-a
@kindex C-M-e
@kindex C-M-h
@findex beginning-of-defun
@findex end-of-defun
@findex mark-defun
  The commands to move to the beginning and end of the current defun are
@kbd{C-M-a} (@code{beginning-of-defun}) and @kbd{C-M-e} (@code{end-of-defun}).

  If you wish to operate on the current defun, use @kbd{C-M-h}
(@code{mark-defun}) which puts point at the beginning and mark at the end
of the current or next defun.  For example, this is the easiest way to get
ready to move the defun to a different place in the text.  In C mode,
@kbd{C-M-h} runs the function @code{mark-c-function}, which is almost the
same as @code{mark-defun}; the difference is that it backs up over the
argument declarations, function name and returned data type so that the
entire C function is inside the region.

  Emacs assumes that any open-parenthesis found in the leftmost column is
the start of a defun.  Therefore, @b{never put an open-parenthesis at the
left margin in a Lisp file unless it is the start of a top level list.
Never put an open-brace or other opening delimiter at the beginning of a
line of C code unless it starts the body of a function.}  The most likely
problem case is when you want an opening delimiter at the start of a line
inside a string.  To avoid trouble, put an escape character (@samp{\}, in C
and Emacs Lisp, @samp{/} in some other Lisp dialects) before the opening
delimiter.  It will not affect the contents of the string.

  In the remotest past, the original Emacs found defuns by moving upward a
level of parentheses until there were no more levels to go up.  This always
required scanning all the way back to the beginning of the buffer, even for
a small function.  To speed up the operation, Emacs was changed to assume
that any @samp{(} (or other character assigned the syntactic class of
opening-delimiter) at the left margin is the start of a defun.  This
heuristic was nearly always right and avoided the costly scan; however,
it mandated the convention described above.

@node Grinding, Matching, Defuns, Programs
@section Indentation for Programs
@cindex indentation
@cindex grinding

  The best way to keep a program properly indented (``ground'') is to use
Emacs to re-indent it as you change it.  Emacs has commands to indent
properly either a single line, a specified number of lines, or all of the
lines inside a single parenthetical grouping.

@menu
* Basic Indent::
* Multi-line Indent::   Commands to reindent many lines at once.
* Lisp Indent::		Specifying how each Lisp function should be indented.
* C Indent::		Choosing an indentation style for C code.
@end menu

@node Basic Indent, Multi-line Indent, Grinding, Grinding
@subsection Basic Program Indentation Commands

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item @key{TAB}
Adjust indentation of current line.
@item @key{LFD}
Equivalent to @key{RET} followed by @key{TAB} (@code{newline-and-indent}).
@end table

@kindex TAB
@findex c-indent-line
@findex lisp-indent-line
  The basic indentation command is @key{TAB}, which gives the current line
the correct indentation as determined from the previous lines.  The
function that @key{TAB} runs depends on the major mode; it is @code{lisp-indent-line}
in Lisp mode, @code{c-indent-line} in C mode, etc.  These functions
understand different syntaxes for different languages, but they all do
about the same thing.  @key{TAB} in any programming language major mode
inserts or deletes whitespace at the beginning of the current line,
independent of where point is in the line.  If point is inside the
whitespace at the beginning of the line, @key{TAB} leaves it at the end of
that whitespace; otherwise, @key{TAB} leaves point fixed with respect to
the characters around it.

  Use @kbd{C-q @key{TAB}} to insert a tab at point.

@kindex LFD
@findex newline-and-indent
  When entering a large amount of new code, use @key{LFD} (@code{newline-and-indent}),
which is equivalent to a @key{RET} followed by a @key{TAB}.  @key{LFD} creates
a blank line, and then gives it the appropriate indentation.

  @key{TAB} indents the second and following lines of the body of a
parenthetical grouping each under the preceding one; therefore, if you
alter one line's indentation to be nonstandard, the lines below will tend
to follow it.  This is the right behavior in cases where the standard
result of @key{TAB} is unaesthetic.

  Remember that an open-parenthesis, open-brace or other opening delimiter
at the left margin is assumed by Emacs (including the indentation routines)
to be the start of a function.  Therefore, you must never have an opening
delimiter in column zero that is not the beginning of a function, not even
inside a string.  This restriction is vital for making the indentation
commands fast; you must simply accept it.  @xref{Defuns}, for more
information on this.

@node Multi-line Indent, Lisp Indent, Basic Indent, Grinding
@subsection Indenting Several Lines

  When you wish to re-indent several lines of code which have been altered
or moved to a different level in the list structure, you have several
commands available.

@table @kbd
@item C-M-q
Re-indent all the lines within one list (@code{indent-sexp}).
@item C-u @key{TAB}
Shift an entire list rigidly sideways so that its first line
is properly indented.
@item C-M-\
Re-indent all lines in the region (@code{indent-region}).
@end table

@kindex C-M-q
@findex indent-sexp
@findex indent-c-exp
  You can re-indent the contents of a single list by positioning point
before the beginning of it and typing @kbd{C-M-q} (@code{indent-sexp} in
Lisp mode, @code{indent-c-exp} in C mode; also bound to other suitable
functions in other modes).  The indentation of the line the sexp starts on
is not changed; therefore, only the relative indentation within the list,
and not its position, is changed.  To correct the position as well, type a
@key{TAB} before the @kbd{C-M-q}.

@kindex C-u TAB
  If the relative indentation within a list is correct but the indentation
of its beginning is not, go to the line the list begins on and type
@kbd{C-u @key{TAB}}.  When @key{TAB} is given a numeric argument, it moves all the
lines in the grouping starting on the current line sideways the same amount
that the current line moves.  It is clever, though, and does not move lines
that start inside strings, or C preprocessor lines when in C mode.

@kindex C-M-\
@findex indent-region
  Another way to specify the range to be re-indented is with point and
mark.  The command @kbd{C-M-\} (@code{indent-region}) applies @key{TAB} to every line
whose first character is between point and mark.

@node Lisp Indent, C Indent, Multi-line Indent, Grinding
@subsection Customizing Lisp Indentation
@cindex customization

  The indentation pattern for a Lisp expression can depend on the function
called by the expression.  For each Lisp function, you can choose among
several predefined patterns of indentation, or define an arbitrary one with
a Lisp program.

  The standard pattern of indentation is as follows: the second line of the
expression is indented under the first argument, if that is on the same
line as the beginning of the expression; otherwise, the second line is
indented underneath the function name.  Each following line is indented
under the previous line whose nesting depth is the same.

@vindex lisp-indent-offset
  If the variable @code{lisp-indent-offset} is non-@code{nil}, it overrides
the usual indentation pattern for the second line of an expression, so that
such lines are always indented @code{lisp-indent-offset} more columns than
the containing list.

@vindex lisp-body-indent
  The standard pattern is overridden for certain functions.  Functions
whose names start with @code{def} always indent the second line by
@code{lisp-body-indention} extra columns beyond the open-parenthesis
starting the expression.

  The standard pattern can be overridden in various ways for individual
functions, according to the @code{lisp-indent-hook} property of the
function name.  There are four possibilities for this property:

@table @asis
@item @code{nil}
This is the same as no property; the standard indentation pattern is used.
@item @code{defun}
The pattern used for function names that start with @code{def} is used for
this function also.
@item a number, @var{number}
The first @var{number} arguments of the function are
@dfn{distinguished} arguments; the rest are considered the @dfn{body}
of the expression.  A line in the expression is indented according to
whether the first argument on it is distinguished or not.  If the
argument is part of the body, the line is indented @code{lisp-body-indent}
more columns than the open-parenthesis starting the containing
expression.  If the argument is distinguished and is either the first
or second argument, it is indented @i{twice} that many extra columns.
If the argument is distinguished and not the first or second argument,
the standard pattern is followed for that line.
@item a symbol, @var{symbol}
@var{symbol} should be a function name; that function is called to
calculate the indentation of a line within this expression.  The
function receives two arguments:
@table @asis
@item @var{state}
The value returned by @code{parse-partial-sexp} (a Lisp primitive for
indentation and nesting computation) when it parses up to the
beginning of this line.
@item @var{pos}
The position at which the line being indented begins.
@end table
@noindent
It should return either a number, which is the number of columns of
indentation for that line, or a list whose @sc{car} is such a number.  The
difference between returning a number and returning a list is that a
number says that all following lines at the same nesting level should
be indented just like this one; a list says that following lines might
call for different indentations.  This makes a difference when the
indentation is being computed by @kbd{C-M-q}; if the value is a
number, @kbd{C-M-q} need not recalculate indentation for the following
lines until the end of the list.
@end table

@node C Indent,, Lisp Indent, Grinding
@subsection Customizing C Indentation

  Two variables control which commands perform C indentation and when.

@vindex c-auto-newline
  If @code{c-auto-newline} is non-@code{nil}, newlines are inserted both
before and after braces that you insert, and after colons and semicolons.
Correct C indentation is done on all the lines that are made this way.

@vindex c-tab-always-indent
  If @code{c-tab-always-indent} is @code{nil}, the @key{TAB} command
in C mode does indentation only if point is at the left margin or within
the line's indentation.  If there is non-whitespace to the left of point,
then @key{TAB} just inserts a tab character in the buffer.  Normally,
this variable is @code{t}, and @key{TAB} always reindents the current line.

  C does not have anything analogous to particular function names for which
special forms of indentation are desirable.  However, it has a different
need for customization facilities: many different styles of C indentation
are in common use.

  There are six variables you can set to control the style that Emacs C
mode will use.

@table @code
@item c-indent-level
Indentation of C statements within surrounding block.  The surrounding
block's indentation is the indentation of the line on which the
open-brace appears.
@item c-continued-statement-offset
Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the then-clause of
an if or body of a while.
@item c-brace-offset
Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
@item c-brace-imaginary-offset
An open brace following other text is treated as if it were this far
to the right of the start of its line.
@item c-argdecl-indent
Indentation level of declarations of C function arguments.
@item c-label-offset
Extra indentation for line that is a label, or case or default.
@end table

@vindex c-indent-level
  The variable @code{c-indent-level} controls the indentation for C
statements with respect to the surrounding block.  In the example

@example
    @{
      foo ();
@end example

@noindent
the difference in indentation between the lines is @code{c-indent-level}.
Its standard value is 2.

If the open-brace beginning the compound statement is not at the beginning
of its line, the @code{c-indent-level} is added to the indentation of the
line, not the column of the open-brace.  For example,

@example
if (losing) @{
  do_this ();
@end example

@noindent
One popular indentation style is that which results from setting
@code{c-indent-level} to 8 and putting open-braces at the end of a line in
this way.  I prefer to put the open-brace on a separate line.

@vindex c-brace-imaginary-offset
  In fact, the value of the variable @code{c-brace-imaginary-offset} is
also added to the indentation of such a statement.  Normally this variable
is zero.  Think of this variable as the imaginary position of the open
brace, relative to the first nonblank character on the line.  By setting
this variable to 4 and @code{c-indent-level} to 0, you can get this style:

@example
if (x == y) @{
    do_it ();
    @}
@end example

  When @code{c-indent-level} is zero, the statements inside most braces
will line up right under the open brace.  But there is an exception made
for braces in column zero, such as surrounding a function's body.  The
statements just inside it do not go at column zero.  Instead,
@code{c-brace-offset} and @w{@code{c-continued-statement-offset}} (see below)
are added to produce a typical offset between brace levels, and the
statements are indented that far.

@vindex c-continued-statement-offset
  @code{c-continued-statement-offset} controls the extra indentation for a
line that starts within a statement (but not within parentheses or
brackets).  These lines are usually statements that are within other
statements, such as the then-clauses of @code{if} statements and the bodies
of @code{while} statements.  This parameter is the difference in
indentation between the two lines in

@example
if (x == y)
  do_it ();
@end example

@noindent
Its standard value is 2.  Some popular indentation styles correspond to a
value of zero for @code{c-continued-statement-offset}.

@vindex c-brace-offset
  @code{c-brace-offset} is the extra indentation given to a line that
starts with an open-brace.  Its standard value is zero;
compare

@example
if (x == y)
  @{
@end example

@noindent
with

@example
if (x == y)
  do_it ();
@end example

@noindent
if @code{c-brace-offset} were set to 4, the first example would become

@example
if (x == y)
      @{
@end example

@vindex c-argdecl-indent
  @code{c-argdecl-indent} controls the indentation of declarations of the
arguments of a C function.  It is absolute: argument declarations receive
exactly @code{c-argdecl-indent} spaces.  The standard value is 5, resulting
in code like this:

@example
char *
index (string, c)
     char *string;
     int c;
@end example

@vindex c-label-offset
  @code{c-label-offset} is the extra indentation given to a line that
contains a label, a case statement, or a @code{default:} statement.  Its
standard value is @minus{}2, resulting in code like this

@example
switch (c)
  @{
  case 'x':
@end example

@noindent
If @code{c-label-offset} were zero, the same code would be indented as

@example
switch (c)
  @{
    case 'x':
@end example

@noindent
This example assumes that the other variables above also have their
standard values.

  I strongly recommend that you try out the indentation style produced by
the standard settings of these variables, together with putting open braces
on separate lines.  You can see how it looks in all the C source files of
GNU Emacs.

@node Matching, Comments, Grinding, Programs
@section Automatic Display Of Matching Parentheses
@cindex matching parentheses
@cindex parentheses

  The Emacs parenthesis-matching feature is designed to show automatically
how parentheses match in the text.  Whenever a self-inserting character
that is a closing delimiter is typed, the cursor moves momentarily to the
location of the matching opening delimiter, provided that is on the screen.
If it is not on the screen, some text starting with that opening delimiter
is displayed in the echo area.  Either way, you can tell what grouping is
being closed off.

  In Lisp, automatic matching applies only to parentheses.  In C, it
applies to braces and brackets too.  Emacs knows which characters to regard
as matching delimiters based on the syntax table, which is set by the major
mode.  @xref{Syntax}.

  If the opening delimiter and closing delimiter are mismatched---such as
in @samp{[x)}---a warning message is displayed in the echo area.  The
correct matches are specified in the syntax table.

@vindex blink-matching-paren
@vindex blink-matching-paren-distance
  Two variables control parenthesis match display.  @code{blink-matching-paren}
turns the feature on or off; @code{nil} turns it off, but the default is
@code{t} to turn match display on.  @code{blink-matching-paren-distance}
specifies how many characters back to search to find the matching opening
delimiter.  If the match is not found in that far, scanning stops, and
nothing is displayed.  This is to prevent scanning for the matching
delimiter from wasting lots of time when there is no match.  The default
is 4000.

@node Comments, Macro Expansion, Matching, Programs
@section Manipulating Comments
@cindex comments
@kindex M-;
@cindex indentation
@findex indent-for-comment

  The comment commands insert, kill and align comments.

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item M-;
Insert or align comment (@code{indent-for-comment}).
@item C-x ;
Set comment column (@code{set-comment-column}).
@item C-u - C-x ;
Kill comment on current line (@code{kill-comment}).
@item M-@key{LFD}
Like @key{RET} followed by inserting and aligning a comment
(@code{indent-new-comment-line}).
@end table

  The command that creates a comment is @kbd{Meta-;} (@code{indent-for-comment}).
If there is no comment already on the line, a new comment is created,
aligned at a specific column called the @dfn{comment column}.  The comment
is created by inserting the string Emacs thinks comments should start with
(the value of @code{comment-start}; see below).  Point is left after that
string.  If the text of the line extends past the comment column, then the
indentation is done to a suitable boundary (usually, at least one space is
inserted).  If the major mode has specified a string to terminate comments,
that is inserted after point, to keep the syntax valid.

  @kbd{Meta-;} can also be used to align an existing comment.  If a line
already contains the string that starts comments, then @kbd{M-;} just moves
point after it and re-indents it to the conventional place.  Exception:
comments starting in column 0 are not moved.

  Some major modes have special rules for indenting certain kinds of
comments in certain contexts.  For example, in Lisp code, comments which
start with two semicolons are indented as if they were lines of code,
instead of at the comment column.  Comments which start with three
semicolons are supposed to start at the left margin.  Emacs understands
these conventions by indenting a double-semicolon comment using @key{TAB},
and by not changing the indentation of a triple-semicolon comment at all.

@example
;; This function is just an example
;;; Here either two or three semicolons are appropriate.
(defun foo (x)
;;; And now, the first part of the function:
  ;; The following line adds one.
  (1+ x))           ; This line adds one.
@end example

  In C code, a comment preceded on its line by nothing but whitespace
is indented like a line of code.

  Even when an existing comment is properly aligned, @kbd{M-;} is still
useful for moving directly to the start of the comment.

@kindex C-u - C-x ;
@findex kill-comment
  @kbd{C-u - C-x ;} (@code{kill-comment}) kills the comment on the current line,
if there is one.  The indentation before the start of the comment is killed
as well.  If there does not appear to be a comment in the line, nothing is
done.  To reinsert the comment on another line, move to the end of that
line, do @kbd{C-y}, and then do @kbd{M-;} to realign it.  Note that
@kbd{C-u - C-x ;} is not a distinct key; it is @kbd{C-x ;} (@code{set-comment-column})
with a negative argument.  That command is programmed so that when it
receives a negative argument it calls @code{kill-comment}.  However,
@code{kill-comment} is a valid command which you could bind directly to a
key if you wanted to.

@subsection Multiple Lines of Comments

@kindex M-LFD
@cindex blank lines
@findex indent-new-comment-line
  If you are typing a comment and find that you wish to continue it on
another line, you can use the command @kbd{Meta-@key{LFD}} (@code{indent-new-comment-line}),
which terminates the comment you are typing, creates a new blank line
afterward, and begins a new comment indented under the old one.  When Auto
Fill mode is on, going past the fill column while typing a comment causes
the comment to be continued in just this fashion.  If point is not at the
end of the line when @kbd{M-@key{LFD}} is typed, the text on the rest of
the line becomes part of the new comment line.

@subsection Options Controlling Comments

@vindex comment-column
@kindex C-x ;
@findex set-comment-column
  The comment column is stored in the variable @code{comment-column}.  You
can set it to a number explicitly.  Alternatively, the command @kbd{C-x ;}
(@code{set-comment-column}) sets the comment column to the column point is
at.  @w{@kbd{C-u C-x ;}} sets the comment column to match the last comment
before point in the buffer, and then does a @kbd{Meta-;} to align the
current line's comment under the previous one.  Note that @kbd{C-u - C-x ;}
runs the function @code{kill-comment} as described above.

  @code{comment-column} is a per-buffer variable; altering the variable
affects only the current buffer, but there is a default value which you can
change as well.  @xref{Locals}.  Many major modes initialize this variable
for the current buffer.

@vindex comment-start-skip
  The comment commands recognize comments based on the regular expression
that is the value of the variable @code{comment-start-skip}.  This regexp
should not match the null string.  It may match more than the comment
starting delimiter in the strictest sense of the word; for example, in C
mode the value of the variable is @code{@t{"/\\*+ *"}}, which matches extra
stars and spaces after the @samp{/*} itself.  (Note that @samp{\\} is
needed in Lisp syntax to include a @samp{\} in the string, which is needed
to deny the first star its special meaning in regexp syntax.  @xref{Regexps}.)

@vindex comment-start
@vindex comment-end
  When a comment command makes a new comment, it inserts the value of
@code{comment-start} to begin it.  The value of @code{comment-end} is
inserted after point, so that it will follow the text that you will insert
into the comment.  In C mode, @code{comment-start} has the value
@w{@code{"/* "}} and @code{comment-end} has the value @w{@code{" */"}}.

@vindex comment-multi-line
  @code{comment-multi-line} controls how @kbd{M-@key{LFD}} (@code{indent-new-comment-line})
behaves when used inside a comment.  If @code{comment-multi-line} is
@code{nil}, as it normally is, then the comment on the starting line is
terminated and a new comment is started on the new following line.  If
@code{comment-multi-line} is not @code{nil}, then the new following line is
set up as part of the same comment that was found on the starting line.
This is done by not inserting a terminator on the old line, and not
inserting a starter on the new line.  In languages where multi-line comments
work, the choice of value for this variable is a matter of taste.

@vindex comment-indent-hook
  The variable @code{comment-indent-hook} should contain a function that
will be called to compute the indentation for a newly inserted comment or
for aligning an existing comment.  It is set differently by various major
modes.  The function is called with no arguments, but with point at the
beginning of the comment, or at the end of a line if a new comment is to be
inserted.  It should return the column in which the comment ought to start.
For example, in Lisp mode, the indent hook function bases its decision
on how many semicolons begin an existing comment, and on the code in the
preceding lines.

@node Macro Expansion, Balanced Editing, Comments, Programs
@section Viewing How C Macros Expand
@cindex macro expansion in C
@cindex expansion of C macros

@findex c-macro-expand
When you are debugging C code that uses macros, sometimes it is hard to
figure out precisely how the macros expand.  The command @kbd{M-x
c-macro-expand}.  It runs the C preprocessor and shows you what
expansion results from the region.  The portion of the buffer before the
region is also included in preprocessing, for the sake of macros defined
there, but the output from this part isn't shown.

@node Balanced Editing, Lisp Completion, Macro Expansion, Programs
@section Editing Without Unbalanced Parentheses

@table @kbd
@item M-(
Put parentheses around next sexp(s) (@code{insert-parentheses}).
@item M-)
Move past next close parenthesis and re-indent
(@code{move-over-close-and-reindent}).
@end table

@kindex M-(
@kindex M-)
@findex insert-parentheses
@findex move-over-close-and-reindent
  The two commands, @kbd{M-(} (@code{insert-parentheses}) and @kbd{M-)}
(@code{move-over-close-and-reindent}), are designed to facilitate a style of
editing which keeps parentheses balanced at all times.  @kbd{M-(} inserts a
pair of parentheses, either together as in @samp{()}, or, if given an
argument, around the next several sexps, and leaves point after the open
parenthesis.  Instead of typing @w{@kbd{( F O O )}}, you can type @kbd{M-( F O
O}, which has the same effect except for leaving the cursor before the
close parenthesis.  Then you would type @kbd{M-)}, which moves past the
close parenthesis, deleting any indentation preceding it (in this example
there is none), and indenting with @key{LFD} after it.

@node Lisp Completion, Documentation, Balanced Editing, Programs
@section Completion for Lisp Symbols
@cindex completion (symbol names)

  Usually completion happens in the minibuffer.  But one kind of completion
is available in all buffers: completion for Lisp symbol names.

@kindex M-TAB
@findex lisp-complete-symbol
  The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (@code{lisp-complete-symbol}) takes the
partial Lisp symbol before point to be an abbreviation, and compares it
against all nontrivial Lisp symbols currently known to Emacs.  Any
additional characters that they all have in common are inserted at point.
Nontrivial symbols are those that have function definitions, values or
properties.

  If there is an open-parenthesis immediately before the beginning of
the partial symbol, only symbols with function definitions are considered
as completions.

  If the partial name in the buffer has more than one possible completion
and they have no additional characters in common, a list of all possible
completions is displayed in another window.

@node Documentation, Change Log, Lisp Completion, Programs
@section Documentation Commands

@kindex C-h f
@findex describe-function
@kindex C-h v
@findex describe-variable
  As you edit Lisp code to be run in Emacs, the commands @kbd{C-h f}
(@code{describe-function}) and @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}) can
be used to print documentation of functions and variables that you want to
call.  These commands use the minibuffer to read the name of a function or
variable to document, and display the documentation in a window.

  For extra convenience, these commands provide default arguments based on
the code in the neighborhood of point.  @kbd{C-h f} sets the default to the
function called in the innermost list containing point.  @kbd{C-h v} uses
the symbol name around or adjacent to point as its default.

@findex manual-entry
  Documentation on Unix commands, system calls and libraries can be
obtained with the @kbd{M-x manual-entry} command.  This reads a topic as an
argument, and displays the text on that topic from the Unix manual.
@code{manual-entry} always searches all 8 sections of the manual, and
concatenates all the entries that are found.  For example, the topic
@samp{termcap} finds the description of the termcap library from section 3,
followed by the description of the termcap data base from section 5.

@node Change Log, Tags, Documentation, Programs
@section Change Logs

@cindex change log
@findex add-change-log-entry
  The Emacs command @kbd{M-x add-change-log-entry} helps you keep a record
of when and why you have changed a program.  It assumes that you have a
file in which you write a chronological sequence of entries describing
individual changes.  The default is to store the change entries in a file
called @file{ChangeLog} in the same directory as the file you are editing.
The same @file{ChangeLog} file therefore records changes for all the files
in the directory.

  A change log entry starts with a header line that contains your name and
the current date.  Aside from these header lines, every line in the
change log starts with a tab.  One entry can describe several changes;
each change starts with a line starting with a tab and a star.
@kbd{M-x add-change-log-entry} visits the change log file and creates
a new entry unless the most recent entry is for today's date and your
name.  In either case, it adds a new line to start the description of
another change just after the header line of the entry.  When @kbd{M-x
add-change-log-entry} is finished, all is prepared for you to edit in
the description of what you changed and how.  You must then save the
change log file yourself.

  The change log file is always visited in Indented Text mode, which means
that @key{LFD} and auto-filling indent each new line like the previous
line.  This is convenient for entering the contents of an entry, which must
all be indented.  @xref{Text Mode}.

@findex add-change-log-entry-other-window
@kindex C-x 4 a
  An alternative convenient command for starting a change log entry is
@w{@kbd{C-x 4 a}} (@code{add-change-log-entry-other-window}).  It resembles
@code{add-change-log-entry} except that it visits the change log in
another window, and always uses the file @file{./ChangeLog}---it does
not ask you for the file name.

  Here is an example of the formatting conventions used in the change log
for Emacs:

@smallexample
@group
Wed Jun 26 19:29:32 1985  Richard M. Stallman  (rms at mit-prep)

        * xdisp.c (try_window_id):
        If C-k is done at end of next-to-last line,
        this fn updates window_end_vpos and cannot leave
        window_end_pos nonnegative (it is zero, in fact).
        If display is preempted before lines are output,
        this is inconsistent.  Fix by setting
        blank_end_of_window to nonzero.
@end group

@group
Tue Jun 25 05:25:33 1985  Richard M. Stallman  (rms at mit-prep)

        * cmds.c (Fnewline):
        Call the auto fill hook if appropriate.
@end group

@group
        * xdisp.c (try_window_id):
        If point is found by compute_motion after xp, record that
        permanently.  If display_text_line sets point position wrong
        (case where line is killed, point is at eob and that line is
        not displayed), set it again in final compute_motion.
@end group
@end smallexample

@node Tags, Fortran, Change Log, Programs
@section Tag Tables
@cindex tag table

  A @dfn{tag table} is a description of how a multi-file program is broken
up into files.  It lists the names of the component files and the names and
positions of the functions in each file.  Grouping the related files makes
it possible to search or replace through all the files with one command.
Recording the function names and positions makes possible the @kbd{Meta-.}
command which you can use to find the definition of a function without
having to know which of the files it is in.

  Tag tables are stored in files called @dfn{tag table files}.  The
conventional name for a tag table file is @file{TAGS}.

  Each entry in the tag table records the name of one tag, the name of the
file that the tag is defined in (implicitly), and the position in that file
of the tag's definition.

  Just what names from the described files are recorded in the tag table
depends on the programming language of the described file.  They normally
include all functions and subroutines, and may also include global
variables, data types, and anything else convenient.  In any case, each
name recorded is called a @dfn{tag}.

@menu
* Tag Syntax::
* Create Tag Table::
* Select Tag Table::
* Find Tag::
* Tags Search::
* Tags Stepping::
* List Tags::
@end menu

@node Tag Syntax, Create Tag Table, Tags, Tags
@subsection Source File Tag Syntax

  In Lisp code, any function defined with @code{defun}, any variable
defined with @code{defvar} or @code{defconst}, and in general the first
argument of any expression that starts with @samp{(def} in column zero, is
a tag.

  In C code, any C function is a tag, and so is any typedef if @code{-t} is
specified when the tag table is constructed.

  In Fortran code, functions and subroutines are tags.

  In La@TeX{} text, the argument of any of the commands @code{\chapter},
@code{\section}, @code{\subsection}, @code{\subsubsection}, @code{\eqno},
@code{\label}, @code{\ref}, @code{\cite}, @code{\bibitem} and
@code{\typeout} is a tag.@refill

@node Create Tag Table, Select Tag Table, Tag Syntax, Tags
@subsection Creating Tag Tables
@cindex etags program

  The @code{etags} program is used to create a tag table file.  It knows
the syntax of C, Fortran, La@TeX{}, Scheme and Emacs Lisp/Common Lisp.  To
use @code{etags}, type

@example
etags @var{inputfiles}@dots{}
@end example

@noindent
as a shell command.  It reads the specified files and writes a tag table
named @file{TAGS} in the current working directory.  @code{etags}
recognizes the language used in an input file based on its file name and
contents; there are no switches for specifying the language.  The @code{-t}
switch tells @code{etags} to record typedefs in C code as tags.

  If the tag table data become outdated due to changes in the files
described in the table, the way to update the tag table is the same way it
was made in the first place.  It is not necessary to do this often.

  If the tag table fails to record a tag, or records it for the wrong file,
then Emacs cannot possibly find its definition.  However, if the position
recorded in the tag table becomes a little bit wrong (due to some editing
in the file that the tag definition is in), the only consequence is to slow
down finding the tag slightly.  Even if the stored position is very wrong,
Emacs will still find the tag, but it must search the entire file for it.

  So you should update a tag table when you define new tags that you want
to have listed, or when you move tag definitions from one file to another,
or when changes become substantial.  Normally there is no need to update
the tag table after each edit, or even every day.

@node Select Tag Table, Find Tag, Create Tag Table, Tags
@subsection Selecting a Tag Table

@vindex tags-file-name
@findex visit-tags-table
  Emacs has at any time one @dfn{selected} tag table, and all the commands
for working with tag tables use the selected one.  To select a tag table,
type @w{@kbd{M-x visit-tags-table}}, which reads the tag table file name as an
argument.  The name @file{TAGS} in the default directory is used as the
default file name.

  All this command does is store the file name in the variable
@code{tags-file-name}.  Emacs does not actually read in the tag table
contents until you try to use them.  Setting this variable yourself is just
as good as using @code{visit-tags-table}.  The variable's initial value is
@code{nil}; this value tells all the commands for working with tag tables
that they must ask for a tag table file name to use.

@node Find Tag, Tags Search, Select Tag Table, Tags
@subsection Finding a Tag

  The most important thing that a tag table enables you to do is to find
the definition of a specific tag.

@table @kbd
@item M-.@: @var{tag}
Find first definition of @var{tag} (@code{find-tag}).
@item C-u M-.
Find next alternate definition of last tag specified.
@item C-x 4 .@: @var{tag}
Find first definition of @var{tag}, but display it in another window
(@code{find-tag-other-window}).
@end table

@kindex M-.
@findex find-tag
  @kbd{M-.}@: (@code{find-tag}) is the command to find the definition of a
specified tag.  It searches through the tag table for that tag, as a
string, and then uses the tag table info to determine the file that the
definition is in and the approximate character position in the file of the
definition.  Then @code{find-tag} visits that file, moves point to the
approximate character position, and starts searching ever-increasing
distances away for the the text that should appear at the beginning of the
definition.

  If an empty argument is given (just type @key{RET}), the sexp in the
buffer before or around point is used as the name of the tag to find.
@xref{Lists}, for info on sexps.

  The argument to @code{find-tag} need not be the whole tag name; it can be
a substring of a tag name.  However, there can be many tag names containing
the substring you specify.  Since @code{find-tag} works by searching the
text of the tag table, it finds the first tag in the table that the
specified substring appears in.

  The way to find other tags that match the substring is to give
@code{find-tag} a numeric argument, as in @kbd{C-u M-.}; this does not
read a tag name, but continues searching the tag table's text for
another tag containing the same substring last used.  If you have a real
@key{META} key, @kbd{M-0 M-.}@: is an easier alternative to @kbd{C-u
M-.}. (That is a zero in @kbd{M-0}.)

@kindex C-x 4 .
@findex find-tag-other-window
  Like most commands that can switch buffers, @code{find-tag} has another
similar command that displays the new buffer in another window.  @kbd{C-x 4
.}@: invokes the function @code{find-tag-other-window}.  (This key sequence
ends with a period.)

  Emacs comes with a tag table file @file{TAGS}, in the @file{src}
subdirectory, which includes all the Lisp libraries and all the C
sources of Emacs.  By specifying this file with @code{visit-tags-table}
and then using @kbd{M-.}@: you can quickly look at the source of any
Emacs function.

@node Tags Search, Tags Stepping, Find Tag, Tags
@subsection Searching and Replacing with Tag Tables

  The commands in this section visit and search all the files listed in the
selected tag table, one by one.  For these commands, the tag table serves
only to specify a sequence of files to search.  A related command is
@kbd{M-x grep} (@pxref{Compilation}).

@table @kbd
@item M-x tags-search
Search for the specified regexp through the files in the selected tag
table.
@item M-x tags-query-replace
Perform a @code{query-replace} on each file in the selected tag table.
@item M-,
Restart one of the commands above, from the current location of point
(@code{tags-loop-continue}).
@end table

@findex tags-search
  @kbd{M-x tags-search} reads a regexp using the minibuffer, then visits
the files of the selected tag table one by one, and searches through each
one for that regexp.  It displays the name of the file being searched so
you can follow its progress.  As soon as an occurrence is found,
@code{tags-search} returns.

@kindex M-,
@findex tags-loop-continue
  Having found one match, you probably want to find all the rest.  To find
one more match, type @kbd{M-,} (@code{tags-loop-continue}) to resume the
@code{tags-search}.  This searches the rest of the current buffer, followed
by the remaining files of the tag table.

@findex tags-query-replace
  @kbd{M-x tags-query-replace} performs a single @code{query-replace}
through all the files in the tag table.  It reads a string to search for
and a string to replace with, just like ordinary @w{@kbd{M-x query-replace}}.
It searches much like @kbd{M-x tags-search} but repeatedly, processing
matches according to your input.  @xref{Replace}, for more information on
@code{query-replace}.@refill

  It is possible to get through all the files in the tag table with a
single invocation of @kbd{M-x tags-query-replace}.  But since any
unrecognized character causes the command to exit, you may need to continue
where you left off.  @kbd{M-,} can be used for this.  It resumes the last
tags search or replace command that you did.

  It may have struck you that @code{tags-search} is a lot like @code{grep}.
You can also run @code{grep} itself as an inferior of Emacs and have Emacs
show you the matching lines one by one.  This works mostly the same as
running a compilation and having Emacs show you where the errors were.
@xref{Compilation}.

@node Tags Stepping, List Tags, Tags Search, Tags
@subsection Stepping Through a Tag Table
@findex next-file

  If you wish to process all the files in the selected tag table, but
@kbd{M-x tags-search} and @kbd{M-x tags-query-replace} in particular are not what
you want, you can use @kbd{M-x next-file}.

@table @kbd
@item C-u M-x next-file
With a numeric argument, regardless of its value, visit the first
file in the tag table, and prepare to advance sequentially by files.
@item M-x next-file
Visit the next file in the selected tag table.
@end table

@node List Tags,, Tags Stepping, Tags
@subsection Tag Table Inquiries

@table @kbd
@item M-x list-tags
Display a list of the tags defined in a specific program file.
@item M-x tags-apropos
Display a list of all tags matching a specified regexp.
@end table

@findex list-tags
  @kbd{M-x list-tags} reads the name of one of the files described by the
selected tag table, and displays a list of all the tags defined in that
file.  The ``file name'' argument is really just a string to compare
against the names recorded in the tag table; it is read as a string rather
than as a file name.  Therefore, completion and defaulting are not
available, and you must enter the string the same way it appears in the tag
table.  Do not include a directory as part of the file name unless the file
name recorded in the tag table includes a directory.

@findex tags-apropos
  @kbd{M-x tags-apropos} is like @code{apropos} for tags.  It reads a regexp,
then finds all the tags in the selected tag table whose entries match that
regexp, and displays the tag names found.

@node Fortran,, Tags, Programs
@section Fortran Mode
@cindex Fortran mode

  Fortran mode provides special motion commands for Fortran statements and
subprograms, and indentation commands that understand Fortran conventions
of nesting, line numbers and continuation statements.

  Special commands for comments are provided because Fortran comments are
unlike those of other languages.

  Built-in abbrevs optionally save typing when you insert Fortran keywords.

@findex fortran-mode
  Use @kbd{M-x fortran-mode} to switch to this major mode.  Doing so calls
the value of @code{fortran-mode-hook} as a function of no arguments if
that variable has a value that is not @code{nil}.

@menu
* Motion: Fortran Motion.     Moving point by statements or subprograms.
* Indent: Fortran Indent.     Indentation commands for Fortran.
* Comments: Fortran Comments. Inserting and aligning comments.
* Columns: Fortran Columns.   Measuring columns for valid Fortran.
* Abbrev: Fortran Abbrev.     Built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
@end menu

  Fortran mode was contributed by Michael Prange.

@node Fortran Motion, Fortran Indent, Fortran, Fortran
@subsection Motion Commands

  Fortran mode provides special commands to move by subprograms (functions
and subroutines) and by statements.  There is also a command to put the
region around one subprogram, convenient for killing it or moving it.

@kindex C-M-a (Fortran mode)
@kindex C-M-e (Fortran mode)
@kindex C-M-h (Fortran mode)
@kindex C-c C-p (Fortran mode)
@kindex C-c C-n (Fortran mode)
@findex beginning-of-fortran-subprogram
@findex end-of-fortran-subprogram
@findex mark-fortran-subprogram
@findex fortran-previous-statement
@findex fortran-next-statement

@table @kbd
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item C-M-a
Move to beginning of subprogram
(@code{beginning-of-fortran-subprogram}).
@item C-M-e
Move to end of subprogram (@code{end-of-fortran-subprogram}).
@item C-M-h
Put point at beginning of subprogram and mark at end
(@code{mark-fortran-subprogram}).
@item C-c C-n
Move to beginning of current or next statement
(@code{fortran-next-statement}).
@item C-c C-p
Move to beginning of current or previous statement
(@code{fortran-previous-statement}).
@end table

@node Fortran Indent, Fortran Comments, Fortran Motion, Fortran
@subsection Fortran Indentation

  Special commands and features are needed for indenting Fortran code in
order to make sure various syntactic entities (line numbers, comment line
indicators and continuation line flags) appear in the columns that are
required for standard Fortran.

@menu
* Commands: ForIndent Commands. Commands for indenting Fortran.
* Numbers:  ForIndent Num.      How line numbers auto-indent.
* Conv:     ForIndent Conv.     Conventions you must obey to avoid trouble.
* Vars:     ForIndent Vars.     Variables controlling Fortran indent style.
@end menu

@node ForIndent Commands, ForIndent Num, Fortran Indent, Fortran Indent
@subsubsection Fortran Indentation Commands

@table @kbd
@item @key{TAB}
Indent the current line (@code{fortran-indent-line}).
@item M-@key{LFD}
Break the current line and set up a continuation line.
@item C-M-q
Indent all the lines of the subprogram point is in
(@code{fortran-indent-subprogram}).
@end table

@findex fortran-indent-line
  @key{TAB} is redefined by Fortran mode to reindent the current line for
Fortran (@code{fortran-indent-line}).  Line numbers and continuation
markers are indented to their required columns, and the body of the
statement is independently indented based on its nesting in the program.

@kindex C-M-q (Fortran mode)
@findex fortran-indent-subprogram
  The key @kbd{C-M-q} is redefined as @code{fortran-indent-subprogram}, a
command to reindent all the lines of the Fortran subprogram (function or
subroutine) containing point.

@kindex M-LFD (Fortran mode)
@findex fortran-split-line
  The key @kbd{M-@key{LFD}} is redefined as @code{fortran-split-line}, a
command to split a line in the appropriate fashion for Fortran.  In a
non-comment line, the second half becomes a continuation line and is
indented accordingly.  In a comment line, both halves become separate
comment lines.

@node ForIndent Num, ForIndent Conv, ForIndent Commands, Fortran Indent
@subsubsection Line Numbers and Continuation

  If a number is the first non-whitespace in the line, it is assumed to be
a line number and is moved to columns 0 through 4.  (Columns are always
counted from 0 in GNU Emacs.)  If the text on the line starts with the
conventional Fortran continuation marker @samp{$}, it is moved to column 5.
If the text begins with any non whitespace character in column 5, it is
assumed to be an unconventional continuation marker and remains in column
5.

@vindex fortran-line-number-indent
  Line numbers of four digits or less are normally indented one space.
This amount is controlled by the variable @code{fortran-line-number-indent}
which is the maximum indentation a line number can have.  Line numbers
are indented to right-justify them to end in column 4 unless that would
require more than this maximum indentation.  The default value of the
variable is 1.

@vindex fortran-electric-line-number
  Simply inserting a line number is enough to indent it according to these
rules.  As each digit is inserted, the indentation is recomputed.  To turn
off this feature, set the variable @code{fortran-electric-line-number} to
@code{nil}.  Then inserting line numbers is like inserting anything else.

@node ForIndent Conv, ForIndent Vars, ForIndent Num, Fortran Indent
@subsubsection Syntactic Conventions

  Fortran mode assumes that you follow certain conventions that simplify
the task of understanding a Fortran program well enough to indent it
properly:

@vindex fortran-continuation-char
@itemize @bullet
@item
Two nested @samp{do} loops never share a @samp{continue} statement.

@item
The same character appears in column 5 of all continuation lines, and
this character is the value of the variable @code{fortran-continuation-char}.
By default, this character is @samp{$}.
@end itemize

@noindent
If you fail to follow these conventions, the indentation commands may
indent some lines unaesthetically.  However, a correct Fortran program will
retain its meaning when reindented even if the conventions are not
followed.

@node ForIndent Vars,, ForIndent Conv, Fortran Indent
@subsubsection Variables for Fortran Indentation

@vindex fortran-do-indent
@vindex fortran-if-indent
@vindex fortran-continuation-indent
@vindex fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
@vindex fortran-minimum-statement-indent
  Several additional variables control how Fortran indentation works.

@table @code
@item fortran-do-indent
Extra indentation within each level of @samp{do} statement @*(default 3).

@item fortran-if-indent
Extra indentation within each level of @samp{if} statement @*(default 3).

@item fortran-continuation-indent
Extra indentation for bodies of continuation lines (default 5).

@item fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do
If this is @code{nil}, indentation assumes that each @samp{do}
statement ends on a @samp{continue} statement.  Therefore, when
computing indentation for a statement other than @samp{continue}, it
can save time by not checking for a @samp{do} statement ending there.
If this is non-@code{nil}, indenting any numbered statement must check
for a @samp{do} that ends there.  The default is @code{nil}.

@item fortran-minimum-statement-indent
Minimum indentation for fortran statements.  For standard Fortran,
this is 6.  Statement bodies will never be indented less than this
much.
@end table

@node Fortran Comments, Fortran Columns, Fortran Indent, Fortran
@subsection Comments

  The usual Emacs comment commands assume that a comment can follow a line
of code.  In Fortran, the standard comment syntax requires an entire line
to be just a comment.  Therefore, Fortran mode replaces the standard Emacs
comment commands and defines some new variables.

  Fortran mode can also handle a nonstandard comment syntax where comments
start with @samp{!} and can follow other text.  Because only some Fortran
compilers accept this syntax, Fortran mode will not insert such comments
unless you have said in advance to do so.  To do this, set the variable
@code{comment-start} to @samp{"!"} (@pxref{Variables}).

@table @kbd
@item M-;
Align comment or insert new comment (@code{fortran-comment-indent}).

@item C-x ;
Applies to nonstandard @samp{!} comments only.

@item C-c ;
Turn all lines of the region into comments, or (with arg)
turn them back into real code (@code{fortran-comment-region}).
@end table

  @kbd{M-;} in Fortran mode is redefined as the command
@code{fortran-comment-indent}.  Like the usual @kbd{M-;} command, this
recognizes any kind of existing comment and aligns its text appropriately;
if there is no existing comment, a comment is inserted and aligned.  But
inserting and aligning comments are not the same in Fortran mode as in
other modes.

  When a new comment must be inserted, if the current line is blank, a
full-line comment is inserted.  On a non-blank line, a nonstandard @samp{!}
comment is inserted if you have said you want to use them.  Otherwise a
full-line comment is inserted on a new line before the current line.

  Nonstandard @samp{!} comments are aligned like comments in other
languages, but full-line comments are different.  In a standard full-line
comment, the comment delimiter itself must always appear in column zero.
What can be aligned is the text within the comment.  You can choose from
three styles of alignment by setting the variable
@code{fortran-comment-indent-style} to one of these values:

@vindex fortran-comment-indent-style
@vindex fortran-comment-line-column
@table @code
@item fixed
The text is aligned at a fixed column, which is the value of
@code{fortran-comment-line-column}.  This is the default.
@item relative
The text is aligned as if it were a line of code, but with an
additional @code{fortran-comment-line-column} columns of indentation.
@item nil
Text in full-line columns is not moved automatically.
@end table

@vindex fortran-comment-indent-char
  In addition, you can specify the character to be used to indent within
full-line comments by setting the variable @code{fortran-comment-indent-char}
to the character you want to use.

@vindex comment-line-start
@vindex comment-line-start-skip
  Fortran mode introduces the two variables, @code{comment-line-start} and
@code{comment-line-start-skip}, which play for full-line comments the same
roles played by @code{comment-start} and @code{comment-start-skip} for
ordinary text-following comments.  Normally these are set properly by
Fortran mode so you do not need to change them.

  The normal Emacs comment command @kbd{C-x ;} has not been redefined.
If you use @samp{!} comments, this command can be used with them.  Otherwise
it is useless in Fortran mode.

@kindex C-c ; (Fortran mode)
@findex fortran-comment-region
@vindex fortran-comment-region
  The command @kbd{C-c ;} (@code{fortran-comment-region}) turns all the
lines of the region into comments by inserting the string @samp{C$$$} at
the front of each one.  With a numeric arg, the region is turned back into
live code by deleting @samp{C$$$} from the front of each line in it.  The
string used for these comments can be controlled by setting the variable
@code{fortran-comment-region}.  Note that here we have an example of a
command and a variable with the same name; these two uses of the name never
conflict because in Lisp and in Emacs it is always clear from the context
which one is meant.

@node Fortran Columns, Fortran Abbrev, Fortran Comments, Fortran
@subsection Columns

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-r
Displays a ``column ruler'' momentarily above the current line
(@code{fortran-column-ruler}).
@item C-c C-w
Splits the current window horizontally so that it is 72 columns wide.
This may help you avoid going over that limit (@code{fortran-window-create}).
@end table

@kindex C-c C-r (Fortran mode)
@findex fortran-column-ruler
@vindex fortran-column-ruler
  The command @kbd{C-c C-r} (@code{fortran-column-ruler}) shows a column
ruler momentarily above the current line.  The comment ruler is two lines
of text that show you the locations of columns with special significance
in Fortran programs.  Square brackets show the limits of the columns for
line numbers, and curly brackets show the limits of the columns for the
statement body.  Column numbers appear above them.

  Note that the column numbers count from zero, as always in GNU Emacs.  As
a result, the numbers may not be those you are familiar with; but the
actual positions in the line are standard Fortran.

  The text used to display the column ruler is the value of the variable
@code{fortran-comment-ruler}.  By changing this variable, you can change
the display.

@kindex C-c C-w (Fortran mode)
@findex fortran-window-create
  For even more help, use @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{fortran-window-create}), a
command which splits the current window horizontally, making a window 72
columns wide.  By editing in this window you can immediately see when you
make a line too wide to be correct Fortran.

@node Fortran Abbrev,, Fortran Columns, Fortran
@subsection Fortran Keyword Abbrevs

  Fortran mode provides many built-in abbrevs for common keywords and
declarations.  These are the same sort of abbrev that you can define
yourself.  To use them, you must turn on Abbrev mode (@pxref{Abbrevs}).

  The built-in abbrevs are unusual in one way: they all start with a
semicolon.  You cannot normally use semicolons in an abbrev, but Fortran
mode makes this possible by changing the syntax of semicolon to ``word
constituent''.

  For example, one built-in Fortran abbrev is @samp{;c} for
@samp{continue}.  If you insert @samp{;c} and then insert a punctuation
character such as a space or a newline, the @samp{;c} will change
automatically to @samp{continue}, provided Abbrev mode is enabled.@refill

  Type @samp{;?} or @samp{;C-h} to display a list of all the built-in
Fortran abbrevs and what they stand for.

@node Compiling/Testing, Abbrevs, Programs, Top
@chapter Compiling and Testing Programs

  The previous chapter discusses the Emacs commands that are useful for
making changes in programs.  This chapter deals with commands that assist
in the larger process of developing and maintaining programs.

@menu
* Compilation::        Compiling programs in languages other than Lisp
                        (C, Pascal, etc.)
* Modes: Lisp Modes.   Various modes for editing Lisp programs, with
                       different facilities for running the Lisp programs.
* Libraries: Lisp Libraries.      Creating Lisp programs to run in Emacs.
* Interaction: Lisp Interaction.  Executing Lisp in an Emacs buffer.
* Eval: Lisp Eval.     Executing a single Lisp expression in Emacs.
* Debug: Lisp Debug.   Debugging Lisp programs running in Emacs.
* External Lisp::      Communicating through Emacs with a separate Lisp.
@end menu

@node Compilation, Lisp Modes, Compiling/Testing, Compiling/Testing
@section Running `make', or Compilers Generally
@cindex inferior process
@cindex make
@cindex compilation errors
@cindex error log

  Emacs can run compilers for noninteractive languages such as C and
Fortran as inferior processes, feeding the error log into an Emacs buffer.
It can also parse the error messages and visit the files in which errors
are found, moving point right to the line where the error occurred.

@table @kbd
@item M-x compile
Run a compiler asynchronously under Emacs, with error messages to
@samp{*compilation*} buffer.
@item M-x grep
Run @code{grep} asynchronously under Emacs, with matching lines
listed in the buffer named @samp{*compilation*}.
@item M-x kill-compilation
@itemx M-x kill-grep
Kill the running compilation or @code{grep} subprocess.
@item C-x `
Visit the locus of the next compiler error message or @code{grep} match.
@end table

@findex compile
  To run @code{make} or another compiler, do @kbd{M-x compile}.  This command
reads a shell command line using the minibuffer, and then executes the
specified command line in an inferior shell with output going to the buffer
named @samp{*compilation*}.  The current buffer's default directory is used
as the working directory for the execution of the command; normally,
therefore, the makefile comes from this directory.

@vindex compile-command
  When the shell command line is read, the minibuffer appears containing a
default command line, which is the command you used the last time you did
@kbd{M-x compile}.  If you type just @key{RET}, the same command line is used
again.  The first @kbd{M-x compile} provides @code{make -k} as the default.
The default is taken from the variable @code{compile-command}; if the
appropriate compilation command for a file is something other than
@code{make -k}, it can be useful to have the file specify a local value for
@code{compile-command} (@pxref{File Variables}).

  Starting a compilation causes the buffer @samp{*compilation*} to be
displayed in another window but not selected.  Its mode line tells you
whether compilation is finished, with the word @samp{run} or @samp{exit} inside
the parentheses.  You do not have to keep this buffer visible; compilation
continues in any case.

@findex kill-compilation
  To kill the compilation process, do @kbd{M-x kill-compilation}.  You will
see that the mode line of the @samp{*compilation*} buffer changes to say
@samp{signal} instead of @samp{run}.  Starting a new compilation also kills
any running compilation, as only one can exist at any time.  However, this
requires confirmation before actually killing a compilation that is
running.@refill

@kindex C-x `
@findex next-error
  To parse the compiler error messages, type @kbd{C-x `} (@code{next-error}).  The
character following the @kbd{C-x} is the grave accent, not the single
quote.  This command displays the buffer @samp{*compilation*} in one window
and the buffer in which the next error occurred in another window.  Point
in that buffer is moved to the line where the error was found.  The
corresponding error message is scrolled to the top of the window in which
@samp{*compilation*} is displayed.

  The first time @kbd{C-x `} is used after the start of a compilation, it
parses all the error messages, visits all the files that have error
messages, and makes markers pointing at the lines that the error messages
refer to.  Then it moves to the first error message location.  Subsequent
uses of @kbd{C-x `} advance down the data set up by the first use.  When
the preparsed error messages are exhausted, the next @kbd{C-x `} checks for
any more error messages that have come in; this is useful if you start
editing the compiler errors while the compilation is still going on.  If no
more error messages have come in, @kbd{C-x `} reports an error.

  @kbd{C-u C-x `} discards the preparsed error message data and parses the
@samp{*compilation*} buffer over again, then displaying the first error.
This way, you can process the same set of errors again.

@findex grep
  Instead of running a compiler, you can run @code{grep} and see the lines
on which matches were found.  To do this, type @kbd{M-x grep} with an argument
line that contains the same arguments you would give @code{grep} when running
it normally: a @code{grep}-style regexp (usually in singlequotes to quote
the shell's special characters) followed by filenames which may use wildcards.
The output from @code{grep} goes in the @samp{*compilation*} buffer and the
lines that matched can be found with @kbd{C-x `} as if they were compilation
errors.

  Note: a shell is used to run the compile command, but the shell is told
that it should be noninteractive.  This means in particular that the shell
starts up with no prompt.  If you find your usual shell prompt making an
unsightly appearance in the @samp{*compilation*} buffer, it means you have
made a mistake in your shell's init file (@file{.cshrc} or @file{.shrc} or
@dots{}) by setting the prompt unconditionally.  The shell init file should
set the prompt only if there already is a prompt.  

Here is how to do it in @code{csh}:

@example
if ($?prompt) set prompt = ...
@end example

Here is how to do it in the Bourne-Again shell:

@example
@group
if [ ! "$PS1" ]; then
   PS1=@dots{}
fi
@end group
@end example

@node Lisp Modes, Lisp Libraries, Compilation, Compiling/Testing
@section Major Modes for Lisp

@cindex Lisp mode
@cindex Scheme mode
@cindex Inferior Scheme mode
  Emacs has four different major modes for Lisp.  They are the same in
terms of editing commands, but differ in the commands for executing Lisp
expressions.

@table @asis
@item Emacs-Lisp mode
The mode for editing source files of programs to run in Emacs Lisp.
This mode defines @kbd{C-M-x} to evaluate the current defun.
@xref{Lisp Libraries}.
@item Lisp Interaction mode
The mode for an interactive session with Emacs Lisp.  It defines
@key{LFD} to evaluate the sexp before point and insert its value in the
buffer.  @xref{Lisp Interaction}.
@item Lisp mode
The mode for editing source files of programs that run in Lisps other
than Emacs Lisp.  This mode defines @kbd{C-M-x} to send the current defun
to an inferior Lisp process.  @xref{External Lisp}.
@item Inferior Lisp mode
The mode for an interactive session with an inferior Lisp process.
This mode combines the special features of Lisp mode and Shell mode
(@pxref{Shell Mode}).
@item Scheme mode
Like Lisp mode but for Scheme programs.
@item Inferior Scheme mode
The mode for an interactive session with an inferior Scheme process.
@end table

@node Lisp Libraries, Lisp Eval, Lisp Modes, Compiling/Testing
@section Libraries of Lisp Code for Emacs
@cindex libraries
@cindex loading Lisp code

  Lisp code for Emacs editing commands is stored in files whose names
conventionally end in @file{.el}.  This ending tells Emacs to edit them in
Emacs-Lisp mode (@pxref{Lisp Modes}).

@menu
* Loading::		Loading libraries of Lisp code into Emacs for use.
* Compiling Libraries:: Compiling a library makes it load and run faster.
* Mocklisp::		Converting Mocklisp to Lisp so GNU Emacs can run it.
@end menu

@node Loading, Compiling Libraries, Lisp Libraries, Lisp Libraries
@subsection Loading Libraries

@findex load-file
  To execute a file of Emacs Lisp, use @kbd{M-x load-file}.  This command
reads a file name using the minibuffer and then executes the contents of
that file as Lisp code.  It is not necessary to visit the file first;
in any case, this command reads the file as found on disk, not text in
an Emacs buffer.

@findex load
@findex load-library
  Once a file of Lisp code is installed in the Emacs Lisp library
directories, users can load it using @kbd{M-x load-library}.  Programs can
load it by calling @code{load-library}, or with @code{load}, a more primitive
function that is similar but accepts some additional arguments.

  @kbd{M-x load-library} differs from @kbd{M-x load-file} in that it
searches a sequence of directories and tries three file names in each
directory.  The three names are, first, the specified name with @file{.elc}
appended; second, with @file{.el} appended; third, the specified
name alone.  A @file{.elc} file would be the result of compiling the Lisp
file into byte code; it is loaded if possible in preference to the Lisp
file itself because the compiled file will load and run faster.

  Because the argument to @code{load-library} is usually not in itself
a valid file name, file name completion is not available.  Indeed, when
using this command, you usually do not know exactly what file name
will be used.

@vindex load-path
  The sequence of directories searched by @kbd{M-x load-library} is
specified by the variable @code{load-path}, a list of strings that are
directory names.  The default value of the list contains the directory where
the Lisp code for Emacs itself is stored.  If you have libraries of
your own, put them in a single directory and add that directory
to @code{load-path}.  @code{nil} in this list stands for the current default
directory, but it is probably not a good idea to put @code{nil} in the
list.  If you find yourself wishing that @code{nil} were in the list,
most likely what you really want to do is use @kbd{M-x load-file}
this once.

@cindex autoload
  Often you do not have to give any command to load a library, because the
commands defined in the library are set up to @dfn{autoload} that library.
Running any of those commands causes @code{load} to be called to load the
library; this replaces the autoload definitions with the real ones from the
library.

  If autoloading a file does not finish, either because of an error or
because of a @kbd{C-g} quit, all function definitions made by the file are
undone automatically.  So are any calls to @code{provide}.  As a consequence,
if you use one of the autoloadable commands again, the entire file will be
loaded a second time.  This prevents problems where the command is no
longer autoloading but it works wrong because not all the file was loaded.
Function definitions are undone only for autoloading; explicit calls to
@code{load} do not undo anything if loading is not completed.

@node Compiling Libraries, Mocklisp, Loading, Lisp Libraries
@subsection Compiling Libraries

@cindex byte code
  Emacs Lisp code can be compiled into byte-code which loads faster,
takes up less space when loaded, and executes faster.

@findex byte-compile-file
  The way to make a byte-code compiled file from an Emacs-Lisp source file
is with @kbd{M-x byte-compile-file}.  The default argument for this
function is the file visited in the current buffer.  It reads the specified
file, compiles it into byte code, and writes an output file whose name is
made by appending @file{c} to the input file name.  Thus, the file
@file{rmail.el} would be compiled into @file{rmail.elc}.

@findex byte-recompile-directory
  To recompile the changed Lisp files in a directory, use @kbd{M-x
byte-recompile-directory}.  Specify just the directory name as an argument.
Each @file{.el} file that has been byte-compiled before is byte-compiled
again if it has changed since the previous compilation.  A numeric argument
to this command tells it to offer to compile each @file{.el} file that has
not already been compiled.  You must answer @kbd{y} or @kbd{n} to each
offer.

@findex batch-byte-compile
  Emacs can be invoked noninteractively from the shell to do byte compilation
with the aid of the function @code{batch-byte-compile}.  In this case,
the files to be compiled are specified with command-line arguments.
Use a shell command of the form

@example
emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile @var{files}...
@end example

  Directory names may also be given as arguments;
@code{byte-recompile-directory} is invoked (in effect) on each such directory.
@code{batch-byte-compile} uses all the remaining command-line arguments as
file or directory names, then kills the Emacs process.

@cindex disassemble
@findex disassemble
  @kbd{M-x disassemble} explains the result of byte compilation.  Its
argument is a function name.  It displays the byte-compiled code in a help
window in symbolic form, one instruction per line.  If the instruction
refers to a variable or constant, that is shown too.

@node Mocklisp,,Compiling Libraries,Lisp Libraries
@subsection Converting Mocklisp to Lisp

@cindex mocklisp
@findex convert-mocklisp-buffer
  GNU Emacs can run Mocklisp files by converting them to Emacs Lisp first.
To convert a Mocklisp file, visit it and then type @kbd{M-x
convert-mocklisp-buffer}.  Then save the resulting buffer of Lisp file in a
file whose name ends in @file{.el} and use the new file as a Lisp library.

  It does not currently work to byte-compile converted Mocklisp code.
This is because converted Mocklisp code uses some special Lisp features
to deal with Mocklisp's incompatible ideas of how arguments are evaluated
and which values signify ``true'' or ``false''.

@node Lisp Eval, Lisp Debug, Lisp Libraries, Compiling/Testing
@section Evaluating Emacs-Lisp Expressions
@cindex Emacs-Lisp mode

@findex emacs-lisp-mode
  Lisp programs intended to be run in Emacs should be edited in Emacs-Lisp
mode; this will happen automatically for file names ending in @file{.el}.
By contrast, Lisp mode itself is used for editing Lisp programs intended
for other Lisp systems.  Emacs-Lisp mode can be selected with the command
@kbd{M-x emacs-lisp-mode}.

  For testing of Lisp programs to run in Emacs, it is useful to be able to
evaluate part of the program as it is found in the Emacs buffer.  For
example, after changing the text of a Lisp function definition, evaluating
the definition installs the change for future calls to the function.
Evaluation of Lisp expressions is also useful in any kind of editing task
for invoking noninteractive functions (functions that are not commands).

@table @kbd
@item M-@key{ESC}
Read a Lisp expression in the minibuffer, evaluate it, and print the
value in the minibuffer (@code{eval-expression}).
@item C-x C-e
Evaluate the Lisp expression before point, and print the value in the
minibuffer (@code{eval-last-sexp}).
@item C-M-x
Evaluate the defun containing or after point, and print the value in
the minibuffer (@code{eval-defun}).
@item M-x eval-region
Evaluate all the Lisp expressions in the region.
@item M-x eval-current-buffer
Evaluate all the Lisp expressions in the buffer.
@end table

@kindex M-ESC
@findex eval-expression
  @kbd{M-@key{ESC}} (@code{eval-expression}) is the most basic command for evaluating
a Lisp expression interactively.  It reads the expression using the
minibuffer, so you can execute any expression on a buffer regardless of
what the buffer contains.  When the expression is evaluated, the current
buffer is once again the buffer that was current when @kbd{M-@key{ESC}} was
typed.

  @kbd{M-@key{ESC}} can easily confuse users who do not understand it,
especially on keyboards with autorepeat where it can result from holding
down the @key{ESC} key for too long.  Therefore, @code{eval-expression} is
normally a disabled command.  Attempting to use this command asks for
confirmation and gives you the option of enabling it; once you enable the
command, confirmation will no longer be required for it.
@xref{Disabling}.@refill

@kindex C-M-x
@findex eval-defun
  In Emacs-Lisp mode, the key @kbd{C-M-x} is bound to the function @code{eval-defun},
which parses the defun containing or following point as a Lisp expression
and evaluates it.  The value is printed in the echo area.  This command is
convenient for installing in the Lisp environment changes that you have
just made in the text of a function definition.

@kindex C-x C-e
@findex eval-last-sexp
  The command @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}) performs a similar job
but is available in all major modes, not just Emacs-Lisp mode.  It finds
the sexp before point, reads it as a Lisp expression, evaluates it, and
prints the value in the echo area.  It is sometimes useful to type in an
expression and then, with point still after it, type @kbd{C-x C-e}.

  If @kbd{C-M-x} or @kbd{C-x C-e} is given a numeric argument, it prints the value
by insertion into the current buffer at point, rather than in the echo
area.  The argument value does not matter.

@findex eval-region
@findex eval-current-buffer
  The most general command for evaluating Lisp expressions from a buffer is
@code{eval-region}.  @kbd{M-x eval-region} parses the text of the region as one or
more Lisp expressions, evaluating them one by one.  @kbd{M-x eval-current-buffer}
is similar but evaluates the entire buffer.  This is a reasonable way to
install the contents of a file of Lisp code that you are just ready to
test.  After finding and fixing a bug, use @kbd{C-M-x} on each function
that you change, to keep the Lisp world in step with the source file.

@node Lisp Debug, Lisp Interaction, Lisp Eval, Compiling/Testing
@section The Emacs-Lisp Debugger
@cindex debugger

@vindex debug-on-error
@vindex debug-on-quit
  GNU Emacs contains a debugger for Lisp programs executing inside it.
This debugger is normally not used; many commands frequently get Lisp
errors when invoked in inappropriate contexts (such as @kbd{C-f} at the end
of the buffer) and it would be very unpleasant for that to enter a special
debugging mode.  When you want to make Lisp errors invoke the debugger, you
must set the variable @code{debug-on-error} to non-@code{nil}.  Quitting
with @kbd{C-g} is not considered an error, and @code{debug-on-error} has no
effect on the handling of @kbd{C-g}.  However, if you set
@code{debug-on-quit} non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-g} will invoke the debugger.
This can be useful for debugging an infinite loop; type @kbd{C-g} once the
loop has had time to reach its steady state.  @code{debug-on-quit} has no
effect on errors.@refill

@findex debug-on-entry
@findex cancel-debug-on-entry
@findex debug
  You can also cause the debugger to be entered when a specified function
is called, or at a particular place in Lisp code.  Use @kbd{M-x
debug-on-entry} with argument @var{fun-name} to cause function
@var{fun-name} to enter the debugger as soon as it is called.  Use
@kbd{M-x cancel-debug-on-entry} to make the function stop entering the
debugger when called.  (Redefining the function also does this.)  To enter
the debugger from some other place in Lisp code, you must insert the
expression @code{(debug)} there and install the changed code with
@kbd{C-M-x}.  @xref{Lisp Eval}.@refill

  When the debugger is entered, it displays the previously selected buffer
in one window and a buffer named @samp{*Backtrace*} in another window.  The
backtrace buffer contains one line for each level of Lisp function
execution currently going on.  At the beginning of this buffer is a message
describing the reason that the debugger was invoked (such as, what error
message if it was invoked due to an error).

@cindex Backtrace mode
  The backtrace buffer is read-only, and is in a special major mode,
Backtrace mode, in which letters are defined as debugger commands.  The
usual Emacs editing commands are available; you can switch windows to
examine the buffer that was being edited at the time of the error, and you
can also switch buffers, visit files, and do any other sort of editing.
However, the debugger is a recursive editing level (@pxref{Recursive Edit})
and it is wise to go back to the backtrace buffer and exit the debugger
officially when you don't want to use it any more.  Exiting the debugger
kills the backtrace buffer.

@cindex current stack frame
  The contents of the backtrace buffer show you the functions that are
executing and the arguments that were given to them.  It has the additional
purpose of allowing you to specify a stack frame by moving point to the line
describing that frame.  The frame whose line point is on is considered the
@dfn{current frame}.  Some of the debugger commands operate on the current
frame.  Debugger commands are mainly used for stepping through code an
expression at a time.  Here is a list of them.

@table @kbd
@item c
Exit the debugger and continue execution.  In most cases, execution of
the program continues as if the debugger had never been entered (aside
from the effect of any variables or data structures you may have
changed while inside the debugger).  This includes entry to the
debugger due to function entry or exit, explicit invocation, quitting
or certain errors.  Most errors cannot be continued; trying to
continue one of them causes the same error to occur again.
@item d
Continue execution, but enter the debugger the next time a Lisp
function is called.  This allows you to step through the
subexpressions of an expression, seeing what values the subexpressions
compute and what else they do.

The stack frame made for the function call which enters the debugger
in this way will be flagged automatically for the debugger to be called
when the frame is exited.  You can use the @kbd{u} command to cancel
this flag.
@item b
Set up to enter the debugger when the current frame is exited.  Frames
that will invoke the debugger on exit are flagged with stars.
@item u
Don't enter the debugger when the current frame is exited.  This
cancels a @kbd{b} command on that frame.
@item e
Read a Lisp expression in the minibuffer, evaluate it, and print the
value in the echo area.  This is the same as the command @kbd{M-@key{ESC}},
except that @kbd{e} is not normally disabled like @kbd{M-@key{ESC}}.
@item q
Terminate the program being debugged; return to top-level Emacs
command execution.

If the debugger was entered due to a @kbd{C-g} but you really want
to quit, not to debug, use the @kbd{q} command.
@item r
Return a value from the debugger.  The value is computed by reading an
expression with the minibuffer and evaluating it.

The value returned by the debugger makes a difference when the debugger
was invoked due to exit from a Lisp call frame (as requested with @kbd{b});
then the value specified in the @kbd{r} command is used as the value of
that frame.

The debugger's return value also matters with many errors.  For example,
@code{wrong-type-argument} errors will use the debugger's return value
instead of the invalid argument; @code{no-catch} errors will use the
debugger value as a throw tag instead of the tag that was not found.
If an error was signaled by calling the Lisp function @code{signal},
the debugger's return value is returned as the value of @code{signal}.
@end table

@node Lisp Interaction, External Lisp, Lisp Debug, Compiling/Testing
@section Lisp Interaction Buffers

@cindex Lisp Interaction mode
@cindex scratch buffer
  The buffer @samp{*scratch*} which is selected when Emacs starts up is
provided for evaluating Lisp expressions interactively inside Emacs.  Both
the expressions you evaluate and their output goes in the buffer.

  The @samp{*scratch*} buffer's major mode is Lisp Interaction mode, which
is the same as Emacs-Lisp mode except for one command, @key{LFD}.  In
Emacs-Lisp mode, @key{LFD} is an indentation command, as usual.  In Lisp
Interaction mode, @key{LFD} is bound to @code{eval-print-last-sexp}.  This
function reads the Lisp expression before point, evaluates it, and inserts
the value in printed representation before point.

  Thus, the way to use the @samp{*scratch*} buffer is to insert Lisp expressions
at the end, ending each one with @key{LFD} so that it will be evaluated.
The result is a complete typescript of the expressions you have evaluated
and their values.

@findex lisp-interaction-mode
  The rationale for this feature is that Emacs must have a buffer when it
starts up, but that buffer is not useful for editing files since a new
buffer is made for every file that you visit.  The Lisp interpreter
typescript is the most useful thing I can think of for the initial buffer
to do.  @kbd{M-x lisp-interaction-mode} will put any buffer in Lisp
Interaction mode.

@node External Lisp,, Lisp Interaction, Compiling/Testing
@section Running an External Lisp

  Emacs has facilities for running programs in other Lisp systems.  You can
run a Lisp process as an inferior of Emacs, and pass expressions to it to
be evaluated.  You can also pass changed function definitions directly from
the Emacs buffers in which you edit the Lisp programs to the inferior Lisp
process.

@findex run-lisp
@cindex Inferior Lisp mode
  To run an inferior Lisp process, type @kbd{M-x run-lisp}.  This runs the
program named @code{lisp}, the same program you would run by typing
@code{lisp} as a shell command, with both input and output going through an
Emacs buffer named @samp{*lisp*}.  That is to say, any ``terminal output''
from Lisp will go into the buffer, advancing point, and any ``terminal
input'' for Lisp comes from text in the buffer.  To give input to Lisp, go
to the end of the buffer and type the input, terminated by @key{RET}.  The
@samp{*lisp*} buffer is in Inferior Lisp mode, a mode which has all the
special characteristics of Lisp mode and Shell mode (@pxref{Shell Mode}).

@findex lisp-mode
  For the source files of programs to run in external Lisps, use Lisp mode.
This mode can be selected with @kbd{M-x lisp-mode}, and is used automatically
for files whose names end in @file{.l} or @file{.lisp}, as most Lisp
systems usually expect.

@kindex C-M-x
@findex lisp-send-defun
  When you edit a function in a Lisp program you are running, the easiest
way to send the changed definition to the inferior Lisp process is the key
@kbd{C-M-x}.  In Lisp mode, this runs the function @code{lisp-send-defun},
which finds the defun around or following point and sends it as input to
the Lisp process.  (Emacs can send input to any inferior process regardless
of what buffer is current.)

  Contrast the meanings of @kbd{C-M-x} in Lisp mode (for editing programs
to be run in another Lisp system) and Emacs-Lisp mode (for editing Lisp
programs to be run in Emacs): in both modes it has the effect of installing
the function definition that point is in, but the way of doing so is
different according to where the relevant Lisp environment is found.
@xref{Lisp Modes}.

@node Abbrevs, Picture, Compiling/Testing, Top
@chapter Abbrevs
@cindex abbrevs
@cindex expansion (of abbrevs)

  An @dfn{abbrev} is a word which @dfn{expands}, if you insert it, into some
different text.  Abbrevs are defined by the user to expand in specific
ways.  For example, you might define @samp{foo} as an abbrev expanding to
@samp{find outer otter}.  With this abbrev defined, you would be able to
get @samp{find outer otter } into the buffer by typing @kbd{f o o @key{SPC}}.

@cindex Abbrev mode
@findex abbrev-mode
@vindex abbrev-mode
  Abbrevs expand only when Abbrev mode (a minor mode) is enabled.
Disabling Abbrev mode does not cause abbrev definitions to be forgotten,
but they do not expand until Abbrev mode is enabled again.  The command
@kbd{M-x abbrev-mode} toggles Abbrev mode; with a numeric argument, it
turns Abbrev mode on if the argument is positive, off otherwise.
@xref{Minor Modes}.  @code{abbrev-mode} is also a variable; Abbrev mode is
on when the variable is non-@code{nil}.  The variable @code{abbrev-mode}
automatically becomes local to the current buffer when it is set.

  Abbrev definitions can be @dfn{mode-specific}---active only in one major
mode.  Abbrevs can also have @dfn{global} definitions that are active in
all major modes.  The same abbrev can have a global definition and various
mode-specific definitions for different major modes.  A mode specific
definition for the current major mode overrides a global definition.

  Abbrevs can be defined interactively during the editing session.  Lists
of abbrev definitions can also be saved in files and reloaded in later
sessions.  Some users keep extensive lists of abbrevs that they load in
every session.

  A second kind of abbreviation facility is called the @dfn{dynamic
expansion}.  Dynamic abbrev expansion happens only when you give an
explicit command and the result of the expansion depends only on the
current contents of the buffer.  @xref{Dynamic Abbrevs}.

@menu
* Defining Abbrevs::  Defining an abbrev, so it will expand when typed.
* Expanding Abbrevs:: Controlling expansion: prefixes, canceling expansion.
* Editing Abbrevs::   Viewing or editing the entire list of defined abbrevs.
* Saving Abbrevs::    Saving the entire list of abbrevs for another session.
* Dynamic Abbrevs::   Abbreviations for words already in the buffer.
@end menu

@node Defining Abbrevs, Expanding Abbrevs, Abbrevs, Abbrevs
@section Defining Abbrevs

@table @kbd
@item C-x +
Define an abbrev to expand into some text before point
(@code{add-global-abbrev}).
@item C-x C-a
Similar, but define an abbrev available only in the current major mode
(@code{add-mode-abbrev}).
@item C-x -
Define a word in the buffer as an abbrev (@code{inverse-add-global-abbrev}).
@item C-x C-h
Define a word in the buffer as a mode-specific abbrev
(@code{inverse-add-mode-abbrev}).
@item M-x kill-all-abbrevs
After this command, there are no abbrev definitions in effect.
@end table

@kindex C-x +
@findex add-global-abbrev
  The usual way to define an abbrev is to enter the text you want the
abbrev to expand to, position point after it, and type @kbd{C-x +}
(@code{add-global-abbrev}).  This reads the abbrev itself using the
minibuffer, and then defines it as an abbrev for one or more words before
point.  Use a numeric argument to say how many words before point should be
taken as the expansion.  For example, to define the abbrev @samp{foo} as
mentioned above, insert the text @samp{find outer otter} and then type
@kbd{C-u 3 C-x + f o o @key{RET}}.

  An argument of zero to @kbd{C-x +} means to use the contents of the
region as the expansion of the abbrev being defined.

@kindex C-x C-a
@findex add-mode-abbrev
  The command @kbd{C-x C-a} (@code{add-mode-abbrev}) is similar, but
defines a mode-specific abbrev.  Mode specific abbrevs are active only in a
particular major mode.  @kbd{C-x C-a} defines an abbrev for the major mode
in effect at the time @kbd{C-x C-a} is typed.  The arguments work the same
as for @kbd{C-x +}.

@kindex C-x -
@findex inverse-add-global-abbrev
@kindex C-x C-h
@findex inverse-add-mode-abbrev
  If the text of the abbrev you want is already in the buffer instead of
the expansion, use command @kbd{C-x -} (@code{inverse-add-global-abbrev})
instead of @kbd{C-x +}, or use @kbd{C-x C-h}
(@code{inverse-add-mode-abbrev}) instead of @kbd{C-x C-a}.  These commands
are called ``inverse'' because they invert the meaning of the argument
found in the buffer and the argument read using the minibuffer.@refill

  To change the definition of an abbrev, just add the new definition.  You
will be asked to confirm if the abbrev has a prior definition.  To remove
an abbrev definition, give a negative argument to @kbd{C-x +} or @kbd{C-x
C-a}.  You must choose the command to specify whether to kill a global
definition or a mode-specific definition for the current mode, since those
two definitions are independent for one abbrev.

@findex kill-all-abbrevs
  @kbd{M-x kill-all-abbrevs} removes all the abbrev definitions there are.

@node Expanding Abbrevs, Editing Abbrevs, Defining Abbrevs, Abbrevs
@section Controlling Abbrev Expansion

  An abbrev expands whenever it is present in the buffer just before point
and a self-inserting punctuation character (@key{SPC}, comma, etc.@:) is
typed.  Most often the way an abbrev is used is to insert the abbrev
followed by punctuation.

@vindex abbrev-all-caps
  Abbrev expansion preserves case; thus, @samp{foo} expands into @samp{find
outer otter}; @samp{Foo} into @samp{Find outer otter}, and @samp{FOO} into
@samp{FIND OUTER OTTER} or @samp{Find Outer Otter} according to the
variable @code{abbrev-all-caps} (a non-@code{nil} value chooses the first
of the two expansions).@refill

  These two commands are used to control abbrev expansion:

@table @kbd
@item M-'
Separate a prefix from a following abbrev to be expanded
(@code{abbrev-prefix-mark}).
@item C-x '
@findex expand-abbrev
Expand the abbrev before point (@code{expand-abbrev}).
This is effective even when Abbrev mode is not enabled.
@item M-x unexpand-abbrev
Undo last abbrev expansion.
@item M-x expand-region-abbrevs
Expand some or all abbrevs found in the region.
@end table

@kindex M-'
@findex abbrev-prefix-mark
  You may wish to expand an abbrev with a prefix attached; for example, if
@samp{cnst} expands into @samp{construction}, you might want to use it to
enter @samp{reconstruction}.  It does not work to type @kbd{recnst},
because that is not necessarily a defined abbrev.  What does work is to use
the command @kbd{M-'} (@code{abbrev-prefix-mark}) in between the prefix
@samp{re} and the abbrev @samp{cnst}.  First, insert @samp{re}.  Then type
@kbd{M-'}; this inserts a minus sign in the buffer to indicate that it has
done its work.  Then insert the abbrev @samp{cnst}; the buffer now contains
@samp{re-cnst}.  Now insert a punctuation character to expand the abbrev
@samp{cnst} into @samp{construction}.  The minus sign is deleted at this
point, because @kbd{M-'} left word for this to be done.  The resulting text
is the desired @samp{reconstruction}.@refill

  If you actually want the text of the abbrev in the buffer, rather than
its expansion, you can accomplish this by inserting the following
punctuation with @kbd{C-q}.  Thus, @kbd{foo C-q -} leaves @samp{foo-} in the
buffer.

@findex unexpand-abbrev
  If you expand an abbrev by mistake, you can undo the expansion (replace
the expansion by the original abbrev text) with @kbd{M-x unexpand-abbrev}.
@kbd{C-_} (@code{undo}) can also be used to undo the expansion; but first
it will undo the insertion of the following punctuation character!

@findex expand-region-abbrevs
  @kbd{M-x expand-region-abbrevs} searches through the region for defined
abbrevs, and for each one found offers to replace it with its expansion.
This command is useful if you have typed in text using abbrevs but forgot
to turn on Abbrev mode first.  It may also be useful together with a
special set of abbrev definitions for making several global replacements at
once.  This command is effective even if Abbrev mode is not enabled.

@node Editing Abbrevs, Saving Abbrevs, Expanding Abbrevs, Abbrevs
@section Examining and Editing Abbrevs

@table @kbd
@item M-x list-abbrevs
Print a list of all abbrev definitions.
@item M-x edit-abbrevs
Edit a list of abbrevs; you can add, alter or remove definitions.
@end table

@findex list-abbrevs
  The output from @kbd{M-x list-abbrevs} looks like this:

@example
(lisp-mode-abbrev-table)
"dk"	       0    "define-key"
(global-abbrev-table)
"dfn"	       0    "definition"
@end example

@noindent
(Some blank lines of no semantic significance, and some other abbrev
tables, have been omitted.)

  A line containing a name in parentheses is the header for abbrevs in a
particular abbrev table; @code{global-abbrev-table} contains all the global
abbrevs, and the other abbrev tables that are named after major modes
contain the mode-specific abbrevs.

  Within each abbrev table, each nonblank line defines one abbrev.  The
word at the beginning is the abbrev.  The number that appears is the number
of times the abbrev has been expanded.  Emacs keeps track of this to help
you see which abbrevs you actually use, in case you decide to eliminate
those that you don't use often.  The string at the end of the line is the
expansion.

@findex edit-abbrevs
@kindex C-c C-c (Edit Abbrevs)
@findex edit-abbrevs-redefine
@cindex Edit-Abbrevs mode
  @kbd{M-x edit-abbrevs} allows you to add, change or kill abbrev
definitions by editing a list of them in an Emacs buffer.  The list has the
same format described above.  The buffer of abbrevs is called @samp{*Abbrevs*},
and is in Edit-Abbrevs mode.  This mode redefines the key @kbd{C-c C-c} to
install the abbrev definitions as specified in the buffer.  The command
that does this is @code{edit-abbrevs-redefine}.  Any abbrevs not described
in the buffer are eliminated when this is done.

  @code{edit-abbrevs} is actually the same as @code{list-abbrevs} except
that it selects the buffer @samp{*Abbrevs*} whereas @code{list-abbrevs}
merely displays it in another window.

@node Saving Abbrevs, Dynamic Abbrevs, Editing Abbrevs, Abbrevs
@section Saving Abbrevs

  These commands allow you to keep abbrev definitions between editing
sessions.

@table @kbd
@item M-x write-abbrev-file
Write a file describing all defined abbrevs.
@item M-x read-abbrev-file
Read such a file and define abbrevs as specified there.
@item M-x quietly-read-abbrev-file
Similar but do not display a message about what is going on.
@item M-x define-abbrevs
Define abbrevs from buffer.
@item M-x insert-abbrevs
Insert all abbrevs and their expansions into the buffer.
@end table

@findex write-abbrev-file
  @kbd{M-x write-abbrev-file} reads a file name using the minibuffer and
writes a description of all current abbrev definitions into that file.  The
text stored in the file looks like the output of @kbd{M-x list-abbrevs}.
This is used to save abbrev definitions for use in a later session.

@findex read-abbrev-file
@findex quietly-read-abbrev-file
@vindex abbrev-file-name
  @kbd{M-x read-abbrev-file} reads a file name using the minibuffer and
reads the file, defining abbrevs according to the contents of the file.
@kbd{M-x quietly-read-abbrev-file} is the same except that it does not
display a message in the echo area saying that it is doing its work; it
is actually useful primarily in the @file{.emacs} file.  If an empty
argument is given to either of these functions, the file name used is the
value of the variable @code{abbrev-file-name}, which is by default
@code{"~/.abbrev_defs"}.

@vindex save-abbrevs
  Emacs will offer to save abbrevs automatically if you have changed any of
them, whenever it offers to save all files (for @kbd{C-x s} or @kbd{C-x
C-c}).  This feature can be inhibited by setting the variable
@code{save-abbrevs} to @code{nil}.

@findex insert-abbrevs
@findex define-abbrevs
  The commands @kbd{M-x insert-abbrevs} and @kbd{M-x define-abbrevs} are
similar to the previous commands but work on text in an Emacs buffer.
@kbd{M-x insert-abbrevs} inserts text into the current buffer before point,
describing all current abbrev definitions; @kbd{M-x define-abbrevs} parses
the entire current buffer and defines abbrevs accordingly.@refill

@node Dynamic Abbrevs,, Saving Abbrevs, Abbrevs
@section Dynamic Abbrev Expansion
@cindex dynamic abbrevs

  The abbrev facility described above operates automatically as you insert
text, but all abbrevs must be defined explicitly.  By contrast,
@dfn{dynamic abbrevs} allow the meanings of abbrevs to be determined
automatically from the contents of the buffer, but dynamic abbrev expansion
happens only when you request it explicitly.

@kindex M-/
@findex dabbrev-expand
@table @kbd
@item M-/
Expand the word in the buffer before point as a @dfn{dynamic abbrev},
by searching in the buffer for words starting with that abbreviation
(@code{dabbrev-expand}).
@end table

  For example, if the buffer contains @samp{does this follow } and you type
@w{@kbd{f o M-/}}, the effect is to insert @samp{follow} because that is
the last word in the buffer that starts with @samp{fo}.  A numeric
argument to @kbd{M-/} says to take the second, third, etc.@: distinct
expansion found looking backward from point.  Repeating @kbd{M-/}
searches for an alternative expansion by looking farther back.  After
the part of the buffer preceding point has been considered, the part
of the buffer after point is searched.

  Dynamic abbrev expansion is completely independent of Abbrev mode; the
expansion of a word with @kbd{M-/} is completely independent of whether it
has a definition as an ordinary abbrev.

@node Picture, Sending Mail, Abbrevs, Top
@chapter Editing Pictures
@cindex pictures
@findex edit-picture
@cindex Picture mode

  If you want to create a picture made out of text characters (for example,
a picture of the division of a register into fields, as a comment in a
program), use the command @code{edit-picture} to enter Picture mode.

  In Picture mode, editing is based on the @dfn{quarter-plane} model of
text, according to which the text characters lie studded on an area that
stretches infinitely far to the right and downward.  The concept of the end
of a line does not exist in this model; the most you can say is where the
last nonblank character on the line is found.

  Of course, Emacs really always considers text as a sequence of
characters, and lines really do have ends.  But in Picture mode most
frequently-used keys are rebound to commands that simulate the
quarter-plane model of text.  They do this by inserting spaces or by
converting tabs to spaces.

  Most of the basic editing commands of Emacs are redefined by Picture mode
to do essentially the same thing but in a quarter-plane way.  In addition,
Picture mode defines various keys starting with the @kbd{C-c} prefix to
run special picture editing commands.

  One of these keys, @kbd{C-c C-c}, is pretty important.  Often a picture
is part of a larger file that is usually edited in some other major mode.
@kbd{M-x edit-picture} records the name of the previous major mode, and
then you can use the @kbd{C-c C-c} command (@code{picture-mode-exit}) to
restore that mode.  @kbd{C-c C-c} also deletes spaces from the ends of
lines, unless given a numeric argument.

  The commands used in Picture mode all work in other modes (provided the
@file{picture} library is loaded), but are not bound to keys except in
Picture mode.  Note that the descriptions below talk of moving ``one
column'' and so on, but all the picture mode commands handle numeric
arguments as their normal equivalents do.

@vindex picture-mode-hook
  Turning on Picture mode calls the value of the variable @code{picture-mode-hook}
as a function, with no arguments, if that value exists and is non-@code{nil}.

@menu
* Basic Picture::         Basic concepts and simple commands of Picture Mode.
* Insert in Picture::     Controlling direction of cursor motion
                           after "self-inserting" characters.
* Tabs in Picture::       Various features for tab stops and indentation.
* Rectangles in Picture:: Clearing and superimposing rectangles.
@end menu

@node Basic Picture, Insert in Picture, Picture, Picture
@section Basic Editing in Picture Mode

@findex picture-forward-column
@findex picture-backward-column
@findex picture-move-down
@findex picture-move-up
  Most keys do the same thing in Picture mode that they usually do, but do
it in a quarter-plane style.  For example, @kbd{C-f} is rebound to run
@code{picture-forward-column}, which is defined to move point one column to
the right, by inserting a space if necessary, so that the actual end of the
line makes no difference.  @kbd{C-b} is rebound to run
@code{picture-backward-column}, which always moves point left one column,
converting a tab to multiple spaces if necessary.  @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p}
are rebound to run @code{picture-move-down} and @code{picture-move-up},
which can either insert spaces or convert tabs as necessary to make sure
that point stays in exactly the same column.  @kbd{C-e} runs
@code{picture-end-of-line}, which moves to after the last nonblank
character on the line.  There is no need to change @kbd{C-a}, as the choice
of screen model does not affect beginnings of lines.@refill

@findex picture-newline
  Insertion of text is adapted to the quarter-plane screen model through
the use of Overwrite mode (@pxref{Minor Modes}).  Self-inserting characters
replace existing text, column by column, rather than pushing existing text
to the right.  @key{RET} runs @code{picture-newline}, which just moves to
the beginning of the following line so that new text will replace that
line.

@findex picture-backward-clear-column
@findex picture-clear-column
@findex picture-clear-line
  Deletion and killing of text are replaced with erasure.  @key{DEL}
(@code{picture-backward-clear-column}) replaces the preceding character
with a space rather than removing it.  @kbd{C-d}
(@code{picture-clear-column}) does the same thing in a forward direction.
@kbd{C-k} (@code{picture-clear-line}) really kills the contents of lines,
but does not ever remove the newlines from the buffer.@refill

@findex picture-open-line
  To do actual insertion, you must use special commands.  @kbd{C-o}
(@code{picture-open-line}) still creates a blank line, but does so after
the current line; it never splits a line.  @kbd{C-M-o}, @code{split-line},
makes sense in Picture mode, so it is not changed.  @key{LFD}
(@code{picture-duplicate-line}) inserts below the current line another line
with the same contents.@refill

@kindex C-c C-d (Picture mode)
@findex delete-char
  Real deletion can be done with @kbd{C-w}, or with @kbd{C-c C-d} (which is
defined as @code{delete-char}, as @kbd{C-d} is in other modes), or with one
of the picture rectangle commands (@pxref{Rectangles in Picture}).

@node Insert in Picture, Tabs in Picture, Basic Picture, Picture
@section Controlling Motion after Insert

@findex picture-movement-up
@findex picture-movement-down
@findex picture-movement-left
@findex picture-movement-right
@findex picture-movement-nw
@findex picture-movement-ne
@findex picture-movement-sw
@findex picture-movement-se
@kindex C-c < (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c > (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c ^ (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c . (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c ` (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c ' (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c / (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c \ (Picture mode)
  Since ``self-inserting'' characters in Picture mode just overwrite and
move point, there is no essential restriction on how point should be moved.
Normally point moves right, but you can specify any of the eight orthogonal
or diagonal directions for motion after a ``self-inserting'' character.
This is useful for drawing lines in the buffer.

@table @kbd
@item C-c <
Move left after insertion (@code{picture-movement-left}).
@item C-c >
Move right after insertion (@code{picture-movement-right}).
@item C-c ^
Move up after insertion (@code{picture-movement-up}).
@item C-c .
Move down after insertion (@code{picture-movement-down}).
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
@item C-c `
Move up and left (``northwest'') after insertion@*
(@code{picture-movement-nw}).
@item C-c '
Move up and right (``northeast'') after insertion
(@code{picture-movement-ne}).
@item C-c /
Move down and left (``southwest'') after insertion
(@code{picture-movement-sw}).
@item C-c \
Move down and right (``southeast'') after insertion
(@code{picture-movement-se}).
@end table

@kindex C-c C-f (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c C-b (Picture mode)
@findex picture-motion
@findex picture-motion-reverse
  Two motion commands move based on the current Picture insertion
direction.  The command @kbd{C-c C-f} (@code{picture-motion}) moves in the
same direction as motion after ``insertion'' currently does, while @kbd{C-c
C-b} (@code{picture-motion-reverse}) moves in the opposite direction.

@node Tabs in Picture, Rectangles in Picture, Insert in Picture, Picture
@section Picture Mode Tabs

@kindex M-TAB
@findex picture-tab-search
@vindex picture-tab-chars
  Two kinds of tab-like action are provided in Picture mode.
Context-based tabbing is done with @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
(@code{picture-tab-search}).  With no argument, it moves to a point
underneath the next ``interesting'' character that follows whitespace in
the previous nonblank line.  ``Next'' here means ``appearing at a
horizontal position greater than the one point starts out at''.  With an
argument, as in @kbd{C-u M-@key{TAB}}, this command moves to the next such
interesting character in the current line.  @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} does not
change the text; it only moves point.  ``Interesting'' characters are
defined by the variable @code{picture-tab-chars}, which contains a string
whose characters are all considered interesting.  Its default value is
@code{"!-~"}.@refill

@findex picture-tab
  @key{TAB} itself runs @code{picture-tab}, which operates based on the
current tab stop settings; it is the Picture mode equivalent of
@code{tab-to-tab-stop}.  Normally it just moves point, but with a numeric
argument it clears the text that it moves over.

@kindex C-c TAB (Picture mode)
@findex picture-set-tab-stops
  The context-based and tab-stop-based forms of tabbing are brought
together by the command @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}}, @code{picture-set-tab-stops}.
This command sets the tab stops to the positions which @kbd{M-@key{TAB}}
would consider significant in the current line.  The use of this command,
together with @key{TAB}, can get the effect of context-based tabbing.  But
@kbd{M-@key{TAB}} is more convenient in the cases where it is sufficient.

@node Rectangles in Picture,, Tabs in Picture, Picture
@section Picture Mode Rectangle Commands
@cindex rectangles and Picture mode

  Picture mode defines commands for working on rectangular pieces of the
text in ways that fit with the quarter-plane model.  The standard rectangle
commands may also be useful (@pxref{Rectangles}).

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-k
Clear out the region-rectangle (@code{picture-clear-rectangle}).  With
argument, kill it.
@item C-c C-w @var{r}
Similar but save rectangle contents in register @var{r} first
(@code{picture-clear-rectangle-to-register}).
@item C-c C-y
Copy last killed rectangle into the buffer by overwriting, with upper
left corner at point (@code{picture-yank-rectangle}).  With argument,
insert instead.
@item C-c C-x @var{r}
Similar, but use the rectangle in register @var{r}
(@code{picture-yank-rectangle-from-register}).
@end table

@kindex C-c C-k (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c C-w (Picture mode)
@findex picture-clear-rectangle
@findex picture-clear-rectangle-to-register
  The picture rectangle commands @kbd{C-c C-k}
(@code{picture-clear-rectangle}) and @kbd{C-c C-w}
(@code{picture-clear-rectangle-to-register}) differ from the standard
rectangle commands in that they normally clear the rectangle instead of
deleting it; this is analogous with the way @kbd{C-d} is changed in Picture
mode.@refill

  However, deletion of rectangles can be useful in Picture mode, so these
commands delete the rectangle if given a numeric argument.

@kindex C-c C-y (Picture mode)
@kindex C-c C-x (Picture mode)
@findex picture-yank-rectangle
@findex picture-yank-rectangle-from-register
  The Picture mode commands for yanking rectangles differ from the standard
ones in overwriting instead of inserting.  This is the same way that
Picture mode insertion of other text is different from other modes.
@kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{picture-yank-rectangle}) inserts (by overwriting) the
rectangle that was most recently killed, while @kbd{C-c C-x}
(@code{picture-yank-rectangle-from-register}) does likewise for the
rectangle found in a specified register.

@node Sending Mail, Rmail, Picture, Top
@chapter Sending Mail
@cindex mail
@cindex message

  To send a message in Emacs, you start by typing a command (@kbd{C-x m})
to select and initialize the @samp{*mail*} buffer.  Then you edit the text
and headers of the message in this buffer, and type another command
(@kbd{C-c C-c}) to send the message.

@table @kbd
@item C-x m
Begin composing a message to send (@code{mail}).
@item C-x 4 m
Likewise, but display the message in another window
(@code{mail-other-window}).
@item C-c C-c
In Mail mode, send the message and switch to another buffer
(@code{mail-send-and-exit}).
@end table

@kindex C-x m
@findex mail
@kindex C-x 4 m
@findex mail-other-window
  The command @kbd{C-x m} (@code{mail}) selects a buffer named
@samp{*mail*} and initializes it with the skeleton of an outgoing message.
@kbd{C-x 4 m} (@code{mail-other-window}) selects the @samp{*mail*} buffer
in a different window, leaving the previous current buffer visible.@refill

  Because the mail composition buffer is an ordinary Emacs buffer, you can
switch to other buffers while in the middle of composing mail, and switch
back later (or never).  If you use the @kbd{C-x m} command again when you
have been composing another message but have not sent it, you are asked to
confirm before the old message is erased.  If you answer @kbd{n}, the
@samp{*mail*} buffer is left selected with its old contents, so you can
finish the old message and send it.  @kbd{C-u C-x m} is another way to do
this.  Sending the message marks the @samp{*mail*} buffer ``unmodified'',
which avoids the need for confirmation when @kbd{C-x m} is next used.

  If you are composing a message in the @samp{*mail*} buffer and want to
send another message before finishing the first, rename the @samp{*mail*}
buffer using @kbd{M-x rename-buffer} (@pxref{Misc Buffer}).

@menu
* Format: Mail Format.    Format of the mail being composed.
* Headers: Mail Headers.  Details of allowed mail header fields.
* Mode: Mail Mode.        Special commands for editing mail being composed.
@end menu

@node Mail Format, Mail Headers, Sending Mail, Sending Mail
@section The Format of the Mail Buffer

  In addition to the @dfn{text} or contents, a message has @dfn{header
fields} which say who sent it, when, to whom, why, and so on.  Some header
fields such as the date and sender are created automatically after the
message is sent.  Others, such as the recipient names, must be specified by
you in order to send the message properly.

  Mail mode provides a few commands to help you edit some header fields,
and some are preinitialized in the buffer automatically at times.  You can
insert or edit any header fields using ordinary editing commands.

  The line in the buffer that says

@example
--text follows this line--
@end example

@vindex mail-header-separator
@noindent
is a special delimiter that separates the headers you have specified from
the text.  Whatever follows this line is the text of the message; the
headers precede it.  The delimiter line itself does not appear in the
message actually sent.  The text used for the delimiter line is controlled
by the variable @code{mail-header-separator}.

Here is an example of what the headers and text in the @samp{*mail*} buffer
might look like.

@example
To: rms@@mc
CC: mly@@mc, rg@@oz
Subject: The Emacs Manual
--Text follows this line--
Please ignore this message.
@end example

@node Mail Headers, Mail Mode, Mail Format, Sending Mail
@section Mail Header Fields
@cindex headers (of mail message)

  There are several header fields you can use in the @samp{*mail*} buffer.
Each header field starts with a field name at the beginning of a line,
terminated by a colon.  It does not matter whether you use upper or lower
case in the field name.  After the colon and optional whitespace comes the
contents of the field.

@table @samp
@item To
This field contains the mailing addresses to which the message is
addressed.

@item Subject
The contents of the @samp{Subject} field should be a piece of text
that says what the message is about.  The reason @samp{Subject} fields
are useful is that most mail-reading programs can provide a summary of
messages, listing the subject of each message but not its text.

@item CC
This field contains additional mailing addresses to send the message
to, but whose readers should not regard the message as addressed to
them.

@item BCC
This field contains additional mailing addresses to send the message
to, but which should not appear in the header of the message actually
sent.

@item FCC
This field contains the name of one file (in Unix mail file format) to
which a copy of the message should be appended when the message is
sent.

@item From
Use the @samp{From} field to say who you are, when the account you are
using to send the mail is not your own.  The contents of the
@samp{From} field should be a valid mailing address, since replies
will normally go there.

@item Reply-To
Use the @samp{Reply-to} field to direct replies to a different
address, not your own.  There is no difference between @samp{From} and
@samp{Reply-to} in their effect on where replies go, but they convey a
different meaning to the human who reads the message.

@vindex mail-default-reply-to
If you set the variable @code{mail-default-reply-to} to a non-@code{nil}
value, then every message you begin to edit will have a @samp{Reply-to}
field whose contents are the value of the variable.

@item In-Reply-To
This field contains a piece of text describing a message you are
replying to.  Some mail systems can use this information to correlate
related pieces of mail.  Normally this field is filled in by Rmail
when you are replying to a message in Rmail, and you never need to
think about it (@pxref{Rmail}).
@end table

The @samp{To}, @samp{CC}, @samp{BCC} and @samp{FCC} fields can appear
any number of times, to specify many places to send the message.

The @samp{To}, @samp{CC}, and @samp{BCC} fields can have continuation
lines.  All the lines starting with whitespace, following the line on
which the field starts, are considered part of the field.  For
example,@refill

@example
@group
To: foo@@here, this@@there,
  me@@gnu.cambridge.mass.usa.earth.spiral3281
@end group
@end example

If you have a @file{~/.mailrc} file, Emacs will scan it for mail aliases
the first time you try to send mail in an Emacs session.  Aliases found
in the @samp{To}, @samp{CC}, and @samp{BCC} fields will be expanded where
appropriate.

@vindex mail-archive-file-name
  If the variable @code{mail-archive-file-name} is non-@code{nil}, it should be a
string naming a file; every time you start to edit a message to send,
an @samp{FCC} field will be put in for that file.  Unless you remove the
@samp{FCC} field, every message will be written into that file when it is
sent.

@node Mail Mode,, Mail Headers, Sending Mail
@section Mail Mode
@cindex Mail mode

  The major mode used in the @samp{*mail*} buffer is Mail mode, which is
much like Text mode except that various special commands are provided on
the @w{@kbd{C-c}} prefix.  These commands all have to do specifically with
editing or sending the message.

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-s
Send the message, and leave the @samp{*mail*} buffer selected
(@code{mail-send}).
@item C-c C-c
Send the message, and select some other buffer (@code{mail-send-and-exit}).
@item C-c C-f C-t
Move to the @samp{To} header field, creating one if there is none
(@code{mail-to}).
@item C-c C-f C-s
Move to the @samp{Subject} header field, creating one if there is
none (@code{mail-subject}).
@item C-c C-f C-c
Move to the @samp{CC} header field, creating one if there is none
(@code{mail-cc}).
@item C-c C-w
Insert the file @file{~/.signature} at the end of the message text
(@code{mail-signature}).
@item C-c C-y
Yank the selected message from Rmail (@code{mail-yank-original}).
This command does nothing unless your command to start sending a
message was issued with Rmail.
@item C-c C-q
Fill all paragraphs of yanked old messages, each individually
(@code{mail-fill-yanked-message}).
@end table

@kindex C-c C-s (Mail mode)
@kindex C-c C-c (Mail mode)
@findex mail-send
@findex mail-send-and-exit
  There are two ways to send the message.  @kbd{C-c C-s} (@code{mail-send})
sends the message and marks the @samp{*mail*} buffer unmodified, but leaves
that buffer selected so that you can modify the message (perhaps with new
recipients) and send it again.  @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{mail-send-and-exit})
sends and then deletes the window (if there is another window) or switches
to another buffer.  It puts the @samp{*mail*} buffer at the lowest priority
for automatic reselection, since you are finished with using it.  This is
the usual way to send the message.

@kindex C-c C-f C-t (Mail mode)
@findex mail-to
@kindex C-c C-f C-s (Mail mode)
@findex mail-subject
@kindex C-c C-f C-c (Mail mode)
@findex mail-cc
  Mail mode provides some other special commands that are useful for
editing the headers and text of the message before you send it.  There are
three commands defined to move point to particular header fields, all based
on the prefix @kbd{C-c C-f} (@samp{C-f} is for ``field'').  They are
@kbd{C-c C-f C-t} (@code{mail-to}) to move to the @samp{To} field, @kbd{C-c
C-f C-s} (@code{mail-subject}) for the @samp{Subject} field, and @kbd{C-c
C-f C-c} (@code{mail-cc}) for the @samp{CC} field.  These fields have
special motion commands because they are the most common fields for the
user to want to edit.

@kindex C-c C-w (Mail mode)
@findex mail-signature
  @kbd{C-c C-w} (@code{mail-signature}) adds a standard piece text at the end of the
message to say more about who you are.  The text comes from the file
@file{.signature} in your home directory.

@kindex C-c C-y (Mail mode)
@findex mail-yank-original
  When mail sending is invoked from the Rmail mail reader using an Rmail
command, @kbd{C-c C-y} can be used inside the @samp{*mail*} buffer to insert
the text of the message you are replying to.  Normally it indents each line
of that message four spaces and eliminates most header fields.  A numeric
argument specifies the number of spaces to indent.  An argument of just
@kbd{C-u} says not to indent at all and not to eliminate anything.
@kbd{C-c C-y} always uses the current message from the @samp{RMAIL} buffer,
so you can insert several old messages by selecting one in @samp{RMAIL},
switching to @samp{*mail*} and yanking it, then switching back to
@samp{RMAIL} to select another.@refill

@kindex C-c C-q (Mail mode)
@findex mail-fill-yanked-message
@c !!! the following is verbose to prevent an overfull hbox
  After using @kbd{C-c C-y}, you can type
the command @kbd{C-c C-q} (@code{mail-fill-yanked-message}) to
fill the paragraphs of the yanked old message or messages.  One
use of @kbd{C-c C-q} fills all such paragraphs, each one separately.

@vindex mail-mode-hook
@vindex mail-setup-hook
  Turning on Mail mode (which @kbd{C-x m} does automatically) calls the
value of @code{text-mode-hook}, if it is not void or @code{nil}, and
then calls the value of @code{mail-mode-hook} if that is not void or
@code{nil}.  Aside from these, the @code{mail} command runs
@code{mail-setup-hook} whenever it initializes the @samp{*mail*} buffer
for editing a message.

@node Rmail, Recursive Edit, Sending Mail, Top
@chapter Reading Mail with Rmail
@cindex Rmail
@cindex message
@findex rmail
@cindex Rmail mode

  Rmail is an Emacs subsystem for reading and disposing of mail that you
receive.  Rmail stores mail messages in files called @dfn{Rmail
files}.  Reading the message in an Rmail file is done in a special
major mode, Rmail mode, which redefines most letters to run commands
for managing mail.  To enter Rmail, type @kbd{M-x rmail}.  This reads
your primary mail file, merges new mail in from your inboxes, displays
the first new message, and lets you begin reading.

@cindex primary mail file
  Using Rmail in the simplest fashion, you have one Rmail file, @file{~/RMAIL},
in which all of your mail is saved.  It is called your @dfn{primary mail
file}.  In more sophisticated usage, you can copy messages into other Rmail
files and then edit those files with Rmail.

  Rmail displays only one message at a time.  It is called the @dfn{current
message}.  Rmail mode's special commands can do such things as move to
another message, delete the message, copy the message into another file, or
send a reply.

@cindex message number
  Within the Rmail file, messages are arranged sequentially in order
of receipt.  They are also assigned consecutive integers as their
@dfn{message numbers}.  The number of the current message is displayed
in Rmail's mode line, followed by the total number of messages in the
file.  You can move to a message by specifying its message number
using the @kbd{j} key (@pxref{Rmail Motion}).

@kindex s (Rmail)
@findex rmail-save
  Following the usual conventions of Emacs, changes in an Rmail file become
permanent only when the file is saved.  You can do this with @kbd{s}
(@code{rmail-save}), which also expunges deleted messages from the file
first (@pxref{Rmail Deletion}).  To save the file without expunging, use
@kbd{C-x C-s}.  Rmail saves the Rmail file spontaneously when moving new
mail from an inbox file (@pxref{Rmail Inbox}).

@kindex q (Rmail)
@findex rmail-quit
  You can exit Rmail with @kbd{q} (@code{rmail-quit}); this expunges and saves the
Rmail file and then switches to another buffer.  But there is no need to
`exit' formally.  If you switch from Rmail to editing in other buffers, and
never happen to switch back, you have exited.  Just make sure to save the
Rmail file eventually (like any other file you have changed).  @kbd{C-x s}
is a good enough way to do this (@pxref{Saving}).

@menu
* Scroll: Rmail Scrolling.   Scrolling through a message.
* Motion: Rmail Motion.      Moving to another message.
* Deletion: Rmail Deletion.  Deleting and expunging messages.
* Inbox: Rmail Inbox.        How mail gets into the Rmail file.
* Files: Rmail Files.        Using multiple Rmail files.
* Output: Rmail Output.	     Copying message out to files.
* Labels: Rmail Labels.      Classifying messages by labeling them.
* Summary: Rmail Summary.    Summaries show brief info on many messages.
* Reply: Rmail Reply.        Sending replies to messages you are viewing.
* Editing: Rmail Editing.    Editing message text and headers in Rmail.
* Digest: Rmail Digest.      Extracting the messages from a digest message.
@end menu

@node Rmail Scrolling, Rmail Motion, Rmail, Rmail
@section Scrolling Within a Message

  When Rmail displays a message that does not fit on the screen, it is
necessary to scroll through it.  This could be done with @kbd{C-v}, @kbd{M-v}
and @kbd{M-<}, but in Rmail scrolling is so frequent that it deserves to be
easier to type.

@need 1800
@table @kbd
@item @key{SPC}
Scroll forward (@code{scroll-up}).
@item @key{DEL}
Scroll backward (@code{scroll-down}).
@item .
Scroll to start of message (@code{rmail-beginning-of-message}).
@end table

@kindex SPC (Rmail)
@kindex DEL (Rmail)
  Since the most common thing to do while reading a message is to scroll
through it by screenfuls, Rmail makes @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} synonyms of
@kbd{C-v} (@code{scroll-up}) and @kbd{M-v} (@code{scroll-down}).

@kindex . (Rmail)
@findex rmail-beginning-of-message
  The command @kbd{.} (@code{rmail-beginning-of-message}) scrolls back to the
beginning of the selected message.  This is not quite the same as @kbd{M-<}:
for one thing, it does not set the mark; for another, it resets the buffer
boundaries to the current message if you have changed them.

@node Rmail Motion, Rmail Deletion, Rmail Scrolling, Rmail
@section Moving Among Messages

  The most basic thing to do with a message is to read it.  The way to do
this in Rmail is to make the message current.  You can make any message
current given its message number using the @kbd{j} command, but the usual
thing to do is to move sequentially through the file, since this is the
order of receipt of messages.  When you enter Rmail, you are positioned at
the first new message (new messages are those received since the previous
use of Rmail), or at the last message if there are no new messages this
time.  Move forward to see the other new messages; move backward to
reexamine old messages.

@table @kbd
@item n
Move to the next nondeleted message, skipping any intervening deleted
messages (@code{rmail-next-undeleted-message}).
@item p
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Move to the previous nondeleted message@*
(@code{rmail-previous-undeleted-message}).
@item M-n
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Move to the next message, including deleted messages@*
(@code{rmail-next-message}).
@item M-p
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Move to the previous message, including deleted messages@*
(@code{rmail-previous-message}).
@item j
Move to the first message.  With argument @var{n}, move to
message number @var{n} (@code{rmail-show-message}).
@item >
Move to the last message (@code{rmail-last-message}).

@item M-s @var{regexp} @key{RET}
Move to the next message containing a match for @var{regexp}
(@code{rmail-search}).  If @var{regexp} is empty, the last regexp used is
used again.

@item - M-s @var{regexp} @key{RET}
Move to the previous message containing a match for @var{regexp}.
If @var{regexp} is empty, the last regexp used is used again.
@end table

@kindex n (Rmail)
@kindex p (Rmail)
@kindex M-n (Rmail)
@kindex M-p (Rmail)
@findex rmail-next-undeleted-message
@findex rmail-previous-undeleted-message
@findex rmail-next-message
@findex rmail-previous-message
  @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} are the usual way of moving among messages in Rmail.  They
move through the messages sequentially, but skip over deleted messages,
which is usually what you want to do.  Their command definitions are named
@code{rmail-next-undeleted-message} and @code{rmail-previous-undeleted-message}.  If
you do not want to skip deleted messages---for example, if you want to move
to a message to undelete it---use the variants @kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p}
(@code{rmail-next-message} and @code{rmail-previous-message}).  A numeric
argument to any of these commands serves as a repeat count.@refill

  In Rmail, you can specify a numeric argument by typing the digits.
It is not necessary to type @kbd{C-u} first.

@kindex M-s (Rmail)
@findex rmail-search
  The @kbd{M-s} (@code{rmail-search}) command is Rmail's version of search.  The
usual incremental search command @kbd{C-s} works in Rmail, but it searches
only within the current message.  The purpose of @kbd{M-s} is to search for
another message.  It reads a regular expression (@pxref{Regexps})
nonincrementally, then searches starting at the beginning of the following
message for a match.  The message containing the match is selected.

  To search backward in the file for another message, give @kbd{M-s} a
negative argument.  In Rmail this can be done with @kbd{- M-s}.

  It is also possible to search for a message based on labels.
@xref{Rmail Labels}.

@kindex j (Rmail)
@kindex > (Rmail)
@findex rmail-show-message
@findex rmail-last-message
  To move to a message specified by absolute message number, use @kbd{j}
(@code{rmail-show-message}) with the message number as argument.  With no
argument, @kbd{j} selects the first message.  @kbd{>} (@code{rmail-last-message}) selects
the last message.

  Each time Rmail selects a message, it calls (with no arguments) the
value of the variable @code{rmail-show-message-hook}, if that is
non-@code{nil}.

@node Rmail Deletion, Rmail Inbox, Rmail Motion, Rmail
@section Deleting Messages

@cindex deletion (Rmail)
  When you no longer need to keep a message, you can @dfn{delete} it.  This
flags it as ignorable, and some Rmail commands will pretend it is no longer
present; but it still has its place in the Rmail file, and still has its
message number.

@cindex expunging (Rmail)
  @dfn{Expunging} the Rmail file actually removes the deleted messages.
The remaining messages are renumbered consecutively.  Expunging is the only
action that changes the message number of any message, except for
undigestifying (@pxref{Rmail Digest}).

@table @kbd
@item d
Delete the current message, and move to the next nondeleted message
(@code{rmail-delete-forward}).
@item C-d
Delete the current message, and move to the previous nondeleted
message (@code{rmail-delete-backward}).
@item u
Undelete the current message, or move back to a deleted message and
undelete it (@code{rmail-undelete-previous-message}).
@item x
@itemx e
Expunge the Rmail file (@code{rmail-expunge}).  These two
commands are synonyms.
@end table

@kindex d (Rmail)
@kindex C-d (Rmail)
@findex rmail-delete-forward
@findex rmail-delete-backward
  There are two Rmail commands for deleting messages.  Both delete the
current message and select another message.  @kbd{d} (@code{rmail-delete-forward})
moves to the following message, skipping messages already deleted, while
@kbd{C-d} (@code{rmail-delete-backward}) moves to the previous nondeleted message.
If there is no nondeleted message to move to in the specified direction,
the message that was just deleted remains current.

@cindex undeletion (Rmail)
@kindex e (Rmail)
@findex rmail-expunge
  To make all the deleted messages finally vanish from the Rmail file,
type @kbd{e} (@code{rmail-expunge}).  Until you do this, you can still @dfn{undelete}
the deleted messages.

@kindex u (Rmail)
@findex rmail-undelete-previous-message
  To undelete, type
@kbd{u} (@code{rmail-undelete-previous-message}), which is designed to cancel the
effect of a @kbd{d} command (usually).  It undeletes the current message
if the current message is deleted.  Otherwise it moves backward to previous
messages until a deleted message is found, and undeletes that message.

  You can usually undo a @kbd{d} with a @kbd{u} because the @kbd{u} moves
back to and undeletes the message that the @kbd{d} deleted.  But this does
not work when the @kbd{d} skips a few already-deleted messages that follow
the message being deleted; then the @kbd{u} command will undelete the last
of the messages that were skipped.  There is no clean way to avoid this
problem.  However, by repeating the @kbd{u} command, you can eventually get
back to the message that you intended to undelete.  You can also reach that
message with @kbd{M-p} commands and then type @kbd{u}.@refill

  A deleted message has the @samp{deleted} attribute, and as a result
@samp{deleted} appears in the mode line when the current message is
deleted.  In fact, deleting or undeleting a message is nothing more than
adding or removing this attribute.  @xref{Rmail Labels}.

@node Rmail Inbox, Rmail Files, Rmail Deletion, Rmail
@section Rmail Files and Inboxes
@cindex inbox file

  Unix places incoming mail for you in a file that we call your @dfn{inbox}.
When you start up Rmail, it copies the new messages from your inbox into
your primary mail file, an Rmail file, which also contains other messages
saved from previous Rmail sessions.  It is in this file that you actually
read the mail with Rmail.  This operation is called @dfn{getting new mail}.
It can be repeated at any time using the @kbd{g} key in Rmail.  The inbox
file name is @file{/usr/spool/mail/@var{username}} in Berkeley Unix,
@file{/usr/mail/@var{username}} in System V.

  There are two reasons for having separate Rmail files and inboxes.

@enumerate
@item
The format in which Unix delivers the mail in the inbox is not
adequate for Rmail mail storage.  It has no way to record attributes
(such as @samp{deleted}) or user-specified labels; it has no way to record
old headers and reformatted headers; it has no way to record cached
summary line information.

@item
It is very cumbersome to access an inbox file without danger of losing
mail, because it is necessary to interlock with mail delivery.
Moreover, different Unix systems use different interlocking
techniques.  The strategy of moving mail out of the inbox once and for
all into a separate Rmail file avoids the need for interlocking in all
the rest of Rmail, since only Rmail operates on the Rmail file.
@end enumerate

  When getting new mail, Rmail first copies the new mail from the inbox
file to the Rmail file; then it saves the Rmail file; then it deletes the
inbox file.  This way, a system crash may cause duplication of mail between
the inbox and the Rmail file, but cannot lose mail.

  Copying mail from an inbox in the system's mailer directory actually puts
it in an intermediate file @file{~/.newmail}.  This is because the
interlocking is done by a C program that copies to another file.
@file{~/.newmail} is deleted after mail merging is successful.  If there is
a crash at the wrong time, this file will continue to exist and will be
used as an inbox the next time you get new mail.

@node Rmail Files, Rmail Output, Rmail Inbox, Rmail
@section Multiple Mail Files

  Rmail operates by default on your @dfn{primary mail file}, which is named
@file{~/RMAIL} and receives your incoming mail from your system inbox file.
But you can also have other mail files and edit them with Rmail.  These
files can receive mail through their own inboxes, or you can move messages
into them by explicit command in Rmail (@pxref{Rmail Output}).

@table @kbd
@item i @var{file} @key{RET}
Read @var{file} into Emacs and run Rmail on it (@code{rmail-input}).

@item M-x set-rmail-inbox-list @key{RET} @var{files} @key{RET}
Specify inbox file names for current Rmail file to get mail from.

@item g
Merge new mail from current Rmail file's inboxes
(@code{rmail-get-new-mail}).

@item C-u g @var{file}
Merge new mail from inbox file @var{file}.
@end table

@kindex i (Rmail)
@findex rmail-input
  To run Rmail on a file other than your primary mail file, you may use the
@kbd{i} (@code{rmail-input}) command in Rmail.  This visits the file, puts it in
Rmail mode, and then gets new mail from the file's inboxes if any.
You can also use @kbd{M-x rmail-input} even when not in Rmail.

  The file you read with @kbd{i} does not have to be in Rmail file format.
It could also be Unix mail format, or @code{mmdf} format; or it could
be a mixture of all three, as long as each message belongs to one of
the three formats.  Rmail recognizes all three and converts all the
messages to proper Rmail format before showing you the file.

@findex set-rmail-inbox-list
  Each Rmail file can contain a list of inbox file names; you can specify
this list with @kbd{M-x set-rmail-inbox-list @key{RET} @var{files}
@key{RET}}.  The argument can contain any number of file names, separated
by commas.  It can also be empty, which specifies that this file should
have no inboxes.  Once a list of inboxes is specified, the Rmail file
remembers it permanently until it is explicitly changed.@refill

@kindex g (Rmail)
@findex rmail-get-new-mail
  If an Rmail file has inboxes, new mail is merged in from the inboxes when
the Rmail file is brought into Rmail, and when the @kbd{g} (@code{rmail-get-new-mail})
command is used.  If the Rmail file specifies no inboxes, then no new mail
is merged in at these times.  A special exception is made for your primary
mail file in using the standard system inbox for it if it does not specify
any.

  To merge mail from a file that is not the usual inbox, give the @kbd{g}
key a numeric argument, as in @kbd{C-u g}.  Then it reads a file name and
merges mail from that file.  The inbox file is not deleted or changed in
any way when @kbd{g} with an argument is used.  This is, therefore, a
general way of merging one file of messages into another.

@node Rmail Output, Rmail Labels, Rmail Files, Rmail
@section Copying Messages Out to Files

@table @kbd
@item o @var{file} @key{RET}
Append a copy of the current message to the file @var{file},
writing it in Rmail file format (@code{rmail-output-to-rmail-file}).

@item C-o @var{file} @key{RET}
Append a copy of the current message to the file @var{file},
writing it in Unix mail file format (@code{rmail-output}).
@end table

@kindex o (Rmail)
@findex rmail-output-to-rmail-file
@kindex C-o (Rmail)
@findex rmail-output
  If an Rmail file has no inboxes, how does it get anything in it?  By
explicit @kbd{o} commands.

  @kbd{o} (@code{rmail-output-to-rmail-file}) appends the current message
in Rmail format to the end of the specified file.  This is the best command
to use to move messages between Rmail files.  If the other Rmail file is
currently visited, the copying is done into the other file's Emacs buffer
instead.  You should eventually save it on disk.

  The @kbd{C-o} (@code{rmail-output}) command in Rmail appends a copy of the current
message to a specified file, in Unix mail file format.  This is useful for
moving messages into files to be read by other mail processors that do not
understand Rmail format.

  Copying a message with @kbd{o} or @kbd{C-o} gives the original copy of the
message the @samp{filed} attribute, so that @samp{filed} appears in the mode
line when such a message is current.

  Normally you should use only @kbd{o} to output messages to other Rmail
files, never @kbd{C-o}.  But it is also safe if you always use @kbd{C-o},
never @kbd{o}.  When a file is visited in Rmail, the last message is
checked, and if it is in Unix format, the entire file is scanned and all
Unix-format messages are converted to Rmail format.  (The reason for
checking the last message is that scanning the file is slow and most Rmail
files have only Rmail format messages.)  If you use @kbd{C-o} consistently,
the last message is sure to be in Unix format, so Rmail will convert all
messages properly.

  The case where you might want to use @kbd{C-o} always, instead of @kbd{o}
always, is when you or other users want to append mail to the same file
from other mail processors.  Other mail processors probably do not know
Rmail format but do know Unix format.

  In any case, always use @kbd{o} to add to an Rmail file that is being
visited in Rmail.  Adding messages with @kbd{C-o} to the actual disk file
will trigger a ``simultaneous editing'' warning when you ask to save the
Emacs buffer, and will be lost if you do save.

@node Rmail Labels, Rmail Summary, Rmail Output, Rmail
@section Labels
@cindex label (Rmail)
@cindex attribute (Rmail)

  Each message can have various @dfn{labels} assigned to it as a means of
classification.  A label has a name; different names mean different labels.
Any given label is either present or absent on a particular message.  A few
label names have standard meanings and are given to messages automatically
by Rmail when appropriate; these special labels are called @dfn{attributes}.
All other labels are assigned by the user.

@table @kbd
@item a @var{label} @key{RET}
Assign the label @var{label} to the current message (@code{rmail-add-label}).
@item k @var{label} @key{RET}
Remove the label @var{label} from the current message (@code{rmail-kill-label}).
@item C-M-n @var{labels} @key{RET}
Move to the next message that has one of the labels @var{labels}
(@code{rmail-next-labeled-message}).
@item C-M-p @var{labels} @key{RET}
Move to the previous message that has one of the labels @var{labels}
(@code{rmail-previous-labeled-message}).
@item C-M-l @var{labels} @key{RET}
Make a summary of all messages containing any of the labels @var{labels}
(@code{rmail-summary-by-labels}).
@end table

@noindent
Specifying an empty string for one these commands means to use the last
label specified for any of these commands.

@kindex a (Rmail)
@kindex k (rmail)
@findex rmail-add-label
@findex rmail-kill-label
  The @kbd{a} (@code{rmail-add-label}) and @kbd{k} (@code{rmail-kill-label}) commands allow
you to assign or remove any label on the current message.  If the @var{label}
argument is empty, it means to assign or remove the same label most
recently assigned or removed.

  Once you have given messages labels to classify them as you wish, there
are two ways to use the labels: in moving and in summaries.

@kindex C-M-n (Rmail)
@kindex C-M-p (Rmail)
@findex rmail-next-labeled-message
@findex rmail-previous-labeled-message
  The command @kbd{C-M-n @var{labels} @key{RET}}
(@code{rmail-next-labeled-message}) moves to the next message that has one
of the labels @var{labels}.  @var{labels} is one or more label names,
separated by commas.  @kbd{C-M-p} (@code{rmail-previous-labeled-message})
is similar, but moves backwards to previous messages.  A preceding numeric
argument to either one serves as a repeat count.@refill

@kindex C-M-l (Rmail)
@findex rmail-summary-by-labels
  The command @kbd{C-M-l @var{labels} @key{RET}}
(@code{rmail-summary-by-labels}) displays a summary containing only the
messages that have at least one of a specified set of messages.  The
argument @var{labels} is one or more label names, separated by commas.
@xref{Rmail Summary}, for information on summaries.@refill

  If the @var{labels} argument to @kbd{C-M-n}, @kbd{C-M-p} or @kbd{C-M-l} is empty, it means
to use the last set of labels specified for any of these commands.

  Some labels such as @samp{deleted} and @samp{filed} have built-in meanings and
are assigned to or removed from messages automatically at appropriate
times; these labels are called @dfn{attributes}.  Here is a list of Rmail
attributes:

@table @samp
@item unseen
Means the message has never been current.  Assigned to messages when
they come from an inbox file, and removed when a message is made
current.
@item deleted
Means the message is deleted.  Assigned by deletion commands and
removed by undeletion commands (@pxref{Rmail Deletion}).
@item filed
Means the message has been copied to some other file.  Assigned by the
file output commands (@pxref{Rmail Files}).
@item answered
Means you have mailed an answer to the message.  Assigned by the @kbd{r}
command (@code{rmail-reply}).  @xref{Rmail Reply}.
@item forwarded
Means you have forwarded the message to other users.  Assigned by the
@kbd{f} command (@code{rmail-forward}).  @xref{Rmail Reply}.
@item edited
Means you have edited the text of the message within Rmail.
@xref{Rmail Editing}.
@end table

  All other labels are assigned or removed only by the user, and it is up
to the user to decide what they mean.

@node Rmail Summary, Rmail Reply, Rmail Labels, Rmail
@section Summaries
@cindex summary (Rmail)

  A @dfn{summary} is a buffer containing one line per message that Rmail
can make and display to give you an overview of the mail in an Rmail file.
Each line shows the message number, the sender, the labels, and the
subject.  When the summary buffer is selected, various commands can be used
to select messages by moving in the summary buffer, or delete or undelete
messages.

  A summary buffer applies to a single Rmail file only; if you are
editing multiple Rmail files, they have separate summary buffers.  The
summary buffer name is made by appending @samp{-summary} to the Rmail buffer's
name.  Only one summary buffer will be displayed at a time unless you make
several windows and select the summary buffers by hand.

@menu
* Rmail Make Summary::  Making various sorts of summaries.
* Rmail Summary Edit::  Manipulating messages from the summary.
@end menu

@node Rmail Make Summary, Rmail Summary Edit, Rmail Summary, Rmail Summary
@subsection Making Summaries

  Here are the commands to create a summary for the current Rmail file.
Summaries do not update automatically; to make an updated summary, you
must use one of these commands again.

@table @kbd
@item h
@itemx C-M-h
Summarize all messages (@code{rmail-summary}).
@item l @var{labels} @key{RET}
@itemx C-M-l @var{labels} @key{RET}
Summarize message that have one or more of the specified labels
(@code{rmail-summary-by-labels}).
@item C-M-r @var{rcpts} @key{RET}
Summarize messages that have one or more of the specified recipients
(@code{rmail-summary-by-recipients}).
@end table

@kindex h (Rmail)
@findex rmail-summary
  The @kbd{h} or @kbd{C-M-h} (@code{rmail-summary}) command fills the summary buffer
for the current Rmail file with a summary of all the messages in the file.
It then displays and selects the summary buffer in another window.

@kindex l (Rmail)
@kindex C-M-l (Rmail)
@findex rmail-summary-by-labels
  @kbd{C-M-l @var{labels} @key{RET}} (@code{rmail-summary-by-labels}) makes
a partial summary mentioning only the messages that have one or more of the
labels @var{labels}.  @var{labels} should contain label names separated by
commas.@refill

@kindex C-M-r (Rmail)
@findex rmail-summary-by-recipients
  @kbd{C-M-r @var{rcpts} @key{RET}} (@code{rmail-summary-by-recipients})
makes a partial summary mentioning only the messages that have one or more
of the recipients @var{rcpts}.  @var{rcpts} should contain mailing
addresses separated by commas.@refill

  Note that there is only one summary buffer for any Rmail file; making one
kind of summary discards any previously made summary.

@node Rmail Summary Edit,, Rmail Make Summary, Rmail Summary
@subsection Editing in Summaries
@cindex Rmail Summary mode
@cindex summaries in Rmail

  Summary buffers are given the major mode Rmail Summary mode, which
provides the following special commands:

@table @kbd
@item j
Select the message described by the line that point is on
(@code{rmail-summary-goto-msg}).
@item C-n
Move to next line and select its message in Rmail
(@code{rmail-summary-next-all}).
@item C-p
Move to previous line and select its message
(@code{rmail-summary-previous-all}).
@item n
Move to next line, skipping lines saying `deleted', and select its
message (@code{rmail-summary-next-msg}).
@item p
Move to previous line, skipping lines saying `deleted', and select
its message (@code{rmail-summary-previous-msg}).
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item d
Delete the current line's message, then do like @kbd{n}
(@code{rmail-summary-delete-forward}).
@item u
Undelete and select this message or the previous deleted message in
the summary (@code{rmail-summary-undelete}).
@item @key{SPC}
Scroll the other window (presumably Rmail) forward
(@code{rmail-summary-scroll-msg-up}).
@item @key{DEL}
Scroll the other window backward (@code{rmail-summary-scroll-msg-down}).
@item x
Kill the summary window (@code{rmail-summary-exit}).
@item q
Exit Rmail (@code{rmail-summary-quit}).
@end table

@kindex C-n (Rmail summary)
@kindex C-p (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-next-all
@findex rmail-summary-previous-all
  The keys @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} are modified in Rmail Summary mode so that in
addition to moving point in the summary buffer they also cause the line's
message to become current in the associated Rmail buffer.  That buffer is
also made visible in another window if it is not already so.

@kindex n (Rmail summary)
@kindex p (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-next-msg
@findex rmail-summary-previous-msg
  @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} are similar to @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p}, but skip
lines that say `message deleted'.  They are like the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p}
keys of Rmail itself.  Note, however, that in a partial summary these
commands move only among the message listed in the summary.@refill

@kindex j (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-goto-msg
  The other Emacs cursor motion commands are not changed in Rmail Summary
mode, so it is easy to get the point on a line whose message is not
selected in Rmail.  This can also happen if you switch to the Rmail window
and switch messages there.  To get the Rmail buffer back in sync with the
summary, use the @kbd{j} (@code{rmail-summary-goto-msg}) command, which selects
in Rmail the message of the current summary line.

@kindex d (Rmail summary)
@kindex u (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-delete-forward
@findex rmail-summary-undelete
  Deletion and undeletion can also be done from the summary buffer.  They
always work based on where point is located in the summary buffer, ignoring
which message is selected in Rmail.  @kbd{d} (@code{rmail-summary-delete-forward})
deletes the current line's message, then moves to the next line whose
message is not deleted and selects that message.  The inverse of this is
@kbd{u} (@code{rmail-summary-undelete}), which moves back (if necessary) to a line
whose message is deleted, undeletes that message, and selects it in Rmail.

@kindex SPC (Rmail summary)
@kindex DEL (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-scroll-msg-down
@findex rmail-summary-scroll-msg-up
  When moving through messages with the summary buffer, it is convenient to
be able to scroll the message while remaining in the summary window.
The commands @key{SPC} (@code{rmail-summary-scroll-msg-up}) and @key{DEL}
(@code{rmail-summary-scroll-msg-down}) do this.  They scroll the message just
as those same keys do when the Rmail buffer is selected.@refill

@kindex x (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-exit
  When you are finished using the summary, type @kbd{x} (@code{rmail-summary-exit})
to kill the summary buffer's window.

@kindex q (Rmail summary)
@findex rmail-summary-quit
  You can also exit Rmail while in the summary.  @kbd{q} (@code{rmail-summary-quit})
kills the summary window, then saves the Rmail file and switches to another
buffer.

@node Rmail Reply, Rmail Editing, Rmail Summary, Rmail
@section Sending Replies

  Rmail has several commands that use Mail mode to send outgoing mail.
@xref{Sending Mail}, for information on using Mail mode.  What are
documented here are the special commands of Rmail for entering Mail mode.
Note that the usual keys for sending mail, @kbd{C-x m} and @kbd{C-x 4 m},
are available in Rmail mode and work just as they usually do.@refill

@table @kbd
@item m
Send a message (@code{rmail-mail}).
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item c
Continue editing already started outgoing message (@code{rmail-continue}).
@item r
Send a reply to the current Rmail message (@code{rmail-reply}).
@item f
Forward current message to other users (@code{rmail-forward}).
@end table

@kindex r (Rmail)
@findex rmail-reply
@vindex rmail-dont-reply-to
@cindex reply to a message
  The most common reason to send a message while in Rmail is to reply to
the message you are reading.  To do this, type @kbd{r}
(@code{rmail-reply}).  This displays the @samp{*mail*} buffer in another
window, much like @kbd{C-x 4 m}, but preinitializes the @samp{Subject},
@samp{To}, @samp{CC} and @samp{In-reply-to} header fields based on the
message being replied to.  The @samp{To} field is given the sender of that
message, and the @samp{CC} gets all the recipients of that message (but
recipients that match elements of the list @code{rmail-dont-reply-to} are
omitted; by default, this list contains your own mailing address).@refill

  If you don't want to include the other recipients in the @samp{cc} field,
you can use a prefix argument to the @kbd{r} command.  In Rmail, you can 
do this with @w{@kbd{1 r}}.

  Once you have initialized the @samp{*mail*} buffer this way, sending the
mail goes as usual (@pxref{Sending Mail}).  You can edit the presupplied
header fields if they are not right for you.

@kindex C-c C-y (Mail mode)
@findex mail-yank-original
  One additional Mail mode command is available when mailing is invoked
from Rmail: @kbd{C-c C-y} (@code{mail-yank-original}) inserts into the outgoing
message a copy of the current Rmail message; normally this is the message
you are replying to, but you can also switch to the Rmail buffer, select a
different message, switch back, and yank new current message.  Normally the
yanked message is indented four spaces and has most header fields deleted
from it; an argument to @kbd{C-c C-y} specifies the amount to indent, and
@kbd{C-u C-c C-y} does not indent at all and does not delete any header
fields.@refill

@kindex f (Rmail)
@findex rmail-forward
@cindex forward a message
  Another frequent reason to send mail in Rmail is to forward the current
message to other users.  @kbd{f} (@code{rmail-forward}) makes this easy by
preinitializing the @samp{*mail*} buffer with the current message as the
text, and a subject designating a forwarded message.  All you have to do is
fill in the recipients and send.@refill

@kindex m (Rmail)
@findex rmail-mail
  The @kbd{m} (@code{rmail-mail}) command is used to start editing an
outgoing message that is not a reply.  It leaves the header fields empty.
Its only difference from @kbd{C-x 4 m} is that it makes the Rmail buffer
accessible for @kbd{C-c y}, just as @kbd{r} does.  Thus, @kbd{m} can be
used to reply to or forward a message; it can do anything @kbd{r} or @kbd{f}
can do.@refill

@kindex c (Rmail)
@findex rmail-continue
  The @kbd{c} (@code{rmail-continue}) command resumes editing the
@samp{*mail*} buffer, to finish editing an outgoing message you were
already composing, or to alter a message you have sent.@refill

@node Rmail Editing, Rmail Digest, Rmail Reply, Rmail
@section Editing Within a Message

  Rmail mode provides a few special commands for moving within and editing
the current message.  In addition, the usual Emacs commands are available
(except for a few, such as @kbd{C-M-n} and @kbd{C-M-h}, that are redefined by Rmail for
other purposes).  However, the Rmail buffer is normally read-only, and to
alter it you must use the Rmail command @kbd{w} described below.

@table @kbd
@item t
Toggle display of original headers (@code{rmail-toggle-headers}).
@item w
Edit current message (@code{rmail-edit-current-message}).
@end table

@kindex t (Rmail)
@findex rmail-toggle-header
@vindex rmail-ignored-headers
  Rmail reformats the header of each message before displaying it.
Normally this involves deleting most header fields, on the grounds that
they are not interesting.  The variable @code{rmail-ignored-headers} should
contain a regexp that matches the header fields to discard in this way.
The original headers are saved permanently, and to see what they look like,
use the @kbd{t} (@code{rmail-toggle-headers}) command.  This discards the reformatted
headers of the current message and displays it with the original headers.
Repeating @kbd{t} reformats the message again.  Selecting the message again
also reformats.

@kindex w (Rmail)
@findex rmail-edit-current-message
  The Rmail buffer is normally read-only, and most of the characters you
would type to modify it (including most letters) are redefined as Rmail
commands.  This is usually not a problem since it is rare to want to change
the text of a message.  When you do want to do this, the way is to type
@kbd{w} (@code{rmail-edit-current-message}), which changes from Rmail mode into
Rmail Edit mode, another major mode which is nearly the same as Text mode.
The mode line illustrates this change.

  In Rmail Edit mode, letters insert themselves as usual and the Rmail
commands are not available.  When you are finished editing the message and
are ready to go back to Rmail, type @kbd{C-c C-c}, which switches back to
Rmail mode.  Alternatively, you can return to Rmail mode but cancel all the
editing that you have done by typing @kbd{C-c C-]}.

@vindex rmail-edit-mode-hook
  Entering Rmail Edit mode calls with no arguments the value of the variable
@code{text-mode-hook}, if that value exists and is not @code{nil}; then it
does the same with the variable @code{rmail-edit-mode-hook}.  It adds the
attribute @samp{edited} to the message.

@node Rmail Digest,, Rmail Editing, Rmail
@section Digest Messages
@cindex digest message
@cindex undigestify

  A @dfn{digest message} is a message which exists to contain and carry
several other messages.  Digests are used on moderated mailing lists; all
the messages that arrive for the list during a period of time such as one
day are put inside a single digest which is then sent to the subscribers.
Transmitting the single digest uses much less computer time than
transmitting the individual messages even though the total size is the
same, because the per-message overhead in network mail transmission is
considerable.

@findex undigestify-rmail-message
  When you receive a digest message, the most convenient way to read it is
to @dfn{undigestify} it: to turn it back into many individual messages.
Then you can read and delete the individual messages as it suits you.

  To undigestify a message, select it and then type @kbd{M-x
undigestify-rmail-message}.  This copies each submessage as a separate
Rmail message and inserts them all following the digest.  The digest
message itself is flagged as deleted.

@iftex
@chapter Miscellaneous Commands

  This chapter contains several brief topics that do not fit anywhere else.

@end iftex
@node Recursive Edit, Narrowing, Rmail, Top
@section Recursive Editing Levels
@cindex recursive editing level
@cindex editing level, recursive

  A @dfn{recursive edit} is a situation in which you are using Emacs
commands to perform arbitrary editing while in the middle of another Emacs
command.  For example, when you type @kbd{C-r} inside of a @code{query-replace},
you enter a recursive edit in which you can change the current buffer.  On
exiting from the recursive edit, you go back to the @code{query-replace}.

@kindex C-M-c
@findex exit-recursive-edit
@cindex exiting
  @dfn{Exiting} the recursive edit means returning to the unfinished
command, which continues execution.  For example, exiting the recursive
edit requested by @kbd{C-r} in @code{query-replace} causes query replacing
to resume.  Exiting is done with @kbd{C-M-c} (@code{exit-recursive-edit}).

@kindex C-]
@findex abort-recursive-edit
  You can also @dfn{abort} the recursive edit.  This is like exiting, but
also quits the unfinished command immediately.  Use the command @kbd{C-]}
(@code{abort-recursive-edit}) for this.  @xref{Quitting}.

  The mode line shows you when you are in a recursive edit by displaying
square brackets around the parentheses that always surround the major and
minor mode names.  Every window's mode line shows this, in the same way,
since being in a recursive edit is true of Emacs as a whole rather than
any particular buffer.

@findex top-level
  It is possible to be in recursive edits within recursive edits.  For
example, after typing @kbd{C-r} in a @code{query-replace}, you might type a
command that entered the debugger.  In such circumstances, two or more sets
of square brackets appear in the mode line.  Exiting the inner recursive
edit (such as, with the debugger @kbd{c} command) would resume the command
where it called the debugger.  After the end of this command, you would be
able to exit the first recursive edit.  Aborting also gets out of only one
level of recursive edit; it returns immediately to the command level of the
previous recursive edit.  So you could immediately abort that one too.

  Alternatively, the command @kbd{M-x top-level} aborts all levels of
recursive edits, returning immediately to the top level command reader.

  The text being edited inside the recursive edit need not be the same text
that you were editing at top level.  It depends on what the recursive edit
is for.  If the command that invokes the recursive edit selects a different
buffer first, that is the buffer you will edit recursively.  In any case,
you can switch buffers within the recursive edit in the normal manner (as
long as the buffer-switching keys have not been rebound).  You could
probably do all the rest of your editing inside the recursive edit,
visiting files and all.  But this could have surprising effects (such as
stack overflow) from time to time.  So remember to exit or abort the
recursive edit when you no longer need it.

  In general, GNU Emacs tries to avoid using recursive edits.  It is
usually preferable to allow the user to switch among the possible editing
modes in any order he likes.  With recursive edits, the only way to get to
another state is to go ``back'' to the state that the recursive edit was
invoked from.

@node Narrowing, Sorting, Recursive Edit, Top
@section Narrowing
@cindex widening
@cindex restriction
@cindex narrowing

  @dfn{Narrowing} means focusing in on some portion of the buffer, making
the rest temporarily invisible and inaccessible.  Cancelling the narrowing,
and making the entire buffer once again visible, is called @dfn{widening}.
The amount of narrowing in effect in a buffer at any time is called the
buffer's @dfn{restriction}.

@c WideCommands
@table @kbd
@item C-x n
Narrow down to between point and mark (@code{narrow-to-region}).
@item C-x w
Widen to make the entire buffer visible again (@code{widen}).
@end table

  When you have narrowed down to a part of the buffer, that part appears to
be all there is.  You can't see the rest, you can't move into it (motion
commands won't go outside the visible part), you can't change it in any
way.  However, it is not gone, and if you save the file all the invisible
text will be saved.  In addition to sometimes making it easier to
concentrate on a single subroutine or paragraph by eliminating clutter,
narrowing can be used to restrict the range of operation of a replace
command or repeating keyboard macro.  The word @samp{Narrow} appears in the
mode line whenever narrowing is in effect.

@kindex C-x n
@findex narrow-to-region
  The primary narrowing command is @kbd{C-x n} (@code{narrow-to-region}).
It sets the current buffer's restrictions so that the text in the current
region remains visible but all text before the region or after the region
is invisible.  Point and mark do not change.

  Because narrowing can easily confuse users who do not understand it,
@code{narrow-to-region} is normally a disabled command.  Attempting to use
this command asks for confirmation and gives you the option of enabling it;
once you enable the command, confirmation will no longer be required for
it.  @xref{Disabling}.

@kindex C-x w
@findex widen
  The way to undo narrowing is to widen with @kbd{C-x w} (@code{widen}).
This makes all text in the buffer accessible again.

  You can get information on what part of the buffer you are narrowed down
to using the @kbd{C-x =} command.  @xref{Position Info}.

@node Sorting, Shell, Narrowing, Top
@section Sorting Text
@cindex sorting

  Emacs provides several commands for sorting text in the buffer.  All
operate on the contents of the region (the text between point and the
mark).  They divide the text of the region into many @dfn{sort records},
identify a @dfn{sort key} for each record, and then reorder the records
into the order determined by the sort keys.  The records are ordered so
that their keys are in alphabetical order, or, for numeric sorting, in
numeric order.  In alphabetic sorting, all upper case letters `A' through
`Z' come before lower case `a', in accord with the @sc{ascii} character
sequence.

  The various sort commands differ in how they divide the text into sort
records and in which part of each record is used as the sort key.  Most of
the commands make each line a separate sort record, but some commands use
paragraphs or pages as sort records.  Most of the sort commands use each
entire sort record as its own sort key, but some use only a portion of the
record as the sort key.

@findex sort-lines
@findex sort-paragraphs
@findex sort-pages
@findex sort-fields
@findex sort-numeric-fields
@table @kbd
@item M-x sort-lines
Divide the region into lines, and sort by comparing the entire
text of a line.  A prefix argument means sort into descending order.

@item M-x sort-paragraphs
Divide the region into paragraphs, and sort by comparing the entire
text of a paragraph (except for leading blank lines).  A prefix
argument means sort into descending order.

@item M-x sort-pages
Divide the region into pages, and sort by comparing the entire
text of a page (except for leading blank lines).  A prefix
argument means sort into descending order.

@item M-x sort-fields
Divide the region into lines, and sort by comparing the contents of
one field in each line.  Fields are defined as separated by
whitespace, so the first run of consecutive non-whitespace characters
in a line constitutes field 1, the second such run constitutes field
2, etc.

You specify which field to sort by with a numeric argument: 1 to sort
by field 1, etc.  A negative argument means sort into descending
order.  Thus, minus 2 means sort by field 2 in reverse-alphabetical
order.

If two lines are equal in the field being compared, their relative order
in the text is not changed.  This enables you to sort by multiple keys:
sort first by the least significant key, then by the next-to-least
key, and so on, ending with the most important key.

@item M-x sort-numeric-fields
Like @kbd{M-x sort-fields} except the specified field is converted
to a number for each line, and the numbers are compared.  @samp{10}
comes before @samp{2} when considered as text, but after it when
considered as a number.

@item M-x sort-columns
Like @kbd{M-x sort-fields} except that the text within each line
used for comparison comes from a fixed range of columns.  See below
for an explanation.
@end table

For example, if the buffer contains

@smallexample
On systems where clash detection (locking of files being edited) is
implemented, Emacs also checks the first time you modify a buffer
whether the file has changed on disk since it was last visited or
saved.  If it has, you are asked to confirm that you want to change
the buffer.
@end smallexample

@noindent
then if you apply @kbd{M-x sort-lines} to the entire buffer you get

@smallexample
On systems where clash detection (locking of files being edited) is
implemented, Emacs also checks the first time you modify a buffer
saved.  If it has, you are asked to confirm that you want to change
the buffer.
whether the file has changed on disk since it was last visited or
@end smallexample

@noindent
where the upper case `O' comes before all lower case letters.  If you apply
instead @kbd{C-u 2 M-x sort-fields} you get

@smallexample
implemented, Emacs also checks the first time you modify a buffer
saved.  If it has, you are asked to confirm that you want to change
the buffer.
On systems where clash detection (locking of files being edited) is
whether the file has changed on disk since it was last visited or
@end smallexample

@noindent
where the sort keys were @samp{Emacs}, @samp{If}, @samp{buffer},
@samp{systems} and @samp{the}.@refill

@findex sort-columns
  @kbd{M-x sort-columns} requires more explanation.  You specify the
columns by putting point at one of the columns and the mark at the other
column.  Because this means you cannot put point or the mark at the
beginning of the first line to sort, this command uses an unusual
definition of `region': all of the line point is in is considered part of
the region, and so is all of the line the mark is in.

  For example, to sort a table by information found in columns 10 to 15,
you could put the mark on column 10 in the first line of the table, and
point on column 15 in the last line of the table, and then use this command.
Or you could put the mark on column 15 in the first line and point on
column 10 in the last line.

  This can be thought of as sorting the rectangle specified by point and
the mark, except that the text on each line to the left or right of the
rectangle moves along with the text inside the rectangle.
@xref{Rectangles}.

@node Shell, Hardcopy, Sorting, Top
@section Running Shell Commands from Emacs
@cindex subshell
@cindex shell commands

  Emacs has commands for passing single command lines to inferior shell
processes; it can also run a shell interactively with input and output to
an Emacs buffer @samp{*shell*}.

@table @kbd
@item M-!
Run a specified shell command line and display the output
(@code{shell-command}).
@item M-|
Run a specified shell command line with region contents as input;
optionally replace the region with the output
(@code{shell-command-on-region}).
@item M-x shell
Run a subshell with input and output through an Emacs buffer.
You can then give commands interactively.
@end table

@menu
* Single Shell::         How to run one shell command and return.
* Interactive Shell::    Permanent shell taking input via Emacs.
* Shell Mode::           Special Emacs commands used with permanent shell.
@end menu

@node Single Shell, Interactive Shell, Shell, Shell
@subsection Single Shell Commands

@kindex M-!
@findex shell-command
  @kbd{M-!} (@code{shell-command}) reads a line of text using the
minibuffer and creates an inferior shell to execute the line as a command.
Standard input from the command comes from the null device.  If the shell
command produces any output, the output goes into an Emacs buffer named
@samp{*Shell Command Output*}, which is displayed in another window but not
selected.  A numeric argument, as in @kbd{M-1 M-!}, directs this command to
insert any output into the current buffer.  In that case, point is left
before the output and the mark is set after the output.

@kindex M-|
@findex shell-command-on-region
  @kbd{M-|} (@code{shell-command-on-region}) is like @kbd{M-!} but passes
the contents of the region as input to the shell command, instead of no
input.  If a numeric argument is used, meaning insert output in the current
buffer, then the old region is deleted first and the output replaces it as
the contents of the region.@refill

@vindex shell-file-name
@cindex environment
  Both @kbd{M-!} and @kbd{M-|} use @code{shell-file-name} to specify the
shell to use.  This variable is initialized based on your @code{SHELL}
environment variable when Emacs is started.  If the file name does not
specify a directory, the directories in the list @code{exec-path} are
searched; this list is initialized based on the environment variable
@code{PATH} when Emacs is started.  Your @file{.emacs} file can override
either or both of these default initializations.@refill

  With @kbd{M-!} and @kbd{M-|}, Emacs has to wait until the shell command
completes.  You can quit with @kbd{C-g}; that terminates the shell command.

@node Interactive Shell, Shell Mode, Single Shell, Shell
@subsection Interactive Inferior Shell

@findex shell
  To run a subshell interactively, putting its typescript in an Emacs
buffer, use @kbd{M-x shell}.  This creates (or reuses) a buffer named
@samp{*shell*} and runs a subshell with input coming from and output going
to that buffer.  That is to say, any ``terminal output'' from the subshell
will go into the buffer, advancing point, and any ``terminal input'' for
the subshell comes from text in the buffer.  To give input to the subshell,
go to the end of the buffer and type the input, terminated by @key{RET}.

  Emacs does not wait for the subshell to do anything.  You can switch
windows or buffers and edit them while the shell is waiting, or while it is
running a command.  Output from the subshell waits until Emacs has time to
process it; this happens whenever Emacs is waiting for keyboard input or
for time to elapse.

  If you would like multiple subshells, change the name of buffer
@samp{*shell*} to something different by using @kbd{M-x rename-buffer}.  The
next use of @kbd{M-x shell} will create a new buffer @samp{*shell*} with
its own subshell.  By renaming this buffer as well you can create a third
one, and so on.  All the subshells run independently and in parallel.

@vindex explicit-shell-file-name
  The file name used to load the subshell is the value of the variable
@code{explicit-shell-file-name}, if that is non-@code{nil}.  Otherwise, the
environment variable @code{ESHELL} is used, or the environment variable
@code{SHELL} if there is no @code{ESHELL}.  If the file name specified
is relative, the directories in the list @code{exec-path} are searched
(@pxref{Single Shell,Single Shell Commands}).@refill

  As soon as the subshell is started, it is sent as input the contents of
the file @file{~/.emacs_@var{shellname}}, if that file exists, where
@var{shellname} is the name of the file that the shell was loaded
from.  For example, if you use @code{csh}, the file sent to it is
@file{~/.emacs_csh}; if you use the Bourne-Again shell, the file sent
to it is @file{~/.emacs_bash}.@refill

@vindex shell-pushd-regexp
@vindex shell-popd-regexp
@vindex shell-cd-regexp
  @code{cd}, @code{pushd} and @code{popd} commands given to the inferior
shell are watched by Emacs so it can keep the @samp{*shell*} buffer's
default directory the same as the shell's working directory.  These
commands are recognized syntactically by examining lines of input that are
sent.  If you use aliases for these commands, you can tell Emacs to
recognize them also.  For example, if the value of the variable
@code{shell-pushd-regexp} matches the beginning of a shell command line,
that line is regarded as a @code{pushd} command.  Change this variable when
you add aliases for @samp{pushd}.  Likewise, @code{shell-popd-regexp} and
@code{shell-cd-regexp} are used to recognize commands with the meaning of
@samp{popd} and @samp{cd}.  These commands are recognized only at the
beginning of a shell command line.@refill

@vindex shell-set-directory-error-hook
  If Emacs gets an error while trying to handle what it believes is
a @samp{cd}, @samp{pushd} or @samp{popd} command, and the value of
@code{shell-set-directory-error-hook} is non-@code{nil}, that value is
called as a function with no arguments.@refill

@node Shell Mode,, Interactive Shell, Shell
@subsection Shell Mode

@cindex Shell mode
  The shell buffer uses Shell mode, which defines several special keys
attached to the @kbd{C-c} prefix.  They are chosen to resemble the usual
editing and job control characters present in shells that are not under
Emacs, except that you must type @kbd{C-c} first.  Here is a complete list
of the special key bindings of Shell mode:

@kindex RET (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-d (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-u (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-w (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-c (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-z (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-\ (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-o (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-r (Shell mode)
@kindex C-c C-y (Shell mode)
@findex send-shell-input
@findex shell-send-eof
@findex interrupt-shell-subjob
@findex stop-shell-subjob
@findex quit-shell-subjob
@findex kill-output-from-shell
@findex show-output-from-shell
@findex copy-last-shell-input
@vindex shell-prompt-pattern
@table @kbd
@item @key{RET}
At end of buffer, send line as input; otherwise, copy current line to end of
buffer and send it (@code{send-shell-input}).  When a line is copied, any
text at the beginning of the line that matches the variable
@code{shell-prompt-pattern} is left out; this variable's value should be a
regexp string that matches the prompts that you use in your subshell.
@item C-c C-d
Send end-of-file as input, probably causing the shell or its current
subjob to finish (@code{shell-send-eof}).
@item C-c C-u
Kill all text that has yet to be sent as input (@code{kill-shell-input}).
@item C-c C-w
Kill a word before point (@code{backward-kill-word}).
@item C-c C-c
Interrupt the shell or its current subjob if any
(@code{interrupt-shell-subjob}).
@item C-c C-z
Stop the shell or its current subjob if any (@code{stop-shell-subjob}).
@item C-c C-\
Send quit signal to the shell or its current subjob if any
(@code{quit-shell-subjob}).
@item C-c C-o
Delete last batch of output from shell (@code{kill-output-from-shell}).
@item C-c C-r
Scroll top of last batch of output to top of window
(@code{show-output-from-shell}).
@item C-c C-y
Copy the previous bunch of shell input, and insert it into the
buffer before point (@code{copy-last-shell-input}).  No final newline
is inserted, and the input copied is not resubmitted until you type
@key{RET}.
@end table

@node Hardcopy, Dissociated Press, Shell, Top
@section Hardcopy Output
@cindex hardcopy

  The Emacs commands for making hardcopy derive their names from the
Unix commands @samp{print} and @samp{lpr}.

@table @kbd
@item M-x print-buffer
Print hardcopy of current buffer using Unix command @samp{print}
(@samp{lpr -p}).  This makes page headings containing the file name
and page number.
@item M-x lpr-buffer
Print hardcopy of current buffer using Unix command @samp{lpr}.
This makes no page headings.
@item M-x print-region
Like @code{print-buffer} but prints only the current region.
@item M-x lpr-region
Like @code{lpr-buffer} but prints only the current region.
@end table

@findex print-buffer
@findex print-region
@findex lpr-buffer
@findex lpr-region
@vindex lpr-switches
@vindex lpr-command
  All the hardcopy commands pass extra switches to the @code{lpr}
program based on the value of the variable @code{lpr-switches}.  Its
value should be a list of strings, each string a switch starting with
@samp{-}.  For example, the value could be @w{@code{("-Pfoo")}} to print on
printer @samp{foo}.  You can specify an alternative command to run
instead of @code{lpr} by setting the variable @code{lpr-command}.

@node Dissociated Press, Amusements, Hardcopy, Top
@section Dissociated Press

@findex dissociated-press
  @kbd{M-x dissociated-press} is a command for scrambling a file of text
either word by word or character by character.  Starting from a buffer of
straight English, it produces extremely amusing output.  The input comes
from the current Emacs buffer.  Dissociated Press writes its output in a
buffer named @samp{*Dissociation*}, and redisplays that buffer after every
couple of lines (approximately) to facilitate reading it.

  @code{dissociated-press} asks every so often whether to continue
operating.  Answer @kbd{n} to stop it.  You can also stop at any time by
typing @kbd{C-g}.  The dissociation output remains in the @samp{*Dissociation*}
buffer for you to copy elsewhere if you wish.

@cindex presidentagon
  Dissociated Press operates by jumping at random from one point in the
buffer to another.  In order to produce plausible output rather than
gibberish, it insists on a certain amount of overlap between the end of one
run of consecutive words or characters and the start of the next.  That is,
if it has just printed out `president' and then decides to jump to a
different point in the file, it might spot the `ent' in `pentagon' and
continue from there, producing `presidentagon'.  Long sample texts produce
the best results.

@cindex againformation
  A positive argument to @kbd{M-x dissociated-press} tells it to operate
character by character, and specifies the number of overlap characters.  A
negative argument tells it to operate word by word and specifies the number
of overlap words.  In this mode, whole words are treated as the elements to
be permuted, rather than characters.  No argument is equivalent to an
argument of two.  For your againformation, the output goes only into the
buffer @samp{*Dissociation*}.  The buffer you start with is not changed.

@cindex Markov chain
@cindex ignoriginal
@cindex techniquitous
  Dissociated Press produces nearly the same results as a Markov chain
based on a frequency table constructed from the sample text.  It is,
however, an independent, ignoriginal invention.  Dissociated Press
techniquitously copies several consecutive characters from the sample
between random choices, whereas a Markov chain would choose randomly for
each word or character.  This makes for more plausible sounding results,
and runs faster.

@cindex outragedy
@cindex buggestion
@cindex properbose
  It is a mustatement that too much use of Dissociated Press can be a
developediment to your real work.  Sometimes to the point of outragedy.
And keep dissociwords out of your documentation, if you want it to be well
userenced and properbose.  Have fun.  Your buggestions are welcome.

@node Amusements, Emulation, Dissociated Press, Top
@section Other Amusements
@cindex boredom
@findex hanoi
@findex yow

  If you are a little bit bored, you can try @kbd{M-x hanoi}.  If you are
considerably bored, give it a numeric argument.  If you are very very
bored, try an argument of 9.  Sit back and watch.

  When you are frustrated, try the famous Eliza program.  Just do
@kbd{M-x doctor}.  End each input by typing @kbd{RET} twice.

  When you are feeling strange, type @kbd{M-x yow}.

@node Emulation, Customization, Amusements, Top
@section Emulation
@cindex other editors
@cindex EDT
@cindex vi

  GNU Emacs can be programmed to emulate (more or less) most other
editors.  Standard facilities can emulate these:

@table @asis
@item EDT (DEC VMS editor)
@findex edt-emulation-on
@findex edt-emulation-off
Turn on EDT emulation with @kbd{M-x edt-emulation-on}.  @kbd{M-x
edt-emulation-off} restores normal Emacs command bindings.

Most of the EDT emulation commands are keypad keys, and most standard
Emacs key bindings are still available.  The EDT emulation rebindings
are done in the global keymap, so there is no problem switching
buffers or major modes while in EDT emulation.

@item Gosling Emacs
@findex set-gosmacs-bindings
@findex set-gnu-bindings
Turn on emulation of Gosling Emacs (aka Unipress Emacs) with @kbd{M-x
set-gosmacs-bindings}.  This redefines many keys, mostly on the
@kbd{C-x} and @kbd{ESC} prefixes, to work as they do in Gosmacs.
@kbd{M-x set-gnu-bindings} returns to normal GNU Emacs by rebinding
the same keys to the definitions they had at the time @kbd{M-x
set-gosmacs-bindings} was done.

It is also possible to run Mocklisp code written for Gosling Emacs.
@xref{Mocklisp}.

@item vi (Berkeley Unix editor)
@findex vi-mode
@cindex VI mode
Turn on vi emulation with @kbd{M-x vi-mode}.  This is a major mode
that replaces the previously established major mode.  All of the
vi commands that, in real vi, enter ``input'' mode are programmed
in the Emacs emulator to return to the previous major mode.  Thus,
ordinary Emacs serves as vi's ``input'' mode.

Because vi emulation works through major modes, it does not work
to switch buffers during emulation.  Return to normal Emacs first.

If you plan to use vi emulation much, you probably want to bind a key
to the @code{vi-mode} command.

@item vi (alternate emulator)
@findex vip-mode
Another vi emulator said to resemble real vi more thoroughly is
invoked by @kbd{M-x vip-mode}.  ``Input'' mode in this emulator is
changed from ordinary Emacs so you can use @key{ESC} to go back to
emulated vi command mode.  To get from emulated vi command mode back
to ordinary Emacs, type @kbd{C-z}.

This emulation does not work through major modes, and it is possible
to switch buffers in various ways within the emulator.  It is not
so necessary to assign a key to the command @code{vip-mode} as
it is with @code{vi-mode} because terminating insert mode does
not use it.

For full information, see the long comment at the beginning of the
source file, which is @file{lisp/vip.el} in the Emacs distribution.
@end table

I am interested in hearing which vi emulator users prefer, as well as in
receiving more complete user documentation for either or both emulators.
Warning: loading both at once may cause name conficts; no one has checked.

@node Customization, Quitting, Emulation, Top
@chapter Customization
@cindex customization

  This chapter talks about various topics relevant to adapting the
behavior of Emacs in minor ways.

  All kinds of customization affect only the particular Emacs job that you
do them in.  They are completely lost when you kill the Emacs job, and have
no effect on other Emacs jobs you may run at the same time or later.  The
only way an Emacs job can affect anything outside of it is by writing a
file; in particular, the only way to make a customization `permanent' is to
put something in your @file{.emacs} file or other appropriate file to do the
customization in each session.  @xref{Init File}.

@menu
* Minor Modes::     Each minor mode is one feature you can turn on
                     independently of any others.
* Variables::       Many Emacs commands examine Emacs variables
                     to decide what to do; by setting variables,
                     you can control their functioning.
* Keyboard Macros:: A keyboard macro records a sequence of keystrokes
                     to be replayed with a single command.
* Key Bindings::    The keymaps say what command each key runs.
                     By changing them, you can "redefine keys".
* Syntax::          The syntax table controls how words and expressions
                     are parsed.
* Init File::       How to write common customizations in the @file{.emacs} file.
@end menu

@node Minor Modes, Variables, Customization, Customization
@section Minor Modes
@cindex minor modes

@cindex mode line
  Minor modes are options which you can use or not.  For example, Auto Fill
mode is a minor mode in which @key{SPC} breaks lines between words as you
type.  All the minor modes are independent of each other and of the
selected major mode.  Most minor modes say in the mode line when they are
on; for example, @samp{Fill} in the mode line means that Auto Fill mode is
on.

  Append @code{-mode} to the name of a minor mode to get the name of a
command function that turns the mode on or off.  Thus, the command to
enable or disable Auto Fill mode is called @kbd{M-x auto-fill-mode}.  These
commands are usually invoked with @kbd{M-x}, but you can bind keys to them
if you wish.  With no argument, the function turns the mode on if it was
off and off if it was on.  This is known as @dfn{toggling}.  A positive
argument always turns the mode on, and an explicit zero argument or a
negative argument always turns it off.

  Auto Fill mode allows you to enter filled text without breaking lines
explicitly.  Emacs inserts newlines as necessary to prevent lines from
becoming too long.  @xref{Filling}.

@cindex Overwrite mode
@findex overwrite-mode
  Overwrite mode causes ordinary printing characters to replace existing
text instead of shoving it over.  For example, if the point is in front of
the @samp{B} in @samp{FOOBAR}, then in Overwrite mode typing a @kbd{G}
changes it to @samp{FOOGAR}, instead of making it @samp{FOOGBAR} as
usual.@refill

  Abbrev mode allows you to define abbreviations that automatically expand
as you type them.  For example, @samp{amd} might expand to @samp{abbrev
mode}.  @xref{Abbrevs}, for full information.

@node Variables, Keyboard Macros, Minor Modes, Customization
@section Variables
@cindex variables
@cindex option

  A @dfn{variable} is a Lisp symbol which has a value.  The symbol's name
is also called the name of the variable.  Variable names can contain any
characters, but conventionally they are chosen to be words separated by
hyphens.  A variable can have a documentation string which describes what
kind of value it should have and how the value will be used.

  Lisp allows any variable to have any kind of value, but most variables
that Emacs uses require a value of a certain type.  Often the value should
always be a string, or should always be a number.  Sometimes we say that a
certain feature is turned on if a variable is ``non-@code{nil},'' meaning
that if the variable's value is @code{nil}, the feature is off, but the
feature is on for @i{any} other value.  The conventional value to use to
turn on the feature---since you have to pick one particular value when you
set the variable---is @code{t}.

  Emacs uses many Lisp variables for internal recordkeeping, as any Lisp
program must, but the most interesting variables for you are the ones that
exist for the sake of customization.  Emacs does not (usually) change the
values of these variables; instead, you set the values, and thereby alter
and control the behavior of certain Emacs commands.  These variables are
called @dfn{options}.  Most options are documented in this manual, and
appear in the Variable Index (@pxref{Variable Index}).

@cindex right margin position
@cindex margin position
  One example of a variable which is an option is @code{fill-column}, which
specifies the position of the right margin (as a number of characters from
the left margin) to be used by the fill commands (@pxref{Filling}).

@menu
* Examining::           Examining or setting one variable's value.
* Edit Options::        Examining or editing list of all variables' values.
* Locals::              Per-buffer values of variables.
* File Variables::      How files can specify variable values.
@end menu

@node Examining, Edit Options, Variables, Variables
@subsection Examining and Setting Variables
@cindex setting variables

@table @kbd
@item C-h v
@itemx M-x describe-variable
Print the value and documentation of a variable.
@item M-x set-variable
Change the value of a variable.
@end table

@kindex C-h v
@findex describe-variable
@c !!! following written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox
  To examine the value of a single variable, type @kbd{C-h v}
(@code{describe-variable}), which reads a variable name using the
minibuffer, with completion.  It prints both the value and the
documentation of the variable.

@example
C-h v fill-column @key{RET}
@end example
@noindent
prints something like
@smallexample
@group
fill-column's value is 72

Documentation:
*Column beyond which automatic line-wrapping should happen.
Automatically becomes local when set in any fashion.
@end group
@end smallexample

@cindex option
@noindent
The star at the beginning of the documentation indicates that this variable
is an option.  @kbd{C-h v} is not restricted to options; it allows any
variable name.

@findex set-variable
  If you know which option you want to set, you can set it using @kbd{M-x
set-variable}.  This reads the variable name with the minibuffer (with
completion), and then reads a Lisp expression for the new value using the
minibuffer a second time.  For example,

@example
M-x set-variable @key{RET} fill-column @key{RET} 72 @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
sets @code{fill-column} to 72, like executing the Lisp expression

@example
(setq fill-column 72)
@end example

  Setting variables in this way, like all means of customizing Emacs
except where explicitly stated, affects only the current Emacs session.

@node Edit Options, Locals, Examining, Variables
@subsection Editing Variable Values

@table @kbd
@item M-x list-options
Display a buffer listing names, values and documentation of all options.
@item M-x edit-options
Change option values by editing a list of options.
@end table

@findex list-options
  @kbd{M-x list-options} displays a list of all Emacs option variables, in
an Emacs buffer named @samp{*List Options*}.  Each option is shown with its
documentation and its current value.  Here is what a portion of it might
look like:

@smallexample
@group
;; exec-path:
("." "/usr/local/bin" "/usr/ucb" "/bin" "/usr/bin" "/u2/emacs/etc")
*List of directories to search programs to run in subprocesses.
Each element is a string (directory name)
or nil (try the default directory).
;;
;; fill-column:
72
*Column beyond which automatic line-wrapping should happen.
Automatically becomes local when set in any fashion.
;;
@end group
@end smallexample

@findex edit-options
@cindex Options mode
  @kbd{M-x edit-options} goes one step further and immediately selects the
@samp{*List Options*} buffer; this buffer uses the major mode Options mode,
which provides commands that allow you to point at an option and change its
value:

@table @kbd
@item s
Set the variable point is in or near to a new value read using the
minibuffer.
@item x
Toggle the variable point is in or near: if the value was @code{nil},
it becomes @code{t}; otherwise it becomes @code{nil}.
@item 1
Set the variable point is in or near to @code{t}.
@item 0
Set the variable point is in or near to @code{nil}.
@item n
@itemx p
Move to the next or previous variable.
@end table

  Changes take effect immediately.

@node Locals, File Variables, Edit Options, Variables
@subsection Local Variables

@table @kbd
@item M-x make-local-variable
Make a variable have a local value in the current buffer.
@item M-x kill-local-variable
Make a variable use its global value in the current buffer.
@item M-x make-variable-buffer-local
Mark a variable so that setting it will make it local to the
buffer that is current at that time.
@end table

@cindex local variables
  Any variable can be made @dfn{local} to a specific Emacs buffer.  This
means that its value in that buffer is independent of its value in other
buffers.  A few variables are always local in every buffer.  Every other
Emacs variable has a @dfn{global} value which is in effect in all buffers
that have not made the variable local.

  Major modes always make the variables they set local to the buffer.
This is why changing major modes in one buffer has no effect on other
buffers.

@findex make-local-variable
  @kbd{M-x make-local-variable} reads the name of a variable and makes it
local to the current buffer.  Further changes in this buffer will not
affect others, and further changes in the global value will not affect this
buffer.

@findex make-variable-buffer-local
@cindex per-buffer variables
  @kbd{M-x make-variable-buffer-local} reads the name of a variable and
changes the future behavior of the variable so that it will become local
automatically when it is set.  More precisely, once a variable has been
marked in this way, the usual ways of setting the variable will
automatically do @code{make-local-variable} first.  We call such variables
@dfn{per-buffer} variables.

@c !!! following paragraph rewritten to avoid overfull hbox
  Some important variables have been marked per-buffer already.  These include
@code{abbrev-mode}, @code{auto-fill-hook}, @code{case-fold-search},
@code{ctl-arrow}, @code{comment-column}, @code{fill-column},
@code{fill-prefix}, @code{indent-tabs-mode}, @code{left-margin},
@code{mode-line-format}, @code{overwrite-mode},
@code{selective-display}, 
@code{tab-width}, 
@code{selective-display-ellipses},
and @code{truncate-lines}.  Some other variables are
always local in every buffer, but they are used for internal
purposes.@refill

@findex kill-local-variable
  @kbd{M-x kill-local-variable} reads the name of a variable and makes it
cease to be local to the current buffer.  The global value of the variable
henceforth is in effect in this buffer.  Setting the major mode kills all
the local variables of the buffer.

@findex setq-default
  To set the global value of a variable, regardless of whether the
variable has a local value in the current buffer, you can use the
Lisp function @w{@code{setq-default}}.  It works like @code{setq}.
If there is a local value in the current buffer, the local value is
not affected by @code{setq-default}; thus, the new global value may
not be visible until you switch to another buffer.  For example,

@example
(setq-default fill-column 72)
@end example

@noindent
@code{setq-default} is the only way to set the global value of a variable
that has been marked with @code{make-variable-buffer-local}.

@findex default-value
  Programs can look at a variable's default value with @code{default-value}.
This function takes a symbol as argument and returns its default value.
The argument is evaluated; usually you must quote it explicitly.  For
example,

@example
(default-value 'fill-column)
@end example

@node File Variables,, Locals, Variables
@subsection Local Variables in Files
@cindex local variables in files

  A file can contain a @dfn{local variables list}, which specifies the
values to use for certain Emacs variables when that file is edited.
Visiting the file checks for a local variables list and makes each variable
in the list local to the buffer in which the file is visited, with the
value specified in the file.

  A local variables list goes near the end of the file, in the last page.
(It is often best to put it on a page by itself.)  The local variables list
starts with a line containing the string @samp{Local Variables:}, and ends
with a line containing the string @samp{End:}.  In between come the
variable names and values, one set per line, as @samp{@var{variable}:@:
@var{value}}.  The @var{value}s are not evaluated; they are used literally.

  The line which starts the local variables list does not have to say just
@samp{Local Variables:}.  If there is other text before @samp{Local
Variables:}, that text is called the @dfn{prefix}, and if there is other
text after, that is called the @dfn{suffix}.  If these are present, each
entry in the local variables list should have the prefix before it and the
suffix after it.  This includes the @samp{End:} line.  The prefix and
suffix are included to disguise the local variables list as a comment so
that the compiler or text formatter will not be perplexed by it.  If you do
not need to disguise the local variables list as a comment in this way, do
not bother with a prefix or a suffix.@refill

  Two ``variable'' names are special in a local variables list: a value for
the variable @code{mode} really sets the major mode, and a value for the
variable @code{eval} is simply evaluated as an expression and the value is
ignored.  These are not real variables; setting such variables in any other
context has no such effect.  If @code{mode} is used in a local variables
list, it should be the first entry in the list.

  Here is an example of a local variables list:

@example
;;; Local Variables: ***
;;; mode:lisp ***
;;; comment-column:0 ***
;;; comment-start: ";;; "  ***
;;; comment-end:"***" ***
;;; End: ***
@end example

  Note that the prefix is @samp{;;; } and the suffix is @samp{ ***}.  Note also
that comments in the file begin with and end with the same strings.
Presumably the file contains code in a language which is like Lisp
(like it enough for Lisp mode to be useful) but in which comments start
and end in that way.  The prefix and suffix are used in the local
variables list to make the list appear as comments when the file is read
by the compiler or interpreter for that	language.

  The start of the local variables list must be no more than 3000
characters from the end of the file, and must be in the last page if the
file is divided into pages.  Otherwise, Emacs will not notice it is there.
The purpose of this is so that a stray @samp{Local Variables:}@: not in the
last page does not confuse Emacs, and so that visiting a long file that is
all one page and has no local variables list need not take the time to
search the whole file.

@cindex local variables and Auto Fill
  You may be tempted to try to turn on Auto Fill mode with a local variable
list.  That is a mistake.  The choice of Auto Fill mode or not is a matter
of individual taste, not a matter of the contents of particular files.
If you want to use Auto Fill, set up major mode hooks with your @file{.emacs}
file to turn it on (when appropriate) for you alone (@pxref{Init File}).
Don't try to use a local variable list that would impose your taste on
everyone.

@vindex inhibit-local-variables
  If you are concerned that you might visit a file containing a Trojan-horse
local variable specification, you can prevent local variables processing
by setting the variable @code{inhibit-local-variables} to a non-@code{nil}
value.  Emacs will display the local variables specification and then ask
you whether to process it.

@node Keyboard Macros, Key Bindings, Variables, Customization
@section Keyboard Macros

@cindex keyboard macros
  A @dfn{keyboard macro} is a command defined by the user to abbreviate a
sequence of keys.  For example, if you discover that you are about to type
@kbd{C-n C-d} forty times, you can speed your work by defining a keyboard
macro to do @kbd{C-n C-d} and calling it with a repeat count of forty.

@c widecommands
@table @kbd
@item C-x (
Start defining a keyboard macro (@code{start-kbd-macro}).
@item C-x )
End the definition of a keyboard macro (@code{end-kbd-macro}).
@item C-x e
Execute the most recent keyboard macro (@code{call-last-kbd-macro}).
@item C-u C-x (
Re-execute last keyboard macro, then add more keys to its @w{definition}.
@item C-x q
When this point is reached during macro execution, ask for confirmation
(@code{kbd-macro-query}).
@item M-x name-last-kbd-macro
Give a command name (for the duration of the session) to the most
recently defined keyboard macro.
@item M-x insert-kbd-macro
Insert in the buffer a keyboard macro's definition, as Lisp code.
@end table

  Keyboard macros differ from ordinary Emacs commands in that they are
written in the Emacs command language rather than in Lisp.  This makes it
easier for the novice to write them, and makes them more convenient as
temporary hacks.  However, the Emacs command language is not powerful
enough as a programming language to be useful for writing anything
intelligent or general.  For such things, Lisp must be used.

  You define a keyboard macro while executing the commands which are the
definition.  Put differently, as you are defining a keyboard macro, the
definition is being executed for the first time.  This way, you can see
what the effects of your commands are, so that you don't have to figure
them out in your head.  When you are finished, the keyboard macro is
defined and also has been, in effect, executed once.  You can then do the
whole thing over again by invoking the macro.

@menu
* Basic Kbd Macro::     Defining and running keyboard macros.
* Save Kbd Macro::      Giving keyboard macros names; saving them in files.
* Kbd Macro Query::     Keyboard macros that do different things each use.
@end menu

@node Basic Kbd Macro, Save Kbd Macro, Keyboard Macros, Keyboard Macros
@subsection Basic Use

@kindex C-x (
@kindex C-x )
@kindex C-x e
@findex start-kbd-macro
@findex end-kbd-macro
@findex call-last-kbd-macro
  To start defining a keyboard macro, type the @kbd{C-x (} command
(@code{start-kbd-macro}).  From then on, your keys continue to be
executed, but also become part of the definition of the macro.  @samp{Def}
appears in the mode line to remind you of what is going on.  When you are
finished, the @kbd{C-x )} command (@code{end-kbd-macro}) terminates the
definition (without becoming part of it!).  

@example
@group
@exdent For example,

C-x ( M-F foo C-x )
@end group
@end example

@noindent
defines a macro to move forward a word and then insert @samp{foo}.

  The macro thus defined can be invoked again with the @kbd{C-x e} command
(@code{call-last-kbd-macro}), which may be given a repeat count as a
numeric argument to execute the macro many times.  @kbd{C-x )} can also be
given a repeat count as an argument, in which case it repeats the macro
that many times right after defining it, but defining the macro counts as
the first repetition (since it is executed as you define it).  So, giving
@kbd{C-x )} an argument of 4 executes the macro immediately 3 additional
times.  An argument of zero to @kbd{C-x e} or @kbd{C-x )} means repeat the
macro indefinitely (until it gets an error or you type @kbd{C-g}).

  If you wish to repeat an operation at regularly spaced places in the
text, define a macro and include as part of the macro the commands to move
to the next place you want to use it.  For example, if you want to change
each line, you should position point at the start of a line, and define a
macro to change that line and leave point at the start of the next line.
Then repeating the macro will operate on successive lines.

  After you have terminated the definition of a keyboard macro, you can add
to the end of its definition by typing @kbd{C-u C-x (}.  This is equivalent
to plain @kbd{C-x (} followed by retyping the whole definition so far.  As
a consequence it re-executes the macro as previously defined.

  One limitation on the use of keyboard macros is that if you exit a
recursive edit within a macro that was not entered within the macro,
then the execution of the macro stops at that point.  In Emacs 18, View
mode uses a recursive edit, so exiting View mode is an occasion for such
a problem.

@node Save Kbd Macro, Kbd Macro Query, Basic Kbd Macro, Keyboard Macros
@subsection Naming and Saving Keyboard Macros

@findex name-last-kbd-macro
  If you wish to save a keyboard macro for longer than until you define the
next one, you must give it a name using @kbd{M-x name-last-kbd-macro}.
This reads a name as an argument using the minibuffer and defines that name
to execute the macro.  The macro name is a Lisp symbol, and defining it in
this way makes it a valid command name for calling with @kbd{M-x} or for
binding a key to with @code{global-set-key} (@pxref{Keymaps}).  If you
specify a name that has a prior definition other than another keyboard
macro, an error message is printed and nothing is changed.

@findex insert-kbd-macro
  Once a macro has a command name, you can save its definition in a file.
Then it can be used in another editing session.  First visit the file
you want to save the definition in.  Then use the command

@example
M-x insert-kbd-macro @key{RET} @var{macroname} @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
This inserts some Lisp code that, when executed later, will define the same
macro with the same definition it has now.  You need not understand Lisp
code to do this, because @code{insert-kbd-macro} writes the Lisp code for you.
Then save the file.  The file can be loaded with @code{load-file}
(@pxref{Lisp Libraries}).  If the file you save in is your init file
@file{~/.emacs} (@pxref{Init File}) then the macro will be defined each
time you run Emacs.

  If you give @code{insert-kbd-macro} a prefix argument, it makes
additional Lisp code to record the keys (if any) that you have bound to the
keyboard macro, so that the macro will be reassigned the same keys when you
load the file.

@node Kbd Macro Query,, Save Kbd Macro, Keyboard Macros
@subsection Executing Macros with Variations

@kindex C-x q
@findex kbd-macro-query
  Using @kbd{C-x q} (@code{kbd-macro-query}), you can get an effect similar
to that of @code{query-replace}, where the macro asks you each time around
whether to make a change.  When you are defining the macro, type @kbd{C-x
q} at the point where you want the query to occur.  During macro
definition, the @kbd{C-x q} does nothing, but when the macro is invoked the
@kbd{C-x q} reads a character from the terminal to decide whether to
continue.

  The special answers are @key{SPC}, @key{DEL}, @kbd{C-d}, @kbd{C-l} and
@kbd{C-r}.  Any other character terminates execution of the keyboard macro
and is then read as a command.  @key{SPC} means to continue.  @key{DEL}
means to skip the remainder of this repetition of the macro, starting again
from the beginning in the next repetition.  @kbd{C-d} means to skip the
remainder of this repetition and cancel further repetition.  @kbd{C-l}
redraws the screen and asks you again for a character to say what to do.
@kbd{C-r} enters a recursive editing level, in which you can perform
editing which is not part of the macro.  When you exit the recursive edit
using @kbd{C-M-c}, you are asked again how to continue with the keyboard
macro.  If you type a @key{SPC} at this time, the rest of the macro
definition is executed.  It is up to you to leave point and the text in a
state such that the rest of the macro will do what you want.@refill

  @kbd{C-u C-x q}, which is @kbd{C-x q} with a numeric argument, performs a
different function.  It enters a recursive edit reading input from the
keyboard, both when you type it during the definition of the macro, and
when it is executed from the macro.  During definition, the editing you do
inside the recursive edit does not become part of the macro.  During macro
execution, the recursive edit gives you a chance to do some particularized
editing.  @xref{Recursive Edit}.

@node Key Bindings, Syntax, Keyboard Macros, Customization
@section Customizing Key Bindings

  This section deals with the @dfn{keymaps} which define the bindings
between keys and functions, and shows how you can customize these bindings.
@cindex command
@cindex function
@cindex command name

  A command is a Lisp function whose definition provides for interactive
use.  Like every Lisp function, a command has a function name, a Lisp
symbol whose name usually consists of lower case letters and hyphens.

@menu
* Keymaps::    Definition of the keymap data structure.
               Names of Emacs's standard keymaps.
* Rebinding::  How to redefine one key's meaning conveniently.
* Disabling::  Disabling a command means confirmation is required
                before it can be executed.  This is done to protect
                beginners from surprises.
@end menu

@node Keymaps, Rebinding, Key Bindings, Key Bindings
@subsection Keymaps
@cindex keymap

@cindex global keymap
@vindex global-map
  The bindings between characters and command functions are recorded in
data structures called @dfn{keymaps}.  Emacs has many of these.  One, the
@dfn{global} keymap, defines the meanings of the single-character keys that
are defined regardless of major mode.  It is the value of the variable
@code{global-map}.

@cindex local keymap
@vindex c-mode-map
@vindex lisp-mode-map
  Each major mode has another keymap, its @dfn{local keymap}, which
contains overriding definitions for the single-character keys that are to
be redefined in that mode.  Each buffer records which local keymap is
installed for it at any time, and the current buffer's local keymap is the
only one that directly affects command execution.  The local keymaps for
Lisp mode, C mode, and many other major modes always exist even when not in
use.  They are the values of the variables @code{lisp-mode-map},
@code{c-mode-map}, and so on.  For major modes less often used, the local
keymap is sometimes constructed only when the mode is used for the first
time in a session.  This is to save space.

@cindex minibuffer
@vindex minibuffer-local-map
@vindex minibuffer-local-ns-map
@vindex minibuffer-local-completion-map
@vindex minibuffer-local-must-match-map
@vindex repeat-complex-command-map
  There are local keymaps for the minibuffer too; they contain various
completion and exit commands.

@itemize @bullet
@item
@code{minibuffer-local-map} is used for ordinary input (no completion).
@item
@code{minibuffer-local-ns-map} is similar, except that @key{SPC} exits
just like @key{RET}.  This is used mainly for Mocklisp compatibility.
@item
@code{minibuffer-local-completion-map} is for permissive completion.
@item
@code{minibuffer-local-must-match-map} is for strict completion and
for cautious completion.
@item
@code{repeat-complex-command-map} is for use in @kbd{C-x @key{ESC}}.
@end itemize

@vindex ctl-x-map
@vindex help-map
@vindex esc-map
  Finally, each prefix key has a keymap which defines the key sequences
that start with it.  For example, @code{ctl-x-map} is the keymap used for
characters following a @kbd{C-x}.

@itemize @bullet
@item
@code{ctl-x-map} is the variable name for the map used for characters that
follow @kbd{C-x}.
@item
@code{help-map} is used for characters that follow @kbd{C-h}.
@item
@code{esc-map} is for characters that follow @key{ESC}.  Thus, all Meta
characters are actually defined by this map.
@item
@code{ctl-x-4-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-x 4}.
@item
@code{mode-specific-map} is for characters that follow @kbd{C-c}.
@end itemize

  The definition of a prefix key is just the keymap to use for looking up
the following character.  Actually, the definition is sometimes a Lisp
symbol whose function definition is the following character keymap.  The
effect is the same, but it provides a command name for the prefix key that
can be used as a description of what the prefix key is for.  Thus, the
binding of @kbd{C-x} is the symbol @code{Ctl-X-Prefix}, whose function
definition is the keymap for @kbd{C-x} commands, the value of
@code{ctl-x-map}.@refill

  Prefix key definitions of this sort can appear in either the global map
or a local map.  The definitions of @kbd{C-c}, @kbd{C-x}, @kbd{C-h} and @key{ESC}
as prefix keys appear in the global map, so these prefix keys are always
available.  Major modes can locally redefine a key as a prefix by putting
a prefix key definition for it in the local map.@refill

  A mode can also put a prefix definition of a global prefix character such
as @kbd{C-x} into its local map.  This is how major modes override the
definitions of certain keys that start with @kbd{C-x}.  This case is
special, because the local definition does not entirely replace the global
one.  When both the global and local definitions of a key are other
keymaps, the next character is looked up in both keymaps, with the local
definition overriding the global one as usual.  So, the character after the
@kbd{C-x} is looked up in both the major mode's own keymap for redefined
@kbd{C-x} commands and in @code{ctl-x-map}.  If the major mode's own keymap
for @kbd{C-x} commands contains @code{nil}, the definition from the global
keymap for @kbd{C-x} commands is used.@refill

@cindex sparse keymap
  A keymap is actually a Lisp object.  The simplest form of keymap is a
Lisp vector of length 128.  The binding for a character in such a keymap is
found by indexing into the vector with the character as an index.  A keymap
can also be a Lisp list whose @sc{car} is the symbol @code{keymap} and whose
remaining elements are pairs of the form @code{(@var{char} .@: @var{binding})}.
Such lists are called @dfn{sparse keymaps} because they are used when most
of the characters' entries will be @code{nil}.  Sparse keymaps are used
mainly for prefix characters.

  Keymaps are only of length 128, so what about Meta characters, whose
codes are from 128 to 255?  A key that contains a Meta character actually
represents it as a sequence of two characters, the first of which is
@key{ESC}.  So the key @kbd{M-a} is really represented as @kbd{@key{ESC}
a}, and its binding is found at the slot for @samp{a} in
@code{esc-map}.@refill

@node Rebinding, Disabling, Keymaps, Key Bindings
@subsection Changing Key Bindings Interactively
@cindex key rebinding, this session
@cindex rebinding keys, this session
@cindex rebinding keys, this session

  The way to redefine an Emacs key is to change its entry in a keymap.
You can change the global keymap, in which case the change is effective in
all major modes (except those that have their own overriding local
definitions for the same key).  Or you can change the current buffer's
local map, which affects all buffers using the same major mode.
@findex global-set-key
@findex local-set-key

@table @kbd
@item M-x global-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}
Defines @var{key} globally to run @var{cmd}.
@item M-x local-set-key @key{RET} @var{key} @var{cmd} @key{RET}
Defines @var{key} locally (in the major mode now in effect) to run
@var{cmd}.
@end table

  For example,

@example
M-x global-set-key @key{RET} C-f next-line @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
would redefine @kbd{C-f} to move down a line.  The fact that @var{cmd} is
read second makes it serve as a kind of confirmation for @var{key}.

  These functions offer no way to specify a particular prefix keymap as the
one to redefine in, but that is not necessary, as you can include prefixes
in @var{key}.  @var{key} is read by reading characters one by one until
they amount to a complete key (that is, not a prefix key).  Thus, if you
type @kbd{C-f} for @var{key}, that's the end; the minibuffer is entered
immediately to read @var{cmd}.  But if you type @kbd{C-x}, another
character is read; if that is @kbd{4}, another character is read, and so
on.  For example,@refill

@example
M-x global-set-key @key{RET} C-x 4 $ spell-other-window @key{RET}
@end example

@noindent
would redefine @kbd{C-x 4 $} to run the (fictitious) command
@code{spell-other-window}.

  All the key sequences which consist of @kbd{C-c} followed by a letter
are supposed to be reserved for user customization.  That is, Emacs Lisp
libraries should not define any of these commands.

@findex define-key
@findex substitute-key-definition
  The most general way to modify a keymap is the function @code{define-key},
used in Lisp code (such as your @file{.emacs} file).  @code{define-key}
takes three arguments: the keymap, the key to modify in it, and the new
definition.  @xref{Init File}, for an example.  @code{substitute-key-definition}
is used similarly; it takes three arguments, an old definition, a new
definition and a keymap, and redefines in that keymap all keys that were
previously defined with the old definition to have the new definition
instead.

@node Disabling,, Rebinding, Key Bindings
@subsection Disabling Commands
@cindex disabled command

  Disabling a command marks the command as requiring confirmation before it
can be executed.  The purpose of disabling a command is to prevent
beginning users from executing it by accident and being confused.

  The direct mechanism for disabling a command is to have a non-@code{nil}
@code{disabled} property on the Lisp symbol for the command.  These
properties are normally set up by the user's @file{.emacs} file with
Lisp expressions such as

@example
(put 'delete-region 'disabled t)
@end example

  If the value of the @code{disabled} property is a string, that string
is included in the message printed when the command is used:

@example
(put 'delete-region 'disabled
     "Text deleted this way cannot be yanked back!\n")
@end example

@findex disable-command
@findex enable-command
  You can make a command disabled either by editing the @file{.emacs} file
directly or with the command @kbd{M-x disable-command}, which edits the
@file{.emacs} file for you.  @xref{Init File}.

  Attempting to invoke a disabled command interactively in Emacs causes the
display of a window containing the command's name, its documentation, and
some instructions on what to do immediately; then Emacs asks for input
saying whether to execute the command as requested, enable it and execute,
or cancel it.  If you decide to enable the command, you are asked whether to
do this permanently or just for the current session.  Enabling permanently
works by automatically editing your @file{.emacs} file.  You can use
@kbd{M-x enable-command} at any time to enable any command permanently.

  Whether a command is disabled is independent of what key is used to
invoke it; it also applies if the command is invoked using @kbd{M-x}.
Disabling a command has no effect on calling it as a function from Lisp
programs.

@node Syntax, Init File, Key Bindings, Customization
@section The Syntax Table
@cindex syntax table

  All the Emacs commands which parse words or balance parentheses are
controlled by the @dfn{syntax table}.  The syntax table says which
characters are opening delimiters, which are parts of words, which are
string quotes, and so on.  Actually, each major mode has its own syntax
table (though sometimes related major modes use the same one) which it
installs in each buffer that uses that major mode.  The syntax table
installed in the current buffer is the one that all commands use, so we
call it ``the'' syntax table.  A syntax table is a Lisp object, a vector of
length 256 whose elements are numbers.

@menu
* Entry: Syntax Entry.    What the syntax table records for each character.
* Change: Syntax Change.  How to change the information.
@end menu

@node Syntax Entry, Syntax Change, Syntax, Syntax
@subsection Information about Each Character

  The syntax table entry for a character is a number that encodes six
pieces of information:

@itemize @bullet
@item
The syntactic class of the character, represented as a small integer.
@item
The matching delimiter, for delimiter characters only.
The matching delimiter of @samp{(} is @samp{)}, and vice versa.
@item
A flag saying whether the character is the first character of a
two-character comment starting sequence.
@item
A flag saying whether the character is the second character of a
two-character comment starting sequence.
@item
A flag saying whether the character is the first character of a
two-character comment ending sequence.
@item
A flag saying whether the character is the second character of a
two-character comment ending sequence.
@end itemize

  The syntactic classes are stored internally as small integers, but are
usually described to or by the user with characters.  For example, @samp{(}
is used to specify the syntactic class of opening delimiters.  Here is a
table of syntactic classes, with the characters that specify them.

@table @samp
@item @w{ }
The class of whitespace characters.
@item -
Another name for the class of whitespace characters.
@item w
The class of word-constituent characters.
@item _
The class of characters that are part of symbol names but not words.
This class is represented by @samp{_} because the character @samp{_}
has this class in both C and Lisp.
@item .
The class of punctuation characters that do not fit into any other
special class.
@item (
The class of opening delimiters.
@item )
The class of closing delimiters.
@item '
The class of expression-adhering characters.  These characters are
part of a symbol if found within or adjacent to one, and are part
of a following expression if immediately preceding one, but are like
whitespace if surrounded by whitespace.
@item "
The class of string-quote characters.  They match each other in pairs,
and the characters within the pair all lose their syntactic
significance except for the @samp{\} and @samp{/} classes of escape
characters, which can be used to include a string-quote inside the
string.
@item $
The class of self-matching delimiters.  This is intended for @TeX{}'s
@samp{$}, which is used both to enter and leave math mode.  Thus,
a pair of matching @samp{$} characters surround each piece of math mode
@TeX{} input.  A pair of adjacent @samp{$} characters act like a single
one for purposes of matching.

@item /
The class of escape characters that always just deny the following
character its special syntactic significance.  The character after one
of these escapes is always treated as alphabetic.
@item \
The class of C-style escape characters.  In practice, these are
treated just like @samp{/}-class characters, because the extra
possibilities for C escapes (such as being followed by digits) have no
effect on where the containing expression ends.
@item <
The class of comment-starting characters.  Only single-character
comment starters (such as @samp{;} in Lisp mode) are represented this
way.
@item >
The class of comment-ending characters.  Newline has this syntax in
Lisp mode.
@end table

@vindex parse-sexp-ignore-comments
  The characters flagged as part of two-character comment delimiters can
have other syntactic functions most of the time.  For example, @samp{/} and
@samp{*} in C code, when found separately, have nothing to do with
comments.  The comment-delimiter significance overrides when the pair of
characters occur together in the proper order.  Only the list and sexp
commands use the syntax table to find comments; the commands specifically
for comments have other variables that tell them where to find comments.
And the list and sexp commands notice comments only if
@code{parse-sexp-ignore-comments} is non-@code{nil}.  This variable is set
to @code{nil} in modes where comment-terminator sequences are liable to
appear where there is no comment; for example, in Lisp mode where the
comment terminator is a newline but not every newline ends a comment.

@node Syntax Change,, Syntax Entry, Syntax
@subsection Altering Syntax Information

  It is possible to alter a character's syntax table entry by storing a new
number in the appropriate element of the syntax table, but it would be hard
to determine what number to use.  Therefore, Emacs provides a command that
allows you to specify the syntactic properties of a character in a
convenient way.

@findex modify-syntax-entry
  @kbd{M-x modify-syntax-entry} is the command to change a character's
syntax.  It can be used interactively, and is also the means used by major
modes to initialize their own syntax tables.  Its first argument is the
character to change.  The second argument is a string that specifies the
new syntax.  When called from Lisp code, there is a third, optional
argument, which specifies the syntax table in which to make the change.  If
not supplied, or if this command is called interactively, the third
argument defaults to the current buffer's syntax table.

@enumerate
@item
The first character in the string specifies the syntactic class.  It
is one of the characters in the previous table (@pxref{Syntax Entry}).

@item
The second character is the matching delimiter.  For a character that
is not an opening or closing delimiter, this should be a space, and may
be omitted if no following characters are needed.

@item
The remaining characters are flags.  The flag characters allowed are

@table @samp
@item 1
Flag this character as the first of a two-character comment starting sequence.
@item 2
Flag this character as the second of a two-character comment starting sequence.
@item 3
Flag this character as the first of a two-character comment ending sequence.
@item 4
Flag this character as the second of a two-character comment ending sequence.
@end table
@end enumerate

@kindex C-h s
@findex describe-syntax
  A description of the contents of the current syntax table can be
displayed with @kbd{C-h s} (@code{describe-syntax}).  The description of
each character includes both the string you would have to give to
@code{modify-syntax-entry} to set up that character's current syntax, and
some English to explain that string if necessary.

@node Init File,, Syntax, Customization
@section The Init File, .emacs
@cindex init file
@cindex Emacs initialization file
@cindex key rebinding, permanent
@cindex rebinding keys, permanently

  When Emacs is started, it normally loads the file @file{.emacs} in your
home directory.  This file, if it exists, should contain Lisp code.  It is
called your @dfn{init file}.  The command line switches @samp{-q} and
@samp{-u} can be used to tell Emacs whether to load an init file
(@pxref{Entering Emacs}).

  There can also be a @dfn{default init file}, which is the library named
@file{default.el}, found via the standard search path for libraries.  The
Emacs distribution contains no such library; your site may create one for
local customizations.  If this library exists, it is loaded whenever you
start Emacs.  But your init file, if any, is loaded first; if it sets
@code{inhibit-default-init} non-@code{nil}, then @file{default} is not
loaded.

  If you have a large amount of code in your @file{.emacs} file, you
should move it into another file named @file{@var{something}.el},
byte-compile it (@pxref{Lisp Libraries}), and make your @file{.emacs}
file load the other file using @code{load}.

@menu
* Init Syntax::     Syntax of constants in Emacs Lisp.
* Init Examples::   How to do some things with an init file.
* Terminal Init::   Each terminal type can have an init file.
* Debugging Init::  How to debug your @file{.emacs} file.
@end menu

@node Init Syntax, Init Examples, Init File, Init File
@subsection Init File Syntax

  The @file{.emacs} file contains one or more Lisp function call
expressions.  Each of these consists of a function name followed by
arguments, all surrounded by parentheses.  For example, @code{(setq
fill-column 60)} represents a call to the function @code{setq} which is
used to set the variable @code{fill-column} (@pxref{Filling}) to 60.

  The second argument to @code{setq} is an expression for the new value of
the variable.  This can be a constant, a variable, or a function call
expression.  In @file{.emacs}, constants are used most of the time.  They can be:

@table @asis
@item Numbers:
Numbers are written in decimal, with an optional initial minus sign.

@item Strings:
Lisp string syntax is the same as C string syntax with a few extra
features.  Use a double-quote character to begin and end a string constant.

Newlines and special characters may be present literally in strings.  They
can also be represented as backslash sequences: @samp{\n} for newline,
@samp{\b} for backspace, @samp{\r} for carriage return, @samp{\t} for tab,
@samp{\f} for formfeed (control-l), @samp{\e} for escape, @samp{\\} for a
backslash, @samp{\"} for a double-quote, or @samp{\@var{ooo}} for the
character whose octal code is @var{ooo}.  Backslash and double-quote are
the only characters for which backslash sequences are mandatory.

@samp{\C-} can be used as a prefix for a control character, as in
@w{@samp{\C-s}} for @sc{ascii} Control-S, and @samp{\M-} can be used as a prefix for
a meta character, as in @samp{\M-a} for Meta-A or @samp{\M-\C-a} for
Control-Meta-A.

@item Characters:
Lisp character constant syntax consists of a @samp{?} followed by
either a character or an escape sequence starting with @samp{\}.
Examples: @code{?x}, @code{?\n}, @code{?\"}, @code{?\)}.  Note that
strings and characters are not interchangeable in Lisp; some contexts
require one and some contexts require the other.

@item True:
@code{t} stands for `true'.

@item False:
@code{nil} stands for `false'.

@item Other Lisp objects:
Write a single-quote (') followed by the Lisp object you want.
@end table

@node Init Examples, Terminal Init, Init Syntax, Init File
@subsection Init File Examples

  Here are some examples of doing certain commonly desired things with
Lisp expressions:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Make @key{TAB} in C mode just insert a tab if point is in the middle of a
line.

@example
(setq c-tab-always-indent nil)
@end example

Here we have a variable whose value is normally @code{t} for `true'
and the alternative is @code{nil} for `false'.

@item
Make searches case sensitive by default (in all buffers that do not
override this).

@example
(setq-default case-fold-search nil)
@end example

This sets the default value, which is effective in all buffers that do
not have local values for the variable.  Setting @code{case-fold-search}
with @code{setq} affects only the current buffer's local value, which
is not what you probably want to do in an init file.

@item
Make Text mode the default mode for new buffers.

@example
(setq default-major-mode 'text-mode)
@end example

Note that @code{text-mode} is used because it is the command for entering
the mode we want.  A single-quote is written before it to make a symbol
constant; otherwise, @code{text-mode} would be treated as a variable name.

@item
Turn on Auto Fill mode automatically in Text mode and related modes.

@example
(setq text-mode-hook
  '(lambda () (auto-fill-mode 1)))
@end example

Here we have a variable whose value should be a Lisp function.  The
function we supply is a list starting with @code{lambda}, and a single
quote is written in front of it to make it (for the purpose of this
@code{setq}) a list constant rather than an expression.  Lisp functions
are not explained here, but for mode hooks it is enough to know that
@code{(auto-fill-mode 1)} is an expression that will be executed when
Text mode is entered, and you could replace it with any other expression
that you like, or with several expressions in a row.

@example
(setq text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
@end example

This is another way to accomplish the same result.
@code{turn-on-auto-fill} is a symbol whose function definition is
@code{(lambda () (auto-fill-@w{mode 1}))}.

@item
Load the installed Lisp library named @file{foo} (actually a file
@file{foo.elc} or @file{foo.el} in a standard Emacs directory).

@example
(load "foo")
@end example

When the argument to @code{load} is a relative pathname, not starting
with @samp{/} or @samp{~}, @code{load} searches the directories in
@code{load-path} (@pxref{Loading}).

@item
Load the compiled Lisp file @file{foo.elc} from your home directory.

@example
(load "~/foo.elc")
@end example

Here an absolute file name is used, so no searching is done.

@item
Rebind the key @kbd{C-x l} to run the function @code{make-symbolic-link}.

@example
(global-set-key "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
@end example

or

@example
(define-key global-map "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
@end example

Note once again the single-quote used to refer to the symbol
@code{make-symbolic-link} instead of its value as a variable.

@item
Do the same thing for C mode only.

@example
(define-key c-mode-map "\C-xl" 'make-symbolic-link)
@end example

@item
Redefine all keys which now run @code{next-line} in Fundamental mode
so that they run @code{forward-line} instead.

@example
(substitute-key-definition 'next-line 'forward-line
                           global-map)
@end example

@item
Make @kbd{C-x C-v} undefined.

@example
(global-unset-key "\C-x\C-v")
@end example

One reason to undefine a key is so that you can make it a prefix.
Simply defining @kbd{C-x C-v @var{anything}} would make @kbd{C-x C-v}
a prefix, but @kbd{C-x C-v} must be freed of any non-prefix definition
first.

@item
Make @samp{$} have the syntax of punctuation in Text mode.
Note the use of a character constant for @samp{$}.

@example
(modify-syntax-entry ?\$ "." text-mode-syntax-table)
@end example

@item
Enable the use of the command @code{eval-expression} without confirmation.

@example
(put 'eval-expression 'disabled nil)
@end example
@end itemize

@node Terminal Init, Debugging Init, Init Examples, Init File
@subsection Terminal-specific Initialization

  Each terminal type can have a Lisp library to be loaded into Emacs when
it is run on that type of terminal.  For a terminal type named
@var{termtype}, the library is called @file{term/@var{termtype}} and it is
found by searching the directories @code{load-path} as usual and trying the
suffixes @samp{.elc} and @samp{.el}.  Normally it appears in the
subdirectory @file{term} of the directory where most Emacs libraries are
kept.@refill

  The usual purpose of the terminal-specific library is to define the
escape sequences used by the terminal's function keys using the library
@file{keypad.el}.  See the file
@file{term/vt100.el} for an example of how this is done.@refill

  When the terminal type contains a hyphen, only the part of the name
before the first hyphen is significant in choosing the library name.
Thus, terminal types @samp{aaa-48} and @samp{aaa-30-rv} both use
the library @file{term/aaa}.  The code in the library can use
@code{(getenv "TERM")} to find the full terminal type name.@refill

@vindex term-file-prefix
  The library's name is constructed by concatenating the value of the
variable @code{term-file-prefix} and the terminal type.  Your @file{.emacs}
file can prevent the loading of the terminal-specific library by setting
@code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}.

@vindex term-setup-hook
  The value of the variable @code{term-setup-hook}, if not @code{nil}, is
called as a function of no arguments at the end of Emacs initialization,
after both your @file{.emacs} file and any terminal-specific library have
been read in.  You can set the value in the @file{.emacs} file to override
part of any of the terminal-specific libraries and to define
initializations for terminals that do not have a library.@refill

@node Debugging Init,, Terminal Init, Init File
@subsection Debugging Your @file{.emacs} File

  Ordinarily, Emacs traps errors that occur while reading @file{.emacs}.
This is convenient, most of the time, because it means you can still get
an Emacs in which you can edit.  But it causes inconvenience because
there is no way to enter the debugger if there is an error.

  But you can run the @file{.emacs} file explicitly in an Emacs that is
already set up, and debug errors at that time.

@example
M-x set-variable
debug-on-error
t
M-x load-file
~/.emacs
@end example

  In Emacs 19, use the @samp{-debug-init} option if you want errors in
@file{.emacs} to enter the debugger.

@iftex
@chapter Correcting Mistakes (Yours or Emacs's)

  If you type an Emacs command you did not intend, the results are often
mysterious.  This chapter tells what you can do to cancel your mistake or
recover from a mysterious situation.  Emacs bugs and system crashes are
also considered.
@end iftex

@node Quitting, Lossage, Customization, Top
@section Quitting and Aborting
@cindex quitting

@table @kbd
@item C-g
Quit.  Cancel running or partially typed command.
@item C-]
Abort innermost recursive editing level and cancel the command which
invoked it (@code{abort-recursive-edit}).
@item M-x top-level
Abort all recursive editing levels that are currently executing.
@item C-x u
Cancel an already-executed command, usually (@code{undo}).
@end table

  There are two ways of cancelling commands which are not finished
executing: @dfn{quitting} with @kbd{C-g}, and @dfn{aborting} with @kbd{C-]}
or @kbd{M-x top-level}.  Quitting is cancelling a partially typed command
or one which is already running.  Aborting is getting out of a recursive
editing level and cancelling the command that invoked the recursive edit.

@cindex quitting
@cindex C-g
  Quitting with @kbd{C-g} is used for getting rid of a partially typed
command, or a numeric argument that you don't want.  It also stops a
running command in the middle in a relatively safe way, so you can use it
if you accidentally give a command which takes a long time.  In particular,
it is safe to quit out of killing; either your text will @var{all} still be
there, or it will @var{all} be in the kill ring (or maybe both).  Quitting
an incremental search does special things documented under searching; in
general, it may take two successive @kbd{C-g} characters to get out of a
search.  @kbd{C-g} works by setting the variable @code{quit-flag} to
@code{t} the instant @kbd{C-g} is typed; Emacs Lisp checks this variable
frequently and quits if it is non-@code{nil}.  @kbd{C-g} is only actually
executed as a command if it is typed while Emacs is waiting for input.

  If you quit twice in a row before the first @kbd{C-g} is recognized, you
activate the ``emergency escape'' feature and return to the shell.
@xref{Emergency Escape}.

@cindex recursive editing level
@cindex editing level, recursive
@cindex aborting
@findex abort-recursive-edit
@kindex C-]
  Aborting with @kbd{C-]} (@code{abort-recursive-edit}) is used to get out
of a recursive editing level and cancel the command which invoked it.
Quitting with @kbd{C-g} does not do this, and could not do this, because it
is used to cancel a partially typed command @i{within} the recursive
editing level.  Both operations are useful.  For example, if you are in the
Emacs debugger (@pxref{Lisp Debug}) and have typed @kbd{C-u 8} to enter a
numeric argument, you can cancel that argument with @kbd{C-g} and remain in
the debugger.

@findex top-level
  The command @kbd{M-x top-level} is equivalent to ``enough'' @kbd{C-]}
commands to get you out of all the levels of recursive edits that you are
in.  @kbd{C-]} gets you out one level at a time, but @kbd{M-x top-level}
goes out all levels at once.  Both @kbd{C-]} and @kbd{M-x top-level} are
like all other commands, and unlike @kbd{C-g}, in that they are effective
only when Emacs is ready for a command.  @kbd{C-]} is an ordinary key and
has its meaning only because of its binding in the keymap.
@xref{Recursive Edit}.

  @kbd{C-x u} (@code{undo}) is not strictly speaking a way of cancelling a
command, but you can think of it as cancelling a command already finished
executing.  @xref{Undo}.

@node Lossage, Bugs, Quitting, Top
@section Dealing with Emacs Trouble

  This section describes various conditions in which Emacs fails to work,
and how to recognize them and correct them.

@menu
* Stuck Recursive::    `[...]' in mode line around the parentheses
* Screen Garbled::     Garbage on the screen
* Text Garbled::       Garbage in the text
* Unasked-for Search:: Spontaneous entry to incremental search
* Emergency Escape::   Emergency escape---
                        What to do if Emacs stops responding
* Total Frustration::  When you are at your wits' end.
@end menu

@node Stuck Recursive, Screen Garbled, Lossage, Lossage
@subsection Recursive Editing Levels

  Recursive editing levels are important and useful features of Emacs, but
they can seem like malfunctions to the user who does not understand them.

  If the mode line has square brackets @samp{[@dots{}]} around the parentheses
that contain the names of the major and minor modes, you have entered a
recursive editing level.  If you did not do this on purpose, or if you
don't understand what that means, you should just get out of the recursive
editing level.  To do so, type @kbd{M-x top-level}.  This is called getting
back to top level.  @xref{Recursive Edit}.

@node Screen Garbled, Text Garbled, Stuck Recursive, Lossage
@subsection Garbage on the Screen

  If the data on the screen looks wrong, the first thing to do is see
whether the text is really wrong.  Type @kbd{C-l}, to redisplay the entire
screen.  If it appears correct after this, the problem was entirely in the
previous screen update.

  Display updating problems often result from an incorrect termcap entry
for the terminal you are using.  The file @file{etc/TERMS} in the Emacs
distribution gives the fixes for known problems of this sort.
@file{INSTALL} contains general advice for these problems in one of its
sections.  Very likely there is simply insufficient padding for certain
display operations.  To investigate the possibility that you have this sort
of problem, try Emacs on another terminal made by a different manufacturer.
If problems happen frequently on one kind of terminal but not another kind,
it is likely to be a bad termcap entry, though it could also be due to a
bug in Emacs that appears for terminals that have or that lack specific
features.

@node Text Garbled, Unasked-for Search, Screen Garbled, Lossage
@subsection Garbage in the Text

  If @kbd{C-l} shows that the text is wrong, try undoing the changes to it
using @kbd{C-x u} until it gets back to a state you consider correct.  Also
try @kbd{C-h l} to find out what command you typed to produce the observed
results.

  If a large portion of text appears to be missing at the beginning or
end of the buffer, check for the word @samp{Narrow} in the mode line.
If it appears, the text is still present, but marked off-limits.
To make it visible again, type @kbd{C-x w}.  @xref{Narrowing}.

@node Unasked-for Search, Emergency Escape, Text Garbled, Lossage
@subsection Spontaneous Entry to Incremental Search

  If Emacs spontaneously displays @samp{I-search:} at the bottom of the
screen, it means that the terminal is sending @kbd{C-s} and @kbd{C-q}
according to the poorly designed @samp{xon/xoff} ``flow control''
protocol.  You should try to prevent this by putting the terminal in a
mode where it will not use flow control or giving it enough padding
that it will never send a @kbd{C-s}.  If that cannot be done, you must
tell Emacs to expect flow control to be used, until you can get a
properly designed terminal.

  Information on how to do these things can be found in the file
@file{INSTALL} in the Emacs distribution.

@node Emergency Escape, Total Frustration, Unasked-for Search, Lossage
@subsection Emergency Escape

  Because at times there have been bugs causing Emacs to loop without
checking @code{quit-flag}, a special feature causes Emacs to be suspended
immediately if you type a second @kbd{C-g} while the flag is already set,
so you can always get out of GNU Emacs.  Normally Emacs recognizes and
clears @code{quit-flag} (and quits!) quickly enough to prevent this from
happening.

  When you resume Emacs after a suspension caused by multiple @kbd{C-g}, it
asks two questions before going back to what it had been doing:

@example
Auto-save? (y or n)
Abort (and dump core)? (y or n)
@end example

@noindent
Answer each one with @kbd{y} or @kbd{n} followed by @key{RET}.

  Saying @kbd{y} to @samp{Auto-save?} causes immediate auto-saving of all
modified buffers in which auto-saving is enabled.

  Saying @kbd{y} to @samp{Abort (and dump core)?} causes an illegal instruction to be
executed, dumping core.  This is to enable a wizard to figure out why Emacs
was failing to quit in the first place.  Execution does not continue
after a core dump.  If you answer @kbd{n}, execution does continue.  With
luck, GNU Emacs will ultimately check @code{quit-flag} and quit normally.
If not, and you type another @kbd{C-g}, it is suspended again.

  If Emacs is not really hung, just slow, you may invoke the double
@kbd{C-g} feature without really meaning to.  Then just resume and answer
@kbd{n} to both questions, and you will arrive at your former state.
Presumably the quit you requested will happen soon.

  The double-@kbd{C-g} feature may be turned off when Emacs is running under
a window system, since the window system always enables you to kill Emacs
or to create another window and run another program.

@node Total Frustration,, Emergency Escape, Lossage
@subsection Help for Total Frustration
@cindex Eliza
@cindex doctor

  If using Emacs (or something else) becomes terribly frustrating and none
of the techniques described above solve the problem, Emacs can still help
you.

  First, if the Emacs you are using is not responding to commands, type
@kbd{C-g C-g} to get out of it and then start a new one.

@findex doctor
  Second, type @kbd{M-x doctor @key{RET}}.

  The doctor will make you feel better.  Each time you say something to
the doctor, you must end it by typing @key{RET} @key{RET}.  This lets the
doctor know you are finished.

@node Bugs, Version 19, Lossage, Top
@section Reporting Bugs

@cindex bugs
  Sometimes you will encounter a bug in Emacs.  Although we cannot promise
we can or will fix the bug, and we might not even agree that it is a bug,
we want to hear about bugs you encounter in case we do want to fix them.

  To make it possible for us to fix a bug, you must report it.  In order
to do so effectively, you must know when and how to do it.

@subsection When Is There a Bug

  If Emacs executes an illegal instruction, or dies with an operating
system error message that indicates a problem in the program (as opposed to
something like ``disk full''), then it is certainly a bug.

  If Emacs updates the display in a way that does not correspond to what is
in the buffer, then it is certainly a bug.  If a command seems to do the
wrong thing but the problem corrects itself if you type @kbd{C-l}, it is a
case of incorrect display updating.

  Taking forever to complete a command can be a bug, but you must make
certain that it was really Emacs's fault.  Some commands simply take a long
time.  Type @kbd{C-g} and then @kbd{C-h l} to see whether the input Emacs
received was what you intended to type; if the input was such that you
@var{know} it should have been processed quickly, report a bug.  If you
don't know whether the command should take a long time, find out by looking
in the manual or by asking for assistance.

  If a command you are familiar with causes an Emacs error message in a
case where its usual definition ought to be reasonable, it is probably a
bug.

  If a command does the wrong thing, that is a bug.  But be sure you know
for certain what it ought to have done.  If you aren't familiar with the
command, or don't know for certain how the command is supposed to work,
then it might actually be working right.  Rather than jumping to
conclusions, show the problem to someone who knows for certain.

  Finally, a command's intended definition may not be best for editing
with.  This is a very important sort of problem, but it is also a matter of
judgment.  Also, it is easy to come to such a conclusion out of ignorance
of some of the existing features.  It is probably best not to complain
about such a problem until you have checked the documentation in the usual
ways, feel confident that you understand it, and know for certain that what
you want is not available.  If you are not sure what the command is
supposed to do after a careful reading of the manual, check the index and
glossary for any terms that may be unclear.  If you still do not
understand, this indicates a bug in the manual.  The manual's job is to
make everything clear.  It is just as important to report documentation
bugs as program bugs.

  If the on-line documentation string of a function or variable disagrees
with the manual, one of them must be wrong, so report the bug.

@subsection How to Report a Bug

@cindex version of Emacs
@cindex Emacs version
@findex emacs-version
  When you decide that there is a bug, it is important to report it and to
report it in a way which is useful.  What is most useful is an exact
description of what commands you type, starting with the shell command to
run Emacs, until the problem happens.  Always include the version number
of Emacs that you are using; type @kbd{M-x emacs-version} to print this.

  The most important principle in reporting a bug is to report @var{facts},
not hypotheses or categorizations.  It is always easier to report the facts,
but people seem to prefer to strain to posit explanations and report
them instead.  If the explanations are based on guesses about how Emacs is
implemented, they will be useless; we will have to try to figure out what
the facts must have been to lead to such speculations.  Sometimes this is
impossible.  But in any case, it is unnecessary work for us.

  For example, suppose that you type @kbd{C-x C-f /glorp/baz.ugh
@key{RET}}, visiting a file which (you know) happens to be rather large,
and Emacs prints out @samp{I feel pretty today}.  The best way to report
the bug is with a sentence like the preceding one, because it gives all the
facts and nothing but the facts.

  Do not assume that the problem is due to the size of the file and say,
``When I visit a large file, Emacs prints out @samp{I feel pretty today}.''
This is what we mean by ``guessing explanations''.  The problem is just as
likely to be due to the fact that there is a @samp{z} in the file name.  If
this is so, then when we got your report, we would try out the problem with
some ``large file'', probably with no @samp{z} in its name, and not find
anything wrong.  There is no way in the world that we could guess that we
should try visiting a file with a @samp{z} in its name.

  Alternatively, the problem might be due to the fact that the file starts
with exactly 25 spaces.  For this reason, you should make sure that you
inform us of the exact contents of any file that is needed to reproduce the
bug.  What if the problem only occurs when you have typed the @kbd{C-x C-a}
command previously?  This is why we ask you to give the exact sequence of
characters you typed since starting to use Emacs.

  You should not even say ``visit a file'' instead of @kbd{C-x C-f} unless
you @i{know} that it makes no difference which visiting command is used.
Similarly, rather than saying ``if I have three characters on the line,''
say ``after I type @w{@kbd{@key{RET} A B C} @key{RET} C-p},'' if that is
the way you entered the text.

  If you are not in Fundamental mode when the problem occurs, you should
say what mode you are in.

  If the manifestation of the bug is an Emacs error message, it is
important to report not just the text of the error message but a backtrace
showing how the Lisp program in Emacs arrived at the error.  To make the
backtrace, you must execute the Lisp expression 
@code{(setq @w{debug-on-error t})} before the error happens (that is to
say, you must execute that expression and then make the bug happen).  This
causes the Lisp debugger to run (@pxref{Lisp Debug}).  The debugger's
backtrace can be copied as text into the bug report.  This use of the
debugger is possible only if you know how to make the bug happen again.  Do
note the error message the first time the bug happens, so if you can't make
it happen again, you can report at least that.

  Check whether any programs you have loaded into the Lisp world, including
your @file{.emacs} file, set any variables that may affect the functioning
of Emacs.  Also, see whether the problem happens in a freshly started Emacs
without loading your @file{.emacs} file (start Emacs with the @code{-q} switch
to prevent loading the init file.)  If the problem does @var{not} occur
then, it is essential that we know the contents of any programs that you
must load into the Lisp world in order to cause the problem to occur.

  If the problem does depend on an init file or other Lisp programs that
are not part of the standard Emacs system, then you should make sure it is
not a bug in those programs by complaining to their maintainers first.
After they verify that they are using Emacs in a way that is supposed to
work, they should report the bug.

  If you can tell us a way to cause the problem without visiting any files,
please do so.  This makes it much easier to debug.  If you do need files,
make sure you arrange for us to see their exact contents.  For example, it
can often matter whether there are spaces at the ends of lines, or a
newline after the last line in the buffer (nothing ought to care whether
the last line is terminated, but tell that to the bugs).

@findex open-dribble-file
@cindex dribble file
  The easy way to record the input to Emacs precisely is to write a
dribble file; execute the Lisp expression

@example
(open-dribble-file "~/dribble")
@end example

@noindent
using @kbd{Meta-@key{ESC}} or from the @samp{*scratch*} buffer just after starting
Emacs.  From then on, all Emacs input will be written in the specified
dribble file until the Emacs process is killed.

@findex open-termscript
@cindex termscript file
  For possible display bugs, it is important to report the terminal type
(the value of environment variable @code{TERM}), the complete termcap entry
for the terminal from @file{/etc/termcap} (since that file is not identical
on all machines), and the output that Emacs actually sent to the terminal.
The way to collect this output is to execute the Lisp expression

@example
(open-termscript "~/termscript")
@end example

@noindent
using @kbd{Meta-@key{ESC}} or from the @samp{*scratch*} buffer just
after starting Emacs.  From then on, all output from Emacs to the terminal
will be written in the specified termscript file as well, until the Emacs
process is killed.  If the problem happens when Emacs starts up, put this
expression into your @file{.emacs} file so that the termscript file will
be open when Emacs displays the screen for the first time.  Be warned:
it is often difficult, and sometimes impossible, to fix a terminal-dependent
bug without access to a terminal of the type that stimulates the bug.@refill

  The address for reporting bugs is

@format
GNU Emacs Bugs
Free Software Foundation
675 Mass Ave
Cambridge, MA 02139
@end format

@noindent
or send email either to @samp{bug-gnu-emacs@@prep.ai.mit.edu} (Internet)
or to @samp{uunet!prep.ai.mit.edu!bug-gnu-emacs} (Usenet).

  Once again, we do not promise to fix the bug; but if the bug is serious,
or ugly, or easy to fix, chances are we will want to.

@node Version 19, Manifesto, Bugs, Top
@unnumbered Version 19 Antenews

This chapter prematurely describes new features of Emacs 19, in
anticipation of its release.  We have included this so that the version
18 manuals don't become obsolete as soon as Emacs 19 comes out.  This
list mentions only features that would belong in @cite{The GNU Emacs
Manual}; changes relevant to Emacs Lisp programming will be documented
in the next revision of @cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Manual}.

@menu
* Basic Changes::	  Changes every user must know.
* New Facilities::	  Changes every user will want to know.
* Binding Changes::	  Ordinary commands that have been moved.  Important!.
* Changed Commands::	  Ordinary commands that have new features.  Important!
* M-x Changes::		  Changes in commands you run with @kbd{M-x}.  Important!
* New Commands::	  Commands that have been added
			    that we expect many users to want to use.
* Search Changes::	  Changes in incremental search.  Some are important.

The rest of the changes you can pretty much ignore unless you are interested.

* Filling Changes::	  Changes in fill commands.
* TeX Mode Changes::	  Changes in the commands for editing TeX files
			    and running TeX.
* Shell Changes::	  Major changes in all the modes that run subprograms.
* Spell Changes::	  These commands now use ispell instead of spell.
* Tags Changes::	  Changes in Tags facility.
* Mail Changes::	  Changes in both Sendmail mode and Rmail mode.
* Info Changes::	  New commands in Info.
* Dired Changes::	  Powerful new features in Dired.
* GNUS::		  An alternative news reader.
* Calendar/Diary::	  The calendar feature now lets you move to different
			    dates and convert to and from other calendars.
			  You can also display related entries from your diary
			    file.
* Version Control::	  A convenient interface to RCS or SCCS.
* Emerge::		  A new feature for merging files interactively.
* Debuggers::		  Running debuggers (GDB, DBX, SDB) under Emacs.
* Other New Modes::	  Miscellaneous new and changed major modes.
* Key Sequence Changes::  You can now bind key sequences that include function
			    keys and mouse clicks.
* Hook Changes::	  Hook variables have been renamed more systematically.
@end menu

@node Basic Changes
@section Basic Changes

We have made changes to help Emacs use fewer resources and make it less
likely to become irreparably hung.  While these changes don't alter the
commands of Emacs, they are important enough to be worth mentioning.

You can quit with @kbd{C-g} while Emacs is waiting to read or write a
file---provided the operating system will allow you to interrupt the
system call that is hung.  (Unfortunately, most NFS implementations
won't allow interruption.)

When you kill buffers, Emacs now returns memory to the operating system,
thus reducing the size of the Emacs process.  The space that you free up
by killing buffers can now be reused for other buffers no matter what
their sizes, or reused by other processes if Emacs doesn't need it.

@subheading Multiple X Windows

When using X windows, you can now create more than one window at the X
level.  Each X window displays a @dfn{frame} which can contain one or
several Emacs windows.  Each frame has its own echo area and normally
its own minibuffer.  (To avoid confusion, we reserve the word
``window'' for the subdivisions that Emacs implements, and never use
it to refer to a frame.)  The easiest way to create additional frames
is with the @kbd{C-x 5} prefix character (@pxref{New Commands, , New
Everyday Commands}).

@c ??? Change not yet made
@findex scroll-bar-mode @r{(V19)}
Emacs windows can now have scroll bars; use the @code{scroll-bar-mode}
command to turn scroll bars on or off.  With no argument, it toggles the
use of scroll bars.  With an argument, it turns use of scroll bars on if
and only if the argument is positive.  This command applies to all
frames, including frames yet to be created.  (You can control scroll
bars on a frame by frame basis by writing a Lisp program.)

@subheading Undo Improvements

@c ??? Change not yet made
Undoing a deletion now puts the cursor position where it was just before
the deletion.

@subheading Auto Save Improvements

@vindex auto-save-timeout @r{(V19)}
Emacs now does garbage collection and auto saving while it is waiting
for input, which often avoids the need to do these things while you are
typing.  The variable @code{auto-save-timeout} says how many seconds
Emacs should wait, after you stop typing, before it does an auto save
and perhaps also a garbage collection.  (The actual time period varies
also according to the size of the buffer---longer for longer buffers,
since auto saving itself is slower for long buffers.)  This way, Emacs
does not interrupt or delay your typing.

In Emacs 18, when auto saving detects that a buffer has shrunk greatly,
it refrains from auto saving that buffer and displays a warning.  In
version 19, it also turns off Auto Save mode in that buffer, so that you
won't get the same warning repeatedly.  If you reenable Auto Save mode
in that buffer, Emacs will start saving it again despite the shrinkage.

@findex revert-buffer @r{(V19)}
In Emacs 19, @code{revert-buffer} no longer offers to revert from the
latest auto-save file.  That option hasn't been very useful since the
change to keep more undo information.

The command @code{recover-file} no longer turns off Auto Save mode.

@subheading File Local Variables

@vindex enable-local-variables @r{(V19)}
@vindex inhibit-local-variables @r{(V19)}
The user option for controlling whether files can set local variables is
called @code{enable-local-variables} in Emacs 19, rather than
@code{inhibit-local-variables}.  A value of @code{t} means
local-variables lists are obeyed; @code{nil} means they are ignored;
anything else means query the user.

@node New Facilities
@section New Basic Facilities

@cindex minibuffer history
@cindex history, in minibuffer
@kindex M-p @r{(V19)}
@kindex M-n @r{(V19)}
@findex next-history-element @r{(V19)}
@findex previous-history-element @r{(V19)}
You can now get back recent minibuffer inputs conveniently.  While in
the minibuffer, type @kbd{M-p} (@code{previous-history-element}) to fetch
the next earlier minibuffer input, and use @kbd{M-n}
(@code{next-history-element}) to fetch the next later input.

@findex previous-matching-history-element @r{(V19)}
@findex next-matching-history-element @r{(V19)}
@kindex M-r @r{(V19)}
@kindex M-s @r{(V19)}
There are also commands to search forward or backward through the
history.  As of this writing, they search for history elements that
match a regular expression that you specify with the minibuffer.
@kbd{M-r} (@code{previous-matching-history-element}) searches older
elements in the history, while @kbd{M-s}
(@code{next-matching-history-element}) searches newer elements.  By
special dispensation, these commands can always use the minibuffer to
read their arguments even though you are already in the minibuffer when
you issue them.

We may have changed the precise way these commands work by the time you
use Emacs 19.  Perhaps they will search for a match for the string given
so far in the minibuffer; perhaps they will search for a literal match
rather than a regular expression match; perhaps they will only accept
matches at the beginning of a history element; perhaps they will read
the string to search for incrementally like @kbd{C-s}.  We want to
choose an interface that is convenient, flexible and natural, and these
goals are somewhat contradictory.  To find out what interface is
actually available, type @kbd{C-h f previous-matching-history-element}.

The history feature is available for all uses of the minibuffer, but
there are separate history lists for different kinds of input.  For
example, there is a list for file names, used by all the commands that
read file names.  There is a list for arguments of commands like
@code{query-replace}.  There are also very specific history lists, such
as the one that @code{compile} uses for compilation commands.

@subheading Remote File Access

@cindex ftp
@cindex remote file access
You can refer to files on other machines using a special file name syntax:

@example
@group
/@var{host}:@var{filename}
/@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}
@end group
@end example

When you do this, Emacs uses the FTP program to read and write files on
the specified host.  It logs in through FTP using your user name or the
name @var{user}.  It may ask you for a password from time to time; this
is used for logging in on @var{host}.

@subheading Using Flow Control

@cindex flow control in V19
@cindex xon-xoff in V19
There is now a convenient way to enable flow control when your terminal
or your connection won't work without it.  Suppose you want to do this
on VT-100 and H19 terminals; put the following in your @file{.emacs}
file:

@findex evade-flow-control-on @r{(V19)}
@example
(evade-flow-control-on "vt100" "h19")
@end example

When flow control is enabled, you must type @kbd{C-\} to get the effect
of a @kbd{C-s}, and type @kbd{C-^} to get the effect of a @kbd{C-q}.

@subheading Controlling Backup File Names

@vindex version-control @r{(V19)}
@vindex VERSION_CONTROL
The default setting of the Lisp variable @code{version-control} now
comes from the environment variable @code{VERSION_CONTROL}.  Thus, you
can select a style of backup file naming for Emacs and other GNU
utilities all together.

@node Binding Changes
@section Changed Key Bindings

@table @kbd
@item M-@{
@kindex M-@{ @r{(V19)}
This is the new key sequence for @code{backward-paragraph}.  The old key
sequence for this, @kbd{M-[}, is now undefined by default.

The reason for this change is to avoid conflict with the sequences that
function keys send on most terminals.

@item M-@}
@kindex M-@} @r{(V19)}
This is the new key sequence for @code{forward-paragraph}.  The old key
sequence for this, @kbd{M-]}, is now undefined by default.

We changed this to go along with @kbd{M-@{}.

@item C-x C-u
@itemx C-x C-l
@kindex C-x C-u @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-x C-l @r{(V19)}
The two commands, @kbd{C-x C-u} (@code{upcase-region}) and @kbd{C-x
C-l} (@code{downcase-region}), are now disabled by default; these
keys seem to be often hit by accident, and can be quite
destructive if their effects are not noticed immediately.

@item C-x 3
@kindex C-x 3 @r{(V19)}
@kbd{C-x 3} is now the key binding for @code{split-window-horizontally},
which splits a window into two side-by-side windows.  This used to be
@kbd{C-x 5}.

@item @kbd{C-x 4 C-o}
@kindex C-x 4 C-o @r{(V19)}
@findex display-buffer @r{(V19)}
This key now runs @code{display-buffer}, which displays a specified
buffer in another window without selecting it.

@item M-g
@kindex M-g @r{(V19)}
@kbd{M-g} is now undefined.  It used to run the command @code{fill-region}.
This command used to be run more often by mistake than on purpose.

@item C-x a
@itemx C-x n
@itemx C-x r
@kindex C-x a @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-x n @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-x r @r{(V19)}
Three new prefix keys have been created to make many of the @w{@kbd{C-x}}
commands more systematic: @w{@kbd{C-x a}}, @w{@kbd{C-x n}} and @w{@kbd{C-x r}}.
@w{@kbd{C-x a}} is used for abbreviation commands, @w{@kbd{C-x n}} for commands
pertaining to narrowing, and @w{@kbd{C-x r}} for register and rectangle
commands.  These are the new bindings, in detail:

@table @kbd
@item C-x a l
@code{add-mode-abbrev} (previously @kbd{C-x C-a}).
@item C-x a g
@code{add-global-abbrev} (previously @kbd{C-x +}).
@item C-x a i g
@code{inverse-add-mode-abbrev} (previously @kbd{C-x C-h}).
@item C-x a i l
@code{inverse-add-global-abbrev} (previously @kbd{C-x -}).
@item C-x a e
@code{expand-abbrev} (previously @kbd{C-x '}).

@sp 1

@item C-x n n
@code{narrow-to-region} (previously @kbd{C-x n}).
@item C-x n p
@code{narrow-to-page} (previously @kbd{C-x p}).
@item C-x n w
@code{widen} (previously @kbd{C-x w}).

@sp 1

@item C-x r C-@key{SPC}
@code{point-to-register} (previously @kbd{C-x /}).
@item C-x r @key{SPC}
Also @code{point-to-register} (previously @kbd{C-x /}).
@item C-x r j
@code{jump-to-register} (previously @kbd{C-x j}).
@item C-x r s
@code{copy-to-register} (previously @kbd{C-x x}).
@item C-x r i
@code{insert-register} (previously @kbd{C-x g}).
@item C-x r r
@code{copy-rectangle-to-register} (previously @kbd{C-x r}).
@item C-x r k
@code{kill-rectangle} (no previous key binding).
@item C-x r y
@code{yank-rectangle} (no previous key binding).
@item C-x r o
@code{open-rectangle} (no previous key binding).
@item C-x r f
@code{frame-configuration-to-register} (a new command)
saves the state of all windows in all frames.
Use @kbd{C-x r j} to restore the configuration.
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item C-x r w
@code{window-configuration-to-register} (a new command)
saves the state of all windows in the selected  frame.
Use @kbd{C-x r j} to restore the configuration.
@end table

The old key bindings @kbd{C-x /}, @kbd{C-x j}, @kbd{C-x x} and @kbd{C-x
g} have not yet been removed.  The other old key bindings listed have
been removed.  The old key binding @kbd{C-x a}, which was
@code{append-to-buffer}, was removed to make way for a prefix key; now
@code{append-to-buffer} has no keybinding.

@item C-x v
@kbd{C-x v} is a new prefix character, used for version control commands.
@xref{Version Control}.
@end table

@node Changed Commands
@section Changed Everyday Commands

@table @kbd
@item C-o
@kindex C-o @r{(V19)}
When you have a fill prefix, the command @kbd{C-o} inserts the prefix on
the newly created line.

@item M-^
@kindex M-^ @r{(V19)}
When you have a fill prefix, the command @kbd{M-^} deletes the prefix
(if it occurs) after the newline that it deletes.

@item M-z
@kindex M-z @r{(V19)}
The @kbd{M-z} command (@code{zap-to-char}) now kills through the target
character.  In version 18, it killed up to but not including the target
character.

@item M-!
@kindex M-! @r{(V19)}
The command @kbd{M-!} (@code{shell-command}) now runs the specified
shell command asynchronously if it ends in @samp{&}, just as the shell
does.

@item C-x 2
@kindex C-x 2 @r{(V19)}
@vindex split-window-keep-point @r{(V19)}
The @kbd{C-x 2} command (@code{split-window-vertically}) now tries to
avoid scrolling by putting point in whichever window happens to contain
the screen line the cursor is already on.  If you don't like this, you
can turn it off by setting @code{split-window-keep-point} to
@code{nil}.

@item C-x s
@kindex C-x s @r{(V19)}
The @kbd{C-x s} command (@code{save-some-buffers}) now gives you more
options when it asks whether to save a particular buffer.  The options
are analogous to those of @code{query-replace}.  Here they are:

@table @kbd
@item y
Save this buffer and ask about the rest of the buffers.
@item n
Don't save this buffer, but ask about the rest of the buffers.
@item !
Save this buffer and all the rest with no more questions.
@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@item @key{ESC}
Terminate @code{save-some-buffers} without any more saving.
@item .
@c !!! following written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox
Save only this buffer, then exit @code{save-some-buffers} without even asking
about other buffers.
@item C-r
View the buffer that you are currently being asked about.  When you exit
View mode, you get back to @code{save-some-buffers}, which asks the
question again.
@item C-h
Display a help message about these options.
@end table

@item C-x C-v
@kindex C-x C-v @r{(V19)}
This command (@kbd{find-alternate-file}) now inserts the entire current
file name in the minibuffer.  This is convenient if you made a small
mistake in typing it.  Point goes after the last slash, before the last
file name component, so if you want to replace it entirely, you can use
@kbd{C-k} right away to delete it.

@item C-M-f
@kindex C-M-f @r{(V19)}
Expression and list commands such as @kbd{C-M-f} now ignore parentheses
within comments in Lisp mode.
@end table

@node M-x Changes
@section Changes in Common @kbd{M-x} Commands

@table @asis
@item @kbd{M-x make-symbolic-link}
@findex make-symbolic-link @r{(V19)}
This command now does not expand its second argument.  This lets you
make a link with a target that is a relative file name.

@item @kbd{M-x add-change-log-entry}
@itemx @kbd{C-x 4 a}
@findex add-change-log-entry @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-x 4 a @r{(V19)}
These commands now automatically insert the name of the file and often
the name of the function that you changed.  They also handle grouping of
entries.

There is now a special major mode for editing @file{ChangeLog} files.
It makes filling work conveniently.  Each bunch of grouped entries is
one paragraph, and each collection of entries from one person on one day
is considered a page.

@item @kbd{M-x compare-windows}
@findex compare-windows @r{(V19)}
With a prefix argument, @code{compare-windows} ignores changes in
whitespace.  If the variable @code{compare-ignore-case} is
non-@code{nil}, it ignores differences in case as well.

@item @kbd{M-x view-buffer}
@itemx @kbd{M-x view-file}
@findex view-buffer @r{(V19)}
@findex view-file @r{(V19)}
The View commands (such as @kbd{M-x view-buffer} and @kbd{M-x
view-file}) no longer use recursive edits; instead, they switch
temporarily to a different major mode (View mode) specifically designed
for moving around through a buffer without editing it.

@item @kbd{M-x manual-entry}
@findex manual-entry @r{(V19)}
@kbd{M-x manual-entry} now uses View mode for the buffer showing the
man page.

@item @kbd{M-x compile}
@findex compile @r{(V19)}
You can repeat any previous @code{compile} conveniently using the
minibuffer history commands, while in the minibuffer entering the
compilation command.

While a compilation is going on, the string @samp{Compiling} appears
in the mode line.  When this string disappears, the compilation is
finished.

The buffer of compiler messages is in Compilation mode.  This mode
provides the keys @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} to scroll by screenfuls, and
@kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p} to move to the next or previous error message.
You can also use @kbd{M-@{} and @kbd{M-@}} to move up or down to an
error message for a different source file.  Use @kbd{C-c C-c} on any
error message to find the corresponding source code.

Emacs 19 has a more general parser for compiler messages.  For example, it
can understand messages from lint, and from certain C compilers whose
error message format is unusual.
@end table

@node New Commands
@section New Everyday Commands

@table @asis
@item @kbd{C-z}
@kindex C-z @r{(V19)}
@findex iconify-frame @r{(V19)}
When you are using X windows, @kbd{C-z} (@code{iconify-frame}) now
iconifies the current frame.

@item @kbd{C-M-l}
@kindex C-M-l @r{(V19)}
@findex reposition-window @r{(V19)}
The @kbd{C-M-l} command (@code{reposition-window}) scrolls the current
window heuristically in a way designed to get useful information onto
the screen.  For example, in a Lisp file, this command tries to get the
entire current defun onto the screen if possible.

@item @kbd{C-M-r}
@kindex C-M-r @r{(V19)}
@findex isearch-backward-regexp @r{(V19)}
@c !!! following written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox
The @kbd{C-M-r} key now runs the command @code{isearch-backward-regexp},
which does reverse incremental regexp search.

@item @kbd{C-x 5}
@kindex C-x 5 @r{(V19)}
The prefix key @kbd{C-x 5} is analogous to @kbd{C-x 4}, with parallel
subcommands.  The difference is that @kbd{C-x 5} commands create a new
frame rather than just a new window.

@item @kbd{C-x 5 C-f}
@itemx @kbd{C-x 5 b}
@kindex C-x 5 C-f @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-x 5 b @r{(V19)}
@findex find-file-other-frame @r{(V19)}
@findex switch-to-buffer-other-frame @r{(V19)}
These new commands switch to a specified file or buffer in a new frame
(when using X windows).  The commands' names are
@code{find-file-other-frame} and @code{switch-to-buffer-other-frame}.

@item @kbd{C-x 5 m}
@kindex C-x 5 m @r{(V19)}
@findex mail-other-frame @r{(V19)}
Start outgoing mail in another frame (@code{mail-other-frame}).

@item @kbd{C-x 5 .}
@kindex C-x 5 . @r{(V19)}
@findex find-tag-other-frame @r{(V19)}
Find a tag in another frame (@code{find-tag-other-frame}).

@item @kbd{C-x 4 r}
@kindex C-x 4 r @r{(V19)}
@findex find-file-read-only-other-window @r{(V19)}
This is now @code{find-file-read-only-other-window}.

@item arrow keys
@cindex arrow keys
The arrow keys now have default bindings to move in the appropriate
directions.

@item @kbd{C-h C-f}
@itemx @kbd{C-h C-k}
@kindex C-h C-f @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-h C-k @r{(V19)}
These new help commands enter Info and display the node for a given
Emacs function name or key sequence, respectively.

@item @kbd{M-a}
@itemx @kbd{M-e}
@kindex M-a @r{(C mode in V19)}
@kindex M-e @r{(C mode in V19)}
@findex c-beginning-of-statement @r{(V19)}
@findex c-end-of-statement @r{(V19)}
In C mode, @kbd{M-a} and @kbd{M-e} now move by complete C statements
(@code{c-beginning-of-statement} and @code{c-end-of-statement}).

@item @kbd{M-q}
@kindex M-q @r{(C mode in V19)}
@findex c-fill-paragraph @r{(V19)}
@kbd{M-q} in C mode now runs @code{c-fill-paragraph}, which is designed
for filling C comments.  (We assume you don't want to fill the actual C
code in a C program.)

@item @kbd{M-x c-up-conditional}
@findex c-up-conditional @r{(V19)}
In C mode, @code{c-up-conditional} moves back to the containing
preprocessor conditional, setting the mark where point was previously.

A prefix argument acts as a repeat count.  With a negative argument,
this command moves forward to the end of the containing preprocessor
conditional.  When going backwards, @samp{#elif} acts like @samp{#else}
followed by @samp{#if}.  When going forwards, @samp{#elif} is ignored.

@item @kbd{M-x comment-region}
@findex comment-region @r{(V19)}
The @code{comment-region} command adds comment delimiters to the lines
that start in the region, thus commenting them out.  With a negative
argument, it deletes comment delimiters from the lines in the
region---this is the inverse of the effect of @code{comment-region}
without an argument.

With a positive argument, @code{comment-region} adds comment delimiters
but duplicates the last character of the comment start sequence as many
times as the argument specifies.  This is a way of calling attention to
the comment.  In Lisp, you should use an argument of at least two, because
the indentation convention for single semicolon comments does not leave
them at the beginning of a line.

@item @kbd{M-x super-apropos}
@findex super-apropos @r{(V19)}
This command is like @code{apropos} except that it searches for a
regular expression instead of merely a substring.

@findex apropros @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-h a @r{(V19)}
If you use a prefix argument (regardless of its value) with
@code{apropos} or @code{super-apropos}, they also search documentation
strings for matches as well as symbol names.  The prefix argument also
controls looking up and printing the key bindings of all commands.

@item @kbd{M-x diff}
@findex diff @r{(V19)}
@vindex diff-switches @r{(V19)}
This new command compares two files, displaying the differences in an
Emacs buffer.  The options for the @code{diff} program come from the
variable @code{diff-switches}, whose value should be a string.

The buffer of differences has Compilation mode as its major mode, so you
can use @kbd{C-x `} to visit successive changed locations in the two
source files, or you can move to a particular hunk of changes and type
@kbd{C-c C-c} to move to the corresponding source.  You can also use the
other special commands of Compilation mode: @key{SPC} and @key{DEL} for
scrolling, and @kbd{M-p} and @kbd{M-n} for cursor motion.

@item @kbd{M-x diff-backup}
@findex diff-backup @r{(V19)}
The command @code{diff-backup} compares a specified file with its most
recent backup.  If you specify the name of a backup file,
@code{diff-backup} compares it with the source file that it is a backup
of.
@end table

@node Search Changes
@section Changes in Incremental Search

The most important change in incremental search is that @key{RET} now
terminates a search, and @key{ESC} does not.  The other changes are
useful, but not vital to know about.

@cindex Incremental search in V19
@findex isearch @r{(V19)}
@itemize @bullet
@item
The character to terminate an incremental search is now @key{RET}.  This
is for compatibility with the way most other arguments are read.

To search for a newline in an incremental search, type @key{LFD} (also
known as @kbd{C-j}).

(This change is somewhat of an experiment; it might be taken back by
the time Emacs 19 is really released.)

@item
Incremental search now maintains a ring of previous search strings.  Use
@kbd{M-p} and @kbd{M-n} to move through the ring to pick a search string
to reuse.  These commands leave the selected search ring element in the
minibuffer, where you can edit it.  Type @key{RET} to finish editing and
search for the chosen string.

@item
When there is an upper-case letter in the search
string, then the search is case sensitive.

@item
Incremental search is now implemented as a major mode.  When you type
@kbd{C-s}, it switches temporarily to a different keymap which defines
each key to do what it ought to do for incremental search.  This has
next to no effect on the user-visible behavior of searching, but makes
it easier to customize that behavior.
@end itemize

@node Filling Changes
@section Changes in Fill Commands

@itemize @bullet
@item
@findex fill-individual-paragraphs @r{(V19)}
@code{fill-individual-paragraphs} now has two modes.  Its default mode
is that any change in indentation starts a new paragraph.  The alternate
mode is that only separator lines separate paragraphs; this can handle
paragraphs with extra indentation on the first line.  To select the
alternate mode, set @code{fill-individual-varying-indent} to a
non-@code{nil} value.

@item
@cindex Adaptive Fill mode
@findex fill-region-as-paragraph @r{(V19)}
Filling is now partially controlled by a new minor mode, Adaptive Fill
mode.  When this mode is enabled (and it is enabled by default), if you
use @code{fill-region-as-paragraph} on an indented paragraph and you
don't have a fill prefix, it uses the indentation of the second line of
the paragraph as the fill prefix.

Adaptive Fill mode doesn't have much effect on @kbd{M-q} in most major
modes, because an indented line will probably count as a paragraph
starter and thus each line of an indented paragraph will be considered
a paragraph of its own.

@item
@kindex M-q @r{(C mode in V19)}
@findex c-fill-paragraph @r{(V19)}
@kbd{M-q} in C mode now runs @code{c-fill-paragraph}, which is designed
for filling C comments.  (We assume you don't want to fill the actual C
code in a C program.)
@end itemize

@node TeX Mode Changes
@section Changes in @TeX{} Mode

@cindex Tex mode in V19
@kindex C-c @{ @r{(TeX mode in V19)}
@kindex C-c @} @r{(TeX mode in V19)}
The old @TeX{} mode bindings of @kbd{M-@{} and @kbd{M-@}} have been
moved to @kbd{C-c @{} and @kbd{C-c @}}.  (These commands are
@code{up-list} and @code{tex-insert-braces}; they are the @TeX{}
equivalents of @kbd{M-(} and @kbd{M-)}.)

@c !!! following generates acceptable underfull hbox
@kindex C-c C-e @r{(TeX mode in V19)}
@kindex C-c C-o @r{(TeX mode in V19)}
@findex tex-latex-block @r{(V19)}
@findex tex-close-latex-block @r{(V19)}
The new command @kbd{C-c C-o} (@code{tex-latex-block}) inserts a
matching @samp{\begin}--@samp{\end} pair.  The new command @kbd{C-c C-e}
(@code{tex-close-latex-block}) inserts a matching @samp{\end} for the
last unterminated @samp{\begin}.

@kindex C-c @key{TAB} @r{(TeX mode in V19)}
@findex tex-bibtex-file @r{(V19)}
You can run Bib@TeX{} on the current file using @kbd{C-c @key{TAB}}
(@code{tex-bibtex-file}).

@kindex C-c C-v @r{(TeX mode in V19)}
@findex tex-view @r{(V19)}
There is a new command @kbd{C-c C-v} (@code{tex-view}) for running a
DVI previewer.

@vindex tex-directory @r{(V19)}
You can specify the directory to use for running @TeX{} by setting the
variable @code{tex-directory}.  @code{"."} is the default value.  If
your environment variable @code{TEXINPUTS} contains relative directory
names, or if your files contains @samp{\input} commands with relative
file names, then @code{tex-directory} @emph{must} be @code{"."} or you
will get the wrong results.  Otherwise, it is safe to specify some other
directory, such as @file{/tmp}.

There is now a third variant of @TeX{} mode, for Sli@TeX{}.  This is in
addition to the variants for plain @TeX{} and La@TeX{}.  As before, the
correct variant is chosen automatically when you visit a file.

@node Shell Changes
@section Changes in Shell Mode

@cindex Shell mode in V19
Shell mode has been completely replaced with a new implementation.
The basic idea is the same: Emacs runs a subshell, and all input
and output to the subshell go through the shell buffer.  But the
special commands of Shell mode have been redesigned.
      
@table @kbd
@item @key{TAB}
@kindex @key{TAB} @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@findex comint-dynamic-complete @r{(V19)}
Complete the file name before point in the shell buffer
(@code{comint-dynamic-complete}).

@item M-?
@kindex M-? @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@findex comint-dynamic-list-completions @r{(V19)}
To get a list of all possible completions of the file name before, type
@kbd{M-?}  (@code{comint-dynamic-list-completions}).

@item M-p
@itemx M-n
@kindex M-p @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@kindex M-n @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@findex comint-next-input @r{(V19)}
@findex comint-previous-input @r{(V19)}
There is a new convenient history mechanism for repeating previous
shell inputs.  Use the command @kbd{M-p} (@code{comint-previous-input}) to
recall the last input; it copies the text of that input to the place
where you are editing.  If you repeat @w{@kbd{M-p}}, it replaces the copied
input with successively earlier inputs.  @kbd{M-n} is similar but goes in the
opposite direction, towards the present (@code{comint-next-input}).

When you find the previous input you want, you can resubmit it by typing
@key{RET}, or you can edit it first and then resubmit it if you wish.

These shell history commands operate outside the minibuffer, but they
are completely analogous to the minibuffer history commands.

@item M-r
@itemx M-s
@kindex M-r @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@kindex M-s @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@findex comint-previous-matching-input @r{(V19)}
@findex comint-next-matching-input @r{(V19)}
You can also use @kbd{M-r} and @kbd{M-s} to search for (respectively)
earlier or later inputs starting with a given string.  First type the
string, then type @kbd{M-r} (@code{comint-previous-matching-input}) to
yank a previous input from the history which starts with that string.
You can repeat @kbd{M-r} to find successively earlier inputs starting
with the same string.

You can start moving in the opposite direction (toward more recent
inputs) by typing @kbd{M-s} (@code{comint-next-matching-input}) instead
of @kbd{M-r}.  As long as you don't use any commands except @kbd{M-r}
and @kbd{M-s}, they keep using the same string that you had entered
initially.

These commands serve a purpose similar to that of @kbd{M-r} and
@kbd{M-s} in the minibuffer, but do not work in quite the same way.  We
may change the interface of these commands, as well as that of the
analogous minibuffer commands; one goal will be to make the two sets of
commands compatible.  But we haven't yet figured out which of the
possible interfaces is best.  To find out what interface is actually
supported in Emacs 19, type @kbd{C-h f comint-previous-matching-input
@key{RET}}.

@item C-c C-o
@kindex C-c C-o @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@findex comint-kill-output @r{(V19)}
Kill the last batch of output from a shell command
(@code{comint-kill-output}).  This is useful if a shell command spews
out lots of output that just gets in the way.

@item C-c C-r
@kindex C-c C-r @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
@findex comint-show-output @r{(V19)}
Scroll to display the
beginning of the last batch of output at the top of the window; it also
moves the cursor there (@code{comint-show-output}).

@item C-a
@kindex C-a @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
If you type @kbd{C-a} on a line that starts with a shell prompt, it
moves to the end of the prompt, not to the very beginning of the line.

@item C-d
@kindex C-d @r{(Shell mode in V19)}
Typed at the end of the shell buffer, @kbd{C-d} sends EOF to the
subshell.  Typed at any other position in the buffer, @kbd{C-d}
deletes a character as usual.

@item M-x dirs
@findex dirs @r{(V19)}
If Emacs gets confused while trying to track changes in the shell's
current directory, type @kbd{M-x dirs} to re-synchronize.

@item M-x send-invisible
@findex send-invisible @r{(V19)}
This command reads a line of text without echoing it, and sends it to
the shell.

@item M-x comint-continue-subjob
@findex comint-continue-subjob @r{(V19)}
If you accidentally suspend your process, use this command to continue it.
@end table

@node Spell Changes
@section Changes in Spell Checking

@cindex Spell checking in V19
@cindex @code{ispell} program @r{(V19)}
@findex kill-ispell @r{(V19)}
Emacs 19 uses the Ispell program for spelling correction instead of the
Unix spell program.  Ispell has many advantages; one is that it can be
started the first time you check a word, and left running thereafter,
which makes further checking much faster.  If you want to get rid of the
Ispell process, use @kbd{M-x kill-ispell}.

@findex ispell-buffer @r{(V19)}
@findex ispell-region @r{(V19)}
To check the entire current buffer, use @kbd{M-x ispell-buffer}.  Use
@kbd{M-x ispell-region} to check just the current region.

@kindex M-$ @r{(V19)}
Ispell commands often involve interactive replacement of words.
You can interrupt the interactive replacement with @kbd{C-g}.
You can restart it again afterward with @kbd{C-u M-$}.

Interactive replacement shows you one misspelling at a time and asks you
what to do.  To answer, type one of the following characters:

@table @kbd
@item @var{digit}
Replace the word (this time) with one of the displayed near-misses.
The digit you use says which near-miss to use.

@item a
Accept this word this time.

@item i
Insert this word in your private dictionary
so that Ispell will consider it correct it from now on.

@item r
Replace the word this time with a string typed by you.
@end table

When the Ispell process starts, it reads your private dictionary which
is the file @file{~/ispell.words}.  Words that you ``insert'' with the
@kbd{i} command are added to that file, but not right away---only at the
end of the interactive replacement procedure.

@c !!! Written verbosely to avoid overfull hbox.
@findex reload-ispell @r{(V19)}
Use the @kbd{M-x reload-ispell} command
to reload your private dictionary from
@file{~/ispell.words} if you edit the file outside of Ispell.

@node Mail Changes
@section Changes in Mail Reading and Sending

@cindex Mail mode in V19
@samp{%} is now a word-separator character in Mail mode.  This is because
that character frequently appears in addresses.

@vindex mail-signature @r{(V19)}
If you set the variable @code{mail-signature} non-@code{nil}, then
@code{mail} inserts the contents of your @file{.signature} file
automatically when it initializes a mail buffer.  If you don't want your
signature in a particular message, just delete it from the buffer before
you send the message.

@vindex mail-yank-prefix @r{(V19)}
You can specify the text to insert at the beginning of each line when
you use @kbd{C-c C-y} to yank the message you are replying to.  Set
@code{mail-yank-prefix} to the desired string.  A value of @code{nil}
(the default) means to use indentation, as in Emacs 18.  If you use
@kbd{C-u} by itself as the prefix argument to @kbd{C-c C-y}, then it
does not insert anything at the beginning of the lines, regardless of
the value of @code{mail-yank-prefix}.

@findex unrmail
You can easily convert an Rmail file to system mailbox format with the
command @code{unrmail}.  This command reads two arguments, the name of
the Rmail file to convert, and the name of the new mailbox file.
The Rmail file is unchanged by this command.

@cindex Rmail in V19
Rmail now initially positions you at the first message in the Rmail file
that you have not seen.  This may not be a message that just arrived; it
may have arrived in a previous session during which you did not select
it.  You can then read all the unseen messages going forwards.

@kindex C-M-m @r{(Rmail in V19)}
@findex rmail-retry-failure @r{(V19)}
When a message that you sent ``bounces'' back to you, you can retry
sending it by typing @kbd{C-M-m} (@code{rmail-retry-failure}) on the
failure message.

@findex rmail-resend @r{(V19)}
By contrast, the new command @kbd{M-x rmail-resend} is used for
forwarding a message and marking it as ``resentby'' you,
with the special header fields @samp{Resent-by:} and @samp{Resent-to:}.

@kindex < @r{(Rmail in V19)}
Another new Rmail command is @kbd{<}, which moves to the first message.
(This is for symmetry with @kbd{>}.)  @kbd{<} is actually an alias for
@kbd{j}.

@kindex e @r{(Rmail in V19)}
@kindex x @r{(Rmail in V19)}
@c !!!! overfull hbox cured by ugly change
@kbd{e} (@code{rmail-edit-current-message}) is now the command
to edit a message.  To expunge, type @kbd{x}.  We know
this will surprise people some of the time, but the surprise will not be
disastrous---if you type @kbd{e} meaning to expunge, just type @kbd{C-c
C-c} to leave Rmail Edit mode, and then type @kbd{x}.

@vindex rmail-output-file-alist
The variable @code{rmail-output-file-alist} now controls the default
for the file to output a message to.

@kindex C-n @r{(Rmail summary in V19)}
@kindex C-p @r{(Rmail summary in V19)}
@kindex M-n @r{(Rmail summary in V19)}
@kindex M-p @r{(Rmail summary in V19)}
@kindex p @r{(Rmail summary in V19)}
@kindex n @r{(Rmail summary in V19)}
In the Rmail summary, @kbd{C-n} and @kbd{C-p} are now ordinary cursor
motion commands.  To move in the summary @emph{and} select a new
message, use @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} (which skip deleted messages) or
@kbd{M-n} and @kbd{M-p} (which stop at all messages).  These are, of
course, the same commands you would use in the Rmail buffer.

@node Tags Changes
@section Changes in Tags Commands

@cindex tags in V19
@kindex M-. @r{(V19)}
@kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) and the other commands to find a tag now
look first for an exact match in the tags table, and try substring
matches only afterward.

Another change in @kbd{M-.} is that it has no effect on what @kbd{M-,}
will do subsequently.  You can no longer use @kbd{M-,} to find the next
similar tag; instead, use @kbd{M-.} with a prefix argument.

@findex find-tag-regexp @r{(V19)}
The new command @code{find-tag-regexp} successively visits the tags that
match a specified regular expression.

You can now use more than one tags table.  Using @code{visit-tags-table}
to load a new tags table does not discard the other tables previously
loaded.  The other tags commands use all the tags tables that are
loaded; the first one they use is the one that mentions the current
visited file.

You can specify a precise list of tags tables by setting the variable
@code{tags-table-list} to a list of strings, like this:

@c keep this on two lines for formatting in smallbook
@example
@group
(setq tags-table-list
      '("~/emacs" "/usr/local/lib/emacs/src"))
@end group
@end example

@noindent
This tells @code{find-tag} to look at the @file{TAGS} files in your
@file{~/emacs} directory and in the @file{/usr/local/lib/emacs/src}
directory.  The order depends on which file you are in and which tags
table mentions that file, as explained above.

@kindex M-@key{TAB} @r{(V19)}
You can now use the tags table for completion of names during ordinary
editing.  The command @kbd{M-@key{TAB}} (except in Emacs Lisp and Lisp
Interaction modes) completes the identifier in the buffer before point,
using the set of all tags as the list of possible completions.

@code{tags-query-replace} and @code{tags-search} now create buffers only
temporarily for the files that they have to search (those which are not
already visited in Emacs buffers).  If one of these files contains a
match for the search pattern, then its buffer continues to exist;
otherwise, it is killed.

@node Info Changes
@section Changes in Info

@cindex Info mode in V19
There are new commands in Info mode.

@c I don't think individual index entries for these commands
@c are useful.  I don't think anyone would ever look them up.--RMS.
@table @kbd
@item ]
Move forward a node, going up and down levels as needed in a depth-first
tree walk.  This command treats all the nodes in the file as forming a
single sequence in which the ``children'' of a node follow that node.
It is the equivalent of reading a printed manual sequentially.

@item [
Similar, but move backward.

@item <
Move to the top node of the current Info file.

@item >
Move to the last node of the file.

@c ??? Not done yet
@item @key{SPC}
Scroll through this node, or advance to the next node in depth-first
order (like @kbd{]}).

@c ??? Not done yet
@item i @var{string} @key{RET}
Move to the node associated with @var{string} in the index or indices of
this manual.  If there is more than one match for @var{string}, the
@kbd{i} command finds the first match.

@c ??? Not done yet
@item ,
Find the next match for the string in the previous @kbd{i} command, and
go to that node.
@end table

If you click the middle mouse button near a cross-reference,
menu item or node pointer while in Info, you will go to the node
which is referenced.

@vindex Info-directory-list @r{(V19)}
@vindex INFOPATH
The variable @code{Info-directory-list} specifies a list of directory
names that contain Info files.  Each time Info looks for an Info file,
it searches all these directories.  This makes it easy to install the
Info files that come with various packages.  You can specify the path
with the environment variable @code{INFOPATH}.

@node Dired Changes
@section Changes in Dired

@cindex Dired in V19
Dired has many new features which allow you to do these things:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Make distinguishable types of marks for different operations.

@item
Rename, copy, or make links to many files at once.

@item
Display contents of subdirectories in the same Dired buffer as the
parent directory.
@end itemize

@menu
* Marks in Dired::	    Flagging for deletion vs marking for other actions.
* Multiple Files::	    How to copy, rename, print, compress, etc.
			      either one file or several files.
* Shell Commands in Dired:: Running a shell command on the marked files.
* Dired Regexps::	    Using patterns to rename multiple files.
* Dired Case Conversion::   Converting file names to upper or lower case.
* Comparison in Dired::	    Running `diff' by way of Dired.
* Subdirectories in Dired:: Adding subdirectories to the Dired buffer.
* Hiding Subdirectories::   Making subdirectories visible or invisible.
* Editing Dired Buffer::    Discarding lines for files of no interest.
* Dired and Find::	    Using `find' to select the files for Dired to show.
@end menu

@node Marks in Dired
@subsection Setting and Clearing Marks

@cindex Marks in Dired (V19)
There are now two kinds of marker that you can put on a file in Dired:
@samp{D} for deletion, and @samp{*} for any other kind of operation.
The @kbd{x} command deletes only files marked with @samp{D}, and most
other Dired commands operate only on the files marked with @samp{*}.

To mark files with @samp{D} (also called @dfn{flagging} the files), you
can use @kbd{d} as usual.  Here are some commands for marking with
@samp{*} (and also for unmarking):

@table @kbd
@kindex m @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-mark @r{(V19)}
@item m
Mark the current file with @samp{*}, for an
operation other than deletion (@code{dired-mark}).

@kindex * @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-mark-executables @r{(V19)}
@item *
Mark all executable files (@code{dired-mark-executables}).
With a prefix argument, unmark all those files.

@item @@
@kindex @@ @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-mark-symlinks @r{(V19)}
Mark all symbolic links (@code{dired-mark-symlinks}).  With a
prefix argument, unmark all those files.

@item /
@kindex / @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-mark-directories @r{(V19)}
Mark all files which are actually directories, except for @file{.} and
@file{..} (@code{dired-mark-directories}).  With a prefix argument,
unmark all those files.

@item M-@key{DEL}
@kindex M-@key{DEL} @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-unmark-all-files @r{(V19)}
Remove a specific or
all marks from every file (@code{dired-unmark-all-files}).  
With an argument, query for each marked file.  
Type your help character, usually @kbd{C-h}, at that time for help.

@item c @var{old} @var{new}
@kindex c @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-change-marks @r{(V19)}
Replace all marks that use the character @var{old} with marks that use
the character @var{new}.  You can use almost any character as a mark
character by means of this command, to distinguish various classes of
files.  If @var{old} is @samp{ }, then the command operates on all
unmarked files; if @var{new} is @samp{ }, then the command unmarks the
files it acts on.

To illustrate the power of this command, here is how to put @samp{*}
marks on all the files that were unmarked, while unmarking all those
that had @samp{*} marks:

@example
c * t c SPC * c t SPC
@end example
@end table

@node Multiple Files
@subsection Operating on Multiple Files

@cindex Multiple file ops, Dired (V19)
@cindex Dired multiple file ops (V19)
The Dired commands to operate on files (rename them, copy them, and so
on) have been generalized to work on multiple files.  There are also
some additional commands in this series.

All of these commands use the same convention to decide which files to
manipulate:

@itemize @bullet
@item
If you give the command a numeric prefix argument @var{n}, it operates
on the next @var{n} files, starting with the current file.

@item
Otherwise, if there are marked files, the commands operate on all the
marked files.

@item
Otherwise, the command operates on the current file only.
@end itemize

Here are the commands that operate on multiple files in this way:

@table @kbd
@findex dired-do-copy @r{(V19)}
@kindex C @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item C
Copy the specified files (@code{dired-do-copy}).  You must
specify a directory to copy into, or (if copying a single file) a new
name.

@vindex dired-copy-preserve-time @r{(V19)}
If @code{dired-copy-preserve-time} is non-@code{nil}, then copying with
this command sets the modification time of the new file to be the same
as that of the old file.

@findex dired-do-rename @r{(V19)}
@kindex R @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item R 
Rename the specified files (@code{dired-do-rename}).  You must
specify a directory to rename into, or (if renaming a single file) a new
name.

Dired automatically changes the visited file name of buffers associated
with renamed files so that they refer to the new names.

@findex dired-do-hardlink @r{(V19)}
@kindex H @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item H
Make hard links to the specified
files (@code{dired-do-hardlink}).  
You must specify a directory to make the links in, or (if making
just one link) the name to give the link.

@findex dired-do-symlink @r{(V19)}
@kindex S @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item S
Make symbolic links to the specified
files (@code{dired-do-symlink}).  
You must specify a directory to make the links in, or (if making
just one link) the name to give the link.

@findex dired-do-chmod @r{(V19)}
@kindex M @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item M
Change the mode (also called ``permission bits'') 
of the specified files (@code{dired-do-chmod}).  This calls the
@code{chmod} program, so you can describe the desired mode change with
any argument that @code{chmod} would handle.

@findex dired-do-chgrp @r{(V19)}
@kindex G @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item G
Change the group of the specified files (@code{dired-do-chgrp}).

@vindex dired-chown-program @r{(V19)}
@findex dired-do-chown @r{(V19)}
@kindex O @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item O
Change the owner of the specified
files (@code{dired-do-chown}).  
(On most systems, only the superuser can do this.)

The variable @code{dired-chown-program} specifies the name of the
program to use to do the work (different systems put @code{chown} in
different places.

@findex dired-do-compress @r{(V19)}
@kindex Z @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item Z
@c !!! Rewrote to prevent overfull hbox.
Compress or uncompress the specified files.
If the file appears to be a compressed file, it is uncompressed;
otherwise, it is compressed (@code{dired-do-compress}).

@findex dired-do-load @r{(V19)}
@kindex L @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item L
Load the specified Emacs Lisp files (@code{dired-do-load}).

@findex dired-do-byte-compile @r{(V19)}
@kindex B @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item B
Byte compile the specified Emacs Lisp files
(@code{dired-do-byte-compile}).

@findex dired-do-print @r{(V19)}
@kindex P @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item P
Print the specified files (@code{dired-do-print}).  This command uses
the variables @code{lpr-command} and @code{lpr-switches} just as
@code{lpr-file} does (@pxref{Hardcopy}).
@end table

@node Shell Commands in Dired
@subsection Shell Commands in Dired
@cindex shell commands, Dired V19

@findex dired-do-shell-command @r{(V19)}
@kindex ! @r{(Dired, V19)}
The dired command @kbd{!} (@code{dired-do-shell-command}) reads a shell
command string in the minibuffer and runs the shell command on all the
specified files.  There are two ways of applying a shell command to
multiple files:

@itemize @bullet
@item
If you use @samp{*} in the shell command, then it runs just once, with
the list of file names substituted for the @samp{*}.

Thus, @kbd{! tar cf foo.tar * @key{RET}} runs @code{tar} on the entire
list of file names, putting them into one tar file @file{foo.tar}.  The
file names are inserted in the order that they appear in the Dired
buffer.

@item
If the command string doesn't contain @samp{*}, then it runs once
@emph{for each file}, with the file name attached at the end.

For example, @kbd{! uudecode @key{RET}} runs @code{uudecode} on each
file.
@end itemize

What if you want to run the shell command once for each file but with
the file name inserted in the middle?  Or if you want to use the file
names in a more complicated fashion?  Use a shell loop.  For example,
this shell command would run @code{uuencode} on each of the specified
files, writing the output into a corresponding @file{.uu} file:

@example
for file in *; uuencode $file $file >$file.uu; done
@end example

The working directory for the shell command is the top level directory
of the Dired buffer.

The @kbd{!} command does not attempt to update the Dired buffer to show
new or modified files, because it doesn't know what those files might
be.  Type @kbd{g} to update the Dired buffer.

@node Dired Regexps
@subsection Regular Expression File Name Substitution

Here are commands that select files according to a regular
expression:

@table @kbd
@findex dired-mark-files-regexp @r{(V19)}
@kindex % m @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item % m @var{regexp} @key{RET}
Mark all files whose names match the regular expression @var{regexp}
(@code{dired-mark-files-regexp}).

Only the non-directory part of the file name is used in matching.  Use
@samp{^} and @samp{$} to anchor matches.  Exclude subdirs by hiding
them (@pxref{Hiding Subdirectories}).

@item % d @var{regexp} @key{RET}
@findex dired-flag-files-regexp @r{(V19)}
@kindex % d @r{(Dired, V19)}
Flag for deletion all files whose names match the regular expression
@var{regexp} (@code{dired-flag-files-regexp}).

@item % R @var{from} @key{RET} @var{to} @key{RET}
@kindex % R @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-do-rename-regexp @r{(V19)}
@itemx % C @var{from} @key{RET} @var{to} @key{RET}
@kindex % C @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-do-copy-regexp @r{(V19)}
@itemx % H @var{from} @key{RET} @var{to} @key{RET}
@kindex % H @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-do-hardlink-regexp @r{(V19)}
@itemx % S @var{from} @key{RET} @var{to} @key{RET}
@kindex % S @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-do-symlink-regexp @r{(V19)}
These four commands rename, copy, make hard links and make soft links,
in each case computing the new name by regular expression substitution
from the name of the old file.
@end table

The four regular expression substitution commands effectively perform
@code{query-replace-regexp} on the selected file names in the Dired
buffer.  They read two arguments: a regular expression @var{from}, and a
substitution pattern @var{to}.  Each selected file name is matched
against the regular expression, and then the part which matched is
replaced with the substitution pattern.  You can use @samp{\&} and
@samp{\@var{digit}} in the substitution pattern to refer to all or part
of the old file name.
@c ??? xref{???query replace???}.

Thus, @kbd{% R ^.*$ @key{RET} x-\& @key{RET}} renames each selected file
by prepending @samp{x-} to its name.  The inverse of this is to remove
@samp{x-} from the front of each file name.  One way to do that is
@kbd{% R ^x-.*$ @key{RET} \& @key{RET}}; another is @w{@kbd{% R ^x-
@key{RET} @key{RET}}}.  (Use @samp{^} and @samp{$} to anchor matches that
should span the whole filename.)

If the regular expression matches more than once in a file name,
only the first match is replaced.

Normally, the replacement process does not consider the directory names;
it operates on the file name within the directory.  If you specify a
prefix argument of zero, then replacement affects the entire file name.

Often you will want to apply the command to all files matching the same
@var{regexp} that you use in the command.  To do this, mark those files
with @w{@kbd{% m @var{regexp} @key{RET}}}, then use the same regular
expression in @kbd{% R}.  To make this easier, @kbd{% R} uses the
last regular expression specified in a @kbd{%} command as a default.

@node Dired Case Conversion
@subsection Dired Case Conversion
@cindex case conversion of file names @r{(V19)}

Here are commands for changing the case of selected files:

@table @code
@findex dired-upcase @r{(V19)}
@kindex % u @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item % u
Rename each of the selected files to an
upper case name (@code{dired-upcase}).

@item % l
@findex dired-downcase @r{(V19)}
@kindex % l @r{(Dired, V19)}
Rename each of the selected files to
a lower case name (@code{dired-downcase}).
@end table

@node Comparison in Dired
@subsection File Comparison with Dired

Here are two commands to run @code{diff} on selected files:

@table @kbd
@findex dired-diff @r{(V19)}
@kindex = @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item =
Compare the current file with another file (the file at the mark), by
running the @code{diff} program (@code{dired-diff}).  The file at the
mark is the first argument of @code{diff}, and the file at point is the
second argument.

@findex dired-backup-diff @r{(V19)}
@kindex M-= @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item M-=
Compare the current file with its
backup file (@code{dired-backup-diff}).  
If there are several numerical backups, use the most
recent one.  If this file is a backup, compare it to its
original.  The backup file is the first file given to @code{diff}.
@end table

@node Subdirectories in Dired
@subsection Subdirectories in Dired
@cindex subdirectories in Dired (V19)
@cindex expanding subdirectories in Dired  (V19)

One Dired buffer can now display more than one directory.

The simplest way to include multiple directories is to specify the
options @samp{-lR} for running @code{ls}.  That produces a recursive
directory listing showing all subdirectories, all within the same Dired
buffer.

But the simplest way is not usually the most convenient way---usually
the complete recursive listing is more than you want.  So there is a
Dired command to insert a single subdirectory into the Dired buffer:

@table @kbd
@findex dired-maybe-insert-subdir @r{(V19)}
@kindex i @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item i
@cindex inserted subdirectory (Dired, V19)
@cindex expanded subdirectory (Dired, V19)
@cindex in-situ subdirectory (Dired, V19)
@cindex headerline (Dired, V19)
Use the @kbd{i} (@code{dired-maybe-insert-subdir}) command on a line
that describes a file which is a directory.  It inserts the contents of
that directory into the same Dired buffer.  Inserted subdirectory
contents follow the top-level directory of the Dired buffer, just as
they do in @samp{ls -lR} output.

If the subdirectory's contents are already present in the buffer, the
@kbd{i} command just moves to it (type @kbd{l}
(@code{dired-do-redisplay}) to refresh it).  It sets the Emacs mark
before moving, so @kbd{C-x C-x} takes you back to the old position in
the buffer.
@end table

When you have subdirectories in the Dired buffer, you can use the page
motion commands @kbd{C-x [} and @kbd{C-x ]} to move by entire directories.

The following commands move up and down in the tree of directories
in one Dired buffer:

@table @kbd
@findex dired-tree-up @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-M-u @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item C-M-u
Go up to the parent directory's headerline (@code{dired-tree-up}).

@findex dired-tree-down @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-M-d @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item C-M-d
Go down in the tree, to the first
subdirectory's headerline (@code{dired-tree-down}).
@end table

The following commands move forwards and backwards to subdirectory headerlines:

@table @kbd
@findex dired-next-subdir @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-M-n @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item C-M-n
Go to next subdirectory headerline,
regardless of level (@code{dired-next-subdir}).

@findex dired-prev-subdir @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-M-p @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item C-M-p
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Go to previous subdirectory headerline,
regardless of level@*
(@code{dired-prev-subdir}).
@end table

@node Hiding Subdirectories
@subsection Hiding Subdirectories

@cindex hiding in Dired (Dired, V19)
@dfn{Hiding} a subdirectory means to make it invisible, except for its
headerline.  Files inside a hidden subdirectory are never considered by
Dired.  For example, the commands to operate on marked files ignore
files in hidden directories even if they are marked.  Thus you can use
hiding to temporarily exclude subdirectories from operations without
having to remove the markers.

The hiding commands toggle; that is they unhide what was hidden and vice
versa.

@table @kbd
@item $
@findex dired-hide-subdir @r{(V19)}
@kindex $ @r{(Dired, V19)}
Hide or reveal the current subdirectory and move point to the next
subdirectory (@code{dired-hide-subdir}).  A prefix argument serves as
a repeat count.

@item M-$
@findex dired-hide-all @r{(V19)}
@kindex M-$ @r{(Dired, V19)}
Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines
(@code{dired-hide-all}).  Or, if any subdirectory is currently hidden,
make all subdirectories visible again.  You can use this command to get
an overview in very deep directory trees or to move quickly to
subdirectories far away.
@end table

@node Editing Dired Buffer
@subsection Editing the Dired Buffer

@table @kbd
@kindex l @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-do-redisplay @r{(V19)}
@item l
@c !!! rewrote to prevent overfull hbox
Update the specified files in a Dired buffer.  This means reading their
current status from the file system and changing the buffer to reflect
it properly (@code{dired-do-redisplay}).

If you use this command on a subdirectory header line, it updates the
contents of the subdirectory.

@kindex g @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex revert-buffer @r{(Dired, V19)}
@item g
Update the entire contents of the Dired buffer
(@code{revert-buffer}).  Preserve all marks except for those on files
that have vanished.  Hidden subdirectories are updated but remain
hidden.

@kindex k @r{(Dired, V19)}
@findex dired-do-kill-lines @r{(V19)}
@item k
Kill all marked lines (@code{dired-do-kill-lines}).  With a prefix
argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.

This command does not delete files; it just deletes text from the Dired
buffer.

If you kill the line for a file that is a directory, then its contents
are also deleted from the buffer.  Typing @kbd{C-u k} on the header line
for a subdirectory is another way to delete a subdirectory from the
Dired buffer.

The @kbd{g} command will bring back any individual lines that you have
killed in this way, but not subdirectories---you must use @kbd{i} to
reinsert each subdirectory.
@end table

@node Dired and Find
@subsection Dired and @code{find}
@cindex @code{find} and Dired

  You can select a set of files for display in a Dired buffer more
flexibly by using the @code{find} utility to choose the files.

@findex find-name-dired
To search for files with names matching a wildcard pattern use
@code{find-name-dired}.  Its arguments are @var{directory} and
@var{pattern}.  It selects all the files in @var{directory} or its
subdirectories whose own names match @var{pattern}.

The files thus selected are displayed in a Dired buffer in which the
ordinary Dired commands are available.

@findex find-grep-dired
If you want to test the contents of files, rather than their names, use
@code{find-grep-dired}.  This command takes two minibuffer arguments,
@var{directory} and @var{regexp}; it selects all the files in
@var{directory} or its subdirectories that contain a match for
@var{regexp}.  It works by running @code{find} and @code{grep}.

@findex find-dired
The most general command in this series is @code{find-dired}, which lets
you specify any condition that @code{find} can test.  It takes two
minibuffer arguments, @var{directory} and @var{find-args}; it runs
@code{find} in @var{directory} with @var{find-args} as the
arguments to @code{find} that specify which files to accept.  To use this
command, you need to know how to use @code{find}.

@node GNUS
@section GNUS
@cindex @sc{gnus}
@cindex reading netnews

@sc{gnus} is an Emacs subsystem for reading and responding to netnews.  You
can use @sc{gnus} to browse through news groups, look at summaries of
articles in specific group, and read articles of interest.  You can
respond to authors or write replies to all the readers of a news group.

This document introduces @sc{gnus} and describes several basic features.
Full documentation will appear in @cite{The GNU Emacs Extensions Manual}.

@kindex M-x gnus @r{(V19)}
@findex gnus @r{(V19)}
To start @sc{gnus}, type @kbd{M-x gnus @key{RET}}.

@menu
* Buffers of GNUS::   The Newsgroups, Summary and Article buffers.
* GNUS Startup::      What you should know about starting GNUS.
* Summary of GNUS::   A short description of the basic GNUS commands.
@end menu

@node Buffers of GNUS
@subsection @sc{GNUS}'s Three Buffers

@sc{gnus} creates and uses three Emacs buffers, each with its own
particular purpose and its own major mode.

The @dfn{Newsgroup buffer} contains a list of newsgroups.  This is the
first buffer that @sc{gnus} displays when it starts up.  Normally the list
contains only the newsgroups to which you subscribe (which are listed in
your @file{.newsrc} file) and which contain unread articles.  Use this
buffer to select a specific newsgroup.

The @dfn{Summary buffer} lists the articles in a single newsgroup,
including their subjects, their numbers, and who posted them.  @sc{gnus}
creates a Summary buffer for a newsgroup when you select the group in
the Newsgroup buffer.  Use this buffer to select an article, and to move
around in an article.

The @dfn{Article buffer} displays the text of an article.  You rarely
need to select this buffer because you can read the text while keeping
the Summary buffer selected.

@node GNUS Startup
@subsection When @sc{GNUS} Starts Up

At startup, @sc{gnus} reads your @file{.newsrc} news initialization file
and attempts to communicate with the local news server, which is a
repository of news articles.  The news server need not be the same
computer you are logged in on.

If you start @sc{gnus} and connect to the server, but do not see any
newsgroups listed in the Newsgroup buffer, type @kbd{L} to get a listing
of all the newsgroups.  Then type @kbd{u} to unsubscribe from particular
newsgroups.  (Move the cursor using @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} or the usual
Emacs commands.)  When you quit with @kbd{q}, @sc{gnus} automatically
records the subscribed groups in your @file{.newsrc} initialization
file.  (You do not have to edit this file yourself, although you may.)
Next time you start @sc{gnus}, you will see only the subscribed groups.

@node Summary of GNUS
@subsection Summary of GNUS Commands

Reading news is a two step process:

@enumerate
@item
Choose a newsgroup in the Newsgroup buffer.

@item
Choose an article in the Summary buffer.  The article is displayed in
the Article buffer in a large window, below the Summary buffer in its
small window.
@end enumerate

Each buffer has commands particular to it, but commands that do the same
things have similar keybindings.  Here are commands for the Newsgroup
and Summary buffers:

@table @kbd
@kindex z @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-suspend @r{(V19)}
@item z
In the Newsgroup buffer, suspend @sc{gnus}.  You can return to @sc{gnus} later by
selecting the Newsgroup buffer and typing @kbd{g} to get newly arrived
articles.

@kindex q @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-exit @r{(V19)}
@item q
In the Newsgroup buffer, update your @file{.newsrc} initialization file
and quit @sc{gnus}.

In the Summary buffer, exit the current newsgroup and return to the
Newsgroup buffer.  Thus, typing @kbd{q} twice quits @sc{gnus}.

@kindex L @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-list-all-groups @r{(V19)}
@item L
In the Newsgroup buffer, list all the newsgroups available on your news
server.  This may be a long list!

@kindex l @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-list-groups @r{(V19)}
@item l
In the Newsgroup buffer, list only the newsgroups to which you subscribe
and which contain unread articles.

@kindex u @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-unsubscribe-current-group @r{(V19)}
@cindex subscribe newsgroups (V19)
@cindex unsubscribe newsgroups (V19)
@item u
In the Newsgroup buffer, unsubscribe from (or subscribe to) the
newsgroup listed in the line that point is on.  When you quit @sc{gnus} by
typing @kbd{q}, @sc{gnus} lists your subscribed-to newsgroups in your
@file{.newsrc} file.  The next time you start @sc{gnus}, you see only the
newsgroups listed in your @file{.newsrc} file.

You may also edit your @file{.newsrc} file directly in Emacs.  First quit
@sc{gnus}, then visit the @file{.newsrc} file.  For example, you can remove
all the @file{alt.} groups by going to the beginning of the file and
typing @kbd{M-x flush-lines RET alt RET}.  Next time you start @sc{gnus}, you
will see only the newsgroups still listed in the @file{.newsrc} file.

@kindex SPC @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-read-group @r{(V19)}
@item @key{SPC}
In the Newsgroup buffer, select the group on the line under the cursor
and display the first unread article in that group.

@kindex SPC @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-next-page @r{(V19)}
@need 1000
In the Summary buffer, 

@itemize @minus
@item
Select the article on the line under the cursor if none is selected.

@item
Scroll the text of the article if one is selected.

@item
Select the next unread article if at the end of the current article.
@end itemize

Thus, you can move through all the articles by repeatedly typing @key{SPC}.

@kindex DEL @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@item @key{DEL}
In the Newsgroup Buffer, move point to the previous newsgroup containing
unread articles.

@kindex DEL @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-prev-page @r{(V19)}
In the Summary buffer, scroll the text of the article backwards.

@kindex n @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-next-unread-group @r{(V19)}
@item n
Move point to the next unread newsgroup, or select the next unread
article.

@kindex p @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-prev-unread-group @r{(V19)}
@item p
Move point to the previous unread newsgroup, or select the previous
unread article.

@kindex C-n @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-next-group @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-p @r{(Group mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Group-prev-group @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-n @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-next-subject @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-p @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-prev-subject @r{(V19)}
@itemx C-n
@itemx C-p
Move point to the next or previous item, even if it is marked as read.
This does not select the article or newsgroup on that line.

@kindex s @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-isearch-article @r{(V19)}
@item s
In the Summary buffer, do an incremental search of the current text in
the Article buffer, just as if you switched to the Article buffer and
typed @kbd{C-s}.

@kindex M-s @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-search-article-forward @r{(V19)}
@item M-s @var{regexp} RET
In the Summary buffer, search forward for articles containing a match
for @var{regexp}.

@c kindex C-c C-s C-n @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-sort-by-number @r{(V19)}
@c kindex C-c C-s C-s @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-sort-by-subject @r{(V19)}
@c kindex C-c C-s C-d @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-sort-by-date @r{(V19)}
@c kindex C-c C-s C-a @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-sort-by-author @r{(V19)}
@item C-c C-s C-n
@itemx C-c C-s C-s
@itemx C-c C-s C-d
@itemx C-c C-s C-a
In the Summary buffer, sort the list of articles by number, subject,
date, or author.

@kindex C-M-n @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-next-same-subject @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-M-p @r{(Summary mode)} @r{(GNUS, V19)}
@findex gnus-Summary-prev-same-subject @r{(V19)}
@item C-M-n
@itemx C-M-p
In the Summary buffer, read the next or previous article with the same
subject as the current article.
@end table

@ignore
@node Where to Look
@subsection Where to Look Further

@c Too many references to the name of the manual if done with xref in TeX!
@sc{gnus} is powerful and customizable.  Here are references to a few
@ifinfo
additional topics:

@end ifinfo
@iftex
additional topics in @cite{The GNUS Manual}:

@itemize @bullet
@item
Follow discussions on specific topics.@*
See section ``Thread-based Reading''.

@item
Read digests. See section ``Digest Articles''

@item
Refer to and jump to the parent of the current article.@*
See section ``Referencing Articles''.


@item
Refer to articles by using Message-IDs included in the messages.@*
See section ``Article Commands''.

@item
Save articles. See section ``Saving Articles''.

@item
Create filters that preselect which articles you will see, according to
regular expressions in the articles or their headers.@*
See section ``Kill File''.

@item
Send an article to a newsgroup.@*
See section ``Posting Articles''.
@end itemize
@end iftex
@ifinfo
@itemize @bullet
@item
Follow discussions on specific topics.@*
@xref{Thread-based Reading, , Reading Based on Conversation Threads,
gnus, The GNUS Manual}.

@item
Read digests. @xref{Digest Articles, , , gnus, The GNUS Manual}.

@item
Refer to and jump to the parent of the current article.@*
@xref{Referencing Articles, , , gnus, The GNUS Manual}.


@item
Refer to articles by using Message-IDs included in the messages.@*
@xref{Article Commands, , , gnus, The GNUS Manual}.

@item
Save articles. @xref{Saving Articles, , , gnus, The GNUS Manual}.

@item
Create filters that preselect which articles you will see, according to
regular expressions in the articles or their headers.@*
@xref{Kill File, , , gnus, The GNUS Manual}. 

@item
Send an article to a newsgroup.@*
@xref{Posting Articles, , , gnus, The GNUS Manual}.
@end itemize
@end ifinfo
@end ignore

@node Calendar/Diary
@section Calendar and Diary

The calendar facility in Emacs 19 is almost completely new, and it
comes with a diary feature.  You can use the diary to keep track of
appointments, anniversaries, and other events.
@c ??? reference to top node, Diary in GNU Emacs Calendar 
@c @xref{diary, , Diary, calendar, The GNU Emacs Calendar}, for more
@c complete information.

To use the diary, you must write diary entries in a particular file,
called your @dfn{diary file}.  Its name is @file{~/diary}.  Emacs
displays the entries for particular dates by finding them in the diary
file, formatting them, and displaying them in a diary display buffer.

@menu
* Calendar::			New features of the calendar proper.
* Entries: Diary Entries.	The location and form of a diary entry.
* New Entries::			Inserting diary entries using the calendar.
* Displaying Diary::            How to display diary entries from the calendar.
* European Calendar Style ::    Day-month-year style for dates.
* Simple and Fancy::            The diary has two modes for display.
* Other Diary Features::        The diary has many advanced commands.
* Startup Diary::		How to display your diary when you start Emacs.
* Printing Diary:: 		Print selected entries of the diary.
@end menu

@node Calendar
@subsection Calendar
@cindex calendar @r{(V19)}

In Emacs 19 you can use ordinary Emacs cursor commands to move through
the calendar, which scrolls automatically to display different months or
different years.  Character motion translates to days, line motion to
weeks, sentence and paragraph motion to months, and page motion to
years.  The vertical and horizontal scroll commands also handle the
calendar suitably.

@c The index entries for the key bindings of Calendar and Diary modes
@c are commented out because they don't seem very useful.
@c @kindex p d (Calendar mode)
@c @kindex g d (Calendar mode)
@c @kindex . (Calendar mode)
@kbd{p d} displays the selected date as a day within the year.  @kbd{g
d} selects a date given as month, day, year.  Type @kbd{.} to go back
to today's date.

@c @kindex M-= (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-count-days-region @r{(V19)}
The command @kbd{M-=}, which normally gives the number of lines in the
region, in Calendar mode gives the number of days in the region
(@code{calendar-count-days-region}).

The calendar facility also knows about other important calendars.  The
commands for these come in pairs; the commands to convert @emph{to}
another calendar start with the @kbd{p} prefix (short for ``print''),
and the commands to convert from another calendar start with the @kbd{g}
prefix (short for ``go to'').  Here is a complete list:

@c !!! Insert line breaks to prevent overfull hboxes.
@table @asis
@item @kbd{g a}, @kbd{p a}
@findex calendar-print-astro-date @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-goto-astro-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex astronomical calendar
@cindex Julian day number
The astronomical calendar, a simple count of days elapsed since noon,
Monday, January 1, 4713 B.C. on the Julian calendar.  The number of days
elapsed is also called the @dfn{Julian day number}
(@code{calendar-goto-astro-date}, @code{calendar-print-astro-date}).

@item @kbd{g c}, @kbd{p c}
@c @kindex g c (Calendar mode)
@c @kindex p c (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-print-iso-date @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-goto-iso-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex ISO commercial calendar
ISO commercial calendar@* 
(@code{calendar-goto-iso-date}, @code{calendar-print-iso-date}).

@item @kbd{g f}, @kbd{p f}
@c @kindex p f (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-goto-french-date @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-print-french-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex French revolutionary calendar
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
French revolutionary calendar@*
(@code{calendar-goto-french-date},@*
@code{calendar-print-french-date}).

@item @kbd{g h}, @kbd{p h}
@c @kindex g h (Calendar mode)
@c @kindex p h (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-print-hebrew-date @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-goto-hebrew-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex Hebrew calendar
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Hebrew calendar@*
(@code{calendar-goto-hebrew-date},@*
@code{calendar-print-hebrew-date}).

@item @kbd{g i}, @kbd{p i}
@c @kindex g i (Calendar mode)
@c @kindex p i (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-print-islamic-date @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-goto-islamic-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex Islamic calendar
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Islamic calendar@*
(@code{calendar-goto-islamic-date},@*
@code{calendar-print-islamic-date}).

@item @kbd{g j}, @kbd{p j}
@c @kindex g j (Calendar mode)
@c @kindex p j (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-print-julian-date @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-goto-julian-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex Julian calendar
@c !!! added @* to prevent overfull hbox
Julian calendar@*
(@code{calendar-goto-julian-date},@*
@code{calendar-print-julian-date}).

@item @kbd{p m}
@c @kindex p m (Calendar mode)
@findex calendar-print-mayan-date @r{(V19)}
@cindex Mayan calendar
Mayan calendar (@code{calendar-print-mayan-date}).
@end table

@ignore
  Several commands are needed to handle selecting dates in the Mayan
calendar.

@table @kbd
@item g m l @var{baktun}.@var{katun}.@var{tun}.@var{uinic}.@var{kin} @key{RET}
@cindex long count @r{(V19)}
Move point to a date specified in the Mayan long count calendar
(@code{calendar-goto-long-count-date}).  The argument consists of numbers
separated by periods.
@item g m p t @var{number} @var{name} @key{RET}
@cindex tzolkin @r{(V19)}
Move point to the previous occurrence of a specified date in the Mayan
tzolkin calendar (@code{calendar-previous-tzolkin-date}).  Here @var{name}
is one of the twenty tzolkin day names, and @var{number} is between 1 and 13.
@item g m n t @var{number} @var{name} @key{RET}
Move point to the next occurrence of a specified date in the
tzolkin calendar (@code{calendar-next-tzolkin-date}).
@item g m p h @var{kin} @var{uinal} @key{RET}
@cindex haab @r{(V19)}
Move point to the previous occurrence of a specified date in the Mayan
haab calendar (@code{calendar-previous-haab-date}).  Here @var{uinal}
is a haab month name, and @var{kin} is a number from 1 to 19 (or 0).
@item g m n h @var{kin} @var{uinal} @key{RET}
Move point to the next occurrence of a specified date in the
haab calendar (@code{calendar-next-haab-date}).
@item g m p c @var{number} @var{name} @var{kin} @var{uinal} @key{RET}
@cindex calendar round @r{(V19)}
Move point to the previous occurrence of a specified date in the Mayan
calendar round (@code{calendar-previous-calendar-round-date}).  Specify
a tzolkin date followed by a haab date.
@item g m n c @var{number} @var{name} @var{kin} @var{uinal} @key{RET}
Move point to the next occurrence of a specified date in the 
calendar round (@code{calendar-next-calendar-round-date}).
@end table
@end ignore

@findex calendar-cursor-holidays @r{(V19)}
@findex mark-calendar-holidays @r{(V19)}
@findex calendar-unmark @r{(V19)}
The calendar also knows the dates of standard holidays.  Type @kbd{h}
(@code{calendar-cursor-holidays}) to display a list of holidays for the
selected date.  This list appears in another window.  Type @kbd{x}
(@code{mark-calendar-holidays}) to mark each day that is a holiday with
@samp{*} in the calendar itself.  The command @kbd{u}
(@code{calendar-unmark}) turns off this marking.

@findex holidays @r{(V19)}
At any time, you can use @kbd{M-x holidays} to display a list of
holidays for the present month and the preceding and following months.

@node Diary Entries
@subsection Diary Entries
@cindex diary entries (V19)

@vindex diary-file @r{(V19)}
To use the diary feature, you must write @dfn{diary entries} that
describe plans associated with particular dates, and put them in your
@dfn{diary file}, which is normally the file @file{~/diary}.  You can
specify a different name for it by setting the variable
@code{diary-file}; you would do this before using any of the commands
that operate on the diary.

Diary file entries follow a simple convention: begin entries with a date
at the beginning of a line, followed optionally by a time, and then by
the text of the entry:

@example
@var{date} @var{optional-time-of-day} @var{text-of-entry}
@end example

@noindent
To continue an entry over two or more lines, indent the second and
subsequent lines.  The lines of the entry after the first are called
@dfn{continuation lines}.  Other lines in the diary file that are not
part of any entry are comment lines; Emacs does not display these.

When you make diary entries using Calendar mode, Emacs inserts the date
for you in the appropriate format and places the cursor so you can type
the text of the entry.

You can write entries in any order and Emacs will display the entries by
date.  However, time-of-day entries can be sorted chronologically only
in a diary mode called Fancy mode; in Simple mode, Emacs displays
time-of-day entries in their order in the diary file.

@node Displaying Diary
@subsection Calendar Commands to Display Diary Entries
@cindex diary display (V19)
@cindex display of diary (V19)

In Calendar mode, use the following commands to display your diary
entries:

@table @kbd
@findex view-diary-entries @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex d (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item d
Display any diary entries for the date under the cursor
(@code{view-diary-entries}).

With a numeric argument, Emacs shows the diary entries for that many
successive days, starting with and including the date under the cursor.
Thus, @kbd{2 d} displays all the entries for the selected date and for
the following day.

@findex show-all-diary-entries @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex s (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item s
Display your entire diary file (@code{show-all-diary-entries}).

@findex mark-diary-entries @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex m (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item m
In the calendar, mark all visible dates that have diary entries
(@code{mark-diary-entries}).

@findex calendar-unmark @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex u (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item u
Unmark the calendar (@code{calendar-unmark}).
@end table

At any time, not just in Calendar mode, you can display today's diary
entries by typing:

@findex diary @r{(V19)}
@example
M-x diary
@end example

@noindent
With a prefix argument @var{n}, this command displays diary entries for
@var{n} successive days, starting from and including today.

@node New Entries
@subsection Calendar Commands for Making Diary Entries
@cindex diary entries, inserting (V19)

Calendar mode provides several commands to help you make diary file
entries.  These commands work by visiting the diary file and inserting
the date information; you must finish the job by inserting the text of
the entry, and then save the diary file with @kbd{C-x C-s}.  The
commands are:

@table @kbd
@findex insert-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i d (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item i d
Add a diary entry for the selected date in the calendar
(@code{insert-diary-entry}).

@findex insert-weekly-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i w (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item i w
Add a diary entry for the selected day of the week
(@code{insert-weekly-diary-entry}).  This entry is displayed each week
on the selected day.

@findex insert-monthly-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i m (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item i m
Add a diary entry for the selected day of the month
(@code{insert-monthly-diary-entry}).  This entry is displayed each month
on the selected day.

@findex insert-yearly-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i y (Calendar mode) @r{(V19)}
@item i y
Add a diary entry for the selected day of the year
(@code{insert-yearly-diary-entry}).  This entry is displayed each year
on the selected day.
@end table

Here are commands for entering more complex kinds of diary entries in
Calendar mode.  These kinds of entries operate properly only in Fancy
Diary Display mode (@pxref{Simple and Fancy}).

@table @kbd
@findex insert-anniversary-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i a (Calendar mode diary) @r{(V19)}
@item i a
Add an anniversary diary entry for the selected date
(@code{insert-anniversary-diary-entry}).

Select the date you want remembered, in the proper year---if it is a
birthday, remember to go to the person's year of birth!  Then type
@kbd{i a} and enter the text of the entry.

In the textual part of the entry you can type @samp{%d}.  When Emacs
displays the entry in the diary buffer, the @samp{%d} is replaced by the
number of years since the date.  Thus, if you use @samp{%d years old} as
the text of the entry, it will display as @samp{53 years old} on the
53rd birthday.

@findex insert-cyclic-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i c (Calendar mode diary) @r{(V19)}
@item i c
Add a cyclic diary entry starting at the date
(@code{insert-cyclic-diary-entry}).  An entry is displayed on a
specified starting date and then is repeatedly displayed at the
specified interval.  This is useful for ten day cycles of preventive
maintenance and similar activities.

To use this command, first select the start date.  The command reads the
interval (the number of days between repetitions) using the minibuffer,
then inserts the beginning of the entry.

@findex insert-block-diary-entry @r{(V19)}
@c @kindex i b (Calendar mode diary) @r{(V19)}
@item i b
Add a block diary entry for the current region
(@code{insert-block-diary-entry}).  With a block entry, Emacs
writes the same message in the display for successive days.  

Position point and mark at the beginning and end of the block of days
you want entered and type @kbd{i b}.  This sets up the diary entry's
date info and positions point so you can write the text of the entry.
People usually use this command for trips or vacations.
@end table

@node European Calendar Style
@subsection  European Calendar Style 
@cindex European date style (Calendar, V19)
@cindex American date style (Calendar, V19)
@cindex dates, style of writing (Calendar, V19)

By default, Emacs interprets and displays diary dates in civilian
American form, @samp{@var{month}/@var{day}/@var{year}}:
@samp{2/15/1993}, or @samp{February 15, 1993}.

@vindex european-calendar-style @r{(V19)}
@cindex European calendar style (V19)
Alternatively, you can specify the European calendar style for writing
dates: @samp{@var{day}/@var{month}/@var{year}}, @samp{15/2/1993} or
@samp{15 February 1993}.  To do this, set the variable
@code{european-calendar-style} to @code{t}, before using any calendar or
diary command.  This also affects display of dates.

  Here's how to do this in your @file{.emacs} file:

@example
(setq european-calendar-style t)
@end example

@node Simple and Fancy
@subsection Simple and Fancy Diary Display
@cindex Simple Diary mode (V19)
@cindex Fancy Diary mode (V19)

There are two modes for displaying a subset of diary entries: Simple
mode and Fancy mode.  Fancy mode provides a more dramatic display for
the diary, and can also display the actual matching date for diary
entries that match more than one date.

@vindex diary-display-hook @r{(V19)}
@findex fancy-diary-display @r{(V19)}
By default, Emacs uses Simple mode, which is quicker than Fancy mode.
Another advantage of Simple mode is that you can edit the displayed
diary entries ``in place'' and save them.  When you use Fancy mode, it
is useless to edit the displayed subset of the diary; instead you must
visit the diary file separately.  To select Fancy mode, set
@code{diary-display-hook} to @code{fancy-diary-display} like this:

@example
(setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
@end example

@node Other Diary Features
@subsection Other Diary Features

Here are some additional diary features.  These will be explained in
full in @cite{The GNU Emacs Extensions Manual}.

You can schedule meetings on a date such as the first Tuesday of every
month.  This is called an @dfn{offset} date.  The diary has commands
for specifying such meetings, but not in Calendar mode.  To create
such an entry, you need to edit the diary file yourself.
@c !!! reference to diary offset in
@c !!! xref{diary offset, , Offset Events, calendar, The GNU Emacs
@c !!! Calendar}, for more information.

You can make entries according to Hebrew and Islamic dates.  Calendar
mode provides commands of the form @kbd{i h d} to add a diary entry
for the Hebrew date corresponding to the selected date and @kbd{i i d}
to add a diary entry for the Islamic date corresponding to the selected
date.  You can make entries that repeat every week, month, or year.
Before using these commands, you must set the
@code{nongregorian-diary-listing-hook} and the
@code{nongregorian-diary-marking-hook} in your @file{.emacs} file.
@c !!! reference to Hebrew/Islamic Entries in The GNU Emacs Calendar
@c !!! @xref{Hebrew/Islamic Entries, , Hebrew- and Islamic-Date Diary
@c !!! Entries, calendar, The GNU Emacs Calendar}.

You can include other diary files in your diary display.  This way, a
group of people can share a common diary file.  
@c !!! reference to Including Diary Files in The GNU Emacs Calendar
@c !!! xref{Including Diary Files, , Including Other Diary Files, calendar, The
@c !!! GNU Emacs Calendar}.

@node Startup Diary
@subsection Displaying your Diary on Emacs Startup
@cindex diary and Emacs startup (V19)

If you start a new Emacs each day, you might want to display your diary
automatically at that time.  To do so, put this in your @file{.emacs}
file:

@example
(diary)
@end example

If you want to see both the calendar and your diary at startup, use this
instead:

@example
@group
(setq view-diary-entries-initially t)
(calendar)
@end group
@end example

@node Printing Diary
@subsection Printing the Displayed Part of the Diary
@cindex Printing diary (V19)

@findex print-diary-entries @r{(V19)}
To print the selected diary entries as they appear on the screen, use
@kbd{M-x print-diary-entries}.  The same variables that customize
@code{lpr-buffer} also affect this command.

In Simple mode, the diary display buffer uses selective display
(@pxref{Selective Display}).  This means that what you see on the screen
is just part of the text in the Emacs buffer.  The diary entries that
don't apply to the dates you asked for are still in the buffer, but
hidden.  The ordinary printing commands such as @code{lpr-buffer} would
not do what you want; they print the entire text, including the hidden
parts.  This is why we need @code{print-diary-entries}.

@node Version Control
@section Version Control
@cindex version control

  @dfn{Version control systems} are packages that can record multiple
versions of a source file, usually storing the unchanged parts of the
file just once.  Version control systems also record history information
such as the creation time of each version, who created it, and a 
description of what was changed in that version.

  The GNU project recommends the version control system known as RCS,
which is free software and available from the Free Software Foundation.
Emacs supports use of either RCS or SCCS (a proprietary, but widely
used, version control system that is not quite as powerful as RCS)
through a facility called VC.  The same Emacs commands work with either
RCS or SCCS, so you hardly have to know which one of them you are
using.

@menu
* Concepts of VC::
* Editing with VC::
* Variables for Check-in/out::
* Comparing Versions::
* VC Status::
* Renaming and VC::
* Snapshots::
* Log Entries::
* Change Logs and VC::
* Version Headers::
@end menu

@node Concepts of VC
@subsection Concepts of Version Control
@cindex RCS
@cindex SCCS
@cindex master file
@cindex registered file
@cindex work file

   When a file is under version control, we also say that it is
@dfn{registered} in the version control system.  Each registered file
has a corresponding @dfn{master file} which represents the file's
present state plus its change history, so that you can reconstruct from
it either the current version or any specified earlier version.  Usually
the master file also records a change comment for each version.

  The file that is maintained under version control is sometimes called
the @dfn{work file} corresponding to its master file.

@cindex checking out files
@cindex checking in files
@cindex locking and version control
   To examine a file, you @dfn{check it out}.  This extracts a version
of the file (typically, the most recent) from the master.  If you want
to edit the file, you must check it out @dfn{locked}.  Only one user can
do this at a time for any given source file.  When you are done with
your editing, you must @dfn{check in} the new version.  This records the
new version in the master file, and unlocks the source file so that
other people can lock it and thus modify it.

   These are the basic operations of version control.  
Checking in and checking out both use the single Emacs command
@w{@kbd{C-x C-q}} (@code{vc-toggle-read-only}).

@node Editing with VC
@subsection Editing with Version Control

  When you visit a file that is maintained using version control, the
mode line displays @samp{RCS} or @samp{SCCS} to inform you that version
control is in use, and also (in case you care) which low-level system
the file is actually stored in.  Normally, such a source file is
read-only, and the mode line indicates this with @samp{%%}.)

  These are the commands that you use to edit a file maintained with
version control:

@table @kbd
@item C-x C-q
Check the visited file in or out.

@item C-x v u
Revert the buffer and the file to the last checked in version.

@item C-x v c
Remove the last-entered change from the master for the visited file.
This undoes your last check-in.

@item C-x v i
Register the visited file in version control.
@end table

@noindent
(@kbd{C-x v} is the prefix key for version control commands; all of these
commands except for @kbd{C-x C-q} start with @kbd{C-x v}.)

@kindex C-x C-q @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-toggle-read-only @r{(V19)}
  If you want to edit the file, type @kbd{C-x C-q}
(@code{vc-toggle-read-only}).  This @dfn{checks out} and locks the file,
so that you can edit it.  The file is writable after check-out, but only
for you, not for anyone else.

@vindex vc-make-backups @r{(V19)}
  Emacs does not save backup files for source files that are maintained
with version control.  If you want to make backup files despite version
control, set the variable @code{vc-make-backups} to a non-@code{nil} value.

  When you are finished editing the file, type @kbd{C-x C-q} again.
When used on a file that is checked out, this command checks the file
in.  But check-in does not start immediately; first, you must enter a
@dfn{log entry}---a description of the changes in the new version.
@kbd{C-x C-q} pops up a buffer for you to enter this in.  When you are
finished typing in the log entry, type @kbd{C-c C-c} to terminate it; this is
when actual check-in takes place.

  Once you have checked in your changes, the file is unlocked, so that
other users can lock it and modify it.

@vindex vc-keep-workfiles @r{(V19)}
  Normally the work file exists all the time, whether it is locked or
not.  If you set @code{vc-keep-workfiles} to @code{nil}, then checking
in a new version with @kbd{C-x C-q} deletes the work file; but any
attempt to visit the file with Emacs creates it again.

  Actually, it is not impossible to lock a file that someone else has
locked.  If you try to check out a file that is locked, @kbd{C-x C-q}
asks you whether you want to ``steal the lock.''  If you say yes, the
file becomes locked by you, but a message is sent to the person who had
formerly locked the file, to inform him or her of what has happened.

@kindex C-x v u @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-revert-buffer @r{(V19)}
  If you want to discard your current set of changes and revert to the
last version checked in, use @kbd{C-x v u} (@code{vc-revert-buffer}).
This cancels your last check-out, leaving the file unlocked.  If you want
to make a different set of changes, you must first check the file out
again.  @kbd{C-x v u} requies confirmation, unless it sees that 
you haven't made any changes since the last checked-in version.

  @kbd{C-x v u} is also the command to use if you lock a file and then
don't actually change it.

@kindex C-x v c @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-cancel-version @r{(V19)}
  You can even cancel a change after checking it in, with @kbd{C-x v c}
(@code{vc-cancel-version}).  Normally, @kbd{C-x v c} reverts your
workfile and buffer to the previous version (the one that precedes the
version that is deleted), but you can prevent the reversion by giving
the command a prefix argument.  Then the buffer does not change.

  This command with a prefix argument is useful when you have checked in
a change and then discover a trivial error in it; you can cancel the
erroneous check-in, fix the error, and repeat the check-in.

  Be careful when invoking @kbd{C-x v c}, as it is easy to throw away a
lot of work with it.  To help you be careful, this command always asks
for confirmation with @samp{yes}.

@kindex C-x v i @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-register @r{(V19)}
  You can register the visited file for version control using 
@w{@kbd{C-x v i}} (@code{vc-register}).  This uses RCS if RCS 
is installed on your system; otherwise, it uses SCCS.

  By default, the initial version number is 1.1.  If you want to use a
different number, give @kbd{C-x v i} a prefix argument; then it reads
the initial version number using the minibuffer.

  After @kbd{C-x v i}, the file is unlocked and read-only.  Type
@kbd{C-x C-q} if you wish to edit it.

@vindex vc-initial-comment @r{(V19)}
  If @code{vc-initial-comment} is non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-x v i} reads
an initial comment (much like a log entry) to describe the purpose of
this source file.

@node Variables for Check-in/out
@subsection Variables Affecting Check-in and Check-out
@c There is no need to tell users about vc-master-templates.

@vindex vc-suppress-confirm @r{(V19)}
  If @code{vc-suppress-confirm} is non-@code{nil}, then @kbd{C-x C-q}
and @kbd{C-x v i} can save the current buffer without asking, and
@kbd{C-x v u} also operates without asking for confirmation.
(This variable does not affect @kbd{C-x v c}; that is so drastic
that it should always ask for confirmation.)

@vindex vc-command-messages @r{(V19)}
  VC mode does much of its work by running the shell commands for RCS
and SCCS.  If @code{vc-command-messages} is non-@code{nil}, VC displays
messages to indicate which shell commands it runs, and additional
messages when the commands finish.

  Normally, VC assumes that it can deduce the locked/unlocked state of
files by looking at the file permissions of the work file; this is
fast.  However, if the @file{RCS} or @file{SCCS} subdirectory is
actually a symbolic link, then VC does not trust the file permissions to
reflect this status.

@vindex vc-mistrust-permissions @r{(V19)}
You can specify the criterion for whether to trust the file permissions
by setting the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions}.  Its value may
be @code{t} (always mistrust the file permissions and check the master
file), @code{nil} (always trust the file permissions), or a function of
one argument which makes the decision.  The argument is the directory
name of the @file{RCS} or @file{SCCS} subdirectory.  A non-@code{nil}
value from the function says to mistrust the file permissions.

  If you find that the file permissions of work files are changed
erroneously, then you can set @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} to @code{t}
so that VC always checks the master file.

@node Log Entries
@subsection Log Entries

When you're editing an initial or change comment for inclusion in a
master file, finish your entry by typing @kbd{C-c C-c}.

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-c
Finish the comment edit normally (@code{vc-finish-logentry}).
This finishes check-in.
@end table

To abort check-in, just don't type @kbd{C-c C-c} in that buffer.  You
can switch buffers and do other editing.  As long as you don't try to
check in another file, the comment you were editing remains in its
buffer, and you can go back to that buffer at any time to complete the
check-in.

If you change several source files for the same reason, it is often
convenient to specify the same log entry for many of the files.  To do
this, use the history of previous log entries.  The commands
@kbd{M-n}, @kbd{M-p}, @kbd{M-s} and @kbd{M-r} for doing this work just
like the minibuffer history commands (except that they don't use the
minibuffer).

The history of previous log entries is actually stored in previous pages
of the log entry editing buffer; they are normally hidden by narrowing.

@vindex vc-log-mode-hook @r{(V19)}
Each time you check in a file, the log entry buffer is put into VC Log
mode, which involves running two hook variables: @code{text-mode-hook}
and @code{vc-log-mode-hook}.

@node Change Logs and VC
@subsection Change Logs and VC

Emacs users often record brief summaries of program changes in a file
called @file{ChangeLog}, which is kept in the same directory as the
source files, and is usually meant to be distributed along with the
source files.  You can maintain @file{ChangeLog} from the version
control logs with the following command.

@table @kbd
@item C-x v a
@kindex C-x v a @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-update-change-log @r{(V19)}
Visit the current directory's change log file and create new entries for
versions checked in since the most recent entry in the change log file
(@code{vc-update-change-log}).

This command works with RCS only; it does not work with SCCS.
@end table

For example, suppose the first line of @file{ChangeLog} is dated 10
April 1992, and suppose the only check-in since then was by Nathaniel
Bowditch to @file{rcs2log} on 8 May 1992 with log text @samp{Ignore log
messages that start with `#'.}.  Then @kbd{C-x v a} visits
@file{ChangeLog} and inserts text like this:

@example
@group
Fri May  8 21:45:00 1992  Nathaniel Bowditch  (nat@@apn.org)

        * rcs2log: Ignore log messages that start with `#'.
@end group
@end example

@noindent
You can then further edit as you wish.

A log entry whose text begins with @samp{#} is not copied to
@file{ChangeLog}.  For example, if you merely fix some misspellings in
comments, you can log the change with an entry beginning with @samp{#}
to avoid putting such trivia into @file{ChangeLog}.

When @kbd{C-x v a} adds several change log entries at once, it groups
related log entries together if they all are checked in by the same
author at nearly the same time.  If the log entries for several such
files all have the same text, it coalesces them into a single entry.
For example, suppose the most recent check-ins have the following log
entries:

@example
@exdent For @file{vc.texinfo}:
Fix expansion typos.
@exdent For @file{vc.el}:
Don't call expand-file-name.
@exdent For @file{vc-hooks.el}:
Don't call expand-file-name.
@end example

They appear like this in @file{ChangeLog}:

@example
@group
Wed Apr  1 08:57:59 1992  Nathaniel Bowditch  (nat@@apn.org)

        * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos.

        * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name.
@end group
@end example

Normally, @kbd{C-x v a} separates log entries by a blank line, but you
can mark several related log entries to be clumped together (without an
intervening blank line) by starting the text of each related log entry
with a label of the form @w{@samp{@{@var{clumpname}@} }}.  The label
itself is not copied to @file{ChangeLog}.  For example, suppose the log
entries are:

@example
@exdent For @file{vc.texinfo}:
@{expand@} Fix expansion typos.
@exdent For @file{vc.el}:
@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.
@exdent For @file{vc-hooks.el}:
@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.
@end example

Then the text in @file{ChangeLog} looks like this:

@example
@group
Wed Apr  1 08:57:59 1992  Nathaniel Bowditch  (nat@@apn.org)

        * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos.
        * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name.
@end group
@end example

Normally, the log entry for file @file{foo} is displayed as @samp{* foo:
@var{text of log entry}}.  But by convention, the @samp{:} after
@file{foo} is omitted if the text of the log entry starts with
@w{@samp{(@var{functionname}): }}.  For example, if the log entry for
@file{vc.el} is @samp{(vc-do-command): Check call-process status.}, then
the text in @file{ChangeLog} looks like this:

@example
@group
Wed May  6 10:53:00 1992  Nathaniel Bowditch  (nat@@apn.org)

        * vc.el (vc-do-command): Check call-process status.
@end group
@end example

@node Comparing Versions
@subsection Comparing Versions

@findex vc-diff @r{(V19)}
@kindex C-x v = @r{(V19)}
  To compare two versions of a file, use @kbd{C-x v =} (@code{vc-diff}).

  Plain @kbd{C-x v =} compares the current buffer contents (saving them
in the file if necessary) with the last checked-in version of the file.
With a prefix argument, @kbd{C-x v =} reads a filename and two version
numbers, and compares those versions of the file you specify.

  If you supply a directory name instead of the name of a work file,
this command compares the two specified versions of all registered files
in that directory and its subdirectories.  You can also specify a
snapshot name (@pxref{Snapshots}) instead of one or both version
numbers.

  You can specify a checked-in version by its number; you can specify
the most recent checked-in version with @samp{-}; and you can specify
the current buffer contents with @samp{+}.  Thus, you can compare two
checked-in versions, or compare a checked-in version with the text you
are editing.
@c ??? + and - as args are not implemented yet.

@c ??? Currently it uses vc-diff-options.
  This command works by running the @code{diff} utility, getting the
options from the variable @code{diff-switches}.  It displays the output
in a special buffer in another window.

@node VC Status
@subsection VC Status Commands

@kindex C-x v l @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-print-log @r{(V19)}
  To get the detailed version control status of one file, type @kbd{C-x
v l} (@code{vc-print-log}).  It displays the history of changes to the
current file, including the text of the log entries.  The output appears
in a separate window.

  When you are working on a large program, it's often useful to find all
the files that are currently locked, or all the files maintained in
version control at all.  You can do so using these commands, both of
which operate on the branch of the file system starting at the current
directory.

@kindex C-x v d @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-directory @r{(V19)}
  You can use @kbd{C-x v d} (@code{vc-directory}) to show all the locked
files in or beneath the current directory.  This includes all files that
are locked by any user.

  With a prefix argument, @kbd{C-x v d} shows all the version control
activity in the current directory---it lists all files in or beneath the
current directory that are maintained with version control.

@node Renaming and VC
@subsection Renaming VC Work Files and Master Files

@findex vc-rename-file @r{(V19)}
  When you rename a registered file, you must also rename its master
file correspondingly to get proper results.  Use @code{vc-rename-file}
to rename the source file as you specify, and rename its master file
accordingly.  It also updates any snapshots (@pxref{Snapshots}) that
mention the file, so that they use the new name; despite this, the
snapshot thus modified may not completely work (@pxref{Snapshot
Caveats}).

  You cannot use @code{vc-rename-file} on a file that is locked by
someone else.

  @code{vc-rename-file} is not bound to a key because it's not likely
to be used frequently.

@node Snapshots
@subsection Snapshots
@cindex snapshots and version control

  A @dfn{snapshot} is a named set of file versions (one for each
registered file) that you can treat as a unit.  One important kind of
snapshot is a @dfn{release}, a (theoretically) stable version of the
system that is ready for distribution to users.

@menu
* Making Snapshots::		The snapshot facilities.
* Snapshot Caveats::		Things to be careful of, when using snapshots.
@end menu

@node Making Snapshots
@subsubsection Making and Using Snapshots

  There are two basic commands for snapshots; one makes a
snapshot with a given name, the other retrieves a named snapshot.

@table @code
@item C-x v s @var{name} @key{RET}
@kindex C-x v s @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-create-snapshot @r{(V19)}
Define the last saved versions of every registered file in or under the
current directory as a snapshot named @var{name}
(@code{vc-create-snapshot}).

@item C-x v r @var{name} @key{RET}
@kindex C-x v r @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-retrieve-snapshot @r{(V19)}
Check out all registered files at or below the current directory level
using whatever versions correspond to the snapshot @var{name}
(@code{vc-retrieve-snapshot}).

This function reports an error if any files are locked at or below the
current directory, without changing anything; this is to avoid
overwriting work in progress.
@end table

You shouldn't need to use @code{vc-retrieve-snapshot} very often; you
can get difference reports between two snapshots without retrieving
either one, using @kbd{C-x =} (@pxref{Comparing Versions}).  Thus,
retrieving a snapshot is only necessary if you need to study or compile
portions of the snapshot.

A snapshot uses a very small amount of resources---just enough to record
the list of file names and which version belongs to the snapshot.  Thus,
you need not hesitate to create snapshots whenever they are useful.

You can give a snapshot name as an argument to @kbd{C-x v =}
(@pxref{Comparing Versions}).  Thus, you can use it to compare a
snapshot against the current files, or two snapshots against each other,
or a snapshot against a named version.

@node Snapshot Caveats
@subsubsection Snapshot Caveats

@cindex named configurations (RCS)
VC's snapshot facilities are modeled on RCS's named-configuration
support.  They use RCS's native facilities for this, so under VC
snapshots made using RCS are visible even when you bypass VC.

@c !!! worded verbosely to avoid overfull hbox.
For SCCS, VC implements snapshots itself.  The files it uses contain
name/file/version-number triples.  These snapshots are visible only
through VC.

File renaming and deletion can create some difficulties with snapshots.
This is not a VC-specific problem, but a general design issue in version
control systems that no one has solved very well yet.

If you rename a registered file, you need to rename its master along
with it (the function @code{vc-rename-file} does this automatically).
If you are using SCCS, you must also update the records of the snapshot,
to mention the file by its new name (@code{vc-rename-file} does this,
too).  This makes the snapshot remain valid for retrieval, but it does
not solve all problems.

For example, some of the files in the program probably refer to others
by name.  At the very least, the makefile probably mentions the file
that you renamed.  If you retrieve an old snapshot, the renamed file
is retrieved under its new name, which is not the name that the makefile
expects.  So the program won't really work.

If you use snapshots, don't rename either work files or master files
except by means of @code{vc-rename-file}.  It knows how to update
snapshots so that you can still retrieve them.  An old snapshot that
refers to a master file that no longer exists under the recorded name is
invalid; VC can no longer retrieve it.  It would be beyond the scope of this
manual to explain enough about RCS and SCCS to teach the reader how to
update the snapshots by hand.

@node Version Headers
@subsection Inserting Version Control Headers

   Sometimes it is convenient to put version identification strings
directly into working files.  Certain special strings called
@dfn{version headers} are replaced in each successive version by the
number of that version.

@kindex C-x v h @r{(V19)}
@findex vc-insert-headers @r{(V19)}
  You can use the @kbd{C-x v h} command (@code{vc-insert-headers}) to
insert a suitable header string.

@table @kbd
@item C-x v h
Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system.
@end table

@vindex vc-header-string @r{(V19)}
@c ??? Currently the name is vc-header-strings
The default header string is @samp{$ld$} for RCS and @samp{%W%} for
SCCS.  You can specify other headers to insert by setting the variable
@code{vc-header-string}.  Its value (if non-@code{nil}) should be the
string to be inserted.  You can also specify a list of strings; then
each string in the list is inserted as a separate header on a line of
its own.  (It is often important to use ``superfluous'' backslashes when
writing a Lisp string constant for this use, to prevent the string in
the constant from being interpreted as a header itself if the Emacs Lisp
file containing it is maintained with version control.)

@vindex vc-comment-alist @r{(V19)}
Each header is inserted surrounded by tabs, inside comment delimiters,
on a new line at the start of the buffer.  Normally the ordinary comment
start and comment end strings of the current mode are used, but for
certain modes, there are special comment delimiters for this purpose;
the variable @code{vc-comment-alist} specifies them.  Each element of
this list has the form @code{(@var{mode} @var{starter} @var{ender})}.

@vindex vc-static-header-alist @r{(V19)}
@code{vc-static-header-alist} is consulted to add further strings based
on the name of the buffer.  Its value should be a list of
dotted pairs; the @sc{car} of each pair is a regular expression that
should match the buffer name, and the @sc{cdr} is the format to use on
each header.  A string is inserted for each file name pattern that
matches the buffer name, and for each header taken from
@code{vc-header-string}.  The default value for
@code{vc-static-header-alist} is:

@example
@group
(("\\.c$" .
  "\n#ifndef lint\nstatic char vcid[] = \"\%s\";\n\
#endif /* lint */\n"))
@end group
@end example

@noindent
which specifies insertion of a string of this form:

@example
@group

#ifndef lint
static char vcid[] = "@var{header-string}";
#endif /* lint */
@end group
@end example

@node Emerge
@section Emerge
@cindex Emerge (V19)
@cindex merging files (V19)

It's not unusual for programmers to get their signals crossed and modify
the same program in two different directions.  To recover from this
confusion, you need to merge the two versions.  Emerge makes this
easier.

@menu
* Overview of Emerge::
* Submodes of Emerge::
* State of Difference::
* Merge Commands::
* Exiting Emerge::
* Combining in Emerge::
* Fine Points of Emerge::
@end menu

@node Overview of Emerge
@subsection Overview of Emerge

To start Emerge, run one of these four commands:

@table @kbd
@item M-x emerge-files
@findex emerge-files @r{(V19)}
Merge two specified files.

@item M-x emerge-files-with-ancestor
@findex emerge-files-with-ancestor @r{(V19)}
Merge two specified files, with reference to a common ancestor.

@item M-x emerge-buffers
@findex emerge-buffers @r{(V19)}
Merge two buffers (the currently accessible portions).

@item M-x emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
@findex emerge-buffers-with-ancestor @r{(V19)}
Merge two buffers (the currently accessible portions) with reference to a
common ancestor in another buffer.
@end table

@cindex merge buffer (Emerge)
@cindex A and B buffers (Emerge)
The Emerge commands compare two texts, and display the results in three
buffers: one for each input text (the @dfn{A buffer} and the @dfn{B
buffer}), and one (the @dfn{merge buffer}) where merging takes place.
The merge buffer does not show just the differences.  Rather, it shows
you the full text, but wherever the input texts differ, you can choose
which one of them to include in the merge buffer.

If a common ancestor version is available, from which the two texts to
be merged were both derived, Emerge can use it to guess which
alternative is right.  Wherever one current version agrees with the
ancestor, Emerge presumes that the other current version is a deliberate
change which should be kept in the merged version.  Use the
``with-ancestor'' commands if you want to specify a common ancestor
text.  These commands read three file or buffer names---variant A,
variant B, and the common ancestor.

After the comparison is done and the buffers are prepared, the actual
merging starts.  You control the merging interactively by editing the
merge buffer.  The merge buffer shows you a full merged text, not just
differences.  For each point where the input texts differ, you can
choose which one of them to include in the merge buffer.

The merge buffer has a special major mode, Emerge mode, with commands
for making these choices.  But you can also edit the buffer with
ordinary Emacs commands.

At any given time, the attention of Emerge is focused on one particular
difference, called the @dfn{selected} difference.  This difference is
marked off in the three buffers by 

@example
vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv
@end example

@noindent
above and

@example
^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
@end example

@noindent
below.  Emerge numbers all the differences sequentially and the mode
line always shows the number of the selected difference.

Normally, the merge buffer starts out with the A version of the text.
But when the A version of a part of the buffer agrees with the common
ancestor, then the B version is preferred for that part.

Normally, Emerge stores the merged output in place of the first input
text (the A file or buffer).  If you give a prefix argument to
@code{emerge-files} or @code{emerge-files-with-ancestor}, it reads the
name of the output file using the minibuffer.  (This is the last file
name those commands read.)

If you abort Emerge with @kbd{C-u q}, the output is not saved.

@node Submodes of Emerge
@subsection Submodes of Emerge

You can choose between two modes for giving merge commands: Fast mode
and Edit mode.  In Fast mode, basic Emerge commands are single
characters, but ordinary Emacs commands are disabled.  This is
convenient if you use only Emerge commands.

In Edit mode, all Emerge commands start with the prefix character
@kbd{C-c}, and the normal Emacs commands are also available.  This
allows editing the merge buffer, but slows down Emerge operations.

Use @kbd{e} to switch to Edit mode, and @kbd{f} to switch to Fast mode.
The mode line indicates Edit and Fast modes with @samp{E} and @samp{F}.

Emerge has two additional submodes that affect how particular merge
commands work: Auto Advance mode and Skip Prefers mode.

If Auto Advance mode is in effect, the @kbd{a} and @kbd{b} commands
advance to the next difference.  This lets you go through the merge
faster doing ordinary things.  The mode line indicates Auto Advance mode
with @samp{A}.

If Skip Prefers mode is in effect, the @kbd{n} and @kbd{p} commands skip
over differences in states prefer-A and prefer-B.  Thus you will only
see differences for which neither version is presumed ``correct''.  The
mode line indicates Skip Prefers mode with @samp{S}.

@findex emerge-auto-advance-mode @r{(V19)}
@findex emerge-skip-prefers-mode @r{(V19)}
Use the command @code{emerge-auto-advance-mode} to set or clear Auto
Advance mode.  Use @code{emerge-skip-prefers-mode} to set or clear Skip
Prefers mode.  A positive argument turns the mode on, a nonpositive
argument turns it off, and no argument toggles it.

@node State of Difference
@subsection State of a Difference

In the merge buffer, a difference is marked
@samp{vvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvvv} above and @samp{^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^}
below.  Such a difference can have one of seven states:

@table @asis
@item A
The difference is showing the A version.  The @kbd{a} command always
produces this state; the mode line indicates it with @samp{A}.

@item B
The difference is showing the B version.  The @kbd{b} command always
produces this state; the mode line indicates it with @samp{B}.

@item default-A
@itemx default-B
The difference is showing the A or the B state by default, because you
haven't made a choice.  All differences start in the default-A state
(and thus the merge buffer is a copy of the A buffer), except those for
which one alternative is ``preferred'' (see below).

When you select a difference, its state changes from default-A or
default-B to plain A or B.  Thus, the selected difference never has
state default-A or default-B, and these states are never displayed in
the mode line.

The command @kbd{d a} chooses default-A as the default state, and @kbd{d
b} chooses default-B.  This chosen default applies to all differences
which you haven't selected and for which no alternative is preferred.
If you are moving through the merge sequentially, the differences you
haven't selected are those following the selected one.  Thus, while
moving sequentially, you can effectively make the A version the default
for some sections of the merge buffer and the B version the default for
others by using @kbd{d a} and @kbd{d b} at the end of each section.

@item prefer-A
@itemx prefer-B
The difference is showing the A or B state because it is
@dfn{preferred}.  This means that you haven't made an explicit choice,
but one alternative seems likely to be right because the other
alternative agrees with the common ancestor.  Thus, where the A buffer
agrees with the common ancestor, the B version is preferred, because
chances are it is the one that was actually changed.

These two states are displayed in the mode line as @samp{A*} and @samp{B*}.

@item combined
The difference is showing a combination of the A and B states, as a
result of the @kbd{x c} or @kbd{x C} commands.

Once a difference is in this state, the @kbd{a} and @kbd{b} commands
don't do anything to it unless you give them a prefix argument.

The mode line displays this state as @samp{comb}.
@end table

@node Merge Commands
@subsection Merge Commands

Here are the Merge commands for Fast mode; in Edit mode, precede these with
@kbd{C-c} and turn all the letters into control characters.

@table @kbd
@item p
Select the previous difference.

@item n
Select the next difference.

@item a
Choose the A version of this difference.

@item b
Choose the B version of this difference.

@item j
Select a particular difference; specify the sequence number of that
difference as a prefix argument.

@item M-x emerge-select-difference
@c ??? This isn't true yet.
Select the run of differences containing the current location.  You can
use this command in the merge buffer or in the A or B buffer.

@item q
Quit---finish the merge.  With an argument, abort the merge.

@item f
Go into fast mode.

@item e
Go into edit mode.

@item l
Recenter (like @kbd{C-l}) all three windows.

@item - 
Specify part of a prefix numeric argument.
@c Don't use itemx here, it is confusing in printed output!
@itemx @var{digit}
Also specify part of a prefix numeric argument.

@item d a
Choose the A version as the default from here down in
the merge buffer.

@item d b
Choose the B version as the default from here down in
the merge buffer.

@item c a
Copy the A version of this difference into the kill ring.

@item c b
Copy the B version of this difference into the kill ring.

@item i a
Insert the A version of this difference at the point.

@item i b
Insert the B version of this difference at the point.

@item m
Put the point and mark around the difference region.

@item ^
Scroll all three windows down (like @kbd{M-v}).

@item v
Scroll all three windows up (like @kbd{C-v}).

@item <
Scroll all three windows left (like @kbd{C-x <}).

@item >
Scroll all three windows right (like @kbd{C-x >}).

@item |
Reset horizontal scroll on all three windows.

@item x 1
Shrink the merge window to one line.  (Use @kbd{C-u l} to restore it
to full size.)

@item x c
Combine the two versions of this difference.

@item x f
Show the files/buffers Emerge is operating on in Help window.
(Use @kbd{C-u l} to restore windows.)

@item x j
Join this difference with the following one.
(@kbd{C-u x j} joins this difference with the previous one.)

@item x s
Split this difference into two differences.  Before you use this
command, position point in each of the three buffers to the place where
you want to split the difference.

@item x t
Trim identical lines off top and bottom of the difference.
Such lines occur when the A and B versions are
identical but differ from the ancestor version.
@end table

@node Exiting Emerge
@subsection Exiting Emerge

The @kbd{q} (@code{emerge-quit}) command finishes the merge, storing the
results into the output file.  It restores the A and B buffers to their
proper contents, or kills them if they were created by Emerge.  It also
disables the Emerge commands in the merge buffer, since executing them
later could damage the contents of the various buffers.

@kbd{C-u q} aborts the merge.  Aborting means that Emerge does not write
the output file.

If Emerge was called from another Lisp program, then its return value
is @code{t} or @code{nil} to indicate success or failure.

@node Combining in Emerge
@subsection Combining the Two Versions

Sometimes you want to keep @emph{both} alternatives for a particular 
locus.  To do this, use @kbd{x c}, which edits the merge buffer like this:

@example
@group
#ifdef NEW
@var{version from A file}
#else /* NEW */
@var{version from B file}
#endif /* NEW */
@end group
@end example

@vindex emerge-combine-template @r{(V19)}
While this example shows C preprocessor conditionals delimiting the two
alternative versions, you can specify the strings you want by setting
the variable @code{emerge-combine-template} to a list of three strings.
The default setting, which produces the results shown above, looks like this:

@example
@group
("#ifdef NEW\n"
 "#else /* NEW */\n"
 "#endif /* NEW */\n")
@end group
@end example
@c ??? This is not how it currently works;
@c ??? emerge.el needs to be changed.

@c ??? Must change the mechanism that disables saving during emerge
@c ??? to use a write-file-function instead.

@c ??? Emerge should use flag strings that start with # for C programs
@c ??? and with ; for Lisp programs.

@node Fine Points of Emerge
@subsection Fine Points of Emerge

You can have any number of merges going at once---just don't use any
one buffer as input to more than one merge at once, since that will
cause the read-only/modified/auto-save status save-and-restore to
screw up.

Starting Emerge can take a long time because it needs to compare the
files.  Emacs can't do anything else until @code{diff} finishes.  Perhaps in
the future someone will change Emerge to do the comparison in the
background when the input files are large---then you could keep on doing
other things with Emacs until Emerge gets ready to accept commands.

@ignore
@c ??? This name hasn't been changed yet.
@vindex emerge-ok-lines-regexp @r{(V19)}
Emerge tests each of the lines that differ against the regular
expression @code{emerge-ok-lines-regexp}.  If a line fails to fit the
pattern, then Emerge displays a warning instead of displaying the merge
buffer.  After you get the warning, you must switch to the merge buffer
and either continue the merge or abort it.
@end ignore

@vindex emerge-startup-hook @r{(V19)}
After the merge has been set up, Emerge runs the hooks in
@code{emerge-startup-hook}.

During the merge, you musn't try to edit the A and B buffers yourself.
Emerge modifies them temporarily, but ultimately puts them back the way
they were.

@node Debuggers
@section Running Debuggers Under Emacs
@cindex debuggers
@cindex GDB
@cindex DBX
@cindex SDB

@c Do you believe in GUD?
The GUD (Grand Unified Debugger) library provides an interface to various
symbolic debuggers from within Emacs.  We recommend the debugger GDB,
which is free software, but you can also run DBX or SDB if you have them.

@menu
* Starting GUD::	How to start a debugger subprocess.
* Debugger Operation::	Connection between the debugger and source buffers.
* Commands of GUD::	Keybindings for common commands.
* GUD Customization::	Defining your own commands for GUD.
@end menu

@node Starting GUD
@subsection Starting GUD

There are three commands for starting a debugger.  Each corresponds to a
particular debugger program.

@table @kbd
@item M-x gdb @key{RET} @var{file} @key{RET}
@itemx M-x dbx @key{RET} @var{file} @key{RET}
@findex gdb @r{(V19)}
@findex dbx @r{(V19)}
Run GDB or DBX in a subprocess of Emacs.  Both of these commands select
the buffer used for input and output to the debugger.

@item M-x sdb @key{RET} @var{file} @key{RET}
@findex sdb @r{(V19)}
Run SDB in a subprocess of Emacs.  SDB's messages do not mention file
names, so the Emacs interface to SDB depends on having a tags table
(@pxref{Tags}) to find which file each function is in.  If you have not
visited a tags table or the tags table doesn't list one of the
functions, you get a message saying @samp{The sdb support requires a
valid tags table to work}.  If this happens, generate a valid tags table
in the working directory and try again.
@end table

You can only run one debugger process at a time.

@node Debugger Operation
@subsection Debugger Operation

When you run a debugger with GUD, the debugger displays source files
via Emacs---Emacs finds the source file and moves point to the line
where the program is executing.  An arrow (@samp{=>}) indicates the
current execution line, and it stays put even if you move the cursor.

You can start editing the file at any time.  The arrow is not part of
the file's text; it appears only on the screen.  If you do modify a
source file, keep in mind that inserting or deleting lines will throw
off the arrow's positioning; GUD has no way of figuring out which line
corresponded before your changes to the line number in a debugger
message.  Also, you'll typically have to recompile and restart the
program for your changes to be reflected in the debugger's tables.

If you wish, you can control your debugger process entirely through the
debugger buffer, which uses a variant of Shell mode.  All the usual
commands for your debugger are available, and you can use the Shell mode
history commands to repeat them.

@node Commands of GUD
@subsection Commands of GUD

GUD provides a command available in all buffers for setting
breakpoints.  This command is defined globally because you need to use
it in the source files' buffers.

@table @kbd
@item C-x @key{SPC}
@kindex C-x @key{SPC} @r{(V19)}
Set a breakpoint on the line that point is on.
@end table

The debugger buffer has a number of keybindings for invoking common
debugging commands quickly:

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-l
@kindex C-c C-l @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-refresh @r{(V19)}
Display in another window the last line referred to in the GUD
buffer (that is, the line indicated in the last location message).
This runs the command @code{gud-refresh}.

@item C-c C-s
@kindex C-c C-s @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-step @r{(V19)}
Execute a single line of code (@code{gud-step}).  If the code contains
a function call, execution stops after entering the called function.

@item C-c C-n
@kindex C-c C-n @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-next @r{(V19)}
Execute a single line of code, stepping across entire function calls
at full speed (@code{gud-next}).

@item C-c C-i
@kindex C-c C-i @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-stepi @r{(V19)}
Execute a single machine instruction (@code{gud-stepi}).

@item C-c C-c
@kindex C-c C-c @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-cont @r{(V19)}
Continue execution until the next breakpoint, or other event that would
normally stop the program (@code{gud-cont}).
@end table

The above commands are common to all supported debuggers.  If you are
using GDB or (some versions of) DBX, these additional commands are available:

@table @kbd
@item C-c <
@kindex C-c < @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-up @r{(V19)}
Select the next enclosing stack frame (@code{gud-up}).  This is
equivalent to the @samp{up} command.

@item C-c >
@kindex C-c > @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-down @r{(V19)}
Select the next inner stack frame (@code{gud-down}).  This is
equivalent to the @samp{down} command.
@end table

If you are using GDB, two additional keybindings are available:

@table @kbd
@item C-c C-f
@kindex C-c C-f @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex gud-finish @r{(V19)}
Run the program until the selected stack frame returns (or until it
stops for some other reason).

@item @key{TAB}
Complete the symbol in the buffer before point, using the set of all
symbols known to GDB.
@end table

These commands interpret a prefix argument as a repeat count, when that
makes sense.

After each command that changes the program counter, GUD displays the
new current source line, and updates the location of the arrow.

@node GUD Customization
@subsection GUD Customization

@vindex gdb-mode-hook
@vindex dbx-mode-hook
@vindex sdb-mode-hook
On startup, GUD executes one of the following hooks:
@code{gdb-mode-hook}, if you are using GDB; @code{dbx-mode-hook}, if you
are using DBX; and @code{sdb-mode-hook}, if you are using SDB.  You can
use these hooks to define custom keybindings for the debugger
interaction buffer.

Here is a convenient way to define a command that sends a particular
command string to the debugger, and set up a key binding for it in the
debugger interaction buffer:

@findex gud-def @r{(V19)}
@example
(gud-def @var{function} @var{cmdstring} @var{binding} @var{docstring})
@end example

  This defines a command named @var{function} which sends
@var{cmdstring} to the debugger process, with documentation string
@var{docstring}, and binds it to @var{binding} in the debugger buffer's
mode.  (If @var{binding} is @code{nil}, this defines the command but
does not make a binding for it; you can make a binding explicitly,
perhaps using one of the above hooks.)

   Commands defined with @code{gud-def} handle prefix arguments by
passing them to the debugger, appended to end of @var{cmdstring} with a
space in between.  (This use of prefix arguments works with GDB and DBX,
but not with SDB.)

You can also set up commands that you can send to the debugger while in
another buffer, such as a source file.  Set the variable
@code{gud-commands} to a list of strings containing debugger commands
you might want to send.

@table @kbd
@item C-x &
@kindex C-x & @r{(GUD in V19)}
@findex send-gud-command @r{(V19)}
Send a custom command to the debugger process
(@code{send-gud-command}).  Normally, send the @sc{car} of the
@code{gud-commands} list; a prefix argument specifies which element of
that list to use (counting from 0).

If the string contains @samp{%s}, @kbd{C-x &} substitutes a numeric
value found in the buffer at or near point.  It looks for decimal,
octal, or hexadecimal numbers, with @samp{0x} allowed.  This lets you
define commands to chase pointers whose numeric values have been
displayed.
@end table

@node Other New Modes
@section Other New Modes

There is now a Perl mode for editing Perl programs and an Icon mode
for editing Icon programs.

@cindex C++ mode @r{(V19)}
@findex fill-c++-comment @r{(V19)}
C++ mode is like C mode, except that it understands C++ comment syntax
and certain other differences between C and C++.  It also has a command
@code{fill-c++-comment} which fills a paragraph made of comment lines.
The command @code{comment-region} is useful in C++ mode for commenting
out several consecutive lines, or removing the commenting out of such
lines.

@cindex WordStar mode @r{(V19)}
WordStar emulation is available---type @kbd{M-x wordstar-mode}.
For more information, type @kbd{C-h f wordstar-mode @key{RET}}.

@cindex Buffer Menu mode @r{(V19)}
The command @kbd{C-o} in Buffer Menu mode now displays the current
line's buffer in another window but does not select it.  This is like
the existing command @kbd{o} which selects the current line's buffer in
another window.

@menu
* Asm Mode::		A major mode for editing assembler files.
* Edebug Mode::		A new Lisp debugger.
* Editing Binary Files::Hexl mode lets you edit a binary file as numbers.
@end menu

@node Asm Mode
@subsection Asm Mode

@cindex Asm mode @r{(V19)}
Asm mode is a new major mode for editing files of assembler code.
It defines these commands:

@table @kbd
@item @key{TAB}
@code{tab-to-tab-stop}.
@item @key{LFD}
Insert a newline and then indent using @code{tab-to-tab-stop}.
@item :
Insert a colon and then remove the indentation from before the label
preceding colon.  Then do @code{tab-to-tab-stop}.
@item ;
Insert or align a comment.
@end table

@node Edebug Mode
@subsection Edebug Mode
@cindex Edebug mode @r{(V19)}

Edebug is a new source-level debugger for Emacs Lisp programs.

@findex edebug-defun @r{(V19)}
To use Edebug, use the command @kbd{M-x edebug-defun} to ``evaluate'' a
function definition in an Emacs Lisp file.  We put ``evaluate'' in
quotation marks because it doesn't just evaluate the function, it also
inserts additional information to support source-level debugging.

You must also do this:

@example
(setq debugger 'edebug-debug)
@end example

@noindent
to cause errors and single-stepping to use Edebug instead of the usual
Emacs Lisp debugger.

@c ???  Need xref to Edebug manual
For more information, see @cite{The Emacs Extensions Manual}, which
should be included in the Emacs 19 distribution.

@node Editing Binary Files
@subsection Editing Binary Files

@cindex Hexl mode @r{(V19)}
@cindex editing binary files @r{(V19)}
There is a new major mode for editing binary files: Hexl mode.  To use
it, use @kbd{M-x hexl-find-file} instead of @kbd{C-x C-f} to visit the
file.  This command converts the file's contents to hexadecimal and lets
you edit the translation.  When you save the file, it is converted
automatically back to binary.

You can also use @kbd{M-x hexl-mode} to translate an existing buffer
into hex.  This is useful if you visit a file normally and discover it
is a binary file.

Hexl mode has a few other commands:

@c I don't think individual index entries for these commands are useful--RMS.
@table @kbd
@item C-M-d
Insert a byte with a code typed in decimal.

@item C-M-o
Insert a byte with a code typed in octal.

@item C-M-x
Insert a byte with a code typed in hex.

@item C-x [
Move to the beginning of a 1k-byte ``page''.

@item C-x ]
Move to the end of a 1k-byte ``page''.

@item M-g
Move to an address specified in hex.

@item M-j
Move to an address specified in decimal.

@item C-c C-c
Leave Hexl mode, going back to the major mode this buffer had before you
invoked @code{hexl-mode}.
@end table

@node Key Sequence Changes
@section Changes in Key Sequences
@cindex function keys (V19)
@cindex mouse buttons (V19)
@cindex key sequence changes (V19)

In Emacs 18, a key sequence was a sequence of characters, which
represented keyboard input.

In Emacs 19, you can still use a sequence of characters as a key
sequence, but you aren't limited to characters.  You can also use Lisp
symbols which represent terminal function keys or mouse buttons.  If the
function key has a word as its label, then that word is also the name of
the symbol which represents the function key.  Other function keys
are assigned Lisp names as follows:

@table @asis
@item @code{kp-add}, @code{kp-decimal}, @code{kp-divide}, @dots{} 
Keypad keys (to the right of the regular keyboard), with names or punctuation
@item @code{kp-0}, @code{kp-1}, @dots{}
Keypad keys with digits
@item @code{kp-f1}, @code{kp-f2}, @code{kp-f3}, @code{kp-f4}
Keypad PF keys
@item @code{left}, @code{up}, @code{right}, @code{down}
Cursor arrow keys
@end table

A key sequence which contains non-characters must be a vector rather
than a string.

Thus, to bind function key @samp{f1} to @code{rmail}, write the
following:

@example
(global-set-key [f1] 'rmail)
@end example

@noindent
(To find the name of a key, type @kbd{C-h k} and then the key.)

To bind the right-arrow key to the command @code{forward-char},
you can use this expression:

@example
(global-set-key [right] 'forward-char)
@end example

@noindent
using the Lisp syntax for a vector containing the symbol @code{right}.

And this is how to make @kbd{C-x @key{RIGHTARROW}} move forward a page:

@example
(global-set-key [?\C-x right] 'forward-page)
@end example

@noindent
where @code{?\C-x} is the Lisp syntax for an integer whose value is the
code for the character @kbd{C-x}.

You can use modifier keys such as @key{CTRL}, @key{META} and @key{SHIFT}
with function keys.  To represent these modifiers, prepend the strings
@samp{C-}, @samp{M-} and @samp{S-} to the symbol name.  Thus, here is
how to make @kbd{M-@key{RIGHTARROW}} move forward a word:

@example
(global-set-key [M-right] 'forward-word)
@end example

Emacs uses symbols to designate mouse buttons, too.
The ordinary mouse events in Emacs are @dfn{click} events; these
happen when you press a button and release it without moving the mouse.
You can also get @dfn{drag} events, when you move the mouse while
holding the button down.  Drag events happen when you finally let go
of the button.
  
The symbols for basic click events are @code{mouse-1} for the leftmost
button, @code{mouse-2} for the next, and so on.  Here is how you can
redefine the second mouse button to split the current window:

@findex global-set-key @r{(V19)}
@example
(global-set-key [mouse-2] 'split-window-vertically)
@end example

The symbols for drag events are similar, but have the prefix @samp{drag-}
before the word @samp{mouse}.  For example, dragging the left button
generates a @code{drag-mouse-1} event.

You can also request events when the mouse button is pressed down.
These events start with @samp{down-} instead of @samp{drag-}.  Such
events are generated only if they have key bindings.  When you get a
button-down event, a corresponding click or drag event will always
follow.

The symbols for mouse events also indicate the status of the modifier
keys, with the usual prefixes @samp{C-}, @samp{M-} and @samp{S-}.
These always follow @samp{drag-} or @samp{down-}.
@c ??? This is a change; currently they precede.

When mouse events occur in special parts of a frame or window, such as a
mode line or a scroll bar, the event symbol shows nothing special.  The
information about the special part is implicit in other data (the screen
location of the event).  But @code{read-key-sequence} figures out this
aspect of the event, and encodes it with make-believe prefix keys, all
of which are symbols: @code{mode-line}, @code{vertical-line},
@code{horizontal-scrollbar} and @code{vertical-scrollbar}.  Thus, to
define the command for clicking the left button in a mode line, you
could use this key sequence:

@example
[mode-line mouse-1]
@end example

You are not limited to defining individual function keys or mouse
buttons; these can appear anywhere in a key sequence, just as characters
can.  You can even mix together all three kinds of inputs in one key
sequence---but mixing mouse buttons with keyboard inputs is probably not
convenient for actual use.

@node Hook Changes
@section Changes Regarding Hooks
@cindex normal hook (V19)
@cindex hook variable (V19)

A @dfn{hook variable} is a variable that exists so that you can store in
it functions for Emacs to call on certain occasions.  (The functions that
you put in hook variables are called @dfn{hook functions}.)  Emacs 19
has a new convention for naming hook variables that indicates more
reliably how to use them.

All the variables whose names end in @samp{-hook} are @dfn{normal
hooks}; their values are lists of functions to be called with no
arguments.  You can use @code{add-hook} (see below) to install hook
functions in these hooks.  We have made all Emacs hooks into normal
hooks except when there is some reason this won't work.

A few hook-like variables are @dfn{abnormal}---they don't use the normal
convention.  This is either because the user-supplied functions receive
arguments, or because their return values matter.  These variables have
names that end in @samp{-function} (if the value is a single function)
or @samp{-functions} (if the value is a list of functions).

Thus, you can always tell from the variable's name precisely how to
install a new hook function in the variable.  If the name indicates a
normal hook, then you also know how to write your hook function.

@findex add-hook @r{(V19)}
To add a hook function to a normal hook, use @code{add-hook}.  It takes
care of adding a new hook function to any functions already installed in
a given hook.  It takes two arguments, the hook symbol and the function
to add.  For example,

@example
(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'my-text-hook-function)
@end example

@noindent
is how to arrange to call @code{my-text-hook-function} when entering
Text mode or related modes.
@vindex pre-abbrev-expand-hook @r{(V19)}
@vindex kill-buffer-hook @r{(V19)}
Two new hooks are worth noting here.  Expansion of an abbrev
first runs the hook @code{pre-abbrev-expand-hook}.
@code{kill-buffer-hook} now runs whenever a buffer is killed.
@c end antenews

@node Manifesto,, Version 19, Top
@unnumbered The GNU Manifesto

@b{By Richard M. Stallman, 1986}

@unnumberedsec What's GNU?  Gnu's Not Unix!

GNU, which stands for Gnu's Not Unix, is the name for the complete
Unix-compatible software system which I am writing so that I can give it
away free to everyone who can use it.  Several other volunteers are helping
me.  Contributions of time, money, programs and equipment are greatly
needed.

So far we have an Emacs text editor with Lisp for writing editor commands,
a source level debugger, a yacc-compatible parser generator, a linker, and
around 35 utilities.  A shell (command interpreter) is nearly completed.  A
new portable optimizing C compiler has compiled itself and may be released
this year.  An initial kernel exists but many more features are needed to
emulate Unix.  When the kernel and compiler are finished, it will be
possible to distribute a GNU system suitable for program development.  We
will use @TeX{} as our text formatter, but an nroff is being worked on.  We
will use the free, portable X window system as well.  After this we will
add a portable Common Lisp, an Empire game, a spreadsheet, and hundreds of
other things, plus on-line documentation.  We hope to supply, eventually,
everything useful that normally comes with a Unix system, and more.

GNU will be able to run Unix programs, but will not be identical to Unix.
We will make all improvements that are convenient, based on our experience
with other operating systems.  In particular, we plan to have longer
filenames, file version numbers, a crashproof file system, filename
completion perhaps, terminal-independent display support, and perhaps
eventually a Lisp-based window system through which several Lisp programs
and ordinary Unix programs can share a screen.  Both C and Lisp will be
available as system programming languages.  We will try to support UUCP,
MIT Chaosnet, and Internet protocols for communication.

GNU is aimed initially at machines in the 68000/16000 class with virtual
memory, because they are the easiest machines to make it run on.  The extra
effort to make it run on smaller machines will be left to someone who wants
to use it on them.

To avoid horrible confusion, please pronounce the `G' in the word `GNU'
when it is the name of this project.

@unnumberedsec Why I Must Write GNU

I consider that the golden rule requires that if I like a program I must
share it with other people who like it.  Software sellers want to divide
the users and conquer them, making each user agree not to share with
others.  I refuse to break solidarity with other users in this way.  I
cannot in good conscience sign a nondisclosure agreement or a software
license agreement.  For years I worked within the Artificial Intelligence
Lab to resist such tendencies and other inhospitalities, but eventually
they had gone too far: I could not remain in an institution where such
things are done for me against my will.

So that I can continue to use computers without dishonor, I have decided to
put together a sufficient body of free software so that I will be able to
get along without any software that is not free.  I have resigned from the
AI lab to deny MIT any legal excuse to prevent me from giving GNU away.

@unnumberedsec Why GNU Will Be Compatible with Unix

Unix is not my ideal system, but it is not too bad.  The essential features
of Unix seem to be good ones, and I think I can fill in what Unix lacks
without spoiling them.  And a system compatible with Unix would be
convenient for many other people to adopt.

@unnumberedsec How GNU Will Be Available

GNU is not in the public domain.  Everyone will be permitted to modify and
redistribute GNU, but no distributor will be allowed to restrict its
further redistribution.  That is to say, proprietary modifications will not
be allowed.  I want to make sure that all versions of GNU remain free.

@unnumberedsec Why Many Other Programmers Want to Help

I have found many other programmers who are excited about GNU and want to
help.

Many programmers are unhappy about the commercialization of system
software.  It may enable them to make more money, but it requires them to
feel in conflict with other programmers in general rather than feel as
comrades.  The fundamental act of friendship among programmers is the
sharing of programs; marketing arrangements now typically used essentially
forbid programmers to treat others as friends.  The purchaser of software
must choose between friendship and obeying the law.  Naturally, many decide
that friendship is more important.  But those who believe in law often do
not feel at ease with either choice.  They become cynical and think that
programming is just a way of making money.

By working on and using GNU rather than proprietary programs, we can be
hospitable to everyone and obey the law.  In addition, GNU serves as an
example to inspire and a banner to rally others to join us in sharing.
This can give us a feeling of harmony which is impossible if we use
software that is not free.  For about half the programmers I talk to, this
is an important happiness that money cannot replace.

@unnumberedsec How You Can Contribute

I am asking computer manufacturers for donations of machines and money.
I'm asking individuals for donations of programs and work.

One consequence you can expect if you donate machines is that GNU will run
on them at an early date.  The machines should be complete, ready to use
systems, approved for use in a residential area, and not in need of
sophisticated cooling or power.

I have found very many programmers eager to contribute part-time work for
GNU.  For most projects, such part-time distributed work would be very hard
to coordinate; the independently-written parts would not work together.
But for the particular task of replacing Unix, this problem is absent.  A
complete Unix system contains hundreds of utility programs, each of which
is documented separately.  Most interface specifications are fixed by Unix
compatibility.  If each contributor can write a compatible replacement for
a single Unix utility, and make it work properly in place of the original
on a Unix system, then these utilities will work right when put together.
Even allowing for Murphy to create a few unexpected problems, assembling
these components will be a feasible task.  (The kernel will require closer
communication and will be worked on by a small, tight group.)

If I get donations of money, I may be able to hire a few people full or
part time.  The salary won't be high by programmers' standards, but I'm
looking for people for whom building community spirit is as important as
making money.  I view this as a way of enabling dedicated people to devote
their full energies to working on GNU by sparing them the need to make a
living in another way.

@unnumberedsec Why All Computer Users Will Benefit

Once GNU is written, everyone will be able to obtain good system software
free, just like air.

This means much more than just saving everyone the price of a Unix license.
It means that much wasteful duplication of system programming effort will
be avoided.  This effort can go instead into advancing the state of the
art.

Complete system sources will be available to everyone.  As a result, a user
who needs changes in the system will always be free to make them himself,
or hire any available programmer or company to make them for him.  Users
will no longer be at the mercy of one programmer or company which owns the
sources and is in sole position to make changes.

Schools will be able to provide a much more educational environment by
encouraging all students to study and improve the system code.  Harvard's
computer lab used to have the policy that no program could be installed on
the system if its sources were not on public display, and upheld it by
actually refusing to install certain programs.  I was very much inspired by
this.

Finally, the overhead of considering who owns the system software and what
one is or is not entitled to do with it will be lifted.

Arrangements to make people pay for using a program, including licensing of
copies, always incur a tremendous cost to society through the cumbersome
mechanisms necessary to figure out how much (that is, which programs) a
person must pay for.  And only a police state can force everyone to obey
them.  Consider a space station where air must be manufactured at great
cost: charging each breather per liter of air may be fair, but wearing the
metered gas mask all day and all night is intolerable even if everyone can
afford to pay the air bill.  And the TV cameras everywhere to see if you
ever take the mask off are outrageous.  It's better to support the air
plant with a head tax and chuck the masks.

Copying all or parts of a program is as natural to a programmer as
breathing, and as productive.  It ought to be as free.

@unnumberedsec Some Easily Rebutted Objections to GNU's Goals

@quotation
``Nobody will use it if it is free, because that means they can't rely
on any support.''

``You have to charge for the program to pay for providing the
support.''
@end quotation

If people would rather pay for GNU plus service than get GNU free without
service, a company to provide just service to people who have obtained GNU
free ought to be profitable.

We must distinguish between support in the form of real programming work
and mere handholding.  The former is something one cannot rely on from a
software vendor.  If your problem is not shared by enough people, the
vendor will tell you to get lost.

If your business needs to be able to rely on support, the only way is to
have all the necessary sources and tools.  Then you can hire any available
person to fix your problem; you are not at the mercy of any individual.
With Unix, the price of sources puts this out of consideration for most
businesses.  With GNU this will be easy.  It is still possible for there to
be no available competent person, but this problem cannot be blamed on
distribution arrangements.  GNU does not eliminate all the world's problems,
only some of them.

Meanwhile, the users who know nothing about computers need handholding:
doing things for them which they could easily do themselves but don't know
how.

Such services could be provided by companies that sell just hand-holding
and repair service.  If it is true that users would rather spend money and
get a product with service, they will also be willing to buy the service
having got the product free.  The service companies will compete in quality
and price; users will not be tied to any particular one.  Meanwhile, those
of us who don't need the service should be able to use the program without
paying for the service.

@quotation
``You cannot reach many people without advertising,
and you must charge for the program to support that.''

``It's no use advertising a program people can get free.''
@end quotation

There are various forms of free or very cheap publicity that can be used to
inform numbers of computer users about something like GNU.  But it may be
true that one can reach more microcomputer users with advertising.  If this
is really so, a business which advertises the service of copying and
mailing GNU for a fee ought to be successful enough to pay for its
advertising and more.  This way, only the users who benefit from the
advertising pay for it.

On the other hand, if many people get GNU from their friends, and such
companies don't succeed, this will show that advertising was not really
necessary to spread GNU.  Why is it that free market advocates don't want
to let the free market decide this?

@quotation
``My company needs a proprietary operating system
to get a competitive edge.''
@end quotation

GNU will remove operating system software from the realm of competition.
You will not be able to get an edge in this area, but neither will your
competitors be able to get an edge over you.  You and they will compete in
other areas, while benefitting mutually in this one.  If your business is
selling an operating system, you will not like GNU, but that's tough on
you.  If your business is something else, GNU can save you from being
pushed into the expensive business of selling operating systems.

I would like to see GNU development supported by gifts from many
manufacturers and users, reducing the cost to each.

@quotation
``Don't programmers deserve a reward for their creativity?''
@end quotation

If anything deserves a reward, it is social contribution.  Creativity can
be a social contribution, but only in so far as society is free to use the
results.  If programmers deserve to be rewarded for creating innovative
programs, by the same token they deserve to be punished if they restrict
the use of these programs.

@quotation
``Shouldn't a programmer be able to ask for a reward for his creativity?''
@end quotation

There is nothing wrong with wanting pay for work, or seeking to maximize
one's income, as long as one does not use means that are destructive.  But
the means customary in the field of software today are based on
destruction.

Extracting money from users of a program by restricting their use of it is
destructive because the restrictions reduce the amount and the ways that
the program can be used.  This reduces the amount of wealth that humanity
derives from the program.  When there is a deliberate choice to restrict,
the harmful consequences are deliberate destruction.

The reason a good citizen does not use such destructive means to become
wealthier is that, if everyone did so, we would all become poorer from the
mutual destructiveness.  This is Kantian ethics; or, the Golden Rule.
Since I do not like the consequences that result if everyone hoards
information, I am required to consider it wrong for one to do so.
Specifically, the desire to be rewarded for one's creativity does not
justify depriving the world in general of all or part of that creativity.

@quotation
``Won't programmers starve?''
@end quotation

I could answer that nobody is forced to be a programmer.  Most of us cannot
manage to get any money for standing on the street and making faces.  But
we are not, as a result, condemned to spend our lives standing on the
street making faces, and starving.  We do something else.

But that is the wrong answer because it accepts the questioner's implicit
assumption: that without ownership of software, programmers cannot possibly
be paid a cent.  Supposedly it is all or nothing.

The real reason programmers will not starve is that it will still be
possible for them to get paid for programming; just not paid as much as
now.

Restricting copying is not the only basis for business in software.  It is
the most common basis because it brings in the most money.  If it were
prohibited, or rejected by the customer, software business would move to
other bases of organization which are now used less often.  There are
always numerous ways to organize any kind of business.

Probably programming will not be as lucrative on the new basis as it is
now.  But that is not an argument against the change.  It is not considered
an injustice that sales clerks make the salaries that they now do.  If
programmers made the same, that would not be an injustice either.  (In
practice they would still make considerably more than that.)

@quotation
``Don't people have a right to control how their creativity is used?''
@end quotation

``Control over the use of one's ideas'' really constitutes control over
other people's lives; and it is usually used to make their lives more
difficult.

People who have studied the issue of intellectual property rights carefully
(such as lawyers) say that there is no intrinsic right to intellectual
property.  The kinds of supposed intellectual property rights that the
government recognizes were created by specific acts of legislation for
specific purposes.

For example, the patent system was established to encourage inventors to
disclose the details of their inventions.  Its purpose was to help society
rather than to help inventors.  At the time, the life span of 17 years for
a patent was short compared with the rate of advance of the state of the
art.  Since patents are an issue only among manufacturers, for whom the
cost and effort of a license agreement are small compared with setting up
production, the patents often do not do much harm.  They do not obstruct
most individuals who use patented products.

The idea of copyright did not exist in ancient times, when authors
frequently copied other authors at length in works of non-fiction.  This
practice was useful, and is the only way many authors' works have survived
even in part.  The copyright system was created expressly for the purpose
of encouraging authorship.  In the domain for which it was
invented---books, which could be copied economically only on a printing
press---it did little harm, and did not obstruct most of the individuals
who read the books.

All intellectual property rights are just licenses granted by society
because it was thought, rightly or wrongly, that society as a whole would
benefit by granting them.  But in any particular situation, we have to ask:
are we really better off granting such license?  What kind of act are we
licensing a person to do?

The case of programs today is very different from that of books a hundred
years ago.  The fact that the easiest way to copy a program is from one
neighbor to another, the fact that a program has both source code and
object code which are distinct, and the fact that a program is used rather
than read and enjoyed, combine to create a situation in which a person who
enforces a copyright is harming society as a whole both materially and
spiritually; in which a person should not do so regardless of whether the
law enables him to.

@quotation
``Competition makes things get done better.''
@end quotation

The paradigm of competition is a race: by rewarding the winner, we
encourage everyone to run faster.  When capitalism really works this way,
it does a good job; but its defenders are wrong in assuming it always works
this way.  If the runners forget why the reward is offered and become
intent on winning, no matter how, they may find other strategies---such as,
attacking other runners.  If the runners get into a fist fight, they will
all finish late.

Proprietary and secret software is the moral equivalent of runners in a
fist fight.  Sad to say, the only referee we've got does not seem to
object to fights; he just regulates them (``For every ten yards you run,
you can fire one shot'').  He really ought to break them up, and penalize
runners for even trying to fight.

@quotation
``Won't everyone stop programming without a monetary incentive?''
@end quotation

Actually, many people will program with absolutely no monetary incentive.
Programming has an irresistible fascination for some people, usually the
people who are best at it.  There is no shortage of professional musicians
who keep at it even though they have no hope of making a living that way.

But really this question, though commonly asked, is not appropriate to the
situation.  Pay for programmers will not disappear, only become less.  So
the right question is, will anyone program with a reduced monetary
incentive?  My experience shows that they will.

For more than ten years, many of the world's best programmers worked at the
Artificial Intelligence Lab for far less money than they could have had
anywhere else.  They got many kinds of non-monetary rewards: fame and
appreciation, for example.  And creativity is also fun, a reward in itself.

Then most of them left when offered a chance to do the same interesting
work for a lot of money.

What the facts show is that people will program for reasons other than
riches; but if given a chance to make a lot of money as well, they will
come to expect and demand it.  Low-paying organizations do poorly in
competition with high-paying ones, but they do not have to do badly if the
high-paying ones are banned.

@quotation
``We need the programmers desperately.  If they demand that we
stop helping our neighbors, we have to obey.''
@end quotation

You're never so desperate that you have to obey this sort of demand.
Remember: millions for defense, but not a cent for tribute!

@quotation
``Programmers need to make a living somehow.''
@end quotation

In the short run, this is true.  However, there are plenty of ways that
programmers could make a living without selling the right to use a program.
This way is customary now because it brings programmers and businessmen the
most money, not because it is the only way to make a living.  It is easy to
find other ways if you want to find them.  Here are a number of examples.

A manufacturer introducing a new computer will pay for the porting of
operating systems onto the new hardware.

The sale of teaching, hand-holding and maintenance services could also
employ programmers.

People with new ideas could distribute programs as freeware, asking for
donations from satisfied users, or selling hand-holding services.  I have
met people who are already working this way successfully.

Users with related needs can form users' groups, and pay dues.  A group
would contract with programming companies to write programs that the
group's members would like to use.

All sorts of development can be funded with a Software Tax:

@quotation
Suppose everyone who buys a computer has to pay x percent of
the price as a software tax.  The government gives this to
an agency like the NSF to spend on software development.

But if the computer buyer makes a donation to software development
himself, he can take a credit against the tax.  He can donate to
the project of his own choosing---often, chosen because he hopes to
use the results when it is done.  He can take a credit for any amount
of donation up to the total tax he had to pay.

The total tax rate could be decided by a vote of the payers of
the tax, weighted according to the amount they will be taxed on.

The consequences:

@itemize @bullet
@item
The computer-using community supports software development.
@item
This community decides what level of support is needed.
@item
Users who care which projects their share is spent on
can choose this for themselves.
@end itemize
@end quotation

In the long run, making programs free is a step toward the post-scarcity
world, where nobody will have to work very hard just to make a living.
People will be free to devote themselves to activities that are fun, such
as programming, after spending the necessary ten hours a week on required
tasks such as legislation, family counseling, robot repair and asteroid
prospecting.  There will be no need to be able to make a living from
programming.

We have already greatly reduced the amount of work that the whole society
must do for its actual productivity, but only a little of this has
translated itself into leisure for workers because much nonproductive
activity is required to accompany productive activity.  The main causes of
this are bureaucracy and isometric struggles against competition.  Free
software will greatly reduce these drains in the area of software
production.  We must do this, in order for technical gains in productivity
to translate into less work for us.

@node Glossary, Key Index, Intro, Top
@unnumbered Glossary

@table @asis
@need 150
@item Abbrev
An abbrev is a text string which expands into a different text string
when present in the buffer.  For example, you might define a short
word as an abbrev for a long phrase that you want to insert
frequently.  @xref{Abbrevs}.

@need 150
@item Aborting
Aborting means getting out of a recursive edit (q.v.@:).  The
commands @kbd{C-]} and @kbd{M-x top-level} are used for this.
@xref{Quitting}.

@need 150
@item Auto Fill mode
Auto Fill mode is a minor mode in which text that you insert is
automatically broken into lines of fixed width.  @xref{Filling}.

@need 150
@item Auto Saving
Auto saving is when Emacs automatically stores the contents of an
Emacs buffer in a specially-named file so that the information will
not be lost if the buffer is lost due to a system error or user error.
@xref{Auto Save}.

@need 150
@item Backup File
A backup file records the contents that a file had before the current
editing session.  Emacs makes backup files automatically to help you
track down or cancel changes you later regret making.  @xref{Backup}.

@need 150
@item Balance Parentheses
Emacs can balance parentheses manually or automatically.  Manual
balancing is done by the commands to move over balanced expressions
(@pxref{Lists}).  Automatic balancing is done by blinking the
parenthesis that matches one just inserted (@pxref{Matching,,Matching
Parens}).

@need 150
@item Bind
To bind a key is to change its binding (q.v.@:).  @xref{Rebinding}.

@need 150
@item Binding
A key gets its meaning in Emacs by having a binding which is a
command (q.v.@:), a Lisp function that is run when the key is typed.
@xref{Commands,Binding}.  Customization often involves rebinding a
character to a different command function.  The bindings of all keys
are recorded in the keymaps (q.v.@:).  @xref{Keymaps}.

@need 150
@item Blank Lines
Blank lines are lines that contain only whitespace.  Emacs has several
commands for operating on the blank lines in the buffer.

@need 150
@item Buffer
The buffer is the basic editing unit; one buffer corresponds to one
piece of text being edited.  You can have several buffers, but at any
time you are editing only one, the `selected' buffer, though several
can be visible when you are using multiple windows.  @xref{Buffers}.

@need 150
@item Buffer Selection History
Emacs keeps a buffer selection history which records how recently each
Emacs buffer has been selected.  This is used for choosing a buffer to
select.  @xref{Buffers}.

@need 150
@item C-
@samp{C} in the name of a character is an abbreviation for Control.
@xref{Characters,C-}.

@need 150
@item C-M-
@samp{C-M-} in the name of a character is an abbreviation for
Control-Meta.  @xref{Characters,C-M-}.

@need 150
@item Case Conversion
Case conversion means changing text from upper case to lower case or
vice versa.  @xref{Case}, for the commands for case conversion.

@need 150
@item Characters
Characters form the contents of an Emacs buffer; also, Emacs commands
are invoked by keys (q.v.@:), which are sequences of one or more
characters.  @xref{Characters}.

@need 150
@item Command
A command is a Lisp function specially defined to be able to serve as
a key binding in Emacs.  When you type a key (q.v.@:), its binding
(q.v.@:) is looked up in the relevant keymaps (q.v.@:) to find the
command to run.  @xref{Commands}.

@need 150
@item Command Name
A command name is the name of a Lisp symbol which is a command
(@pxref{Commands}).  You can invoke any command by its name using
@kbd{M-x} (@pxref{M-x}).

@need 150
@item Comments
A comment is text in a program which is intended only for humans
reading the program, and is marked specially so that it will be
ignored when the program is loaded or compiled.  Emacs offers special
commands for creating, aligning and killing comments.
@xref{Comments}.

@need 150
@item Compilation
Compilation is the process of creating an executable program from
source code.  Emacs has commands for compiling files of Emacs Lisp
code (@pxref{Lisp Libraries}) and programs in C and other languages
(@pxref{Compilation}).

@need 150
@item Complete Key
A complete key is a character or sequence of characters which, when typed
by the user, fully specifies one action to be performed by Emacs.  For
example, @kbd{X} and @kbd{Control-f} and @kbd{Control-x m} are keys.  Keys
derive their meanings from being bound (q.v.@:) to commands (q.v.@:).
Thus, @kbd{X} is conventionally bound to a command to insert @samp{X} in
the buffer; @kbd{C-x m} is conventionally bound to a command to begin
composing a mail message. @xref{Keys}.

@need 150
@item Completion
Completion is what Emacs does when it automatically fills out an
abbreviation for a name into the entire name.  Completion is done for
minibuffer (q.v.@:) arguments when the set of possible valid inputs
is known; for example, on command names, buffer names, and
file names.  Completion occurs when @key{TAB}, @key{SPC} or @key{RET}
is typed.  @xref{Completion}.@refill

@need 150
@item Continuation Line
When a line of text is longer than the width of the screen, it
takes up more than one screen line when displayed.  We say that the
text line is continued, and all screen lines used for it after the
first are called continuation lines.  @xref{Basic,Continuation,Basic
Editing}.

@need 150
@item Control-Character
@sc{ascii} characters with octal codes 0 through 037, and also code 0177,
do not have graphic images assigned to them.  These are the control
characters.  Any control character can be typed by holding down the
@key{CTRL} key and typing some other character; some have special keys
on the keyboard.  @key{RET}, @key{TAB}, @key{ESC}, @key{LFD} and
@key{DEL} are all control characters.  @xref{Characters}.@refill

@need 150
@item Copyleft
A copyleft is a notice giving the public legal permission to redistribute
a program or other work of art.  Copylefts are used by leftists to enrich
the public just as copyrights are used by rightists to gain power over
the public.

@need 150
@item Current Buffer
The current buffer in Emacs is the Emacs buffer on which most editing
commands operate.  You can select any Emacs buffer as the current one.
@xref{Buffers}.

@need 150
@item Current Line
The line point is on (@pxref{Point}).

@need 150
@item Current Paragraph
The paragraph that point is in.  If point is between paragraphs, the
current paragraph is the one that follows point.  @xref{Paragraphs}.

@need 150
@item Current Defun
The defun (q.v.@:) that point is in.  If point is between defuns, the
current defun is the one that follows point.  @xref{Defuns}.

@need 150
@item Cursor
The cursor is the rectangle on the screen which indicates the position
called point (q.v.@:) at which insertion and deletion takes place.
The cursor is on or under the character that follows point.  Often
people speak of `the cursor' when, strictly speaking, they mean
`point'.  @xref{Basic,Cursor,Basic Editing}.

@need 150
@item Customization
Customization is making minor changes in the way Emacs works.  It is
often done by setting variables (@pxref{Variables}) or by rebinding
keys (@pxref{Keymaps}).

@need 150
@item Default Argument
The default for an argument is the value that will be assumed if you
do not specify one.  When the minibuffer is used to read an argument,
the default argument is used if you just type @key{RET}.
@xref{Minibuffer}.

@need 150
@item Default Directory
When you specify a file name that does not start with @samp{/} or @samp{~},
it is interpreted relative to the current buffer's default directory.
@xref{Minibuffer File,Default Directory}.

@need 150
@item Defun
A defun is a list at the top level of parenthesis or bracket structure
in a program.  It is so named because most such lists in Lisp programs
are calls to the Lisp function @code{defun}.  @xref{Defuns}.

@need 150
@item @key{DEL}
@key{DEL} is a character that runs the command to delete one character of
text.  @xref{Basic,DEL,Basic Editing}.

@need 150
@item Deletion
Deletion means erasing text without saving it.  Emacs deletes text
only when it is expected not to be worth saving (all whitespace, or
only one character).  The alternative is killing (q.v.@:).
@xref{Killing,Deletion}.

@need 150
@item Deletion of Files
Deleting a file means erasing it from the file system.
@xref{Misc File Ops}.

@need 150
@item Deletion of Messages
Deleting a message means flagging it to be eliminated from your mail
file.  This can be undone by undeletion until the mail file is expunged.
@xref{Rmail Deletion}.

@need 150
@item Deletion of Windows
Deleting a window means eliminating it from the screen.  Other windows
expand to use up the space.  The deleted window can never come back,
but no actual text is thereby lost.  @xref{Windows}.

@need 150
@item Directory
Files in the Unix file system are grouped into file directories.
@xref{ListDir,,Directories}.

@need 150
@item Dired
Dired is the Emacs facility that displays the contents of a file
directory and allows you to ``edit the directory'', performing
operations on the files in the directory.  @xref{Dired}.

@need 150
@item Disabled Command
A disabled command is one that you may not run without special
confirmation.  The usual reason for disabling a command is that it is
confusing for beginning users.  @xref{Disabling}.

@need 150
@item Dribble File
A file into which Emacs writes all the characters that the user types
on the keyboard.  Dribble files are used to make a record for
debugging Emacs bugs.  Emacs does not make a dribble file unless you
tell it to.  @xref{Bugs}.

@need 150
@item Echo Area
The echo area is the bottom line of the screen, used for echoing the
arguments to commands, for asking questions, and printing brief
messages (including error messages).  @xref{Echo Area}.

@need 150
@item Echoing
Echoing is acknowledging the receipt of commands by displaying them
(in the echo area).  Emacs never echoes single-character keys; longer
keys echo only if you pause while typing them.

@need 150
@item Error
An error occurs when an Emacs command cannot execute in the current
circumstances.  When an error occurs, execution of the command stops
(unless the command has been programmed to do otherwise) and Emacs
reports the error by printing an error message (q.v.).  Type-ahead
is discarded.  Then Emacs is ready to read another editing command.

@need 150
@item Error Messages
Error messages are single lines of output printed by Emacs when the
user asks for something impossible to do (such as, killing text
forward when point is at the end of the buffer).  They appear in the
echo area, accompanied by a beep.

@need 150
@item @key{ESC}
@key{ESC} is a character, used to end incremental searches and as a
prefix for typing Meta characters on keyboards lacking a @key{META}
key.  Unlike the @key{META} key (which, like the @key{SHIFT} key, is held
down while another character is typed), the @key{ESC} key is pressed
once and applies to the next character typed.

@need 150
@item Fill Prefix
The fill prefix is a string that should be expected at the beginning
of each line when filling is done.  It is not regarded as part of the
text to be filled.  @xref{Filling}.

@need 150
@item Filling
Filling text means moving text from line to line so that all the lines
are approximately the same length.  @xref{Filling}.

@need 150
@item Global
Global means `independent of the current environment; in effect
throughout Emacs'.  It is the opposite of local (q.v.@:).  Particular
examples of the use of `global' appear below.

@need 150
@item Global Abbrev
A global definition of an abbrev (q.v.@:) is effective in all major
modes that do not have local (q.v.@:) definitions for the same abbrev.
@xref{Abbrevs}.

@need 150
@item Global Keymap
The global keymap (q.v.@:) contains key bindings that are in effect
except when overridden by local key bindings in a major mode's local
keymap (q.v.@:).  @xref{Keymaps}.

@need 150
@item Global Substitution
Global substitution means replacing each occurrence of one string by
another string through a large amount of text.  @xref{Replace}.

@need 150
@item Global Variable
The global value of a variable (q.v.@:) takes effect in all buffers
that do not have their own local (q.v.@:) values for the variable.
@xref{Variables}.

@need 150
@item Graphic Character
Graphic characters are those assigned pictorial images rather than
just names.  All the non-Meta (q.v.@:) characters except for the
Control (q.v.@:) characters are graphic characters.  These include
letters, digits, punctuation, and spaces; they do not include
@key{RET} or @key{ESC}.  In Emacs, typing a graphic character inserts
that character (in ordinary editing modes).  @xref{Basic,,Basic Editing}.

@need 150
@item Grinding
Grinding means adjusting the indentation in a program to fit the
nesting structure.  @xref{Indentation,Grinding}.

@need 150
@item Hardcopy
Hardcopy means printed output.  Emacs has commands for making printed
listings of text in Emacs buffers.  @xref{Hardcopy}.

@need 150
@item @key{HELP}
You can type @key{HELP} at any time to ask what options you have, or
to ask what any command does.  @key{HELP} is really @kbd{Control-h}.
@xref{Help}.

@need 150
@item Inbox
An inbox is a file in which mail is delivered by the operating system.
Rmail transfers mail from inboxes to mail files (q.v.) in which the
mail is then stored permanently or until explicitly deleted.
@xref{Rmail Inbox}.

@need 150
@item Indentation
Indentation means blank space at the beginning of a line.  Most
programming languages have conventions for using indentation to
illuminate the structure of the program, and Emacs has special
features to help you set up the correct indentation.
@xref{Indentation}.

@need 150
@item Insertion
Insertion means copying text into the buffer, either from the keyboard
or from some other place in Emacs.

@need 150
@item Justification
Justification means adding extra spaces to lines of text to make them
come exactly to a specified width.  @xref{Filling,Justification}.

@need 150
@item Keyboard Macros
Keyboard macros are a way of defining new Emacs commands from
sequences of existing ones, with no need to write a Lisp program.
@xref{Keyboard Macros}.

@need 150
@item Key
A key is a sequence of characters that, when input to Emacs, specify
or begin to specify a single action for Emacs to perform.  That is,
the sequence is not more than a single unit.  If the key is enough to
specify one action, it is a complete key (q.v.); if it is less than
enough, it is a prefix key (q.v.).  @xref{Keys}.

@need 150
@item Keymap
The keymap is the data structure that records the bindings (q.v.@:) of
keys to the commands that they run.  For example, the keymap binds the
character @kbd{C-n} to the command function @code{next-line}.
@xref{Keymaps}.

@need 150
@item Kill Ring
The kill ring is where all text you have killed recently is saved.
You can reinsert any of the killed text still in the ring; this is
called yanking (q.v.@:).  @xref{Yanking}.

@need 150
@item Killing
Killing means erasing text and saving it on the kill ring so it can be
yanked (q.v.@:) later.  Some other systems call this ``cutting''.
Most Emacs commands to erase text do killing, as opposed to deletion
(q.v.@:).  @xref{Killing}.

@need 150
@item Killing Jobs
Killing a job (such as, an invocation of Emacs) means making it cease
to exist.  Any data within it, if not saved in a file, is lost.
@xref{Exiting}.

@need 150
@item List
A list is, approximately, a text string beginning with an open
parenthesis and ending with the matching close parenthesis.  In C mode
and other non-Lisp modes, groupings surrounded by other kinds of matched
delimiters appropriate to the language, such as braces, are also
considered lists.  Emacs has special commands for many operations on
lists.  @xref{Lists}.

@need 150
@item Local
Local means `in effect only in a particular context'; the relevant
kind of context is a particular function execution, a particular
buffer, or a particular major mode.  It is the opposite of `global'
(q.v.@:).  Specific uses of `local' in Emacs terminology appear below.

@need 150
@item Local Abbrev
A local abbrev definition is effective only if a particular major mode
is selected.  In that major mode, it overrides any global definition
for the same abbrev.  @xref{Abbrevs}.

@need 150
@item Local Keymap
A local keymap is used in a particular major mode; the key bindings
(q.v.@:) in the current local keymap override global bindings of the
same keys.  @xref{Keymaps}.

@need 150
@item Local Variable
A local value of a variable (q.v.@:) applies to only one buffer.
@xref{Locals}.

@need 150
@item M-
@kbd{M-} in the name of a character is an abbreviation for @key{META},
one of the modifier keys that can accompany any character.
@xref{Characters}.

@need 150
@item M-C-
@samp{M-C-} in the name of a character is an abbreviation for
Control-Meta; it means the same thing as @samp{C-M-}.  If your
terminal lacks a real @key{META} key, you type a Control-Meta character by
typing @key{ESC} and then typing the corresponding Control character.
@xref{Characters,C-M-}.

@need 150
@item M-x
@kbd{M-x} is the key which is used to call an Emacs command by name.
This is how commands that are not bound to keys are called.
@xref{M-x}.

@need 150
@item Mail
Mail means messages sent from one user to another through the computer
system, to be read at the recipient's convenience.  Emacs has commands for
composing and sending mail, and for reading and editing the mail you have
received.  @xref{Sending Mail}.  @xref{Rmail}, for how to read mail.

@need 150
@item Mail File
A mail file is a file which is edited using Rmail and in which Rmail
stores mail.  @xref{Rmail}.

@need 150
@item Major Mode
The major modes are a mutually exclusive set of options each of which
configures Emacs for editing a certain sort of text.  Ideally, each
programming language has its own major mode.  @xref{Major Modes}.

@need 150
@item Mark
The mark points to a position in the text.  It specifies one end of
the region (q.v.@:), point being the other end.  Many commands operate
on all the text from point to the mark.  @xref{Mark}.

@need 150
@item Mark Ring
The mark ring is used to hold several recent previous locations of the
mark, just in case you want to move back to them.  @xref{Mark Ring}.

@need 150
@item Message
See `mail'.

@need 150
@item Meta
Meta is the name of a modifier bit which a command character may have.
It is present in a character if the character is typed with the
@key{META} key held down.  Such characters are given names that start
with @kbd{Meta-}.  For example, @kbd{Meta-<} is typed by holding down
@key{META} and at the same time typing @kbd{<} (which itself is done,
on most terminals, by holding down @key{SHIFT} and typing @kbd{,}).
@xref{Characters,Meta}.

@need 150
@item Meta Character
A Meta character is one whose character code includes the Meta bit.

@need 150
@item Minibuffer
The minibuffer is the window that appears when necessary inside the
echo area (q.v.@:), used for reading arguments to commands.
@xref{Minibuffer}.

@need 150
@item Minor Mode
A minor mode is an optional feature of Emacs which can be switched on
or off independently of all other features.  Each minor mode has a
command to turn it on or off.  @xref{Minor Modes}.

@need 150
@item Mode Line
The mode line is the line at the bottom of each text window (q.v.@:),
which gives status information on the buffer displayed in that window.
@xref{Mode Line}.

@need 150
@item Modified Buffer
A buffer (q.v.@:) is modified if its text has been changed since the
last time the buffer was saved (or since when it was created, if it
has never been saved).  @xref{Saving}.

@need 150
@item Moving Text
Moving text means erasing it from one place and inserting it in
another.  This is done by killing (q.v.@:) and then yanking (q.v.@:).
@xref{Killing}.

@need 150
@item Named Mark
A named mark is a register (q.v.@:) in its role of recording a
location in text so that you can move point to that location.
@xref{Registers}.

@need 150
@item Narrowing
Narrowing means creating a restriction (q.v.@:) that limits editing in
the current buffer to only a part of the text in the buffer.  Text
outside that part is inaccessible to the user until the boundaries are
widened again, but it is still there, and saving the file saves it
all.  @xref{Narrowing}.

@need 150
@item Newline
@key{LFD} characters in the buffer terminate lines of text and are
called newlines.  @xref{Characters,Newline}.

@need 150
@item Numeric Argument
A numeric argument is a number, specified before a command, to change
the effect of the command.  Often the numeric argument serves as a
repeat count.  @xref{Arguments}.

@need 150
@item Option
An option is a variable (q.v.@:) that exists so that you can customize
Emacs by giving it a new value.  @xref{Variables}.

@need 150
@item Overwrite Mode
Overwrite mode is a minor mode.  When it is enabled, ordinary text
characters replace the existing text after point rather than pushing
it to the right.  @xref{Minor Modes}.

@need 150
@item Page
A page is a unit of text, delimited by formfeed characters (@sc{ascii}
Control-L, code 014) coming at the beginning of a line.  Some Emacs
commands are provided for moving over and operating on pages.
@xref{Pages}.

@need 150
@item Paragraphs
Paragraphs are the medium-size unit of English text.  There are
special Emacs commands for moving over and operating on paragraphs.
@xref{Paragraphs}.

@need 150
@item Parsing
We say that Emacs parses words or expressions in the text being
edited.  Really, all it knows how to do is find the other end of a
word or expression.  @xref{Syntax}.

@need 150
@item Point
Point is the place in the buffer at which insertion and deletion
occur.  Point is considered to be between two characters, not at one
character.  The terminal's cursor (q.v.@:) indicates the location of
point.  @xref{Basic,Point}.

@need 150
@item Prefix Key
A prefix key is a key (q.v.@:) whose sole function is to introduce a
set of multi-character keys.  @kbd{Control-x} is an example of prefix
key; thus, any two-character sequence starting with @kbd{C-x} is also
a legitimate key.  @xref{Keys}.

@need 150
@item Primary Mail File
Your primary mail file is the file named @samp{RMAIL} in your home
directory, where all mail that you receive is stored by Rmail unless you
make arrangements to do otherwise.  @xref{Rmail}.

@need 150
@item Prompt
A prompt is text printed to ask the user for input.  Printing a prompt
is called prompting.  Emacs prompts always appear in the echo area
(q.v.@:).  One kind of prompting happens when the minibuffer is used
to read an argument (@pxref{Minibuffer}); the echoing which happens
when you pause in the middle of typing a multicharacter key is also a
kind of prompting (@pxref{Echo Area}).

@need 150
@item Quitting
Quitting means cancelling a partially typed command or a running
command, using @kbd{C-g}.  @xref{Quitting}.

@need 150
@item Quoting
Quoting means depriving a character of its usual special significance.
In Emacs this is usually done with @kbd{Control-q}.  What constitutes special
significance depends on the context and on convention.  For example,
an ``ordinary'' character as an Emacs command inserts itself; so in
this context, a special character is any character that does not
normally insert itself (such as @key{DEL}, for example), and quoting
it makes it insert itself as if it were not special.  Not all contexts
allow quoting.  @xref{Basic,Quoting,Basic Editing}.

@need 150
@item Read-only Buffer
A read-only buffer is one whose text you are not allowed to change.
Normally Emacs makes buffers read-only when they contain text which
has a special significance to Emacs; for example, Dired buffers.
Visiting a file that is write protected also makes a read-only buffer.
@xref{Buffers}.

@need 150
@item Recursive Editing Level
A recursive editing level is a state in which part of the execution of
a command involves asking the user to edit some text.  This text may
or may not be the same as the text to which the command was applied.
The mode line indicates recursive editing levels with square brackets
(@samp{[} and @samp{]}).  @xref{Recursive Edit}.

@need 150
@item Redisplay
Redisplay is the process of correcting the image on the screen to
correspond to changes that have been made in the text being edited.
@xref{Screen,Redisplay}.

@need 150
@item Regexp
See `regular expression'.

@need 150
@item Region
The region is the text between point (q.v.@:) and the mark (q.v.@:).
Many commands operate on the text of the region.  @xref{Mark,Region}.

@need 150
@item Registers
Registers are named slots in which text or buffer positions or
rectangles can be saved for later use.  @xref{Registers}.

@need 150
@item Regular Expression
A regular expression is a pattern that can match various text strings;
for example, @samp{l[0-9]+} matches @samp{l} followed by one or more
digits.  @xref{Regexps}.

@need 150
@item Replacement
See `global substitution'.

@need 150
@item Restriction
A buffer's restriction is the amount of text, at the beginning or the
end of the buffer, that is temporarily invisible and inaccessible.
Giving a buffer a nonzero amount of restriction is called narrowing
(q.v.).  @xref{Narrowing}.

@need 150
@item @key{RET}
@key{RET} is a character that in Emacs runs the command to insert a
newline into the text.  It is also used to terminate most arguments
read in the minibuffer (q.v.@:).  @xref{Characters,Return}.

@need 150
@item Saving
Saving a buffer means copying its text into the file that was visited
(q.v.@:) in that buffer.  This is the way text in files actually gets
changed by your Emacs editing.  @xref{Saving}.

@need 150
@item Scrolling
Scrolling means shifting the text in the Emacs window so as to see a
different part of the buffer.  @xref{Display,Scrolling}.

@need 150
@item Searching
Searching means moving point to the next occurrence of a specified
string.  @xref{Search}.

@need 150
@item Selecting
Selecting a buffer means making it the current (q.v.@:) buffer.
@xref{Buffers,Selecting}.

@need 150
@item Self-documentation
Self-documentation is the feature of Emacs which can tell you what any
command does, or give you a list of all commands related to a topic
you specify.  You ask for self-documentation with the help character,
@kbd{C-h}.  @xref{Help}.

@need 150
@item Sentences
Emacs has commands for moving by or killing by sentences.
@xref{Sentences}.

@need 150
@item Sexp
A sexp (short for `s-expression') is the basic syntactic unit of Lisp
in its textual form: either a list, or Lisp atom.  Many Emacs commands
operate on sexps.  The term `sexp' is generalized to languages other
than Lisp, to mean a syntactically recognizable expression.
@xref{Lists,Sexps}.

@need 150
@item Simultaneous Editing
Simultaneous editing means two users modifying the same file at once.
Simultaneous editing if not detected can cause one user to lose his
work.  Emacs detects all cases of simultaneous editing and warns the
user to investigate them.  @xref{Interlocking,,Simultaneous Editing}.

@need 150
@item String
A string is a kind of Lisp data object which contains a sequence of
characters.  Many Emacs variables are intended to have strings as
values.  The Lisp syntax for a string consists of the characters in
the string with a @samp{"} before and another @samp{"} after.  A
@samp{"} that is part of the string must be written as @samp{\"} and a
@samp{\} that is part of the string must be written as @samp{\\}.  All
other characters, including newline, can be included just by writing
them inside the string; however, escape sequences as in C, such as
@samp{\n} for newline or @samp{\241} using an octal character code,
are allowed as well.

@need 150
@item String Substitution
See `global substitution'.

@need 150
@item Syntax Table
The syntax table tells Emacs which characters are part of a word,
which characters balance each other like parentheses, etc.
@xref{Syntax}.

@need 150
@item Tag Table
A tag table is a file that serves as an index to the function
definitions in one or more other files.  @xref{Tags}.

@need 150
@item Termscript File
A termscript file contains a record of all characters sent by Emacs to
the terminal.  It is used for tracking down bugs in Emacs redisplay.
Emacs does not make a termscript file unless you tell it to.
@xref{Bugs}.

@need 150
@item Text
Two meanings (@pxref{Text}):

@need 150
@itemize @bullet
@need 150
@item
Data consisting of a sequence of characters, as opposed to binary
numbers, images, graphics commands, executable programs, and the like.
The contents of an Emacs buffer are always text in this sense.
@need 150
@item
Data consisting of written human language, as opposed to programs,
or following the stylistic conventions of human language.
@end itemize

@need 150
@item Top Level
Top level is the normal state of Emacs, in which you are editing the
text of the file you have visited.  You are at top level whenever you
are not in a recursive editing level (q.v.@:) or the minibuffer
(q.v.@:), and not in the middle of a command.  You can get back to top
level by aborting (q.v.@:) and quitting (q.v.@:).  @xref{Quitting}.

@need 150
@item Transposition
Transposing two units of text means putting each one into the place
formerly occupied by the other.  There are Emacs commands to transpose
two adjacent characters, words, sexps (q.v.@:) or lines
(@pxref{Transpose}).

@need 150
@item Truncation
Truncating text lines in the display means leaving out any text on a
line that does not fit within the right margin of the window
displaying it.  See also `continuation line'.
@xref{Basic,Truncation,Basic Editing}.

@need 150
@item Undoing
Undoing means making your previous editing go in reverse, bringing
back the text that existed earlier in the editing session.
@xref{Undo}.

@need 150
@item Variable
A variable is an object in Lisp that can store an arbitrary value.
Emacs uses some variables for internal purposes, and has others (known
as `options' (q.v.@:)) just so that you can set their values to
control the behavior of Emacs.  The variables used in Emacs that you
are likely to be interested in are listed in the Variables Index in
this manual.  @xref{Variables}, for information on variables.

@need 150
@item Visiting
Visiting a file means loading its contents into a buffer (q.v.@:)
where they can be edited.  @xref{Visiting}.

@need 150
@item Whitespace
Whitespace is any run of consecutive formatting characters (space,
tab, newline, and backspace).

@need 150
@item Widening
Widening is removing any restriction (q.v.@:) on the current buffer;
it is the opposite of narrowing (q.v.@:).  @xref{Narrowing}.

@need 150
@item Window
Emacs divides the screen into one or more windows, each of which can
display the contents of one buffer (q.v.@:) at any time.
@xref{Screen}, for basic information on how Emacs uses the screen.
@xref{Windows}, for commands to control the use of windows.

@need 150
@item Word Abbrev
Synonymous with `abbrev'.

@need 150
@item Word Search
Word search is searching for a sequence of words, considering the
punctuation between them as insignificant.  @xref{Word Search}.

@need 150
@item Yanking
Yanking means reinserting text previously killed.  It can be used to
undo a mistaken kill, or for copying or moving text.  Some other
systems call this ``pasting''.  @xref{Yanking}.
@end table

@node Key Index, Command Index, Glossary, Top
@unnumbered Key (Character) Index
@printindex ky

@node Command Index, Variable Index, Key Index, Top
@unnumbered Command and Function Index
@printindex fn

@node Variable Index, Concept Index, Command Index, Top
@unnumbered Variable Index
@printindex vr

@node Concept Index, Screen, Variable Index, Top
@unnumbered Concept Index
@printindex cp

@tex
\global\baselineskip 11.5pt
@end tex

@summarycontents
@contents
@bye
